UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20‑F
☐ |
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR |
|
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 |
|
OR |
|
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR |
|
☐ |
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission file number: 001‑16429
ABB Ltd
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Switzerland
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Affolternstrasse 44
CH‑8050 Zurich, Switzerland
(Address of principal executive offices)
Richard A. Brown
Affolternstrasse 44
CH‑8050 Zurich, Switzerland
Telephone: +41‑43‑317‑7111
Facsimile: +41‑43‑317‑7992
(Name, Telephone, E‑mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
American
Depositary Shares,
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Registered Shares, par value CHF 0.12 |
New York Stock Exchange* |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 2,131,962,406 Registered Shares
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ⬜
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ⬜ No ☒
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ⬜
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ⬜
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.
|
Large accelerated filer ☒ |
Accelerated filer ⬜ |
Non‑accelerated filer ⬜ |
Emerging growth company ⬜ |
|
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ⬜
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☒ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ⬜ Other ⬜
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 ⬜ Item 18 ⬜
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ⬜ No ☒
* Listed on the New York Stock Exchange not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
PART I |
4 |
|
Item 1. |
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers |
4 |
Item 2. |
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable |
4 |
Item 3. |
Key Information |
4 |
Item 4. |
Information on the Company |
17 |
Item 4A. |
Unresolved Staff Comments |
34 |
Item 5. |
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects |
34 |
Item 6. |
Directors, Senior Management and Employees |
82 |
Item 7. |
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions |
123 |
Item 8. |
Financial Information |
123 |
Item 9. |
The Offer and Listing |
124 |
Item 10. |
Additional Information |
125 |
Item 11. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
137 |
Item 12. |
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities |
138 |
PART II |
139 |
|
Item 13. |
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies |
139 |
Item 14. |
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds |
139 |
Item 15. |
Controls and Procedures |
140 |
Item 16A. |
Audit Committee Financial Expert |
142 |
Item 16B. |
Code of Ethics |
142 |
Item 16C. |
Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
142 |
Item 16D. |
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees |
143 |
Item 16E. |
Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers |
143 |
Item 16F. |
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant |
144 |
Item 16G. |
Corporate Governance |
144 |
Item 16H. |
Mine Safety Disclosure |
144 |
PART III |
144 |
|
Item 17. |
Financial Statements |
144 |
Item 18. |
Financial Statements |
145 |
Item 19. |
Exhibits |
146 |
( i )
INTRODUCTION
ABB Ltd is a corporation organized under the laws of Switzerland. In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (Annual Report), “the ABB Group,” “ABB,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise requires). We also use these terms to refer to ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd and its subsidiaries prior to the establishment of ABB Ltd as the holding company for the entire ABB Group in 1999, as described in this Annual Report under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Introduction—History of the ABB Group”. Our American Depositary Shares (each representing one registered share of ABB Ltd) are referred to as “ADSs”. The registered shares of ABB Ltd are referred to as “shares”. Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH‑8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41‑43‑317‑7111.
FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
The Consolidated Financial Statements of ABB Ltd, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018 (our Consolidated Financial Statements) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). ABB Ltd has separately prepared its statutory unconsolidated financial statements in accordance with the Swiss Code of Obligations.
In this Annual Report: (i) “$,” “U.S. dollar” and “USD” refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; (ii) “CHF” and “Swiss franc” refer to the lawful currency of Switzerland; (iii) “EUR” and “euro” refer to the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union (Eurozone); (iv) “SEK” and “Swedish krona” refer to the lawful currency of Sweden; (v) “Chinese renminbi” refers to the lawful currency of the People’s Republic of China; (vi) “AED” refers to the lawful currency of the United Arab Emirates; (vii) “AUD” and “Australian dollar” refer to the lawful currency of Australia; and (viii) “INR” and “Indian Rupee” refer to the lawful currency of India.
Except as otherwise stated, all monetary amounts in this Annual Report are presented in U.S. dollars. Where specifically indicated, amounts in Swiss francs have been translated into U.S. dollars. These translations are provided for convenience only, and they are not representations that the Swiss franc could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated. These translations have been made using the twelve o’clock buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2018, unless otherwise indicated. The twelve o’clock buying rate for Swiss francs on December 31, 2018, was $1.00 = CHF 0.9832. The twelve o’clock buying rate for Swiss francs on March 22, 2019, was $1.00 = CHF 0.9940.
FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report includes forward‑looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). These forward‑looking statements can be identified by the use of forward‑looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “will,” or “should” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward‑looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, dispositions, strategies and the countries and industries in which we operate.
1
These forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about our financial condition and performance, operating results, liquidity and our ability to fund our business operations and initiatives, capital expenditure and debt service obligations, plans regarding our capital structure, ability to take advantage of market opportunities and drive growth, our products and service offerings and their anticipated performance and impact across various industries and consumer segments, anticipated benefits to the shareholders (including in connection with our share buyback program), acquisitions and integration, including the acquisition of General Electric Company’s Industrial Solutions business, and related synergies and other benefits, investment and risk management strategies, volatility in the credit markets, oil prices, foreign currency exchange rates and other market conditions, trends and opportunities, industry trends and expectations, including the Energy and Fourth Industrial Revolutions and changing consumer behavior and demands, our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions, our comparative advantages, our commitments and contingencies, availability of raw materials, and other plans, goals, strategies, priorities and initiatives related to our business, including our brand management initiative, Next Level Strategy, and cost-saving measures, as well as, the following:
• statements in “Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy” regarding our policy on future dividend payments,
• statements in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors,”
• statements in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” regarding our management objectives, including our outlook, as well as trends in results, prices, volumes, operations, margins and overall market trends, and
• statements in “Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings” regarding the outcome of certain legal and compliance matters.
By their nature, forward‑looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward‑looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, may differ materially from those described in or suggested by the forward‑looking statements contained in this Annual Report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, are consistent with the forward‑looking statements contained in this Annual Report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are contained in cautionary statements in this Annual Report and include, without limitation, the following:
• Our business is exposed to risks associated with the volatile global economic environment and political conditions.
• Illegal behavior by any of our employees or agents could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows, and financial position as well as on our reputation and our ability to do business.
• Our operations in emerging markets expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.
• Undertaking long‑term, technically complex projects or projects that are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.
• We operate in very competitive markets and could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes.
• Our multi-national operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
• Our hedging activities may not protect us against the consequences of significant fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices on our earnings and cash flows.
2
• Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials may adversely affect our financial performance.
• An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.
• Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers.
• We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We incur costs to comply with such regulations, and our ongoing operations may expose us to environmental liabilities.
• We may be the subject of product liability claims.
• The uncertainties surrounding the United Kingdom’s future relationship with the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.
• We may encounter difficulty in managing our business due to the global nature of our operations.
• If we are unable to obtain performance and other guarantees from financial institutions, we may be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher.
• Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could result in lower earnings and cash flows.
• The recent comprehensive tax reform in the United States could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
• If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management and personnel then our business may be adversely affected.
• Our business strategy may include making strategic divestitures. There can be no assurance that any divestitures will provide business benefit.
• Anticipated benefits of existing and potential future mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances may not be realized.
• Increased information technology (IT) security threats and more sophisticated cyber‑attacks could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.
• Failure to comply with evolving data privacy and data protection laws and regulations or to otherwise protect personal data, may adversely impact our business and financial results.
• We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that could, if not remediated, result in material inaccuracies in our consolidated financial statements and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
• There is no guarantee that our ongoing efforts to reduce costs will be successful.
• We could be affected by future laws or regulations enacted to address climate change concerns as well as the physical effects of climate change.
3
We urge you to read the other important factors set forth under sections of this Annual Report entitled “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for a more complete discussion of the important factors that could affect our future performance and the countries and industries in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward‑looking circumstances described in this Annual Report and the assumptions underlying them may not occur.
Except as required by law or applicable stock exchange rules or regulations, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward‑looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward‑looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.
PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not applicable
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable
Item 3. Key Information
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents our selected financial and operating information at the dates and for each of the periods indicated. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Due to our global operations, a significant amount of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in other currencies. As a consequence, movements in exchange rates between currencies may affect our profitability, the comparability of our results between periods, as well as the reported carrying value of our assets and liabilities. You should read the following information together with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” as well as our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
4
Our selected financial data are presented in the following tables in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been derived from our published Consolidated Financial Statements. Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, were audited by KPMG AG. Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2017, and for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, were audited by Ernst & Young AG. Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2016, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, have not been audited following the reclassification in 2018 of certain businesses between continuing operations and discontinued operations. Financial information previously reported in 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 has been recast to reflect the reclassification.
INCOME STATEMENT DATA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unaudited |
||
($ in millions, except per share data in $) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
Total revenues |
27,662 |
|
25,196 |
|
24,929 |
|
26,459 |
|
31,175 |
Total cost of sales (1) |
(19,118) |
|
(17,350) |
|
(17,396) |
|
(18,429) |
|
(22,082) |
Gross profit |
8,544 |
|
7,846 |
|
7,533 |
|
8,030 |
|
9,093 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses (1) |
(5,295) |
|
(4,765) |
|
(4,532) |
|
(4,769) |
|
(5,179) |
Non-order related research and development expenses (1) |
(1,147) |
|
(1,013) |
|
(967) |
|
(1,041) |
|
(1,136) |
Other income (expense), net |
124 |
|
162 |
|
(105) |
|
(102) |
|
544 |
Income from operations |
2,226 |
|
2,230 |
|
1,929 |
|
2,118 |
|
3,322 |
Interest and dividend income |
72 |
|
73 |
|
71 |
|
74 |
|
77 |
Interest and other finance expense |
(262) |
|
(234) |
|
(201) |
|
(240) |
|
(311) |
Non-operational pension (cost) credit (1) |
83 |
|
33 |
|
(38) |
|
(20) |
|
(46) |
Income from continuing operations before taxes |
2,119 |
|
2,102 |
|
1,761 |
|
1,932 |
|
3,042 |
Provision for taxes |
(544) |
|
(583) |
|
(526) |
|
(566) |
|
(1,031) |
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
1,575 |
|
1,519 |
|
1,235 |
|
1,366 |
|
2,011 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
723 |
|
846 |
|
799 |
|
689 |
|
707 |
Net income |
2,298 |
|
2,365 |
|
2,034 |
|
2,055 |
|
2,718 |
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(125) |
|
(152) |
|
(135) |
|
(122) |
|
(124) |
Net income attributable to ABB |
2,173 |
|
2,213 |
|
1,899 |
|
1,933 |
|
2,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
1,514 |
|
1,441 |
|
1,172 |
|
1,289 |
|
1,906 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
659 |
|
772 |
|
727 |
|
644 |
|
688 |
Net income |
2,173 |
|
2,213 |
|
1,899 |
|
1,933 |
|
2,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
|
0.58 |
|
0.83 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
|
0.29 |
|
0.30 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.04 |
|
0.88 |
|
0.87 |
|
1.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
|
0.58 |
|
0.83 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
|
0.29 |
|
0.30 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.03 |
|
0.88 |
|
0.87 |
|
1.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
used to compute: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders |
2,132 |
|
2,138 |
|
2,151 |
|
2,226 |
|
2,288 |
Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders |
2,139 |
|
2,148 |
|
2,154 |
|
2,230 |
|
2,295 |
5
BALANCE SHEET DATA: |
|
|
|
|
unaudited |
||||
|
December 31, |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
Cash and equivalents |
3,445 |
|
4,526 |
|
3,644 |
|
4,565 |
|
5,443 |
Marketable securities and short-term investments |
712 |
|
1,083 |
|
1,953 |
|
1,625 |
|
1,318 |
Total assets (2) |
44,441 |
|
43,458 |
|
39,391 |
|
41,313 |
|
44,855 |
Long-term debt (excluding current maturities of long-term debt) |
6,587 |
|
6,682 |
|
5,785 |
|
5,421 |
|
6,770 |
Total debt (3) |
8,618 |
|
7,408 |
|
6,783 |
|
7,408 |
|
7,630 |
Common stock |
188 |
|
188 |
|
192 |
|
1,440 |
|
1,725 |
Total stockholders’ equity (including noncontrolling interests) |
14,534 |
|
15,349 |
|
13,897 |
|
14,988 |
|
16,815 |
CASH FLOW DATA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unaudited |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
Operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities - continuing operations |
2,352 |
|
2,588 |
|
2,607 |
|
2,700 |
|
2,889 |
Net cash provided by operating activities - discontinued operations |
572 |
|
1,211 |
|
1,236 |
|
1,118 |
|
956 |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
2,924 |
|
3,799 |
|
3,843 |
|
3,818 |
|
3,845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities - continuing operations |
(2,908) |
|
(1,118) |
|
(1,108) |
|
(801) |
|
(845) |
Net cash used in investing activities - discontinued operations |
(177) |
|
(332) |
|
(197) |
|
(173) |
|
(276) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
(3,085) |
|
(1,450) |
|
(1,305) |
|
(974) |
|
(1,121) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities - continuing operations |
(741) |
|
(1,688) |
|
(3,308) |
|
(3,348) |
|
(3,007) |
Net cash used in financing activities - discontinued operations |
(48) |
|
(47) |
|
(47) |
|
(32) |
|
(17) |
Net cash used in financing activities |
(789) |
|
(1,735) |
|
(3,355) |
|
(3,380) |
|
(3,024) |
(1) In January 2018, we adopted an accounting standard update which changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans present the net periodic benefit cost in the income statement. As a result, we have reclassified in prior periods certain net periodic pension and postretirement benefits costs/credits from Total cost of sales, Selling, general and administrative expenses and Non-order related research and development expenses to Non-operational pension (cost) credit. See “Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies - New accounting pronouncements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) As of January 1, 2018, we adopted an accounting standard update in which certain advances from customers, previously reported as a reduction in Inventories, were reclassified to liabilities. As a result, total assets at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, have been restated. See “Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies - New accounting pronouncements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Total debt is equal to the sum of short‑term debt (including current maturities of long‑term debt) and long‑term debt.
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Payment of dividends is subject to general business conditions, ABB’s current and expected financial condition and performance and other relevant factors including growth opportunities. ABB’s current dividend policy is to pay a steadily rising, sustainable annual dividend over time.
The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. As a holding company, ABB Ltd’s main sources of income are dividend and interest payments from its subsidiaries.
At December 31, 2018, the total unconsolidated stockholders’ equity of ABB Ltd was CHF 8,511 million, including CHF 260 million representing share capital, CHF 9,045 million representing reserves and CHF 794 million representing a reduction of equity for own shares (treasury stock). Of the reserves, CHF 794 million relating to own shares and CHF 52 million representing 20 percent of share capital, are restricted and not available for distribution.
6
With respect to the year ended December 31, 2014, ABB Ltd distributed a total of CHF 0.72 per share to shareholders, which comprised a dividend of CHF 0.55 (USD 0.59) paid out of ABB Ltd’s capital contribution reserves and a distribution of CHF 0.17 (USD 0.18) by way of a nominal value reduction (a reduction of CHF 0.17 in the par value of each share from CHF 1.03 to CHF 0.86). With respect to the year ended December 31, 2015, ABB Ltd distributed a total of CHF 0.74 (USD 0.75) per share to shareholders by way of a nominal value reduction (a reduction of CHF 0.74 in the par value of each share from CHF 0.86 to CHF 0.12). With respect to the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, ABB Ltd paid a dividend of CHF 0.76 (USD 0.76) per share and CHF 0.78 (USD 0.81) per share, respectively. The USD amounts for each of the foregoing dividend payments made in CHF have been translated using the average rates of the month in which the dividends were paid.
With respect to the year ended December 31, 2018, ABB Ltd’s Board of Directors has proposed to pay a dividend of CHF 0.80 per share to shareholders. The distribution is subject to approval by shareholders at ABB Ltd’s 2019 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
For further information on dividends and dividend policy see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders—Shareholders’ rights— Shareholders’ dividend rights”.
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report and the following description of risks and uncertainties that we currently believe may exist. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks of which we are unaware or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report also contains forward‑looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward‑looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See “Forward‑Looking Statements”.
Our business is exposed to risks associated with the volatile global economic environment and political conditions.
Adverse changes in economic or political conditions as well as concerns about global trade, global health pandemics, developments in energy prices, and terrorist activities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity and may adversely impact the demand for our products and services. These and other factors may prevent our customers and suppliers from obtaining the financing required to pursue their business activities as planned, which may force them to modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase or supply our products or services. In addition, if our customers do not generate sufficient revenue, or fail to timely obtain access to the capital markets, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, the amounts they owe us. Customers with liquidity issues may lead to additional bad debt expense for us, which may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. We are also subject to the risk that the counterparties to our credit agreements and hedging transactions may go bankrupt if they suffer catastrophic demand on their liquidity that prevents them from fulfilling their contractual obligations to us.
Our business environment is influenced also by numerous other economic or political uncertainties which may affect the global economy and the international capital markets. In periods of slow economic growth or decline, our customers are more likely to buy less of our products and services, and as a result we are more likely to experience decreased revenues. Our divisions are affected by the level of investments in the markets that we serve, principally utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure. At various times during the last several years, we also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines in certain businesses, reflecting the effect of factors such as competitive pricing pressures, inventory write‑downs, charges associated with the cancellation of planned expansion, increases in pension and postretirement benefit expenses, and increases in component and manufacturing costs resulting from higher labor and material costs borne by our manufacturers and suppliers that, as a result of competitive pricing pressures or other factors, we are unable to pass on to our customers. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses. Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments.
7
In addition, we are subject to the risks that our business operations in or with certain countries may be adversely affected by trade tariffs, trade or economic sanctions or other restrictions imposed on these countries. These could lead to increased costs for us or for our customers or limit our ability to do business in or with certain countries. In addition, actual or potential investors that object to certain of these business operations may adversely affect the price of our shares by disposing or deciding not to purchase our shares. These countries may from time to time include countries that are identified by the United States as state sponsors of terrorism. If any countries where or with whom we do business are subject to such sanctions or restrictions, our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and the trading price of our shares may be adversely affected. In 2018, our total revenues from business with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism represented a very small percentage of our total revenues. Based on the amount of revenues and other relevant quantitative and qualitative factors, we have determined that our business in 2018 with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism was not material.
Illegal behavior by any of our employees or agents could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows, and financial position as well as on our reputation and our ability to do business.
Certain of our employees or agents have taken, and may in the future take, actions that violate or are alleged to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA), legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 Organisation for Economic Co‑operation and Development (OECD) Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, applicable antitrust laws and other applicable laws or regulations. For more information regarding investigations of past actions taken by certain of our employees, see “Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”. Such actions have resulted, and in the future could result, in governmental investigations, enforcement actions, civil and criminal penalties, including monetary penalties and other sanctions, and civil litigation. It is possible that any governmental investigation or enforcement action arising from such matters could conclude that a violation of applicable law has occurred, and the consequences of any such investigation or enforcement action may have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows and financial position. In addition, such actions, whether actual or alleged, could damage our reputation and ability to do business.
Further, detecting, investigating and resolving such actions could be expensive and could consume significant time and attention of our senior management. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our internal control systems at times have not been, and in the future may not be, completely effective to prevent and detect such improper activities by our employees and agents.
Our operations in emerging markets expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.
A significant amount of our operations is conducted in the emerging markets in South America, Asia, and the Middle East and Africa. In 2018, approximately 42 percent of our consolidated revenues were generated from these emerging markets. Operations in emerging markets can present risks that are not encountered in countries with well‑established economic and political systems, including:
• economic instability, which could make it difficult for us to anticipate future business conditions in these markets, cause delays in the placement of orders for projects that we have been awarded and subject us to volatile geographic markets,
• political or social instability, which could make our customers less willing to make cross‑border investments in such regions and could complicate our dealings with governments regarding permits or other regulatory matters, local businesses and workforces,
• boycotts and embargoes that may be imposed by the international community on countries in which we do business or where we seek to do business could adversely affect the ability of our operations in those countries to obtain the materials necessary to fulfill contracts and our ability to pursue business or establish operations in those countries,
• foreign state takeovers of our and our customers’ facilities,
8
• significant fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates,
• the imposition of unexpected taxes or other payments on our revenues in these markets,
• our inability to obtain financing and/or insurance coverage from export credit agencies, and
• the introduction of exchange controls and other restrictions by foreign governments.
Additionally, political and social instability resulting from increased violence in certain countries in which we do business has raised concerns about the safety of our personnel. These concerns may hinder our ability to send personnel abroad and to hire and retain local personnel. Such concerns may require us to increase security for personnel traveling to and working in affected countries or to restrict or wind-down operations in such countries, which may negatively impact us and result in higher costs and inefficiencies.
Consequently, our exposure to the conditions in or affecting emerging markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.
Undertaking long‑term, technically complex projects or projects that are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.
We derive a portion of our revenues from long‑term, fixed price and turnkey projects and from other technically complex projects that can take many months, or even years, to complete. Such contracts typically involve substantial risks, including the possibility that we may underbid and consequently have no means of recouping the actual costs incurred, and the assumption of a large portion of the risks associated with completing related projects, including the warranty obligations. Some projects involve technological risks, including in cases where we are required to modify our existing products and systems to satisfy the technical requirements of a project, integrate our products and systems into the existing infrastructure and systems at the installation site, or undertake ancillary activities such as civil works at the installation site. Our revenue, cost and gross profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original projections for numerous reasons, including:
• unanticipated issues with the scope of supply, including modification or integration of supplied products and systems that may require us to incur incremental expenses to remedy such issues,
• the quality and efficacy of our products and services cannot be tested and proven in all situations and environments and may lead to premature failure or unplanned degradation of products,
• changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,
• difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,
• delays caused by customers, force majeure or local weather and geological conditions, including natural disasters,
• shortages of construction equipment,
• changes in law or government policy,
• supply bottlenecks, especially of key components,
• suppliers’, subcontractors’ or consortium partners’ failure to perform or delay in performance,
• diversion of management focus due to responding to unforeseen issues, and
• loss of follow-on work.
9
These risks are exacerbated if a project is delayed because the circumstances upon which we originally bid and quoted a price may have changed in a manner that increases our costs or other liabilities relating to the project. In addition, we sometimes bear the risk of delays caused by unexpected conditions or events. Our project contracts often subject us to penalties or damages if we cannot complete a project in accordance with the contract schedule. In certain cases, we may be required to pay back to a customer all or a portion of the contract price as well as potential damages (which may significantly exceed the contract price), if we fail to meet contractual obligations.
We operate in very competitive markets and could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes.
We operate in very competitive markets where we regularly need to innovate and develop products, systems, services and solutions that address the business challenges and needs of our customers. The nature of these challenges varies across the geographic markets and product areas that we serve. The markets for our products and services are characterized by evolving industry standards (particularly for our automation technology products and systems), which may require us to modify our products and systems. When power transmission and distribution providers are privatized, their need typically increases for timely power product and solution innovations that improve efficiency and allow them to compete in a deregulated environment. Additionally, the continual development of advanced technologies for new products and product enhancements is an important way in which we maintain acceptable pricing levels. If we fail to keep pace with technological changes in the industrial sectors that we serve, we may experience price erosion and lower margins.
Our primary competitors are sophisticated companies with significant resources that may develop products and services that are superior to our products and services or may adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, industry changes or evolving customer requirements. We are also facing increased competition from low cost competitors in emerging markets, which may give rise to increased pressure to reduce our prices. Our failure to anticipate or respond quickly to technological developments or customer requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our multi‑national operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations have had, and could continue to have, a material impact on our operating results, the comparability of our results between periods, the value of assets or liabilities as recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the price of our securities. Volatility in exchange rates makes it harder to predict exchange rates and perform accurate financial planning. Changes in exchange rates can unpredictably and adversely affect our consolidated operating results and could result in exchange losses.
Currency Translation Risk. The results of operations and financial position of most of our non‑U.S. companies are initially recorded in the currency of the country in which each such company resides, which we call “local currency”. That financial information is then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The exchange rates between local currencies and the U.S. dollar can fluctuate substantially, which could have a significant translation effect on our reported consolidated results of operations and financial position.
Increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar versus local currencies will affect the reported value of our local currency assets, liabilities, revenues and costs in our Consolidated Financial Statements, even if the value of these items has not changed in local currency terms. These translations could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position from period to period.
Currency Transaction Risk. Currency risk exposure also affects our operations when our sales are denominated in currencies that are different from those in which our manufacturing or sourcing costs are incurred. In this case, if, after the parties agree on a price, the value of the currency in which the price is to be paid were to weaken relative to the currency in which we incur manufacturing or sourcing costs, there would be a negative impact on the profit margin for any such transaction. This transaction risk may exist regardless of whether there is also a currency translation risk as described above.
10
Currency exchange rate fluctuations in those currencies in which we incur our principal manufacturing expenses or sourcing costs may adversely affect our ability to compete with companies whose costs are incurred in other currencies. If our principal expense currencies appreciate in value against such other currencies, our competitive position may be weakened.
Our hedging activities may not protect us against the consequences of significant fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices on our earnings and cash flows.
Our policy is to hedge material currency exposures by entering into offsetting transactions with third‑party financial institutions. Given the effective horizons of our risk management activities and the anticipatory nature of the exposures intended to be hedged, there can be no assurance that our currency hedging activities will fully offset the adverse financial impact resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. In addition, the timing of the accounting for recognition of gains and losses related to a hedging instrument may not coincide with the timing of gains and losses related to the underlying economic exposures.
As a resource‑intensive operation, we are exposed to a variety of market and asset risks, including the effects of changes in commodity prices and interest rates. We monitor and manage these exposures as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects on our business. As part of our effort to manage these exposures, we may enter into commodity price and interest rate hedging arrangements. Nevertheless, changes in commodity prices and interest rates cannot always be predicted or hedged.
If we are unable to successfully manage the risk of changes in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices or if our hedging counterparties are unable to perform their obligations under our hedging agreements with them, then changes in these rates and prices could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials may adversely affect our financial performance.
We purchase large amounts of commodity‑based raw materials, including steel, copper, aluminum and oil. Prevailing prices for such commodities are subject to fluctuations due to changes in supply and demand and a variety of additional factors beyond our control, such as global political and economic conditions. Historically, prices for some of these raw materials have been volatile and unpredictable, and such volatility is expected to continue. Therefore, commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in raw material costs, and we may be unable to increase our prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volumes, revenues or operating income. We do not fully hedge against changes in commodity prices and our hedging procedures may not work as planned.
We depend on third parties to supply raw materials and other components and may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of these materials and components, which could limit our ability to manufacture products on a timely basis and could harm our profitability. For some raw materials and components, we rely on a single supplier or a small number of suppliers. If one of these suppliers were unable to provide us with a raw material or component we need, our ability to manufacture some of our products could be adversely affected until we are able to establish a new supply arrangement. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our suppliers are unable to deliver sufficient quantities of materials on a timely basis, the manufacture and sale of our products may be disrupted, we may be required to assume liability under our agreements with customers and our sales and profitability could be materially adversely affected.
11
An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.
Our intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses. We generate, maintain, utilize and enforce a substantial portfolio of trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights globally. Intellectual property protection is subject to applicable laws in various local jurisdictions where interpretations and protections vary or can be unpredictable and costly to enforce. We use our intellectual property rights to protect the goodwill of our products, promote our product recognition, protect our proprietary technology and development activities, enhance our competitiveness and otherwise support our business goals and objectives. However, there can be no assurance that the steps we take to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate. Our intellectual property rights may fail to provide us with significant competitive advantages, particularly in foreign jurisdictions that do not have, or do not enforce, strong intellectual property rights. The weakening of protection of our trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.
Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers.
Competitors in the industries in which we operate are consolidating. In particular, the automation industry is undergoing consolidation that is reducing the number but increasing the size of companies that compete with us. As our competitors consolidate, they likely will increase their market share, gain economies of scale that enhance their ability to compete with us and/or acquire additional products and technologies that could displace our product offerings.
Our customer base also is undergoing consolidation. Consolidation within our customers’ industries (such as the marine and cruise industry, the automotive, aluminum, steel, pulp and paper and pharmaceutical industries and the oil and gas industry) could affect our customers and their relationships with us. If one of our competitors’ customers acquires any of our customers, we may lose that business. Additionally, as our customers become larger and more concentrated, they could exert pricing pressure on all suppliers, including us. For example, in an industry such as power transmission, which historically has consisted of large and concentrated customers such as utilities, price competition has become a factor in determining which products and services will be selected by a customer. If we were to lose market share or customers or face pricing pressure due to consolidation of our customers, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We incur costs to comply with such regulations, and our ongoing operations may expose us to environmental liabilities.
Our operations are subject to U.S., European and other laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Our manufacturing facilities use and produce paint residues, solvents, metals, oils and related residues. We use petroleum‑based insulation in transformers, polyvinylchloride (PVC) resin to manufacture PVC cable and chloroparaffin as a flame retardant. We have manufactured and sold, and we are using in some of our factories, certain types of transformers and capacitors containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). These are considered to be hazardous substances in many jurisdictions in which we operate. We may be subject to substantial liabilities for environmental contamination arising from the use of such substances. All of our manufacturing operations are subject to ongoing compliance costs in respect of environmental matters and the associated capital expenditure requirements.
In addition, we may be subject to significant fines and penalties if we do not comply with environmental laws and regulations, including those referred to above. Some environmental laws provide for joint and several or strict liability for remediation of releases of hazardous substances, which could result in us incurring a liability for environmental damage without regard to our negligence or fault. Such laws and regulations could expose us to liability arising out of the conduct of operations or conditions caused by others, or for our acts which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time the acts were performed. Additionally, we may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Changes in the environmental laws and regulations, or claims for damages to persons, property, natural resources or the environment, could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us.
12
We may be the subject of product liability claims.
We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by the design, manufacture or operation of our products and systems. Additionally, we may be subject to product liability claims for the improper installation of products and systems designed and manufactured by others.
Product liability claims brought against us may be based in tort or in contract, and typically involve claims seeking compensation for personal injury or property damage. Claims brought by commercial businesses are often made also for financial losses arising from interruption to operations. Depending on the nature and application of many of the products we manufacture, a defect or alleged defect in one of these products could have serious consequences. For example:
• If the products produced by our power technology divisions are defective, there is a risk of fire, explosions and power surges, and significant damage to electricity generating, transmission and distribution facilities as well as electrical shock causing injury or death.
• If the products produced by our automation technology divisions are defective, our customers could suffer significant damage to facilities and equipment that rely on these products and systems to properly monitor and control their manufacturing processes. Additionally, people could be exposed to electrical shock and/or other harm causing injury or death.
• If any of our products contain hazardous substances, then there is a risk that such products or substances could cause injury or death.
• If any of our protective products were to fail to function properly, there is a risk that such failure could cause injury or death.
If we were to incur a very large product liability claim, our insurance protection might not be adequate or sufficient to cover such a claim in terms of paying any awards or settlements, and/or paying for our defense costs. Further, some claims may be outside the scope of our insurance coverage. If a litigant were successful against us, a lack or insufficiency of insurance coverage could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Additionally, a well‑publicized actual or perceived issue relating to us or our products could adversely affect our market reputation, which could result in a decline in demand for our products and reduce the trading price of our shares. Furthermore, if we were required or we otherwise determined to make a product recall, the costs could be significant.
The uncertainties surrounding the United Kingdom’s future relationship with the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.
The United Kingdom has formally initiated the process to withdraw from the European Union and continues to negotiate the terms of such departure. This has had and may continue to have a material effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets. Lack of clarity about future United Kingdom laws and regulations, potentially divergent national laws, the possibility of increased regulatory complexities, or future developments in the European Union could depress economic activity, reduce demand for our products and services, restrict our access to capital, and diminish or eliminate barrier‑free access between the United Kingdom and other European Union member states or among the European economic area overall. Furthermore, discussions between the United Kingdom and the European Union may influence discussions on open trade and political matters between Switzerland and the European Union. Any of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
13
We may encounter difficulty in managing our business due to the global nature of our operations.
We operate in approximately 100 countries around the world and, as of December 31, 2018, employed about 147,000 people, of which approximately 47 percent were located in the Europe region, approximately 29 percent in the Asia, Middle East and Africa region and approximately 24 percent in the Americas region. To manage our day‑to‑day operations, we must deal with cultural and language barriers and assimilate different business practices. Due to our global nature, we deal with a range of legal and regulatory systems some of which are less developed and less well‑enforced than others. This may impact our ability to protect our contractual, intellectual property and other legal rights. In addition, we are required to create compensation programs, employment policies and other administrative programs that comply with the laws of multiple countries. We also must communicate, monitor and uphold group‑wide standards and directives across our global network, including in relation to our suppliers, subcontractors and other relevant stakeholders. Our failure to manage successfully our geographically diverse operations could impair our ability to react quickly to changing business and market conditions and to enforce compliance with group‑wide standards and procedures.
If we are unable to obtain performance and other guarantees from financial institutions, we may be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher.
In the normal course of our business and in accordance with industry practice, we provide a number of guarantees including bid bonds, advance payment bonds or guarantees, performance bonds or guarantees and warranty bonds or guarantees, which guarantee our own performance. These guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed on time or that a project or particular equipment will achieve defined other performance criteria. If we fail to satisfy any defined criteria, we may be required to make payments in cash or in kind. Performance guarantees frequently are requested in relation to large projects in our power and automation businesses.
Some customers require that performance guarantees be issued by a financial institution. In considering whether to issue a guarantee on our behalf, financial institutions consider our credit ratings. In addition, the global financial crisis has made it more difficult and expensive to obtain these guarantees. If, in the future, we cannot obtain such a guarantee from a financial institution on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we could be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher, which would reduce the profitability of the contracts. If we cannot obtain guarantees on commercially reasonable terms or at all from financial institutions in the future, there could be a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could result in lower earnings and cash flows.
We operate in approximately 100 countries and therefore are subject to different tax regulations. Changes in tax law could result in higher tax expense and payments. Furthermore, this could materially impact our tax receivables and liabilities as well as deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the uncertainty of tax environment in some regions could limit our ability to enforce our rights. As a globally operating organization, we conduct business in countries subject to complex tax rules, which may be interpreted in different ways. Future interpretations or developments of tax regimes may affect our tax liability, return on investments and business operations. We are regularly examined by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. An adverse decision by a tax authority could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
14
The recent comprehensive tax reform in the United States could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The United States enacted comprehensive tax legislation that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, (i) a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate, (ii) a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, (iii) a shift of the U.S. taxation of multinational corporations from a tax on worldwide income to a territorial system (along with certain rules designed to prevent erosion of the U.S. income tax base) and (iv) a one-time tax on accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets, with the latter taxed at a lower rate. We are in the process of finalizing our assessment of the overall impact of the comprehensive tax legislation on our business and financial condition and it is possible that our profitability and our business may be adversely affected as a result of the U.S. tax law changes made by this legislation.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management and personnel then our business may be adversely affected.
Our success depends in part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly our senior management team and key employees. Competition for highly qualified management and technical personnel remains intense in the industries and regions in which we operate. If we are unable to attract and retain members of our senior management team and key employees, including in connection with our ongoing organizational transformation, this could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our business strategy may include making strategic divestitures. There can be no assurance that any divestitures will provide business benefit.
Our strategy includes divesting certain non‑core businesses. The divestiture of an existing business could reduce our future profits and operating cash flows and make our financial results more volatile. We may not find suitable purchasers for our non‑core businesses and may continue to pay operating costs associated with these businesses. Failed attempts to divest non‑core businesses may distract management’s attention from other business activities, erode employee morale and customers’ confidence, and harm our business. A divestiture could also cause a decline in the price of our shares and increased reliance on other elements of our core business operations. In December 2018 we announced the sale of our power grids business into a minority-owned joint venture. The transaction may not obtain all relevant approvals or may face other issues that could delay or prevent the closing of the transaction. If we do not successfully manage the risks associated with a divestiture, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Anticipated benefits of existing and potential future mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances may not be realized.
As part of our overall strategy, we may, from time to time, acquire businesses or interests in businesses, including noncontrolling interests, or form joint ventures or create strategic alliances. Whether we realize the anticipated benefits from these transactions, including our recent acquisition of General Electric Company’s Industrial Solutions business, depends, in part, upon the integration between the businesses involved, the performance and development of the underlying products, capabilities or technologies, our correct assessment of assumed liabilities and the management of the operations in question. Accordingly, our financial results could be adversely affected by unanticipated performance and liability issues, transaction‑related charges, amortization related to intangibles, charges for impairment of long‑term assets and partner performance.
15
Increased information technology (IT) security threats and more sophisticated cyber‑attacks could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.
We have observed a global increase in IT security threats and more sophisticated cyber‑attacks, both in general and against us, which pose a risk to the security of systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data stored and transmitted on those systems and networks. While we attempt to mitigate these risks through a number of measures, including employee training, comprehensive monitoring of our networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems such as firewalls and virus scanners, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to attacks. Similarly, we have observed a continued increase in attacks generally against industrial control systems as well as against our customers and the systems we supplied to them, which pose a risk to the security of those systems and networks. Depending on their nature and scope, such attacks could potentially lead to the compromising of confidential information, improper use of our systems and networks or those we supplied to our customers, manipulation, corruption and destruction of data, defective products or services, production downtimes and supply shortages, any of which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness and results of operations.
Failure to comply with evolving data privacy and data protection laws and regulations or to otherwise protect personal data, may adversely impact our business and financial results.
We are subject to many rapidly evolving privacy and data protection laws and regulations in Europe and around the world. This requires us to operate in a complex environment where there are significant constraints on how we can process personal data across our business. The European General Data Protection Regulation (the GDPR), which became effective in May 2018, has established stringent data protection requirements for companies doing business in or handling personal data of individuals in the European Union. The GDPR imposes obligations on data controllers and processors including the requirement to maintain a record of their data processing and to implement policies and procedures as part of their mandated privacy governance framework. Breaches of the GDPR could result in substantial fines, which in some cases could be up to four percent of our worldwide revenue. In addition, a breach of the GDPR or other data privacy or data protection laws or regulations could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/change our use of data, enforcement notices, as well potential civil claims including class action type litigation. We have invested, and continue to invest, human and technology resources in our data privacy and data protection compliance efforts. Despite such efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation and reputational harm if we fail to properly process or protect the data or privacy of third parties or comply with the GDPR or other applicable data privacy and data protection regimes.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that could, if not remediated, result in material inaccuracies in our consolidated financial statements and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
As described in “Item 15. Controls and Procedures,” we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of December 31, 2018, due to a material weakness in information technology general controls (ITGC), which resulted from a failure to select, develop, and monitor control activities in ITGC, specifically the user access and segregation of duties controls in certain applications in North America as well as for select Group applications. We did not maintain sufficient controls over user access to applications including managing validity of access and segregation of duties. As a result of the deficiencies identified, the process level controls dependent on the effected applications, could not be relied upon.
We are currently working to remediate the material weakness. We cannot be certain that the measures we have taken, and expect to take, will be sufficient to address the deficiencies identified or ensure that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Moreover, other material weaknesses or deficiencies may develop or be identified in the future. If we are not able to remediate the deficiencies identified and strengthen our internal control over financial reporting, or in the event of any future material weakness, then there may be material inaccuracies in our consolidated financial statements and our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
16
There is no guarantee that our ongoing efforts to reduce costs will be successful.
We seek continued cost savings through operational excellence and supply chain management. We are also seeking cost savings in connection with our ongoing organizational transformation, including the elimination of our regional/country matrix structure. Lowering our cost base is important for our business and future competitiveness. However, there is no guarantee that we will achieve this goal. If we are unsuccessful and the shortfall is significant, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We could be affected by future laws or regulations enacted to address climate change concerns as well as the physical effects of climate change.
Existing or pending laws and regulations intended to address climate change concerns could materially affect us in the future. We have incurred, and may need to incur additional costs to comply with these laws and regulations. We could also be affected indirectly by increased prices for goods or services provided to us by companies that are directly affected by these laws and regulations and pass their increased costs through to their customers. At this time, we cannot estimate what impact such costs may have on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be affected by the physical consequences of climate change itself, although we cannot estimate what impact those consequences might have on our business or operations.
Item 4. Information on the Company
INTRODUCTION
ABB is a pioneering technology leader in power grids, electrification products, industrial automation and robotics and motion, serving customers in utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure globally. Continuing a history of innovation spanning more than 130 years, ABB today is writing the future of industrial digitalization with two clear value propositions: bringing electricity from any power plant to any plug and automating industries from natural resources to finished products. ABB has approximately 147,000 employees.
Our business is international in scope and we generate revenues in numerous currencies. We operate in approximately 100 countries across three regions: Europe, the Americas, and Asia, Middle East and Africa (AMEA). We are headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland.
We manage our business based on a divisional structure, comprising Electrification Products, Industrial Automation and Robotics and Motion. For a breakdown of our consolidated revenues (i) by operating division (ii) by geographic region (iii) by end-customer markets and (iv) by product type, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Analysis of Results of Operations—Revenues”. We also operate our Power Grids business, which is reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements (see “Discontinued operations” section below).
Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH 8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41 43 317 7111. Our agent for U.S. federal securities law purposes is ABB Holdings Inc., located at 12040 Regency Parkway, Suite 200, Cary, North Carolina 27518. Our internet address is www.abb.com. The United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) maintains a website at www.sec.gov which contains in electronic form each of the reports and other information that we have filed electronically with the SEC.
17
History of the ABB Group
The ABB Group was formed in 1988 through a merger between Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG. Initially founded in 1883, Asea AB was a major participant in the introduction of electricity into Swedish homes and businesses and in the development of Sweden’s railway network. In the 1940s and 1950s, Asea AB expanded into the power, mining and steel industries. Brown Boveri and Cie. (later renamed BBC Brown Boveri AG) was formed in Switzerland in 1891 and initially specialized in power generation and turbines. In the early to mid‑1900s, it expanded its operations throughout Europe and broadened its business operations to include a wide range of electrical engineering activities.
In January 1988, Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG each contributed almost all of their businesses to the newly formed ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, of which they each owned 50 percent. In 1996, Asea AB was renamed ABB AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG was renamed ABB AG. In February 1999, the ABB Group announced a group reconfiguration designed to establish a single parent holding company and a single class of shares. ABB Ltd was incorporated on March 5, 1999, under the laws of Switzerland. In June 1999, ABB Ltd became the holding company for the entire ABB Group. This was accomplished by having ABB Ltd issue shares to the shareholders of ABB AG and ABB AB, the two companies that formerly owned the ABB Group. The ABB Ltd shares were exchanged for the shares of those two companies, which, as a result of the share exchange and certain related transactions, became wholly‑owned subsidiaries of ABB Ltd. ABB Ltd shares are currently listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Shares).
DIVISIONS
As a pioneering technology leader serving the utilities, industry, and transport & infrastructure markets, ABB is at the heart of the Energy and Fourth Industrial Revolutions. The Energy Revolution encompasses a shift toward low carbon energy generation, including a dramatic increase in wind and solar generation capacity; a major shift toward distributed generation as opposed to centralized generation systems, whereby consumers also become producers, or prosumers, of energy; and finally the introduction of smart grids that will enable more efficient use of energy. The number of feed‑in points from solar and wind is expected to continue to multiply, and transmissions are increasingly covering longer distances. At the same time, electricity demand is anticipated to rise, due to the accelerating take‑up of electric vehicles (EVs) and significant increases in data storage needs. As a result, electrical systems are expected to require new equipment, technology and smart solutions to ensure that electricity supply remains reliable and secure.
In addition to the shifts in the energy market, digitalization is driving the Fourth Industrial Revolution and touches upon all our customer segments, creating sizeable new market opportunities. More than 55 percent of ABB products are already digitalized and offer connectivity. With the end‑markets ABB serves still at an early stage of digitalization, including automotive, food and beverage, rail, buildings, oil and gas, chemicals, marine, utilities, and other discrete markets, ABB expects the demand for connected devices from the company’s existing customer base to grow significantly in the coming years.
ABB Ability™ is the company’s unified, cross‑industry digital portfolio, extending from device to edge to cloud on an open architecture platform. ABB Ability™ provides over 210 solutions utilizing latest software technologies, including artificial intelligence, to improve productivity, security, safety and reliability, ultimately unlocking value for customers. ABB Ability™ solutions cover the entire life‑cycle of assets, from planning and building to performance management. ABB Ability™ is a globally recognized market leader for control systems for process industries and for utility and mining‑related asset management software. ABB also has a leading offering in connected services, for example remote monitoring services for robots, motors and machinery and remote control solutions for buildings, EV charging networks and offshore platforms. Some of the more specialized offerings address energy management for data centers and navigation optimization and automation for maritime shipping fleets.
18
Utilities Market
ABB focuses on delivering solutions that match the changing needs of utility customers with a complete offering for transmission and distribution. The Energy Revolution opens up numerous opportunities, and more than 30 percent of the market ABB operates in are high‑growth segments within the sector, such as grid automation, high‑voltage direct current (HVDC), software, grid control systems and micro‑grids. Generation, transmission and distribution are being unbundled, long‑standing monopolies now have competitors and new entrants (e.g. pension funds, insurance funds, project developers) are investing in the sector. Many traditional utilities have reinvented themselves; some now focus purely on renewables, others on providing additional energy services to the consumers they serve.
Utilities continued to make selective investments in 2018, adding new capacity in emerging markets, upgrading aging power infrastructure in mature markets and integrating new renewable energy capacity globally. They are also investing in automation and control solutions to enhance the stability of the grid and thus demand for services, including ABB Ability™ solutions, gained traction during the year.
ABB won orders in several key geographies, including Australia and New Zealand, to upgrade the control and protection system of existing HVDC links with advanced digitalization technologies. In addition, ABB was awarded multiple orders for ABB Ability™ digital substations, for example, to upgrade the world’s largest substation in Belarus. A significant framework agreement for grid integration and automation solutions was also won fro m Ø rs ted, the Danish power company currently installing the world’s largest offshore wind farm in the United Kingdom’s North Sea.
ABB serves production facilities and factories all around the world from process to discrete industries with a comprehensive automation portfolio including robotics. Industry customers are diverse in nature and may be publicly traded or privately held companies. Automation and digitalized solutions that achieve improved safety, uptime, energy efficiency and productivity are the intended hallmarks of ABB’s offerings in this customer segment. The need for cutting‑edge solutions to improve industrial performance continued to be an important demand driver for industry in 2018.
Investments in 2018 in robotics and machinery automation solutions from the automotive sector, notably for new EV manufacturing lines, from the food and beverage sector and other industries remained positive. Process industries, especially oil and gas, invested more in 2018 than in the prior year, although investments remained selective and concentrated on service and productivity improvements.
In robotics specifically, ABB’s customer markets are successfully expanding into new market areas, for example, the logistics sector and small and medium size enterprises, particularly in the AMEA region.
Transport & Infrastructure Market
ABB’s expertise provides efficient and reliable solutions for transport & infrastructure customers. We believe our offerings are key to transport customers that are focused on energy efficiency and reduced operating costs. Other major growth drivers for this customer segment are urbanization, the move to electrify transportation, and growth in data centers.
Demand in transport and infrastructure markets was solid in 2018. Demand for building automation solutions as well as solutions involving energy efficiency continued, while activity for specialty vessels, particularly cruise ships, was strong over the period. In rail, ABB won orders worth over $100 million from Swiss train manufacturer Stadler to supply traction equipment for more than 160 trains serving urban, regional and long distance routes in Europe and the United States. Demand for hyper‑scale data center solutions was strong during 2018, especially from U.S. and European based customers.
19
The development of EV charging markets accelerated sharply during 2018. ABB received multiple orders from customers in several countries across Europe and North America for EV charging infrastructure, including for the company’s newest high voltage direct current (DC) fast‑charging station, the Terra HP. ABB now has more than 6,500 DC fast‑charging stations installed in 60 countries.
As a pioneering technology leader, we serve utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure customers through our business divisions. These markets and our divisions are discussed in more detail below. Revenue figures presented in this Divisions section are before interdivisional eliminations.
Electrification Products division
The Electrification Products division provides products, services and connected solutions throughout the electrical value chain from the substation to the point of consumption across the world. The innovations from this business enable safer and more reliable electricity flow, with a full range of low- and medium-voltage products and solutions for intelligent protection and connection as well as pre-engineered packaged services and solutions tailored to customers’ needs. The portfolio includes modular substation packages, distribution automation products, switchgear, circuit breakers, measuring and sensing devices, control products, solar power solutions, EV charging infrastructure, wiring accessories, and enclosures and cabling systems, including KNX systems (the recognized global standard for home and building control) and data communication networks.
The division delivers products to customers through a global network of channel partners and end-customers. Most of the division’s revenue is derived from sales through distributors, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), engineering, procurement, construction (EPC) contracting companies, system integrators, utilities and panel builders, with some direct sales to end users (utilities, customers in industries, transport & infrastructure segments) and to other ABB divisions.
The Electrification Products division had approximately 55,100 employees on December 31, 2018, and generated $11.7 billion of revenues in 2018.
On June 30, 2018, ABB acquired General Electric Industrial Solutions (GEIS). The integration of GEIS into the Electrification Products division commenced during the second half of 2018.
The Electrification Products division serves a wide range of customers, including buildings, data centers, rail, wind and solar, distribution utilities, food and beverage, marine, oil and gas, and e-mobility.
The Protection and Connection business offers low-voltage system orientated products that protect, control and connect people, plants and systems. ABB offers solutions to restore power rapidly in case of a fault and helps provide optimum protection for people and electrical installations. The product offering includes molded‑case and air-circuit breakers, safety switches used for power distribution in factories and buildings, switchgear systems for short circuit and overload protection as well as cabling and connection components. It also offers power protection solutions such as uninterruptible power supply (UPS) solutions, status transfer switches and power distribution units. In addition, the business offers a range of contactors, proximity sensors, safety products for industrial protection, limit switches, along with electronic relays and overload relays.
20
The Building Products business provides low-voltage smart home and intelligent building control systems, including voice activated KNX systems to optimize efficiency, safety and comfort through the automated management of lighting, shutters and security. In addition, the business supplies conventional wiring accessories, industrial plugs and sockets, DIN-rail products, and enclosures ideal for single family homes, multiple dwellings, commercial buildings, infrastructure and industrial applications, including electric vehicle charging infrastructure from AC wall boxes through to DC fast charging stations and on-demand electric bus charging systems.
The Installation Products business offers products for low-voltage wire and cable management, making the task of fastening, protecting, insulating and connecting wires easier and quicker for industrial applications, construction, communications, utility and OEM professionals, as well as do-it-yourself specialists. The business offers emergency lighting and lighting for explosive environments, as well as lightning protection and earth grounding apparatus.
The Distribution Solutions business helps utility, industry and transport & infrastructure customers to improve power quality and control, reduce outage time and enhance operational reliability and efficiency. The business offers products and services that largely serve the power distribution sector, often providing the requisite medium-voltage link between high‑voltage transmission systems and low‑voltage users. Its comprehensive offering includes medium‑voltage equipment (1 to 66 kilovolts), indoor and outdoor circuit breakers, reclosers, fuses, contactors, relays, instrument transformers, sensors, motor control centers, ring main units for primary and secondary distribution, as well as a range of air‑ and gas‑insulated switchgear. It also produces indoor and outdoor modular systems and other solutions to facilitate efficient and reliable power distribution, adding value through design, engineering, project management and service. The service offering spans the entire value chain, from the moment a customer makes the first inquiry to disposal and recycling of the product. Throughout the value chain, ABB provides training, technical support and customized contracts. All of this is supported by an extensive global sales and service network.
The Solar business offers an extensive range of solar inverters for residential, commercial and utility applications designed to optimize the performance, reliability and return on investment of any solar installation. It also offers solar packages with integrated energy storage solutions, utility-scale turnkey solutions and microgrid solutions.
The new Industrial Solutions business includes the acquired GEIS business and offers product solutions, such as switchboards, panelboards, UPS and arc prevention technologies and engineered solutions, such as modular, cost‑saving medium‑voltage switchgear, motor control centers, vacuum circuit breakers, arc‑resistant switchgear for industrial applications and industry leading telecom DC power.
Sales are primarily made through indirect sales channels such as distributors to end customers including installers and system integrators. Direct customers range from electrical installers to large utilities, industrial end‑users, customers transport & infrastructure segments, as well as other ABB divisions. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets. The business is focused on creating demand to support its channel sales, with a range of promotional activities and support services including configuration and digital solutions.
The Electrification Products division’s principal competitors vary by product line and include Eaton, Legrand, Schneider Electric, Siemens, Hubbell, Rittal and Chint.
21
Capital Expenditures
The Electrification Products division’s capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $244 million in 2018, compared to $218 million and $215 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Investments in 2018 were primarily related to footprint changes, equipment replacement and upgrades. Geographically, in 2018, Europe represented 49 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (36 percent) and AMEA (15 percent).
Industrial Automation division
The Industrial Automation division offers customers solutions that are designed to optimize the productivity, energy efficiency and safety of their industrial processes and operations by combining the division’s integrated control products, systems and service offerings with deep domain knowledge and expertise of each end market. Solutions include turnkey engineering, control systems, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) and integrated safety technology, measurement products, lifecycle services, outsourced maintenance and industry-specific products such as electric propulsion for ships, Azipods, mine hoists, turbochargers and pulp and paper quality control equipment. The systems can link various processes and information flows allowing customers to manage their entire manufacturing and business process based on real-time facility or plant information. Additionally, the systems allow customers to increase production efficiency, optimize their assets and reduce environmental impact.
The Industrial Automation division offerings are available as separately sold products or as part of a total automation, electrification and/or instrumentation system. In this event, products and solutions from the Robotics and Motion and Electrification Products divisions are channeled through the Industrial Automation division. The division’s technologies are sold primarily through direct sales forces as well as third-party channels.
The division had approximately 25,700 employees as of December 31, 2018, and generated revenues of $7.4 billion in 2018.
The Industrial Automation division’s end customers include companies in the oil and gas, minerals and mining, metals, pulp and paper, chemicals, plastics, pharmaceuticals, food and beverage, power generation and maritime industries. These customers are looking for digitalized and automated offerings, instrumentation, and electrification solutions that deliver value mainly through lower capital costs, increased plant availability, lower life-cycle costs and reduced project costs.
Oil, gas and chemicals solutions cover the entire hydrocarbon value chain, from exploration and production to supply, transport and distribution, as well as refining, chemicals and petrochemicals. ABB specializes in mastering the control loop and transforming client operations through actionable insights that optimize performance in real time. From the well head to the refinery, ABB Ability™ solutions connect people with data to optimize performance, improve reliability, enhance efficiency and minimize environmental impact from project start-up throughout the entire plant life-cycle.
22
Other process industry markets served include mining, minerals processing, metals, pharmaceuticals and pulp and paper as well as their associated service industries. The business’ added value is deep industry expertise coupled with the ability to integrate both automation and electronics, resulting in faster start-up times, increased plant productivity and reduced overall capital and operating costs for customers. For mining, metals and cement industries, solutions include specialized products and services, as well as total production systems. The business designs, plans, engineers, supplies, erects and commissions electric equipment, drives, motors, high power rectifiers and equipment for automation and supervisory control within a variety of areas including mineral handling, mining operations, aluminum smelting, hot and cold steel applications and cement production. In the pharmaceuticals and fine chemicals areas, the business offers applications to support manufacturing, packaging, quality control and compliance with regulatory agencies. The offering for the pulp and paper industries includes quality control systems, control systems, drive systems, on-line sensors, actuators and field instruments.
ABB serves the power generation market with leading automation solutions for all types of power generation. With an offering that includes instrumentation, excitation and control systems, ABB technologies help optimize performance, improve reliability, enhance efficiency and minimize environmental impact throughout the plant life cycle. The business also serves the water industry, including applications such as pumping stations and desalination plants.
ABB serves the marine and ports business through its leading solutions for specialty vessels, container and bulk cargo handling. For the shipping industry, ABB offers an extensive portfolio of integrated marine systems and solutions that improve the flexibility, reliability and energy efficiency of vessels. By coupling power, automation and marine software, proven fuel-efficient technologies and services that ensure maximum vessel uptime, ABB is in the position to improve the profitability of a customer’s business throughout the entire life cycle of a fleet. ABB designs, engineers, builds, supplies and commissions automation and electrical systems for marine power generation, power distribution and electric propulsion, as well as turbochargers to improve efficiency. With ABB Ability™’s Collaborative Operations Centers around the world and marine software solutions, owners and operators can run their fleets at lower fuel and maintenance cost, while improving crew, passenger, and cargo safety and overall productivity of their operations. In addition, ABB delivers automation and electrical systems for container and bulk cargo handling, from ship to gate. These systems and services help terminal operators meet the challenge of larger ships, taller cranes and bigger volumes per call, and make terminal operations safer, greener and more productive.
ABB serves the hybrid and discrete market, focusing primarily on plastics, food and beverage, packaging and data centers. ABB combines state-of-the-art technology with advanced engineering to provide a wide range of customers with complete solutions for machine and factory automation, motion control, HMI and integrated safety technology. ABB is one of the largest providers focused on product- and software-based, open-architecture solutions for machine and factory automation worldwide.
ABB offers an extensive portfolio of products and software from stand-alone basic control to integrated collaborative systems for complex or critical processes. Solutions such as Distributed Control System (DCS) 800xA, provides a scalable extended automation system for process and production control, safety, and production monitoring. Freelance, another solution, is a full-fledged, easy-to-use DCS for small to medium size applications. The Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) automation portfolio offers a scalable range for small, middle and high-end applications. Components for basic automation solutions, process and safety controllers, field interfaces, panels, process recorders and HMI are available through our Compact Product Suite offering. The product portfolio is complemented by services such as Automation Sentinel, a subscription-based life-cycle management program that provides services to maintain and continually advance and enhance ABB Ability™ control systems (e.g. cyber security patches) and thus allows it to manage a customer’s life-cycle costs. The ABB Ability™ Advanced Services offering portfolio provides individual software-based services to continuously improve automation and processes. ABB also offers Manufacturing Execution Systems that enable agility and transparency for production processes by synchronizing and orchestrating a flow across individual automation islands.
The measurement and analytics business portfolio is designed to measure product properties, such as weight, thickness, color, brightness, moisture content and additive content and includes a full line of instrumentation and analytical products to analyze, measure and record industrial and power processes. Actuators allow the customer to make automatic adjustments during the production process to improve the quality and consistency of the product. Field instruments measure properties of the process, such as flow rate, chemical content and temperature.
23
ABB manufactures and maintains turbochargers for diesel and gas engines having power levels ranging from 500 kilowatts to over 80 megawatts. The business provides engine builders and application operators with advanced turbocharging solutions for efficient and flexible application operations and in compliance with the most stringent environmental requirements.
The Industrial Automation division primarily uses its direct sales force as well as third-party channel partners, such as distributors, system integrators and OEMs. The majority of revenues are derived through the division’s own direct sales channels.
The Industrial Automation division’s principal competitors vary by industry or product line. Competitors include Emerson, Honeywell, Valmet, Rockwell Automation, Beckhoff Automation, Schneider Electric, Siemens, Voith, and Yokogawa Electric Corporation.
The Industrial Automation division’s capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $104 million in 2018, compared to $71 million and $53 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Principal investments in 2018 were in the Machine and Factory Automation, Turbocharging and the Measurement and Analytics businesses. Geographically, in 2018, Europe represented 82 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (10 percent) and AMEA (8 percent).
The Robotics and Motion division provides products, solutions and related services that increase industrial productivity and energy efficiency. Our key products such as motors, generators, drives and robotics provide power, motion and control for a wide range of automation applications.
Revenues are generated both from direct sales to end users as well as from indirect sales through distributors, machine builders, system integrators, and OEMs.
The Robotics and Motion division had approximately 27,600 employees as of December 31, 2018, and generated $9.1 billion of revenues in 2018.
The Robotics business offers robots, controllers, software systems, as well as complete robot automation solutions and a comprehensive range of advanced services for automotive and Tier One OEMs as well as for general industry. These provide flexibility for manufacturers to meet the challenge of making smaller lots of a larger number of specific products in shorter cycles for today’s dynamic global markets, while also improving quality, productivity and reliability. Robots are also used in activities or environments which may be hazardous to employee health and safety, such as repetitive or strenuous lifting, dusty, hot or cold rooms, or painting booths. In the automotive industry, robot products and systems are used in such areas as press shop, body shop, paint shop, power train assembly, trim and final assembly. General industry segments in which robotics solutions are used range from metal fabrication, foundry, plastics, food and beverage, chemicals and pharmaceuticals, electronics and warehouse/logistics center automation. Typical robotic applications in general industry include welding, material handling, machine tending, painting, picking, packing, palletizing and small parts assembly automation.
24
The Motors and Generators business supplies a comprehensive range of electrical motors, generators, and mechanical power transmission products. The range of electrical motors includes high efficiency motors that conform to leading environmental and Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS). Efficiency is an important selection criterion for customers, because electric motors account for nearly two‑thirds of the electricity consumed by industrial plants. The business unit manufactures synchronous motors for the most demanding applications and a full range of low‑ and high‑voltage induction motors, for both IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) standards. The business unit offers digitalized asset management solutions that monitor motor performance and provide vital intelligence on key operating parameters. These products and solutions help customers improve uptime, extend motor lifetimes, and increase productivity while becoming or remaining digitally connected.
The Drives business provides low‑voltage and medium‑voltage drives and systems for industrial, commercial and residential applications. Drives provide speed, torque and motion control for equipment such as fans, pumps, compressors, conveyors, centrifuges, mixers, hoists, cranes, extruders, printing and textile machines. They are used in industries such as building automation, marine, power, transportation, food and beverage, metals, mining, and oil and gas. The business unit also supplies traction converters (propulsion converters and auxiliary converters) for the transportation industry and wind converters.
The division offers services that complement its products and solutions, including design and project management, engineering, installation, training and life cycle care, energy efficiency appraisals, preventive maintenance and digital services such as remote monitoring and software tools.
The Robotics and Motion division serves a wide range of customers. Customers include machinery manufacturers, process industries such as pulp and paper, oil and gas, and metals and mining companies, hybrid and batch manufacturers such as food and beverage companies, transportation equipment manufacturers, discrete manufacturing companies such as “3C” (computer, communication and consumer electronic), logistics, utilities as well as customers in the automotive industry.
Sales are made both through direct sales forces as well as through third‑party channel partners, such as distributors, wholesalers, installers, machine builders and OEMs, and system integrators. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets.
The Robotics and Motion division’s principal competitors vary by product line but include Fanuc, Kuka Robotics, Rockwell Automation, Schneider Electric, Siemens, Yaskawa, WEG Industries, SEW-EURODRIVE and Danfoss.
The Robotics and Motion division’s capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $123 million in 2018, compared to $118 million and $112 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Principal investments in 2018 were primarily related to equipment replacement, footprint adjustments and automation upgrades. Geographically, in 2018, Europe represented 45 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (31 percent) and AMEA (24 percent).
25
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other includes headquarters, central research and development, real estate activities, Group Treasury Operations, Global Business Services (GBS) and other minor business activities. The remaining activities of certain EPC projects which we are completing and are in a wind down phase are also reported in Corporate and Other. In addition, we have classified the historical business activities of significant divested businesses in Corporate and Other. These include the high-voltage cables business, the EPC business for turnkey electrical AC substations and certain EPC contracts relating to the oil & gas industry.
Corporate headquarters and stewardship activities include the operations of our corporate headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, as well as corporate‑related activities in various countries. These activities cover staff functions with group‑wide responsibilities, such as accounting and financial reporting, corporate finance and taxes, planning and controlling, internal audit, legal and integrity, compliance, risk management and insurance, corporate communications, information systems, investor relations and human resources.
Corporate research and development primarily covers our research activities, as our development activities are organized under our divisions. We have two global research laboratories, one focused on power technologies and the other focused on automation technologies, which both work on technologies relevant to the future of our business. Each laboratory works on new and emerging technologies and collaborates with universities and other external partners to support our divisions in advancing relevant technologies and in developing cross‑divisional technology platforms. We have corporate research centers in seven countries (China, India, Germany, Poland, Sweden, Switzerland and the United States).
GBS operates in several hub locations and consists of shared services in the area of accounting, human resources, information systems and supply chain management.
A significant portion of the costs for GBS and other shared corporate overhead costs are allocated to the operating divisions. Overhead and other management costs, including GBS costs, which would have been allocated to our Power Grids business, and which are not directly attributable to this business, are not allocated to the discontinued operation and are included in Corporate and Other.
Corporate and Other had approximately 5,500 employees at December 31, 2018.
The Power Grids business is reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements for all years presented. See “Note 3 Changes in presentation of financial statements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Power Grids business is a global leader in power technologies and aspires to be the partner of choice for enabling a stronger, smarter and greener grid. The Power Grids business provides product, system, software and service solutions across the power value chain that are designed to meet the growing demand for electricity with minimum environmental impact. These solutions support utility, industry and transport & infrastructure customers to plan, build, operate and maintain their power infrastructure. They are designed to facilitate the safe, reliable and efficient integration, transmission and distribution of bulk and distributed energy generated from conventional and renewable sources.
26
Approximately two-thirds of the revenues in the business are generated from utility customers and the remaining portion is generated from industry and transport & infrastructure customers. Power Grids has a worldwide customer base, with a wide geographic spread of revenues across the Americas, Europe and AMEA. The business also has a globally diversified and well-balanced manufacturing and engineering footprint. Direct sales account for the majority of total revenues generated by the business while external channel partners such as EPCs, wholesalers, distributors and OEMs account for the rest.
The Grid Automation operation is at the forefront of grid automation and digitalization. It supplies substation automation products, systems and services. It also provides Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) systems for transmission and distribution networks as well as a range of wireless, fiber optic and power line carrier-based telecommunication technologies for mission critical applications. The operation offers microgrid solutions that are being increasingly deployed for remote and partially grid-connected applications. Also included in this operation is ABB Ability™ Ellipse, an industry leading software solution for managing and optimizing assets, operations, logistics, financials and HR, reducing operating costs and improving productivity for customers.
The Grid Integration operation is among the world’s leading providers of transmission and distribution substations, associated life-cycle services and HVDC systems. The substations are used in utility and non‑utility applications including renewables, rail, data centers, various industries, battery energy storage and shore-to-ship power supply. The HVDC systems use Line Commutated Converter (HVDC Classic) technology or Voltage Sourced Converter (HVDC Light) technology. The Grid Integration portfolio also includes the Flexible Alternating Current Transmission Systems (FACTS) business, which comprises Static Var Compensation (SVC) and static compensator (STATCOM) technology. These systems stabilize voltages, minimize losses, and keep power quality in accordance with grid codes. The Grid Integration business’ portfolio also includes a range of high power semiconductors, a core technology for power electronics deployed in HVDC, FACTS and rail applications.
The High Voltage products operation is a global leader in high voltage switchgear up to 1200 kV AC and 1100 kV DC with a portfolio spanning air-insulated, gas-insulated and hybrid technologies. It manufactures generator circuit breakers, a key product for integrating large power plants into the grid. The portfolio also includes a broad range of capacitors and filters that facilitate power quality, instrument transformers and other substation components.
The Transformers operation supplies transformers that are an integral component found across the power value chain, enabling the efficient and safe conversion of electricity to different voltages. The product range is designed for reliability, durability and efficiency with a portfolio that includes dry- and liquid-distribution transformers, traction transformers for rail applications and special application transformers plus related components, for example, insulation kits, bushings and other transformer accessories.
The Power Grids business also has an extensive portfolio of service offerings. This is a growing focus area, leveraging the significant installed product base. The portfolio includes spare parts, condition monitoring and maintenance services, on- and off‑site repairs as well as retrofits and upgrades. Advanced software-based monitoring and advisory services are being added to the portfolio to enable digitalization of grids. ABB Ability™, the company’s unified, cross‑industry digital capability enables the business’ specific connected solutions portfolio.
Simplification of business model and structure
In December 2018, we announced our intention to simplify our organizational structure through the discontinuation of the existing legacy matrix, country and regional structures, including regional Executive Committee roles. Effective April 1, 2019, our new organization will provide each business with full operational ownership of products, support functions, research and development, and geographic territories. The businesses will be the single interface to customers, maximizing proximity and speed.
27
Corporate activities will focus on Group strategy, portfolio and performance management, capital allocation, core technologies and the ABB Ability™ platform.
In line with the simplification, as of April 1, 2019, we will operate four customer-focused, entrepreneurial businesses: Electrification, Industrial Automation, Motion and Robotics & Discrete Automation.
Total capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (excluding intangibles acquired through business combinations) amounted to $772 million, $752 million and $632 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, capital expenditures were 16 percent, 10 percent and 27 percent lower, respectively, than depreciation and amortization. Excluding acquisition-related amortization, capital expenditures were 20 percent, 24 percent and 1 percent higher, respectively, than depreciation and amortization.
Capital expenditures in 2018 remained at a significant level in mature markets, reflecting the geographic distribution of our existing production facilities. Capital expenditures in Europe and North America in 2018 were driven primarily by upgrades and maintenance of existing production facilities, mainly in the U.S., Finland, Italy, Sweden and Austria, including a state-of-the-art innovation and training campus in Austria, which will become one of our largest research and development centers. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were highest in China, Poland and India. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were made primarily to increase production capacity by investing in new or expanded facilities. We are planning to build an advanced, automated and flexible robotics factory in China, which is designed to combine our connected digital technologies, state-of-the-art collaborative robotics and innovative artificial intelligence research. The share of emerging markets capital expenditures as a percentage of total capital expenditures in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was 31 percent, 28 percent and 36 percent, respectively.
At December 31, 2018, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $464 million, mainly in the U.S., China, Sweden, Finland and Germany. At December 31, 2017, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $511 million, mainly in China, the U.S., Switzerland, Sweden and Germany, while at December 31, 2016, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $342 million, mainly in China, the U.S., Germany, Sweden and Switzerland.
Our capital expenditures relate primarily to property, plant and equipment. For 2019, we estimate the expenditures for property, plant and equipment will be higher than our annual depreciation and amortization charge, excluding acquisition-related amortization.
We purchase a variety of supplies and products which contain raw materials for use in our production and project execution processes. The primary materials used in our products, by weight, are copper, aluminum, steel, mineral oil and various plastics. We also purchase a wide variety of fabricated products, electronic components and systems. We operate a worldwide supply chain management network with employees dedicated to this function in our businesses and key countries. Our supply chain management network consists of a number of teams, each focusing on different product categories. These category teams, on a global, divisional and/or regional level, take advantage of opportunities to leverage the scale of ABB and to optimize the efficiency of our supply networks, in a sustainable manner.
Our supply chain management organization’s activities have continued to expand in recent years, to:
• pool and leverage procurement of materials and services,
• provide transparency of ABB’s global spending through a comprehensive performance and reporting system linked to our ERP systems,
28
• strengthen ABB’s supply chain network by implementing an effective product category management structure and extensive competency‑based training, and
• monitor and develop our supply base to ensure sustainability, both in terms of materials and processes used.
We buy many categories of products which contain steel, copper, aluminum, crude oil and other commodities. Continuing global economic growth in many emerging economies, coupled with the volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, has led to significant fluctuations in these raw material costs over the last few years. While we expect global commodity prices to remain highly volatile, we expect to offset some market volatility through the use of long‑term contracts and global sourcing.
We seek to mitigate the majority of our exposure to commodity price risk by entering into hedges. For example, we manage copper and aluminum price risk using principally swap contracts based on prices for these commodities quoted on leading exchanges. ABB’s hedging policy is designed to safeguard margins by minimizing price volatility and providing a stable cost base during order execution. In addition to using hedging to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in raw materials prices, in some cases we can reduce this risk by incorporating changes in raw materials prices into the prices of our end products (through price escalation clauses).
Overall, during 2018 supply chain management personnel in our businesses, and in the countries in which we operate, along with the global category teams, continued to focus on value chain optimization efforts in all areas, while maintaining and improving quality and delivery performance.
In August 2012, the SEC issued its final rules regarding “Conflict Minerals”, as required by section 1502 of the Dodd‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. We initiated conflict minerals processes in 2013 and have continuously improved and tailored the processes to our value chain. We continue to work with our suppliers and customers, to enable us to comply with the rules and disclosure obligations. Further information on ABB’s Conflict Minerals policy and supplier requirements can be found under “Material Compliance” at new.abb.com/about/supplying
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
While we are not materially dependent on any one of our intellectual properties, as a technology-driven company, we believe that intellectual property rights are crucial to protect the assets of our business. Over the past ten years, we have continued to substantially add new applications to our existing first patent filings, and we intend to continue our aggressive approach to seeking patent protection. Currently, we have approximately 30,500 patent applications and registrations, of which more than 8,800 are pending applications. In addition to these patents, we have more than 4,100 utility model and design applications and registrations, of which approximately 400 are pending applications. In 2018, we filed more than 800 patent, utility model and design applications for more than 1,700 new inventions. Based on our existing intellectual property strategy, we believe that we have adequate control over our core technologies. The “ABB” trademarks and logo are protected in all of the countries in which we operate. We aggressively defend our intellectual property rights to safeguard the reputation associated with the ABB technology and brand. While these intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses, there is no dependency of the business on any single patent, utility model or design application.
SUSTAINABILITY ACTIVITIES
Sustainability management is one of our highest business priorities. We seek to address sustainability issues in all our business operations in order to improve our social, health, safety and environmental performance continuously, and to enhance the quality of life in the communities and countries where we operate.
29
Our social, health, safety and environmental efforts include:
• implementing sustainability objectives covering all relevant parts of our operations,
• joining initiatives that foster economic, environmental, social and educational development, and strengthen observance of human rights in business practice,
• making positive contributions in the communities where we operate so they welcome us and consider ABB a good neighbor, an attractive employer and a good investment,
• offering our customers eco‑efficient products that save energy and are safe to use, that optimize the use of natural resources, minimize waste and reduce environmental impact over their complete life cycles,
• applying non‑financial risk assessment to key business decision‑making processes, and to projects,
• sharing our latest technologies with emerging markets by, for example, helping customers in developing countries implement environmentally sound processes and technologies and providing environmental awareness and safety training to our business partners,
• ensuring that our operations and processes comply with applicable environmental and health and safety standards and social legislation. Specifically, every operating unit must implement an environmental management system that seeks to continuously improve its environmental performance and a health and safety management system that similarly seeks to continuously improve health and safety performance,
• ensuring that our social, health and safety and environmental policies are communicated and implemented,
• working towards achieving best practices in occupational health and safety, and ensuring the health and safety of our employees, contractors and others involved in or affected by our activities,
• ensuring that suppliers have sustainability policies and systems that are comparable with our own, and
• continuing our program to decontaminate sites that were polluted by historical manufacturing processes.
To manage environmental aspects of our own operations, we have implemented environmental management systems according to the ISO 14001 standard at our manufacturing and service sites. For non‑manufacturing sites we have implemented an adapted environmental management system in order to ensure management of environmental aspects and continual improvement of performance. Globally, operations at 397 sites and offices are covered by externally certified environmental management systems.
We have Environmental Product Declarations to communicate the environmental performance of our core products. These describe the significant environmental aspects and impacts of a product line, viewed over its complete life cycle. Declarations are based on Life Cycle Assessment studies, created according to the international standard ISO/TR 14025. Approximately 68 declarations for major product lines are published on our Web site ( www.abb.com ), some of which have been externally certified.
In 2018, approximately 85 percent of our employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB’s formal environmental reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The operations of companies acquired during 2018 are not yet covered by our environmental reporting. We expect that this reporting will be implemented in 2019. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our environmental reporting system, mainly sales, have very limited environmental exposure. A total of 43 environmental incidents were reported in 2018, none of which had a material environmental impact.
30
In 2018, substantially all of our employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB’s formal social reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our social reporting system, mainly sales offices in countries where we do not perform manufacturing, have very limited social exposure.
REGULATION
Our operations are subject to numerous governmental laws and regulations including those governing antitrust and competition, corruption, the environment, securities transactions and disclosures, import and export of products, currency conversions and repatriation, taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel and use of local employees and suppliers.
As a reporting company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we are subject to the FCPA’s anti‑bribery provisions with respect to our conduct around the world.
Our operations are also subject to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. The convention obliges signatories to adopt national legislation that makes it a crime to bribe foreign public officials. Those countries which have adopted implementing legislation and have ratified the convention include the U.S. and several European nations in which we have significant operations.
We conduct business in certain countries known to experience governmental corruption. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our employees or agents have taken, and in the future may take, actions that violate the U.S. FCPA, legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, antitrust laws or other laws or regulations. These actions have resulted and could result in monetary or other penalties against us and could damage our reputation and, therefore, our ability to do business. For more information, see “Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”.
The U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 requires U.S. listed companies to disclose information relating to certain transactions with Iran. In 2018, certain non-U.S. subsidiaries of ABB, in accordance with applicable laws, provided electrical equipment, automation systems and on-site services to OEMs, distributors, panel builders, EPC contracting companies and other customers for Iranian business. The revenues attributable to these products and services in 2018 amounted to approximately $81 million, of which $31 million is attributable to our discontinued operations. ABB discontinued its Iranian business in 2018, except for minor work on a few long-term contracts which is being performed in line with applicable sanctions.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
ABB Ltd is the ultimate parent company of the ABB Group. Its sole shareholding is in ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd which directly or indirectly owns the other companies in the ABB Group. The table below both sets forth, as of December 31, 2018, the name, place of incorporation and ownership interest of the significant direct and indirect subsidiaries of ABB Ltd, Switzerland. ABB’s operational group structure is described above in the “Divisions” section of Item 4.
Company name/location |
Country |
ABB interest % |
|
ABB Australia Pty Limited, Moorebank, NSW |
Australia |
100.00 |
|
ABB Group Investment Management Pty. Ltd., Moorebank, NSW |
Australia |
100.00 |
|
B&R Holding GmbH, Eggelsberg |
Austria |
100.00 |
|
B&R Industrial Automation GmbH, Eggelsberg |
Austria |
100.00 |
|
ABB Industrial Solutions (Belgium) BVBA, Gent |
Belgium |
100.00 |
|
Company name/location |
Country |
ABB interest % |
|
ABB N.V., Zaventem |
Belgium |
100.00 |
|
ABB Ltda., São Paulo |
Brazil |
100.00 |
|
ABB Bulgaria EOOD, Sofia |
Bulgaria |
100.00 |
|
ABB Canada Holding Limited Partnership, Saint-Laurent, Quebec |
Canada |
100.00 |
|
ABB Inc., Saint-Laurent, Quebec |
Canada |
100.00 |
|
ABB Installation Products Ltd., Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu, Quebec |
Canada |
100.00 |
|
ABB (China) Ltd., Beijing |
China |
100.00 |
|
ABB Beijing Drive Systems Co. Ltd., Beijing |
China |
90.00 |
|
ABB Electrical Machines Ltd., Shanghai |
China |
100.00 |
|
ABB Engineering (Shanghai) Ltd., Shanghai |
China |
100.00 |
|
ABB High Voltage Switchgear Co., Ltd. Beijing, Beijing |
China |
60.00 |
|
ABB Shanghai Free Trade Zone Industrial Co., Ltd., Shanghai |
China |
100.00 |
|
ABB Xiamen Low Voltage Equipment Co. Ltd., Xiamen |
China |
100.00 |
|
ABB Xiamen Switchgear Co. Ltd., Xiamen |
China |
64.30 |
|
ABB Xinhui Low Voltage Switchgear Co. Ltd., Xinhui |
China |
90.00 |
|
ABB s.r.o., Prague |
Czech Republic |
100.00 |
|
ABB A/S, Skovlunde |
Denmark |
100.00 |
|
ABB for Electrical Industries (ABB ARAB) S.A.E., Cairo |
Egypt |
100.00 |
|
Asea Brown Boveri S.A.E., Cairo |
Egypt |
100.00 |
|
ABB AS, Jüri |
Estonia |
100.00 |
|
ABB Oy, Helsinki |
Finland |
100.00 |
|
ABB France, Cergy Pontoise |
France |
99.83 |
|
ABB SAS, Cergy Pontoise |
France |
100.00 |
|
ABB AG, Mannheim |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
ABB Automation GmbH, Mannheim |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
ABB Automation Products GmbH, Ladenburg |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
ABB Beteiligungs- und Verwaltungsges. mbH, Mannheim |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
ABB Stotz-Kontakt GmbH, Heidelberg |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
Busch-Jaeger Elektro GmbH, Lüdenscheid |
Germany |
100.00 |
|
Industrial C&S Hungary Kft., Budapest |
Hungary |
100.00 |
|
ABB Global Industries and Services Private Limited, Bangalore |
India |
100.00 |
|
ABB India Limited, Bangalore |
India |
75.00 |
|
ABB S.p.A., Milan |
Italy |
100.00 |
|
Power-One Italy S.p.A., Terranuova Bracciolini (AR) |
Italy |
100.00 |
|
ABB K.K., Tokyo |
Japan |
100.00 |
|
ABB Ltd., Seoul |
Korea, Republic of |
100.00 |
|
ABB Electrical Control Systems S. de R.L. de C.V., Monterrey |
Mexico |
100.00 |
|
ABB Mexico S.A. de C.V., San Luis Potosi SLP |
Mexico |
100.00 |
|
Asea Brown Boveri S.A. de C.V., San Luis Potosi SLP |
Mexico |
100.00 |
|
31
32
Company name/location |
Country |
ABB interest % |
|
ABB B.V., Rotterdam |
Netherlands |
100.00 |
|
ABB Capital B.V., Rotterdam |
Netherlands |
100.00 |
|
ABB Finance B.V., Rotterdam |
Netherlands |
100.00 |
|
ABB Holdings B.V., Rotterdam |
Netherlands |
100.00 |
|
ABB Investments B.V., Rotterdam |
Netherlands |
100.00 |
|
ABB AS, Billingstad |
Norway |
100.00 |
|
ABB Holding AS, Billingstad |
Norway |
100.00 |
|
ABB Business Services Sp. z o.o., Warsaw |
Poland |
99.93 |
|
ABB Industrial Solutions (Bielsko‑Biala) Sp. z o.o., Bielsko‑Biala |
Poland |
99.99 |
|
ABB Sp. z o.o., Warsaw |
Poland |
99.93 |
|
Industrial C&S of P.R. LLC, San Juan |
Puerto Rico |
100.00 |
|
ABB Ltd., Moscow |
Russian Federation |
100.00 |
|
ABB Contracting Company Ltd., Riyadh |
Saudi Arabia |
95.00 |
|
ABB Electrical Industries Co. Ltd., Riyadh |
Saudi Arabia |
65.00 |
|
ABB Holdings Pte. Ltd., Singapore |
Singapore |
100.00 |
|
ABB Pte. Ltd., Singapore |
Singapore |
100.00 |
|
ABB Holdings (Pty) Ltd., Longmeadow |
South Africa |
100.00 |
|
ABB South Africa (Pty) Ltd., Longmeadow |
South Africa |
74.91 |
|
Asea Brown Boveri S.A., Madrid |
Spain |
100.00 |
|
ABB AB, Västerås |
Sweden |
100.00 |
|
ABB Norden Holding AB, Västerås |
Sweden |
100.00 |
|
ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, Zurich |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB Information Systems Ltd., Zurich |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB Investment Holding GmbH, Zurich |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB Management Services Ltd., Zurich |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB Schweiz AG, Baden |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB Turbo Systems AG, Baden |
Switzerland |
100.00 |
|
ABB LIMITED, Bangkok |
Thailand |
100.00 |
|
ABB Elektrik Sanayi A.S., Istanbul |
Turkey |
99.99 |
|
ABB Industries (L.L.C.), Dubai |
United Arab Emirates |
49.00 (1) |
|
ABB Holdings Limited, Warrington |
United Kingdom |
100.00 |
|
ABB Limited, Warrington |
United Kingdom |
100.00 |
|
ABB Finance (USA) Inc., Wilmington, DE |
United States |
100.00 |
|
ABB Holdings Inc., Cary, NC |
United States |
100.00 |
|
ABB Inc., Cary, NC |
United States |
100.00 |
|
ABB Installation Products Inc, Memphis, TN |
United States |
100.00 |
|
ABB Motors and Mechanical Inc, Fort Smith, AR |
United States |
100.00 |
|
ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc., Wilmington, DE |
United States |
100.00 |
|
Edison Holding Corporation, Wilmington, DE |
United States |
100.00 |
|
33
Company name/location |
Country |
ABB interest % |
|
Industrial Connections & Solutions LLC, Cary, NC |
United States |
100.00 |
|
Verdi Holding Corporation, Wilmington, DE |
United States |
100.00 |
|
(1) Company consolidated as ABB exercises full management control. |
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
As of December 31, 2018, we occupy real estate in around 100 countries throughout the world. The facilities consist mainly of manufacturing plants, office buildings, research centers and warehouses. A substantial portion of our production and development facilities are situated in the U.S., China, Germany, Italy, Finland, Sweden, Switzerland, Canada, Poland and India. We also own or lease other properties, including office buildings, warehouses, research and development facilities and sales offices in many countries. We own substantially all of the machinery and equipment used in our manufacturing operations.
From time to time, we have a surplus of space arising from acquisitions, production efficiencies and/or restructuring of operations. Normally, we seek to sell such surplus space which may involve leasing property to third parties for an interim period.
The net book value of our property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2018, was $4,133 million, of which machinery and equipment represented $1,575 million, land and buildings represented $2,094 million and construction in progress represented $464 million. We believe that our current facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the requirements of our present and foreseeable future operations.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
ABB reached the conclusion of its Next Level strategy in 2018. The strategy, in execution since 2014, has focused on three areas: profitable growth, relentless execution and business-led collaboration. During this period ABB transitioned its portfolio and operations to create a streamlined and strengthened company with two value propositions: bringing electricity from any power plant to any plug and automating industries from natural resources to finished products. ABB has driven profitable growth through its entrepreneurial divisions, continuing to invest in sales, research and development, and its leading digital solutions portfolio, ABB Ability ™ . In 2018, the Group was better positioned in a better market compared to 2017.
During 2018, ABB recorded solid order growth across all divisions and regions as the company’s pioneering technology leadership in digital industries advanced. Also during 2018, ABB Ability ™ solutions were recognized as global leaders in Distributed Control Systems and Enterprise Asset Management software by industry analyst Arc Advisory Group.
34
ABB shifted its center of gravity significantly through ongoing portfolio management, driving towards greater competitiveness, higher growth and lower risk. The integration of Bernecker + Rainer Industrie-Elektronik GmbH (B&R) into ABB’s Industrial Automation division to form its global Machine & Factory Automation business unit is on track to increase mid-term revenues in the business unit to a target of more than $1 billion. In September 2018, ABB acquired Intrion, which is headquartered in Belgium. The transaction will advance ABB’s logistics robotics offering to gain a strong foothold in a market that offers strong growth opportunities. Also in September, ABB completed its acquisition of AB Rotech, a privately owned company headquartered in Bursa, Turkey. AB Rotech has 20 years’ experience in robotic welding solutions and services for the automotive industry. The acquisition will boost ABB’s robotic welding solutions for all tiers in the growing automotive segment. In August 2018, ABB sold its terminal block business, Entrelec, further demonstrating ABB’s commitment to active portfolio management.
At the end of June 2018, ABB completed the acquisition of General Electric’s (GE) global electrification solutions business, GEIS. GEIS sells to more than 100 countries and has an established installed base with strong roots in North America. This purchase strengthens ABB’s position as a global leader in electrification and expands its access to the attractive North American market and early-cycle business. The integration of GEIS into ABB’s Electrification Products division as its Industrial Solutions business unit (EPIS) is well underway. ABB continues to work to bring EPIS’ margin up to peer levels through an extensive turnaround plan that prioritizes product and technology portfolio harmonization, footprint optimization, supply chain savings and other selling and administrative cost reduction to deliver approximately $200 million of annual cost synergies by year five. The transaction includes a long-term strategic supply relationship with GE and allows ABB long-term use of the GE brand.
ABB continues to invest to drive organic growth in a disciplined manner. Building on the integration of B&R, ABB announced, in April 2018, a € 100 million investment to build a state-of-the-art research center in Eggelsberg, Austria. The new campus will go into operation in 2020. ABB also inaugurated its advanced innovation and manufacturing hub in Xiamen, China, in November 2018. The hub is expected to cost $300 million to develop and, at 425,000 square meters, is ABB’s largest innovation and manufacturing site, employing 3,500 people and covering the full range of business activities. In November, ABB further announced its intent to invest $150 million to build a factory-of-the-future for robotics in Shanghai, China. ABB is China’s number one robotics manufacturer, employing more than 2,000 engineers, technology experts and operational leaders in 20 locations across the country. The new factory will combine connected digital technologies, state-of-the-art collaborative robotics and cutting-edge artificial intelligence research, and is expected to be commissioned by the end of 2020.
Further to the completion of the business model change for EPC, a non-core business unit was established within Corporate and Other effective January 1, 2018, reporting directly to the CFO to manage the wind down of remaining EPC activities. Related to this, in September 2018, ABB commenced transferring certain projects in its turnkey AC Substation business to Linxon, a new joint venture with SNC-Lavalin. SNC-Lavalin has a majority and controlling interest in the joint venture.
ABB is building on the achievements of the 1,000-day programs that were completed at the end of 2017 with a continued strong focus on Supply Chain Management and Operations Quality. Gaps in performance, informed by customer feedback, are rigorously identified and addressed using Lean Six Sigma methods. ABB has about 1,500 continuous improvement projects underway, led from within each division.
ABB continues to benefit from its ongoing cost management and productivity efforts. Savings outpaced price impacts and commodity effects, including those driven by the introduction of trade tariffs, in particular in the United States, during 2018.
ABB continues to strengthen its brand. Effective March 1, 2018, ABB integrated Baldor Electric Company into its global brand. On October 1, 2018, Thomas & Betts was also officially migrated into the ABB global brand.
35
Strategic partnership developments included the formation of a global alliance to provide industrial grade edge data center solutions between ABB, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and Rittal, building on the success of prior co-operation and a software alliance for collaborative robotics with Kawasaki Heavy Industries. Further, in October 2018, ABB and the Shanghai municipal government signed a comprehensive strategic co-operation agreement focused on supporting industry, energy, transport and infrastructure in the Shanghai region of China, and to support the “Made in Shanghai” manufacturing initiative.
In January 2018, ABB announced a ground breaking multi-year partnership agreement with the Formula E electric car motor racing series, now known as the “ABB FIA Formula E Championship”. ABB FIA Formula E serves as a competitive platform to develop and test e-mobility relevant electrification and digitalization technologies.
Strategy update: shaping a leader focused in digital industries
On December 17, 2018, ABB announced its new strategy, with the company proposing fundamental actions to focus, simplify and lead in digital industries, for enhanced customer value and shareholder returns. ABB also announced an agreed sale of its Power Grids business, expanding its existing partnership with Hitachi Ltd (Hitachi) and enabling ABB to increase its focus on digital industries, which is a rapidly developing market offering attractive growth prospects. Starting April 1, 2019, ABB intends to simplify the group’s business model through the discontinuation of the legacy matrix structure, as well as shaping four leading businesses aligned with customer patterns: Electrification, Industrial Automation, Motion and Robotics & Discrete Automation.
The new ABB is expected to generate around $29 billion in annual revenues and have around 110,000 employees. Its four, customer-focused, entrepreneurial businesses are either the global number one or two player in revenue terms in their respective markets. ABB’s addressable market is expected to grow by 3.5 to 4.0 percent per year, growing by $140 billion to reach $550 billion by 2025. Driving this demand will be the growing influence of electric mobility, data centers and robotics.
ABB’s new organization will provide each business with full entrepreneurial ownership of operations, functions, research and development, and territories. ABB’s new operating model, ABB-OS™, will provide a common framework across the group governing management processes, such as market validation, budgeting and portfolio management, in order to facilitate clear decision making and a balanced approach to value creation.
Under ABB-OS™, the businesses will be the single interface to customers, maximizing proximity and speed. The corporate center will be further streamlined, while existing country and regional structures including regional Executive Committee roles will be discontinued after the closing of the Power Grids transaction. Existing resources at the country level will strengthen the new businesses.
Further, ABB expects the ABB-OS™ simplification program to drive approximately $500 million annual run-rate cost reductions across the group, with the full run-rate targeted during 2021. Approximately $300 million of savings are planned to be realized from the businesses, for example through a reduction of areas of business responsibility through combining businesses and eliminating management layers, and optimizing ABB’s manufacturing footprint. Approximately $200 million of savings are planned to come from Group functions and a leaner corporate center.
ABB plans to demonstrate improved commercial quality of business and enhance exposure to faster growing markets with a greater emphasis on high value-add solutions, lower risk, less large-order volatility and more recurring revenue streams through digital solutions, software and services.
ABB’s investment proposition is reflected in a new medium-term target framework for the Group:
• 3 to 6 percent annual comparable revenue growth, based on current economic outlook,
• Operational EBITA margin of 13 to 16 percent,
• Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) of 15 to 20 percent,
36
• Cash conversion to net income of approximately 100 percent, and
• Basic EPS growth above revenue growth.
Capital allocation
T he Board of Directors is proposing a tenth consecutive increase in the dividend to 0.80 Swiss francs per share at the 2019 Annual General Meeting.
ABB’s sustained capital allocation priorities are unchanged:
• funding organic growth, research and development, and capital expenditures at attractive cash returns,
• paying a rising, sustainable dividend,
• investing in value-creating acquisitions, and
• returning additional cash to shareholders.
Following the expected completion of the sale of 80.1 percent of our Power Grids business to Hitachi in the first half of 2020, valuing the business at $11 billion, ABB intends to return 100 percent of the net cash proceeds to shareholders in an expeditious and efficient manner. ABB intends to maintain the level of dividend per share post close and aims to maintain its “single A” credit rating long term.
Outlook
Macroeconomic signs are mixed in Europe but are trending positively in the United States, and growth is expected to continue in China. The overall global market is growing, with rising geopolitical uncertainties in various parts of the world. Oil prices and foreign exchange translation effects are expected to continue to influence the company’s results.
The attractive long-term demand outlook in ABB’s three major customer sectors — utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure — is driven by the Energy and Fourth Industrial Revolutions. We believe ABB is well-positioned to tap into these opportunities for long-term profitable growth with its market-leading digital offering ABB Ability ™ , strong market presence, broad geographic and business scope, technology leadership and financial strength.
APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and present these in U.S. dollars unless otherwise stated.
37
The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including, but not limited to, those related to: gross profit margins of performance obligations satisfied over time; costs of product guarantees and warranties; provisions for bad debts; recoverability of inventories, investments, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets; the fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations; income tax expenses and provisions related to uncertain tax positions; pensions and other postretirement benefit assumptions; and legal and other contingencies. Where appropriate, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions.
We deem an accounting policy to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements. We also deem an accounting policy to be critical when the application of such policy is essential to our ongoing operations. We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies should be considered when reading our Consolidated Financial Statements.
A customer contract exists if collectability under the contract is considered probable, the contract has commercial substance, contains payment terms, as well as the rights and commitments of both parties, and has been approved. By analyzing the type, terms and conditions of each contract or arrangement with a customer, we determine which revenue recognition method applies.
We offer arrangements with multiple performance obligations to meet our customers’ needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation, training and maintenance) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Goods and services under such arrangements are evaluated to determine whether they form distinct performance obligations and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions. We allocate the sales price to each distinct performance obligation based on the price of each item sold in separate transactions at the inception of the arrangement.
We recognize revenues when control of goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for these goods or services. Control is transferred when the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the goods or services.
Control transfer for non-customized products is not considered to have occurred, and therefore no revenues are recognized, until the customer has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually defined shipping terms. We use various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) in our sales of products to third party customers, such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP).
38
We generally recognize revenues for the sale of customized products, including integrated automation and electrification systems and solutions, on an over time basis using the percentage‑of‑completion method of accounting. These systems are generally accounted for as a single performance obligation as we are required to integrate equipment and services into one deliverable for the customer. Revenues are recognized as the systems are customized during the manufacturing or integration process and as control is transferred to the customer as evidenced by our right to payment for work performed or by the customer’s ownership of the work in process. We use the cost‑to‑cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to management’s best estimate of total estimated costs, which are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the change in estimate is determined.
The percentage‑of‑completion method of accounting involves the use of assumptions and projections, principally relating to future material, labor and project‑related overhead costs as well as estimates of the amount of variable consideration to which we expect to be entitled to. As a consequence, there is a risk that total contract costs or the amount of variable consideration will either exceed or be lower than, respectively, those we originally estimated (based on all information reasonably available to us) and the margin will decrease or the contract may become unprofitable. This risk increases if the duration of a contract increases because there is a higher probability that the circumstances upon which we originally developed our estimates will change, resulting in increased costs that we may not recover. Factors that could cause costs to increase include:
• unanticipated technical problems with equipment supplied or developed by us which may require us to incur additional costs to remedy,
• changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,
• difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,
• project modifications creating unanticipated costs,
• suppliers’ or subcontractors’ failure to perform, and
• delays caused by unexpected conditions or events.
Changes in our initial assumptions, which we review on a regular basis between balance sheet dates, may result in revisions to estimated costs, current earnings and anticipated earnings. We recognize these changes in the period in which the changes in estimates are determined. By recognizing changes in estimates cumulatively, recorded revenue and costs to date reflect the current estimates of the stage of completion of each project. Additionally, losses on such contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.
Revenues from service transactions are recognized as services are performed. For long‑term service contracts, revenues are recognized on a straight‑line basis over the term of the contract or, if the performance pattern is other than straight‑line, as the services are provided. Service revenues reflect revenues earned from our activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance‑type contracts, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, training and installation and commissioning of products as a stand‑alone service or as part of a service contract.
Revenues are reported net of customer rebates, early settlement discounts, and similar incentives. Rebates are estimated based on sales terms, historical experience and trend analysis. The most common incentives relate to amounts paid or credited to customers for achieving defined volume levels.
Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue‑producing transactions between us and our customers, such as sales, use, value‑added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.
39
Accounts receivable from customer contracts are regularly reviewed for collectability and allowances are calculated to estimate those receivables that will not be collected. These reserves assume a level of default based on historical information, as well as knowledge about specific invoices and customers. The risk remains that actual defaults will vary in number and amount from those originally estimated. As such, the amount of revenues recognized might exceed the amount which will be collected, resulting in a change in earnings in the future. The risk of deterioration is likely to increase during periods of significant negative industry, economic or political trends.
As a result of the above policies, judgment in the selection and application of revenue recognition methods must be made.
As more fully described in “Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings” and in “Note 15 Commitments and contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.
We record provisions for our contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using our best estimate of the amount of loss or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, we may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, we record such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.
We provide for anticipated costs for warranties when we recognize revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design, material and workmanship in our products. We generally make individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order‑specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities. There is a risk that actual warranty costs may exceed the amounts provided for, which would result in a deterioration of earnings in the future when these actual costs are determined.
Pension and other postretirement benefits
As more fully described in “Note 17 Employee benefits” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and recognize an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We measure such a plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year.
Significant differences between assumptions and actual experience, or significant changes in assumptions, may materially affect the pension obligations. The effects of actual results differing from assumptions and the changing of assumptions are included in net actuarial loss within “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”.
We recognize actuarial gains and losses gradually over time. Any cumulative unrecognized actuarial gain or loss that exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the present value of the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and the fair value of plan assets is recognized in earnings over the expected average remaining working lives of the employees participating in the plan, or the expected average remaining lifetime of the inactive plan participants if the plan is comprised of all or almost all inactive participants. Otherwise, the actuarial gain or loss is not recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements.
40
We use actuarial valuations to determine our pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates, mortality rates and expected return on plan assets. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to consider current market conditions in making these assumptions. In particular, the discount rates are reviewed annually based on changes in long‑term, highly‑rated corporate bond yields. Decreases in the discount rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in the discount rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs. The mortality assumptions are reviewed annually by management. Decreases in mortality rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in mortality rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs.
Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25 percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have increased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $390 million while a 0.25 percentage point increase in the discount rate would have decreased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $370 million.
The expected return on plan assets is reviewed regularly and considered for adjustment annually based upon the target asset allocations and represents the long‑term return expected to be achieved. Decreases in the expected return on plan assets result in an increase to pension costs. Holding all other assumptions constant, an increase or decrease of 0.25 percentage points in the expected long‑term rate of asset return would have decreased or increased, respectively, the net periodic benefit cost in 2018 by $26 million.
The funded status, which can increase or decrease based on the performance of the financial markets or changes in our assumptions, does not represent a mandatory short‑term cash obligation. Instead, the funded status of a defined benefit pension plan is the difference between the PBO and the fair value of the plan assets. At December 31, 2018, our defined benefit pension plans were $1,677 million underfunded compared to an underfunding of $1,413 million at December 31, 2017. Our other postretirement plans were underfunded by $120 million and $132 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
We have multiple non‑pension postretirement benefit plans. Our health care plans are generally contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted annually. For purposes of estimating our health care costs, we have assumed health care cost increases to be 6.7 percent per annum for 2019, gradually declining to 5.0 percent per annum by 2028 and to remain at that level thereafter.
In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled from the weighted‑average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland. Income which has been generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter “foreign jurisdictions”) and has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. There is no requirement in Switzerland for a parent company of a group to file a tax return of the group determining domestic and foreign pre‑tax income and as our consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines our global weighted‑average tax rate.
41
We account for deferred taxes by using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will be realized. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based upon historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. To the extent we increase or decrease this allowance in a period, we recognize the change in the allowance within “Provision for taxes” in the Consolidated Income Statements unless the change relates to discontinued operations, in which case the change is recorded in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax”. Unforeseen changes in tax rates and tax laws, as well as differences in the projected taxable income as compared to the actual taxable income, may affect these estimates.
Certain countries levy withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter “withholding taxes”) on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. Switzerland has concluded double taxation treaties with many countries in which we operate. These treaties either eliminate or reduce such withholding taxes on dividend distributions. It is our policy to distribute retained earnings of subsidiaries, insofar as such earnings are not permanently reinvested or no other reasons exist that would prevent the subsidiary from distributing them. No deferred tax liability is set up, if retained earnings are considered as permanently reinvested, and used for financing current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries.
We operate in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of our filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and OECD guidelines and are based on our evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period. Changes in the facts and circumstances could result in a material change to the tax accruals. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable and that appropriate tax reserves have been made, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.
An estimated loss from a tax contingency must be accrued as a charge to income if it is more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We apply a two‑step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The required amount of provisions for contingencies of any type may change in the future due to new developments.
The amount of goodwill initially recognized in a business combination is based on the excess of the purchase price of the acquired company over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The determination of these fair values requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. For instance, when assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future revenues and expenses associated with an asset are used to determine its fair value, but the actual timing and amount differ materially, the asset could become impaired. In some cases, particularly for large acquisitions, we may engage independent third‑party appraisal firms to assist in determining the fair values.
Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows of the acquired business, brand awareness, customer retention, technology obsolescence and discount rates.
42
In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax‑related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated at the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly, based upon facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill provided that we are within the twelve‑month measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance’s or contingency’s estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax‑related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Income Statements and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. The fair values assigned to the intangible assets acquired are described in “Note 4 Acquisitions and business divestments” as well as “Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets”, to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
We use either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, then a quantitative impairment test is performed. If we elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, then we perform the quantitative impairment test.
Our reporting units are the same as our business divisions for Electrification Products and Robotics and Motion. For the Industrial Automation division, we determined the reporting units to be one level below the division, as the different products produced or services provided by this division do not share sufficiently similar economic characteristics to permit testing of goodwill on a total division level.
When performing the qualitative assessment, we first determine, for a reporting unit, factors which would affect the fair value of the reporting unit including: (i) macroeconomic conditions related to the business, (ii) industry and market trends, and (iii) the overall future financial performance and future opportunities in the markets in which the business operates. We then consider how these factors would impact the most recent quantitative analysis of the reporting unit’s fair value. Key assumptions in determining the value of the reporting unit include the projected level of business operations, the weighted‑average cost of capital, the income tax rate and the terminal growth rate.
If, after performing the qualitative assessment, we conclude that events or circumstances have occurred which would indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, or if we have elected not to perform a qualitative assessment, then a quantitative impairment test is performed. First, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit (using an income approach whereby the fair value is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows applying a discount rate that represents our weighted‑average cost of capital) and compare it to the reporting unit’s carrying value. Where the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. However, if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit is equal to or exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference, up to the full amount of goodwill. Any goodwill impairment losses would be recorded as a separate line item in the income statement in continuing operations, unless related to a discontinued operation, in which case the losses would be recorded in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax”.
In 2018, we performed a quantitative impairment test for all of our reporting units to reflect new assumptions and forecasts resulting from our newly developed strategic plan for the period from 2019 to 2023. The quantitative test concluded that the estimated fair values for each of our reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by more than 20 percent and hence we concluded that none of the reporting units were “at risk” of failing the goodwill impairment test.
43
The projected future cash flows used in the 2018 fair value calculation for all reporting units, except for Machine and Factory Automation within the Industrial Automation division, were based on approved business plans for the reporting units which covered a period of five years plus a calculated terminal value. The after-tax weighted-average cost of capital of 8 percent was based on variables such as the risk-free rate derived from the yield of 10 year U.S. treasury bonds as well as an ABB-specific risk premium. The terminal value growth rate was assumed to be 1 percent. The mid-term tax rate used in the test was 27 percent.
For Machine and Factory Automation, which includes the acquisition in 2017 of B&R, the projected future cash flows used in the 2018 fair value calculation were based on an approved business plan which covered a period of eight years plus a calculated terminal value. The business plan covered a longer projected period due to a higher growth trajectory as well as a longer term view for the business which was available following the acquisition process. The terminal value growth rate was assumed to be 3 percent and the after tax weighted-average cost of capital (WACC) was 9.4 percent. The mid-term tax rate used in the test was 25 percent which is based on tax rates in countries where the business is primarily operating.
Determining the projected future cash flows required significant judgments and estimates involving variables such as future sales volumes, sales prices, awards of large orders, production and other operating costs, capital expenditures, net working capital requirements and other economic factors.
We based our fair value estimates on assumptions we believed to be reasonable, but which were inherently uncertain. Consequently, actual future results may differ from those estimates.
We assessed the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by reconciling the sum of the fair values for all our reporting units to our total market capitalization. The assumptions used in the fair value calculation were stressed (through the use of sensitivity analysis) to determine the impact on the fair value of the reporting units. Our sensitivity analysis in 2018 showed that, holding all other assumptions constant, a 1 percentage point increase in the discount rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 13.0 percent, while a 1 percentage point decrease in the terminal value growth rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 9.3 percent.
In 2017, we performed a qualitative assessment and determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value for each of these reporting units was below the carrying value. As a result, we concluded that it was not necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test.
Intangible assets are reviewed for recoverability upon the occurrence of certain triggering events (such as a decision to divest a business or projected losses of an entity) or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We record impairment charges in “Other income (expense), net”, in our Consolidated Income Statements, unless they relate to a discontinued operation, in which case the charges are recorded in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax”.
For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see “Note 2 Significant accounting policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
44
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Each year, we invest significantly in research and development. Our research and development focuses on developing and commercializing the technologies of our businesses that are of strategic importance to our future growth. In 2018 we invested $1,147 million, or approximately 4.2 percent of our 2018 consolidated revenues, on research and development activities in our continuing operations. We also had expenditures of $57 million, or approximately 0.2 percent of our 2018 consolidated revenues, on order‑related development activities. These are customer‑ and project‑specific development efforts that we undertake to develop or adapt equipment and systems to the unique needs of our customers in connection with specific orders or projects. Order‑related development amounts are initially recorded in inventories as part of the work in process of a contract and then are reflected in cost of sales at the time revenue is recognized in accordance with our accounting policies.
In addition to continuous product development, and order‑related engineering work, we develop platforms for technology applications in our automation and power businesses in our research and development laboratories, which operate on a global basis. Through active management of our investment in research and development, we seek to maintain a balance between short‑term and long‑term research and development programs and optimize our return on investment.
Universities are incubators of future technology, and a central task of our research and development team is to transform university research into industry‑ready technology platforms. We collaborate with a number of universities and research institutions to build research networks and foster new technologies. We believe these collaborations shorten the amount of time required to turn basic ideas into viable products, and they additionally help us recruit and train new personnel. We have built numerous university collaborations in the U.S., Europe and Asia, including long‑term, strategic relationships with the Carnegie Mellon University, North Carolina State University, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Imperial College London, ETH Zurich, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH) Stockholm, Cambridge University, Dresden University of Technology, Huazhong University of Science & Technology (HUST) and Xi’an Jiaotong University (XJTU). Our collaborative projects include research on materials, sensors, micro‑engineered mechanical systems, robotics, controls, manufacturing, distributed power and communication. Common platforms for power and automation technologies are developed around advanced materials, efficient manufacturing, information technology and data communication, as well as sensor and actuator technology.
Common applications of basic power and automation technologies can also be found in power electronics, electrical insulation, and control and optimization. Our power technologies, including our insulation technologies, current interruption and limitation devices, power electronics, flow control and power protection processes, apply as much to large, reliable, blackout‑free transmission systems as they do to everyday household needs. Our automation technologies, including our control and optimization processes, power electronics, sensors and microelectronics, mechatronics and wireless communication processes, are designed to improve efficiency in plants and factories around the world, including our own.
During 2018, 2017 and 2016, ABB paid $2,638 million, $1,992 million and $13 million to purchase three, four and one businesses, respectively. The amounts exclude increases in investments made in cost‑ and equity‑accounted companies.
The principal acquisition in 2018 was GE Industrial Solutions (GEIS), GE’s global electrification solutions business, which was acquired in June. GEIS, headquartered in the United States, has approximately 13,500 employees and provides technologies that distribute and control electricity and support the commercial, data center, health care, mining, renewable energy, oil and gas, water and telecommunications sectors.
45
The principal acquisition in 2017 was B&R, which was acquired in July. B&R is a worldwide provider of product- and software-based, open-architecture solutions for machine and factory automation and employs more than 3,000 people, including about 1,000 research and development, and application engineers. It operates across 70 countries in the machine and factory automation market segment.
The acquisition in 2016 was not significant.
On March 1, 2017, ABB divested its high-voltage cable system business. Total cash proceeds from all business divestments during 2017 amounted to $605 million, net of transaction costs and cash disposed.
There were no significant divestments in 2016 and 2018.
Planned divestment of Power Grids
In December 2018, ABB announced an agreement to divest 80.1 percent of its Power Grids business to Hitachi, valuing the business at $11 billion. The business also includes certain real estate properties which were previously reported within Corporate and Other. The divestment is expected to be completed in the first half of 2020, following the receipt of customary regulatory approvals. As this divestment represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, the results of operations for this business have been presented as discontinued operations and the assets and liabilities are reflected as held-for-sale for all periods presented. For more information on our discontinued operations, see “Note 3 Changes in presentation of financial statements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
For more information on our acquisitions and divestments, see “Note 4 Acquisitions and business divestments” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Due to our global operations, a significant amount of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in other currencies. As a consequence, movements in exchange rates between currencies may affect: (i) our profitability, (ii) the comparability of our results between periods, and (iii) the reported carrying value of our assets and liabilities.
We translate non‑USD denominated results of operations, assets and liabilities to USD in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Balance sheet items are translated to USD using year‑end currency exchange rates. Income statement and cash flow items are translated to USD using the relevant monthly average currency exchange rate.
Increases and decreases in the value of the USD against other currencies will affect the reported results of operations in our Consolidated Income Statements and the value of certain of our assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, even if our results of operations or the value of those assets and liabilities have not changed in their original currency. As foreign exchange rates impact our reported results of operations and the reported value of our assets and liabilities, changes in foreign exchange rates could significantly affect the comparability of our reported results of operations between periods and result in significant changes to the reported value of our assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity.
While we operate globally and report our financial results in USD, exchange rate movements between the USD and both the EUR and the CHF are of particular importance to us due to (i) the location of our significant operations and (ii) our corporate headquarters being in Switzerland.
46
The exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, were as follows:
Exchange rates into $ |
2018 |
2017 |
2016 |
EUR 1.00 |
1.15 |
1.20 |
1.05 |
CHF 1.00 |
1.02 |
1.02 |
0.98 |
The average exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, were as follows:
Exchange rates into $ |
2018 |
2017 |
2016 |
EUR 1.00 |
1.18 |
1.13 |
1.10 |
CHF 1.00 |
1.02 |
1.02 |
1.01 |
When we incur expenses that are not denominated in the same currency as the related revenues, foreign exchange rate fluctuations could affect our profitability. To mitigate the impact of exchange rate movements on our profitability, it is our policy to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange transaction risk of our operations.
In 2018, approximately 76 percent of our consolidated revenues were reported in currencies other than the USD. The following percentages of consolidated revenues were reported in the following currencies:
• Euro, approximately 23 percent, and
• Chinese renminbi, approximately 14 percent
In 2018, approximately 73 percent of our cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in currencies other than the USD. The following percentages of consolidated cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in the following currencies:
• Euro, approximately 22 percent, and
• Chinese renminbi, approximately 12 percent
We also incur expenses other than cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in various currencies.
The results of operations and financial position of many of our subsidiaries outside of the United States are reported in the currencies of the countries in which those subsidiaries are located. We refer to these currencies as “local currencies”. Local currency financial information is then translated into USD at applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The discussion of our results of operations below provides certain information with respect to orders, revenues, income from operations and other measures as reported in USD (as well as in local currencies). We measure period‑to‑period variations in local currency results by using a constant foreign exchange rate for all periods under comparison. Differences in our results of operations in local currencies as compared to our results of operations in USD are caused exclusively by changes in currency exchange rates.
47
While we consider our results of operations as measured in local currencies to be a significant indicator of business performance, local currency information should not be relied upon to the exclusion of U.S. GAAP financial measures. Instead, local currencies reflect an additional measure of comparability and provide a means of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed together with the U.S. GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting the business. As local currency information is not standardized, it may not be possible to compare our local currency information to other companies’ financial measures that have the same or a similar title. We encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.
Our policy is to book and report an order when a binding contractual agreement has been concluded with a customer covering, at a minimum, the price and scope of products or services to be supplied, the delivery schedule and the payment terms. The reported value of an order corresponds to the undiscounted value of revenues that we expect to recognize following delivery of the goods or services subject to the order, less any trade discounts and excluding any value added or sales tax. The value of orders received during a given period of time represents the sum of the value of all orders received during the period, adjusted to reflect the aggregate value of any changes to the value of orders received during the period and orders existing at the beginning of the period. These adjustments, which may in the aggregate increase or decrease the orders reported during the period, may include changes in the estimated order price up to the date of contractual performance, changes in the scope of products or services ordered and cancellations of orders.
The undiscounted value of revenues we expect to generate from our orders at any point in time is represented by our order backlog. Approximately 6.6 percent of the value of total orders we recorded in 2018 were “large orders”, which we define as orders from third parties involving a value of at least $15 million for products or services. Approximately 47 percent of the total value of large orders in 2018 were recorded in our Industrial Automation division. The other divisions as well as our non-core business activities accounted for the remainder of the total large orders recorded during 2018. The remaining portion of total orders recorded in 2018 was “base orders”, which we define as orders from third parties with a value of less than $15 million for products or services.
The level of orders fluctuates from year to year. Portions of our business involve orders for long‑term projects that can take months or years to complete and many large orders result in revenues in periods after the order is booked. Consequently, the level of large orders and orders generally cannot be used to accurately predict future revenues or operating performance. Orders that have been placed can be cancelled, delayed or modified by the customer. These actions can reduce or delay any future revenues from the order or may result in the elimination of the order.
We evaluate the performance of our divisions based on orders received, revenues and Operational EBITA.
Operational EBITA represents income from operations excluding:
• amortization expense on intangibles arising upon acquisitions (acquisition-related amortization),
• restructuring and restructuring-related expenses,
• changes in the amount recorded for obligations related to divested businesses occurring after the divestment date (changes in obligations related to divested businesses),
• changes in estimates relating to opening balance sheets of acquired businesses (changes in pre‑acquisition estimates),
48
• gains and losses from sale of businesses,
• acquisition- and divestment-related expenses and integration costs,
• certain other non-operational items, as well as
• foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (a) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (b) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (c) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).
Certain other non-operational items generally includes: certain regulatory, compliance and legal costs, certain asset write downs/impairments as well as other items which are determined by management on a case by case basis.
See “Note 23 Operating segment and geographic data” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the total consolidated Operational EBITA to income from continuing operations before taxes.
49
ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our consolidated results from operations were as follows:
A more detailed discussion of the orders, revenues, income from operations and Operational EBITA for our divisions follows in the sections of “Divisional analysis” below entitled “Electrification Products”, “Industrial Automation”, “Robotics and Motion”, and “Corporate and Other”. Orders and revenues of our divisions include interdivisional transactions which are eliminated in the “Corporate and Other” line in the tables below.
50
Orders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Electrification Products |
11,867 |
|
10,143 |
|
9,780 |
|
17% |
|
4% |
Industrial Automation |
7,631 |
|
6,553 |
|
5,990 |
|
16% |
|
9% |
Robotics and Motion |
9,570 |
|
8,465 |
|
7,857 |
|
13% |
|
8% |
Operating divisions |
29,068 |
|
25,161 |
|
23,627 |
|
16% |
|
6% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Core and divested businesses |
364 |
|
643 |
|
933 |
|
(43)% |
|
(31)% |
Intersegment Eliminations and Other |
(842) |
|
(770) |
|
(902) |
|
n.a. |
|
n.a. |
Total |
28,590 |
|
25,034 |
|
23,658 |
|
14% |
|
6% |
In 2018, total orders increased 14 percent (14 percent in local currencies). Orders grew organically in all divisions with the most significant growth in the Robotics and Motion division, supported by strong orders in the Drives business while the Industrial Automation division also received strong order levels in the Marine & Ports business. Order growth reflected a recovery of demand in certain end‑markets as well as the demand for ABB Ability™. Orders also increased approximately 6 percent due to changes in the business portfolio as we acquired GE Industrial Solutions at the end of June 2018 and also benefitted from a full year of orders in B&R which we acquired in July 2017. For additional information about divisional order performance in all periods, please refer to the relevant sections of “Divisional analysis” below.
In 2018, base orders increased 14 percent (13 percent in local currencies) with growth in all divisions. The increase in base orders reflects improvements in the global economic conditions across our key markets. Large orders also increased 20 percent (18 percent in local currencies).
In 2017, total orders were up 6 percent (6 percent in local currencies). Growth was driven by the Robotics and Motion division where demand was supported by strong orders in the Robotics business. Orders grew in the Electrification Products division as end‑market demand improved in the second half of the year. In 2017, orders also reflected an increase in demand for ABB Ability™ solutions. Changes in the business portfolio had a limited impact on order growth as the increase in orders due to the acquisition of B&R was offset by the impacts of divestments which occurred in 2017.
In 2017, base orders increased 6 percent (7 percent in local currencies) with growth in all divisions. The increase in base orders reflects improvements in economic conditions across our key markets. Large orders decreased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies).
We determine the geographic distribution of our orders based on the location of the ultimate destination of the products’ end use, if known, or the location of the customer. The geographic distribution of our consolidated orders was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Europe |
10,725 |
|
9,202 |
|
8,920 |
|
17% |
|
3% |
The Americas |
8,243 |
|
7,006 |
|
6,520 |
|
18% |
|
7% |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
9,622 |
|
8,826 |
|
8,218 |
|
9% |
|
7% |
Total |
28,590 |
|
25,034 |
|
23,658 |
|
14% |
|
6% |
51
Orders in 2018 increased in all regions. In Europe orders grew 17 percent (14 percent in local currencies) and grew in all divisions. In local currencies, orders increased in Finland, Switzerland, Germany, Sweden and Italy while they decreased in the United Kingdom. In the Americas orders increased 18 percent (19 percent in local currencies). In local currencies, orders increased in the U.S., Brazil, Mexico and Argentina while orders decreased in Canada, Chile and Panama. In Asia, Middle East and Africa orders grew 9 percent (8 percent in local currencies), driven by the Robotics and Motion division. Orders were higher in China, Japan, Egypt, Malaysia and India while they declined in Saudi Arabia, South Korea and South Africa. Growth in the Americas included a 12 percent impact due to acquisitions, including GEIS and B&R. In Europe, these acquisitions had a positive impact of 4 percent while the impact in Asia, Middle East and Africa was 2 percent.
Orders in 2017 were higher in all regions. Orders in Europe increased 3 percent (2 percent in local currencies) due primarily to an increase in base orders compared to 2016. Orders in Europe in the Electrification Products and Industrial Automation divisions grew in local currencies while they were flat in the Robotics and Motion division. In local currencies, orders were lower in Germany, Italy, Norway and Switzerland while orders increased in the United Kingdom, France and Spain. In the Americas orders increased 7 percent (7 percent in local currencies). In local currencies, orders increased in the U.S. and Canada. In Asia, Middle East and Africa, orders grew 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies). Orders grew in local currencies in China, India and South Korea while orders decreased in Saudi Arabia.
Order backlog |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
% Change |
||||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Electrification Products |
4,113 |
|
3,098 |
|
2,839 |
|
33% |
|
9% |
Industrial Automation |
5,148 |
|
5,301 |
|
5,230 |
|
(3)% |
|
1% |
Robotics and Motion |
4,016 |
|
3,823 |
|
3,514 |
|
5% |
|
9% |
Operating divisions |
13,277 |
|
12,222 |
|
11,583 |
|
9% |
|
6% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-core and divested businesses |
555 |
|
1,055 |
|
2,308 |
|
(47)% |
|
(54)% |
Intersegment Eliminations and Other |
(748) |
|
(786) |
|
(941) |
|
n.a. |
|
n.a. |
Total |
13,084 |
|
12,491 |
|
12,950 |
|
5% |
|
(4)% |
Consolidated order backlog increased 5 percent (10 percent in local currencies) from December 31, 2017, to December 31, 2018. Order backlog increased in the Electrification Products division due to the acquisition of GEIS in June 2018 and in the Robotics and Motion division. In the Industrial Automation division, the order backlog decreased compared to the end of 2017 due to high levels of execution that could not be fully compensated with new orders. The net impact on order backlog from divestments and acquisitions was an increase of 4 percent.
Consolidated order backlog declined 4 percent (9 percent in local currencies) from December 31, 2016, to December 31, 2017. Order backlog declined in the Industrial Automation division in local currencies while increasing in the Electrification Products as well as in the Robotics and Motion divisions. The decrease in the order backlog was mainly due to the divestment of the cable business as the net impact on order backlog from divestments and acquisitions was a decrease of 7 percent .
52
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Electrification Products |
11,686 |
|
10,094 |
|
9,920 |
|
16% |
|
2% |
Industrial Automation |
7,394 |
|
6,879 |
|
6,654 |
|
7% |
|
3% |
Robotics and Motion |
9,147 |
|
8,396 |
|
7,888 |
|
9% |
|
6% |
Operating divisions |
28,227 |
|
25,369 |
|
24,462 |
|
11% |
|
4% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Core and divested businesses |
273 |
|
661 |
|
1,595 |
|
(59)% |
|
(59)% |
Intersegment Eliminations and Other |
(838) |
|
(834) |
|
(1,128) |
|
n.a. |
|
n.a. |
Total |
27,662 |
|
25,196 |
|
24,929 |
|
10% |
|
1% |
Revenues in 2018 increased 10 percent (9 percent in local currencies) with growth in all divisions, reflecting the trend in orders during 2018. In Electrification Products, the increase in revenues was mainly attributable to the acquisition of GEIS but also other revenues through distributors and to end-customer channels grew compared to 2017. The increase in revenues in the Industrial Automation division was mainly attributable to the inclusion of a full year of revenues for B&R which was acquired in July 2017 and a recovery in Measurement and Analytics business. The growth in the Robotics and Motion division was mainly attributable to the growth in the Drives business. For additional information about the divisional revenues performance in all periods, please refer to “Divisional analysis” below.
Revenues in 2017 increased 1 percent (flat in local currencies) as growth in 2017 was generally hindered by a lower opening order backlog compared to 2016. Revenues in the Robotics and Motion division were positively impacted by growth in the Robotics business with strong demand from the automotive and general industry sectors. The increase in revenues in the Industrial Automation division was mainly attributable to the acquisition of B&R in July 2017, partially offset by lower revenues in the division’s other businesses. Revenues in the Electrification Products division increased with growth from both the distributors as well as certain end-customer channels.
We determine the geographic distribution of our revenues based on the location of the ultimate destination of the products’ end use, if known, or the location of the customer. The geographic distribution of our consolidated revenues was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Europe |
10,129 |
|
9,142 |
|
8,959 |
|
11% |
|
2% |
The Americas |
8,042 |
|
6,870 |
|
6,807 |
|
17% |
|
1% |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
9,491 |
|
9,184 |
|
9,163 |
|
3% |
|
0% |
Total |
27,662 |
|
25,196 |
|
24,929 |
|
10% |
|
1% |
In 2018, revenues increased in all regions. In Europe, revenues increased 11 percent (9 percent in local currencies) reflecting growth in the Robotics and Motion division, the Electrification Products division, which benefited from the acquisition of GEIS, as well as the Industrial Automation division, which benefited from the inclusion of a full year of revenues from B&R. In local currencies, revenues declined in Sweden, Norway and the United Kingdom, while revenues increased in Switzerland, Spain and Poland. Revenues in the Americas increased 17 percent (19 percent in local currencies), mainly driven by the acquisition of GEIS. In local currencies, revenues were higher in the U.S., Canada, Brazil, Mexico and Argentina. In Asia, Middle East and Africa, revenues increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies). In local currencies, revenues declined in Saudi Arabia, Qatar and South Korea while revenues increased in China, India, and Australia.
53
In 2017, revenues increased in Europe and in the Americas but were flat in Asia, Middle East and Africa. In Europe, revenues increased 2 percent (1 percent in local currencies) reflecting growth in the Robotics and Motion and Electrification Products divisions, as well as in the Industrial Automation division, which benefited from the acquisition of B&R. In local currencies, revenues declined in Germany and the United Kingdom, while revenues increased in France, Italy, Spain and Sweden. Revenues in the Americas were up 1 percent (flat in local currencies). In local currencies, revenues decreased in Brazil, Canada, Chile and Peru, while revenues were higher in the United States. In Asia, Middle East and Africa, revenues were flat (also flat in local currencies). In local currencies, revenues declined in India, Japan, Saudi Arabia, South Korea and Singapore while revenues increased in China and Australia.
Cost of sales consists primarily of labor, raw materials and component costs but also includes indirect production costs, expenses for warranties, contract and project charges, as well as order‑related development expenses incurred in connection with projects for which corresponding revenues have been recognized.
In 2018, cost of sales increased 10 percent (10 percent in local currencies) to $19,118 million, a similar increase as revenues. Growth was due to the acquisition of GEIS, a full year of inclusion of B&R and growth in the Robotics and Motion division. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenues increased slightly from 68.9 percent in 2017 to 69.1 percent in 2018, due to the impact of the lower gross margin business in the acquired GEIS business, the impact of higher commodity prices and certain project-related charges in the non-core EPC business. Cost of sales benefited from continued efforts to generate savings from supply chain and operational excellence programs.
In 2017, cost of sales was flat (flat in local currencies) at $17,350 million while revenues increased slightly. As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales decreased from 69.8 percent in 2016 to 68.9 percent in 2017. The decrease in the cost of sales as a percentage of revenues occurred in all divisions except Robotics and Motion, and was impacted by the reversal in 2017 of previously recorded restructuring costs. Total restructuring costs in cost of sales, net of reversals, was $72 million in 2017 compared to $126 million in 2016. In addition, cost of sales continued to reflect improvements generated from supply chain programs aimed at reducing costs. In 2017, cost of sales also included additional charges recorded in the turnkey full train retrofit business, which is included as a non‑core business within Corporate and Other.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
The components of selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows:
($ in millions, unless otherwise stated) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Selling expenses |
3,228 |
|
2,864 |
|
2,796 |
Selling expenses as a percentage of orders received |
11.3% |
|
11.4% |
|
11.8% |
General and administrative expenses |
2,067 |
|
1,901 |
|
1,736 |
General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues |
7.5% |
|
7.5% |
|
7.0% |
Total selling, general and administrative expenses |
5,295 |
|
4,765 |
|
4,532 |
Total selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage |
|
|
|
|
|
of revenues |
19.1% |
|
18.9% |
|
18.2% |
Total selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage |
|
|
|
|
|
of the average of orders received and revenues |
18.8% |
|
19.0% |
|
18.7% |
54
In 2018, general and administrative expenses increased 9 percent compared to 2017 (8 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses remained at 7.5 percent. Despite a significant reduction in restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses for the White Collar Productivity program of $131 million compared to last year, general and administrative expenses increased driven by the continuation of a series of strategic initiatives and additional general and administrative expenses from the acquired B&R and GEIS businesses. General and administrative expenses in 2018 includes $297 million of stranded corporate costs compared with $286 million in 2017. Stranded costs are overhead and other management costs which were previously allocated to the Power Grids business which is reported as discontinued operations.
In 2017, general and administrative expenses increased 10 percent compared to 2016 (9 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 7.0 percent to 7.5 percent. Although we recorded a reduction of $48 million in restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses for the White Collar Productivity program compared to last year, general and administrative expenses increased driven by a series of strategic investments including the Power Up program and additional general and administrative expenses from the acquired B&R business. General and administrative expenses in 2017 includes $286 million of stranded corporate costs compared with $252 million in 2016.
In 2018, selling expenses increased 13 percent compared to 2017 (12 percent in local currencies) primarily driven by extended sales activities in selective business units like Robotics, Drives and Motors & Generators and additional selling expenses from the acquired B&R and GEIS businesses. Selling expenses as a percentage of orders received decreased from 11.4 percent to 11.3 percent on higher orders received.
In 2017, selling expenses increased 2 percent compared to 2016 (2 percent in local currencies) primarily driven by extended sales activities in selective business units like Robotics and Building Products and additional selling expenses from the acquired B&R business, despite a reduction of $29 million in expenses for the White Collar Productivity program. Selling expenses as a percentage of orders received decreased from 11.8 percent to 11.4 percent on higher orders received.
In 2018, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 11 percent compared to 2017 (10 percent in local currencies) and as a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 19.0 percent to 18.8 percent mainly from the impact of the higher average orders and revenues.
In 2017, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 5 percent compared to 2016 (5 percent in local currencies) and as a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 18.7 percent to 19.0 percent mainly from the impact of the higher expenses described above.
Non‑order related research and development expenses
In 2018, non‑order related research and development expenses increased 13 percent (11 percent in local currencies) compared to 2017 due to expanded investment in specific future growth areas. In 2017, non‑order related research and development expenses increased 5 percent (4 percent in local currencies) compared to 2016 reflecting a focused increase in investment to build up competencies in certain new technologies.
Non‑order related research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues increased in 2018 to 4.1 percent, after increasing to 4.0 percent in 2017 from 3.9 percent in 2016.
55
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1) |
(37) |
|
(35) |
|
(35) |
Net gain from sale of property, plant and equipment |
50 |
|
37 |
|
37 |
Asset impairments |
(36) |
|
(27) |
|
(57) |
Net gain (loss) from sale of businesses |
57 |
|
252 |
|
(10) |
Misappropriation (loss) recovery, net |
18 |
|
(9) |
|
(73) |
Gain on liquidation of foreign subsidiary |
31 |
|
— |
|
— |
Income from equity-accounted companies and other income (expense), net |
41 |
|
(56) |
|
33 |
Total |
124 |
|
162 |
|
(105) |
(1) Excluding asset impairments
“Other income (expense), net” primarily includes certain restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses, gains and losses from sale of businesses and sale of property, plant and equipment, recognized asset impairments, as well as our share of income or loss from equity‑accounted companies.
In 2018, “Other income (expense), net” was an income of $124 million, lower than in 2017. The primary reason was that 2017 included a significant gain on sale of the Cables business. Partially offsetting this was that 2018 included lower costs for legal claims (recorded within other expense), a currency-related gain on a substantial liquidation of a foreign subsidiary and a partial recovery of funds misappropriated by the former treasurer of our subsidiary in South Korea in previous years.
In 2017, “Other income (expense), net” was an income of $162 million compared to an expense of $105 million in 2016. The change was mainly due to a significant gain recorded on the sale of the Cables business in 2017. In 2017, we also recorded higher charges in connection with certain legal claims and lower asset impairments. The change compared to 2016 also reflects that in 2016 we recorded a large misappropriation loss, for the misappropriation of cash by the treasurer of our subsidiary in South Korea.
Income from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Electrification Products |
1,290 |
|
1,352 |
|
1,094 |
|
(5)% |
|
24% |
Industrial Automation |
887 |
|
798 |
|
772 |
|
11% |
|
3% |
Robotics and Motion |
1,346 |
|
1,126 |
|
1,048 |
|
20% |
|
7% |
Operating divisions |
3,523 |
|
3,276 |
|
2,914 |
|
8% |
|
12% |
Corporate and Other |
(1,302) |
|
(1,052) |
|
(989) |
|
n.a. |
|
n.a. |
Intersegment elimination |
5 |
|
6 |
|
4 |
|
n.a. |
|
n.a. |
Total |
2,226 |
|
2,230 |
|
1,929 |
|
0% |
|
16% |
In 2018 and 2017, changes in income from operations were a result of the factors discussed above and in the divisional analysis below.
Net interest and other finance expense
Net interest and other finance expense consists of “Interest and dividend income” offset by “Interest and other finance expense”.
56
“Interest and other finance expense” includes interest expense on our debt, the amortization of upfront transaction costs associated with long‑term debt and committed credit facilities, commitment fees on credit facilities, foreign exchange gains and losses on financial items and gains and losses on marketable securities. In addition, interest accrued relating to uncertain tax positions is included within interest expense. “Interest and other finance expense” excludes interest expense which has been allocated to discontinued operations.
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Interest and dividend income |
72 |
|
73 |
|
71 |
Interest and other finance expense |
(262) |
|
(234) |
|
(201) |
Net interest and other finance expense |
(190) |
|
(161) |
|
(130) |
In 2018, “Interest and other finance expense” increased compared to 2017 primarily due to an increase in average outstanding commercial paper borrowings and the interest expense associated with the bonds issued in 2018.
In 2017, “Interest and other finance expense” increased compared to 2016. Interest expense on issued bonds and other outstanding borrowings was lower than 2016 but was offset by higher interest charges for uncertain tax positions.
Non-operational pension (cost) credit
The Non-operational pension credit of $83 million in 2018 was higher than the $33 million recorded in 2017 primarily due to a reduction in 2018 of the discount rate applicable to the computation of the defined benefit pension obligation and a larger pension asset base used in the computation of the expected return on plan assets. The change in the amount in 2017 compared to the Non-operational pension cost of $38 million in 2016 was due primarily to changes in actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate but also lower curtailment and settlement costs in 2017 compared to 2016.
Provision for taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Income from continuing operations before taxes |
2,119 |
|
2,102 |
|
1,761 |
Provision for taxes |
(544) |
|
(583) |
|
(526) |
Effective tax rate for the year |
25.7% |
|
27.7% |
|
29.9% |
In 2018, the effective tax rate decreased from 27.7 percent to 25.7 percent. The distribution of income within the group resulted in a lower weighted-average global tax rate. In addition, the impact from changes in interpretation of law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities decreased the effective tax rate. These impacts were partially offset by a negative impact from changes in valuation allowance and a lower positive impact compared to 2017 from non-taxable amounts for net gains from sale of businesses.
In 2017, the effective tax rate decreased from 29.9 percent to 27.7 percent. The distribution of income within the group resulted in a higher weighted-average global tax rate. In addition, the impact from changes to the interpretation of law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities increased the effective tax rate. However, these were more than offset primarily by the positive impact from non-taxable amounts for the net gain from sale of businesses and the net benefit from a change in tax rate.
57
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
As a result of the factors discussed above, income from continuing operations, net of tax, increased by $56 million to $1,575 million in 2018 compared to 2017, and increased by $284 million to $1,519 million in 2017 compared to 2016.
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $723 million, $846 million and $799 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
In December 2018, we announced an agreement to divest 80.1 percent of our Power Grids business to Hitachi. The business also includes certain real estate properties which were previously reported within Corporate and Other. The divestment is expected to be completed in the first half of 2020, following the receipt of customary regulatory approvals. As this divestment represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on our operations and financial results, the results of operations for this business have been presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Income from discontinued operations before taxes excludes certain costs which were previously allocated to the Power Grids division as these costs were not directly attributable to the business. As a result, $297 million, $286 million and $252 million, for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, of allocated overhead and other management costs (stranded corporate costs), which were previously included in the measure of division profit for Power Grids are now reported as part of Corporate and Other. In 2018, income from discontinued operations, before taxes, includes $18 million for costs incurred to execute the transaction.
Income from discontinued operations for 2018, 2017 and 2016 included income from operations of $951 million, $1,119 million and $1,050 million, respectively. In addition, in 2018, 2017 and 2016 we recorded $228 million, $273 million and $251 million, respectively, as provision for taxes within discontinued operations.
For additional information on the planned divestment and discontinued operations see “Note 3 Changes in presentation of financial statements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Net income attributable to ABB
As a result of the factors discussed above, net income attributable to ABB decreased by $40 million to $2,173 million in 2018 compared to 2017, and increased by $314 million to $2,213 million in 2017 compared to 2016.
Earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in $) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.04 |
|
0.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.03 |
|
0.88 |
58
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options and outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under our share‑based payment arrangements. See “Note 20 Earnings per share” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The financial results of our Electrification Products division, including the operations of GEIS which was acquired on June 30, 2018, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Orders |
11,867 |
|
10,143 |
|
9,780 |
|
17% |
|
4% |
Third-party base orders |
11,240 |
|
9,559 |
|
9,242 |
|
18% |
|
3% |
Order backlog at December 31, |
4,113 |
|
3,098 |
|
2,839 |
|
33% |
|
9% |
Revenues |
11,686 |
|
10,094 |
|
9,920 |
|
16% |
|
2% |
Income from operations |
1,290 |
|
1,352 |
|
1,094 |
|
(5)% |
|
24% |
Operational EBITA |
1,626 |
|
1,510 |
|
1,459 |
|
8% |
|
3% |
Approximately two-thirds of the division’s orders are for products with short delivery times; orders are usually recorded and delivered within a three‑month period and thus are generally considered as short‑cycle. The remainder of orders is comprised of smaller projects that require longer lead times, as well as larger solutions requiring engineering and installation. Substantially all of the division’s orders are comprised of base orders. In addition, approximately half of the division’s orders are received via third‑party distributors; as a consequence, end‑customer market data is based partially on management estimates.
In 2018, orders increased 17 percent (16 percent in local currencies) with broad‑based growth across business units and regions. The increase in orders was impacted by 12 percent due to acquisitions, primarily GEIS, which was acquired on June 30, 2018. Orders for products grew stronger than the orders for systems. Construction demand was robust, driven by continued investment in residential and commercial buildings. Transport & infrastructure demand was positive with continued investment in rail infrastructure and strong demand for electric vehicles infrastructure. Demand for data centers was also strong and resulted in the award of a few large orders. From an industry perspective, stronger oil prices earlier in the year contributed to a return to investment in oil and gas projects. Solar orders improved slightly from the low levels recorded in 2017.
In 2017, orders increased 4 percent (4 percent in local currencies) with stronger order growth in the second half of the year. Orders for products increased throughout the division as end market demand improved in utilities and construction, specifically non‑residential construction. Increased demand for low‑voltage and medium‑voltage solutions was primarily driven by continued investments in light industries such as data centers as well as food and beverage. The division’s order growth was also supported by large orders for electric vehicle products and systems, while a lower order level for solar products and systems negatively impacted the order intake in 2017.
59
The geographic distribution of orders for our Electrification Products division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
35 |
|
37 |
|
37 |
The Americas |
32 |
|
27 |
|
27 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
33 |
|
36 |
|
36 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
In 2018, orders grew in all regions. The relative share of orders from the Americas increased due to strong order growth in the United States including the impact of the acquisition of GEIS, which has a significant portion of its operations in the United States. Although the share of orders from Europe decreased slightly compared with the previous year, orders in Europe developed positively with order growth in key markets such as Germany and Italy compensating for lower order volumes in Turkey. Order growth in Asia, Middle East and Africa was supported by growth in China, Taiwan and Egypt, whereas orders from Saudi Arabia and Qatar were significantly lower than in 2017.
In 2017, relative order growth was similar in all regions, leading to a stable regional distribution. In Asia, Middle East and Africa, a positive order trend was seen in China, Australia and India. The European market performed well with order growth across the majority of countries including Germany, Turkey and Sweden. Growth in the Americas was mainly supported by the United States and Canada.
In 2018, the order backlog increased 33 percent (39 percent in local currencies). The acquisition of the GEIS business contributed 36 percentage points to the growth of the order backlog. The remaining order backlog increase in local currencies reflected the receipt of orders for electric vehicle charging infrastructure with deliveries scheduled to occur after 2018.
In 2017, the order backlog increased 9 percent (3 percent in local currencies), with strong growth in the Building Products business, driven by significant order intake for electric vehicle charging infrastructure.
In 2018, revenues increased by 16 percent (16 percent in local currencies). The acquisition of the GEIS business contributed 13 percentage points of the revenue growth. Revenues grew in the short‑cycle low‑voltage product businesses, with growth broad‑based across end‑customer markets including construction, specifically non‑residential construction, and industries such as oil and gas. Revenue growth from the distributor channel was strong. There was significant revenue growth in our electric vehicle charging infrastructure business, although the business remains a small portion of total revenues. Revenues from the medium‑voltage systems business decreased, negatively impacted by longer lead times for the conversion of orders into revenues. Revenues decreased in solar, reflecting a lower opening order backlog and the impact of continued price pressure across the solar market.
In 2017, revenues increased 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) compared to 2016. Revenues for low‑voltage products for buildings, protection and connection and installation increased, driven by end‑market demand in utilities and construction, specifically non‑residential construction. Across the division, revenue levels improved both from distributors as well as some end‑customer channels. Revenues were lower in medium voltage systems and in solar, impacted by a lower opening order backlog.
60
The geographic distribution of revenues for our Electrification Products division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
35 |
|
37 |
|
36 |
The Americas |
32 |
|
27 |
|
27 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
33 |
|
36 |
|
37 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
In 2018, the relative share of revenues from the Americas increased primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of GEIS, which has a significant portion of its operations in the United States. Although the relative share of revenues from Europe decreased, revenues were higher as growth in multiple markets such as Germany, Switzerland and Netherlands helped offset a lower revenue level from Turkey. Although the share of revenues from Asia, Middle East and Africa decreased, revenues for this region were steady as a positive revenue development in China and Egypt offset lower revenue volumes from Saudi Arabia and Qatar.
In 2017, the share of revenues from Europe increased, supported by positive growth in Germany. The share of revenues from the Americas was stable supported by the United States, which returned to growth. The relative share of revenues from Asia, Middle East and Africa decreased slightly despite China returning to growth and mixed results in the Middle East.
In 2018, income from operations decreased 5 percent, mainly reflecting a $145 million increase of acquisition‑related expenses and post‑acquisition integration costs compared with 2017, due to the acquisition of GEIS. Pricing actions across the product businesses and the benefits from savings from ongoing restructuring and cost savings programs had a positive impact on the operating margin. The division realized a gain of $81 million on the sale of a business. These benefits were offset by the negative impact of higher commodity prices and pricing pressures for distribution solutions and solar. The division also recorded significant costs for warranty liabilities for certain solar inverters. In addition, restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses in 2018 of $98 million were $70 million higher than in 2017, reflecting manufacturing footprint changes as well as organizational simplification. Acquisition‑related amortization was 8 percent higher than in 2017, mainly due to the GEIS acquisition. Changes in foreign currencies, including the impacts from FX/commodity timing differences summarized in the table below, negatively affected income from operations by 2 percent.
In 2017, income from operations increased 24 percent, mainly reflecting significantly lower warranty costs than in 2016 when the division recorded significant costs for a change in estimated warranty liabilities for certain solar inverters designed and sold by Power‑One. Restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses in 2017 of $28 million were $65 million lower than in 2016, partially because we recorded a reversal of the previously recorded estimated restructuring expenses in connection with the White Collar Productivity program. Acquisition‑related amortization was lower in 2017 as certain intangibles from previous acquisitions had been fully amortized. During 2017, we also realized higher income due to the impact of price increases in certain businesses and the benefits from savings resulting from ongoing restructuring and cost savings programs. Partially offsetting these benefits was the impact of higher commodity prices, which affected all businesses, as well as the impacts from pricing pressures. Changes in foreign currencies, including the impacts from FX/commodity timing differences, positively impacted income from operations by 3 percent.
61
Operational EBITA
The reconciliation of Income from operations to Operational EBITA for the Electrification Products division was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Income from operations |
1,290 |
|
1,352 |
|
1,094 |
Acquisition-related amortization |
106 |
|
98 |
|
121 |
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1) |
98 |
|
28 |
|
93 |
Changes in pre-acquisition estimates |
19 |
|
8 |
|
131 |
Gains and losses on sale of businesses |
(81) |
|
— |
|
— |
Acquisition-related expenses and integration costs |
168 |
|
23 |
|
— |
Certain other non-operational items |
(2) |
|
21 |
|
8 |
FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations |
28 |
|
(20) |
|
12 |
Operational EBITA |
1,626 |
|
1,510 |
|
1,459 |
(1) Amounts in 2017 and 2016 also include the incremental implementation costs in relation to the White Collar Productivity program.
In 2018, Operational EBITA increased 8 percent (6 percent excluding the impacts from changes in foreign currencies) compared to 2017, primarily due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.
In 2017, Operational EBITA increased 3 percent (4 percent excluding the impacts from changes in foreign currencies) compared to 2016, primarily due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.
The results of B&R, acquired in July 2017, have been included in the Industrial Automation division since the acquisition date, including for the full year 2018.
The financial results of our Industrial Automation division were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Orders |
7,631 |
|
6,553 |
|
5,990 |
|
16% |
|
9% |
Third-party base orders |
6,592 |
|
5,840 |
|
5,229 |
|
13% |
|
12% |
Order backlog at December 31, |
5,148 |
|
5,301 |
|
5,230 |
|
(3)% |
|
1% |
Revenues |
7,394 |
|
6,879 |
|
6,654 |
|
7% |
|
3% |
Income from operations |
887 |
|
798 |
|
772 |
|
11% |
|
3% |
Operational EBITA |
1,019 |
|
953 |
|
897 |
|
7% |
|
6% |
Orders in 2018 increased 16 percent (15 percent in local currencies) primarily reflecting the impact of including B&R for a full‑year in 2018 which contributed 7 percent to the order growth. Large orders as a percent of total orders was 12 percent in 2018 compared to 9 percent in 2017, supported by selective demand for cruise ships and specialty vessels. Large capital expenditure projects in some end‑markets like oil and gas, and mining continued to be selective and at low levels. Investment in maintenance activities, digitalization upgrades and other discretionary projects improved, in particular for oil, gas and chemical, and process industry customers. Demand for factory automation solutions continued to be positive. In 2018, third‑party base orders improved 13 percent (12 percent in local currencies), in particular in the Measurement and Analytics and Machine and Factory Automation businesses. Demand for ABB Ability™ solutions and services contributed to positive third‑party base order growth.
62
Orders in 2017 increased 9 percent (9 percent in local currencies) primarily reflecting the impact of the B&R acquisition which contributed 7 percent to order growth. Large orders as a percent of total orders was 9 percent in 2017 compared to 10 percent in 2016, showing a continued low level of large capital expenditure projects in some end‑markets including oil and gas, and mining. Market demand for maintenance activities and other discretionary investments improved, in particular for oil, gas and chemical customers. Demand for factory automation solutions was positive. In 2017, third‑party base orders improved 12 percent (11 percent in local currencies), in particular in the Measurement and Analytics and Process Industries businesses, aided by selective capital expenditure investments in mining.
The geographic distribution of orders for our Industrial Automation division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
47 |
|
42 |
|
42 |
The Americas |
22 |
|
23 |
|
21 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
31 |
|
35 |
|
37 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
Orders from all regions increased in 2018. The share of revenues for each region was affected primarily due to inclusion of B&R for a full‑year in 2018. In Europe, the share of orders increased as the operations of B&R are more concentrated in this region as well as due to strong demand for cruise and specialty vessels. Orders in the Americas grew but the share of orders decreased as the business of B&R is more focused in the other two regions. In Asia, Middle East and Africa, growth was steady but lower than the other regions, thus reducing this region’s share.
In 2017, the share of orders from the Americas increased, helped by strong base order development in the U.S., mainly in the Measurement and Analytics business. In 2017, Europe maintained its share of orders as impacts from weakness in the large German market were offset from the impacts of the inclusion of B&R. The share of orders from the Asia, Middle East and Africa region declined as the region had only moderate growth due mainly to weak demand in China.
The order backlog at end of 2018 was 3 percent lower (2 percent higher in local currencies) than at the end of 2017. The backlog continued to benefit from orders for cruise and specialty vessels which are executed over multiple years. In addition, the division continued to see recovery in demand for oil, gas and chemical, and the process industries as well as strong demand for shorter cycle products.
The order backlog at end 2017 was 1 percent higher (6 percent lower in local currencies) than at the end of 2016. Although the division saw some stabilization in demand, shown by a lower decline in the backlog than in previous year, the market environment was difficult while political uncertainty weakened confidence in key markets.
In 2018, revenues increased 7 percent (7 percent higher in local currencies) primarily reflecting the impact of including B&R for a full‑year in 2018 which contributed 6 percent to the revenue growth. The majority of the other businesses in the division also recorded higher revenues, especially the Process Industries, Measurement and Analytics and Turbocharging businesses. Revenues were lower in the Oil and Gas, and Power Generation businesses. During the year, the division realized higher revenues from book‑and‑bill business and good execution of the backlog. Notwithstanding, the lower order backlog at the beginning of 2018 dampened revenue growth.
In 2017, revenues increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies) compared to 2016 due to the acquisition of B&R, which contributed 6 percent to revenue growth. The majority of the division’s other businesses recorded lower revenues as the project business units suffered from a weaker opening order backlog and the market environment dampened the book‑to‑bill ratio. However, revenues were higher in the Measurement and Analytics and Turbocharging businesses.
63
The geographic distribution of revenues for our Industrial Automation division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
44 |
|
42 |
|
37 |
The Americas |
21 |
|
20 |
|
22 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
35 |
|
38 |
|
41 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
In 2018, revenues improved in Europe and the Americas primarily benefiting from a selective recovery in Process Industries and the inclusion of B&R for a full‑year in 2018. The share of revenues from Europe increased due to the inclusion of B&R. The Americas increased their share of revenues benefitting from an upturn in mining as well as continued demand for Measurement and Analytics and Turbocharging products. The share of revenues from Asia, Middle East and Africa was lower as the region recorded lower revenue growth compared to the other regions, impacted by the lower opening backlog and lower book‑and‑bill orders.
In 2017, revenues continued to decline in the Americas and in Asia, Middle East and Africa while Europe benefited from the acquisition of B&R as well as higher revenues from the Marine and Ports business. In the Americas region, revenues were higher in the U.S., especially in the Measurement and Analytics and Turbocharging businesses, though the increase was offset by revenue declines in other countries in the region.
In 2018, income from operations increased 11 percent compared to 2017. Of this increase, B&R contributed approximately 8 percent which included both the inclusion of the operations for a full‑year as well as the negative comparative impact in 2017 of purchase price adjustments (primarily for inventories) which reduced income in 2017. In addition, income from operations benefitted from an improved revenue mix, ongoing progress in the division’s rationalization efforts and benefits realized from cost savings measures, productivity improvements and solid project execution. Income from operations was also higher due to a reduction of restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses compared to 2017. The impact from changes in foreign currencies, including the impacts from changes in FX/commodity timing differences summarized in the table below which, combined, negatively impacted income from operations by 4 percent.
In 2017, income from operations increased 3 percent compared to 2016. The inclusion of B&R reduced income from operations by 4 percent driven by the related charges for amortization of intangible assets and the higher charges in cost of sales resulting from recording the opening balance of inventory at fair value. Offsetting this was the impact from changes in foreign currencies, including the impacts from changes in FX/commodity timing differences summarized in the table below which, combined, positively impacted income from operations by 7 percent. Restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses in 2017 of $85 million were $9 million higher than in 2016. Restructuring expenses recorded for the White Collar Productivity program were $57 million lower compared to 2016 because 2017 included a net reversal of $23 million of estimated amounts recorded in previous years. This benefit was more than offset by an increased amount of restructuring expenses for specific initiatives to align the cost structure and footprint of the operations to reflect changing market conditions. Excluding these impacts, higher income from operations reflects an improved mix, ongoing progress in the division’s rationalization efforts and benefits secured from the implementation of the White Collar Productivity program.
64
Operational EBITA
The reconciliation of Income from operations to Operational EBITA for the Industrial Automation division was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Income from operations |
887 |
|
798 |
|
772 |
Acquisition-related amortization |
86 |
|
47 |
|
11 |
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1) |
35 |
|
85 |
|
76 |
Changes in pre-acquisition estimates |
(11) |
|
— |
|
— |
Gains and losses on sale of businesses |
3 |
|
(2) |
|
— |
Acquisition-related expenses and integration costs |
4 |
|
52 |
|
4 |
Certain other non-operational items |
3 |
|
1 |
|
5 |
FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations |
12 |
|
(28) |
|
29 |
Operational EBITA |
1,019 |
|
953 |
|
897 |
(1) Amounts in 2017 and 2016 also include the incremental implementation costs in relation to the White Collar Productivity program.
In 2018, Operational EBITA increased 7 percent (7 percent excluding the impacts from changes in foreign currencies) compared to 2017. The change is due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above. The inclusion of B&R for a full year increased Operational EBITA by 5 percent after consideration of the related adjustments in the table above relating to that business.
In 2017, Operational EBITA increased 6 percent (5 percent excluding the impacts from changes in foreign currencies) compared to 2016. The change is due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above. The acquisition of B&R increased Operational EBITA by 5 percent after consideration of the related adjustments in the table above relating to that business.
The financial results of our Robotics and Motion division were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Orders |
9,570 |
|
8,465 |
|
7,857 |
|
13% |
|
8% |
Third-party base orders |
8,560 |
|
7,651 |
|
7,029 |
|
12% |
|
9% |
Order backlog at December 31, |
4,016 |
|
3,823 |
|
3,514 |
|
5% |
|
9% |
Revenues |
9,147 |
|
8,396 |
|
7,888 |
|
9% |
|
6% |
Income from operations |
1,346 |
|
1,126 |
|
1,048 |
|
20% |
|
7% |
Operational EBITA |
1,447 |
|
1,260 |
|
1,232 |
|
15% |
|
2% |
In 2018, orders increased 13 percent (12 percent in local currencies). Third‑party base orders grew 12 percent (11 percent in local currencies). Order growth was driven by demand from process industries such as oil, gas, and mining and metals as well as demand from discrete industries such as automotive and food and beverage. The division noted rising demand from light industries for smaller robots and smaller‑sized drives and motor solutions. The division benefited from solid large order intake for robot systems from the automotive sector, including for new electric vehicle manufacturing lines, and for traction solutions from the rail industry.
65
Orders in 2017 were 8 percent higher (8 percent in local currencies). Third‑party base orders in 2017 were 9 percent higher (9 percent in local currencies). The third‑party base order growth was driven by increased demand for operational solutions in process and discrete industries. Growth was particularly strong in the Robotics business with strong demand from general industry sectors as well as demand for industry solutions such as motors, generators and drives. Demand from the automotive sector remained at a high level. Large orders were received for transportation‑related orders and for robotics driven by ongoing investment in the automotive industry as well as investment by the electronics and semiconductor industries. The division noted rising demand for smaller robots and smaller‑sized drives and motor as solutions for light industries, such as food and beverage, were in high demand. Orders from process industries such as the oil, gas and mining sectors stabilized.
The geographic distribution of orders for our Robotics and Motion division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
36 |
|
35 |
|
37 |
The Americas |
30 |
|
32 |
|
33 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
34 |
|
33 |
|
30 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
In 2018, orders grew in all regions. The relative share of orders from Asia, Middle East and Africa increased on double‑digit growth in China and India. The European market performed well with order growth across the majority of countries including Germany, Italy and Switzerland. The relative share of orders from the Americas declined despite solid growth in the United States.
In 2017, the share of orders from Asia, Middle East and Africa increased on double‑digit growth in China but was somewhat tempered by lower order growth from India, following the introduction of both a new Goods and Services Tax and a new tariff regime for wind renewables. The Americas performed well, with the U.S. market exhibiting increased demand for solutions for motors and drives.
The order backlog in 2018 increased 5 percent (10 percent in local currencies) compared to 2017. The backlog improved in all business units on strong order growth in 2018.
The order backlog in 2017 increased 9 percent (1 percent in local currencies) compared to 2016. In local currencies, the backlog improved in the Motors and Generators business, while the backlog in the Drives and Robotics businesses remained stable.
In 2018, revenues increased 9 percent (8 percent in local currencies) compared to 2017. Revenues grew in all business units driven by steady execution of the order backlog as well as book‑and‑bill business. Service revenues continued to improve as the division leveraged its installed base and increased customer demand for ABB Ability ™ solutions.
In 2017, revenues were 6 percent higher compared to 2016 (6 percent in local currencies). Revenues were positively impacted by growth in deliveries of robotics solutions for the automotive and general industry sectors with stronger growth in the second half of 2017, due to execution of the strong order levels received in the first half of the year. Service revenues were higher as the division serviced more of the installed base and as customers demanded remote monitoring solutions such as ABB Ability ™ .
66
The geographic distribution of revenues for our Robotics and Motion division was as follows:
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
35 |
|
35 |
|
36 |
The Americas |
31 |
|
33 |
|
34 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
34 |
|
32 |
|
30 |
Total |
100 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
In 2018, revenues were higher in all regions. The relative share of revenues from Asia, Middle East and Africa increased on double‑digit revenue growth in China and India. The share of revenues from Europe remained steady despite revenue growth across the majority of countries including Germany, Italy and Switzerland. The relative share of revenues from the Americas declined despite generating higher revenues including moderate growth in the United States.
In 2017, revenues grew in all regions. The relative share of revenues from Europe declined despite modest growth in the region, supported by Finland, Germany and Sweden. The share of revenues from the Americas decreased slightly with growth in the United States and lower revenues in Brazil. The share of revenues from Asia, Middle East and Africa increased, supported by double‑digit revenue growth in China, especially in the Robotics business. This reflected ongoing strong orders from China.
In 2018, income from operations increased 20 percent compared to 2017, driven by positive volumes and continued cost discipline. Restructuring and restructuring‑related expenses were lower in 2018 than in 2017, positively impacting income from operations. Acquisition‑related amortization was slightly lower as certain acquired intangible assets were fully amortized in early 2018. These positive effects were partly offset by the effects of increased commodity prices and pricing pressures. Changes in foreign currencies, including the impacts from FX/commodity timing differences summarized in the table below, positively impacted income from operations by 2 percent.
In 2017, income from operations increased 7 percent compared to 2016. Income from operations benefited from positive impacts of cost reduction efforts in all businesses, including cost savings from the White Collar Productivity program. In addition, increased volumes, especially in the Robotics business, contributed positively. Income from operations also reflected the positive impact of lower amortization of intangible assets as certain acquired intangible assets were fully amortized. These positive effects were offset by negative impacts including increased commodity prices and the impact of low capacity utilization in the Motors and Generators business. There was no significant impact on income from operations from changes in foreign currencies.
The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITA for the Robotics and Motion division was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Income from operations |
1,346 |
|
1,126 |
|
1,048 |
Acquisition-related amortization |
63 |
|
66 |
|
94 |
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1) |
21 |
|
64 |
|
69 |
Gains and losses on sale of businesses |
4 |
|
— |
|
— |
Acquisition-related expenses and integration costs |
2 |
|
2 |
|
— |
Certain other non-operational items |
11 |
|
— |
|
18 |
FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations |
— |
|
2 |
|
3 |
Operational EBITA |
1,447 |
|
1,260 |
|
1,232 |
(1) Amounts in 2017 and 2016 also include the incremental implementation costs in relation to the White Collar Productivity program.
67
In 2018, Operational EBITA increased 15 percent (14 percent excluding the impact from changes in foreign currency exchange rates) primarily due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.
In 2017, Operational EBITA increased 2 percent (2 percent excluding the impact from changes in foreign currency exchange rates) primarily due to the reasons described under “Income from operations”, excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.
Net loss from operations for Corporate and Other was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Corporate headquarters and stewardship |
(496) |
|
(430) |
|
(347) |
Corporate research and development |
(170) |
|
(128) |
|
(133) |
Corporate real estate |
75 |
|
45 |
|
47 |
Net gain (loss) from sale of businesses |
(17) |
|
250 |
|
(10) |
White Collar Productivity program costs |
— |
|
(107) |
|
(199) |
Misappropriation loss, net |
18 |
|
(9) |
|
(73) |
Stranded corporate costs |
(297) |
|
(286) |
|
(252) |
Other corporate costs |
(99) |
|
(83) |
|
(29) |
Divested businesses and other non-core activities |
(316) |
|
(304) |
|
7 |
Total Corporate and Other |
(1,302) |
|
(1,052) |
|
(989) |
In 2018, the net loss from operations within Corporate and Other was $1,302 million compared to $1,052 million in 2017. The primary reason was that 2017 included a significant net gain on sales of businesses, primarily a gain of $338 million for the sale of the high‑voltage cables business. In addition, lower White Collar Productivity costs were offset by an increase in corporate headquarters and stewardship costs. In 2017, the loss from operations within Corporate and Other was $1,052 million, $63 million higher than in 2016. The increase was primarily due to significant losses in divested businesses and other non-core activities. In addition, higher corporate headquarters and stewardship costs offset lower White Collar Productivity program costs. 2017 also included the gain on the sale of the cables businesses.
In 2018, corporate headquarters and stewardship costs were $496 million, an increase of $66 million from 2017. Higher costs were due to higher costs relating to ABB Digital and the sponsorship of the ABB FIA Formula E Championship. In 2017, corporate headquarters and stewardship costs increased to $430 million from $347 million in 2016, mainly due to higher costs for information technology and costs relating to ABB Digital.
Corporate real estate primarily includes income from property rentals and gains from the sale of real estate properties. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, income from operations in Corporate real estate included gains from the sale of real estate properties of $49 million, $28 million and $33 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2017, we had incurred substantially all costs related to the White Collar Productivity program. In 2017 and 2016, costs incurred in connection with this program amounted to $107 million and $199 million, respectively, including program implementation costs. In 2017, the amount decreased as 2017 included the impact of a change in estimated costs and the related reversal of the previously recorded liability. The program costs relate mainly to employee severance and both external and internal costs relating to the execution of the program. For further information on the White Collar Productivity program see “Restructuring and other cost savings initiatives” below.
68
In 2017 and 2016, we recorded a loss of $9 million and $73 million, respectively, net of expected insurance recoveries, for the misappropriation of cash by the treasurer of our subsidiary in South Korea. In 2018, recoveries relating to this loss totaled $18 million.
Stranded corporate costs includes the amount of allocated general and administrative and other overhead costs previously included in the measure of segment profit (Operational EBITA) for the Power Grids business which has been reclassified to discontinued operations. These allocated costs do not qualify for being reported as costs within the discontinued operation.
Other corporate costs consists of operational costs of our Global Treasury Operations and certain other charges such as costs and penalties associated with legal cases, environmental expenses and impairment charges related to investments. Other corporate costs in 2017 were higher than the previous year as 2016 included the positive impact of a reduction in certain insurance-related provisions for self-insured risks.
Divested businesses and other non-core activities
The results of operations for certain divested businesses and other non‑core activities are presented in Corporate and Other. Divested businesses include the high‑voltage cables business, which was divested in March 2017. Also, certain EPC contracts relating to the oil & gas industry were divested to an unconsolidated joint venture at the end of 2017. In addition, in September 2018, we commenced transferring certain projects in our EPC business for turnkey electrical AC substations to a new unconsolidated joint venture, Linxon, which is controlled by the SNC-Lavalin Group. Other non‑core activities includes amounts relating to the execution and wind‑down of certain legacy EPC and other contracts.
Income from operations for divested businesses and other non-core activities in 2018 primarily reflects losses incurred in legacy substations and plant electrification EPC contracts and were driven by project cost overruns and contractual costs relating to delayed project completion. The amount in 2018 also reflects project cost overruns in the full train retrofit business. In 2017, the loss includes charges of $94 million recorded for certain retained liabilities associated with the divested cables businesses and losses for project cost overruns in the full train retrofit business. In 2017, the amount also includes losses incurred in legacy substations and plant electrification EPC contracts driven by cost overruns, credit losses and contractual costs for delayed project completion.
At December 31, 2018, our remaining non‑core activities primarily include the completion of the remaining EPC contracts for substations and plant electrification and the completion of the remaining obligations for the full train retrofit business. Of the open order backlog at December 31, 2018, approximately 40 percent relates to contracts which are planned to be transferred to the Linxon joint venture and the majority of the remaining amounts are expected to be fulfilled in 2019.
Restructuring and other cost savings initiatives
White Collar Productivity program
From September 2015 to December 2017, we executed a restructuring program to make ABB leaner, faster and more customer-focused. The program involved the rapid expansion and use of regional shared service centers as well as a streamlining of global operations and head office functions, with business units moving closer to their respective key markets. The program involved various restructuring initiatives across all operating segments and regions.
The restructuring program resulted in total annual cost savings of $1.2 billion in continuing operations. The savings were realized as reductions in cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and non-order related research and development expenses.
As of December 31, 2017, we had incurred substantially all costs related to the White Collar Productivity program.
69
The following table outlines the costs incurred in 2017 and 2016 as well as the cumulative amount of costs incurred under the program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative costs |
|
|
|
Net costs incurred in |
|
incurred up to |
|||
($ in millions) |
|
|
2017 (1) |
|
2016 (1) |
|
|
December 31, 2017 (1) |
Electrification Products |
|
|
(17) |
|
15 |
|
|
72 |
Industrial Automation |
|
|
(23) |
|
34 |
|
|
106 |
Robotics and Motion |
|
|
(14) |
|
26 |
|
|
56 |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(32) |
|
32 |
|
|
91 |
Total |
|
|
(86) |
|
107 |
|
|
325 |
(1) Total costs have been recast to reflect the reorganization of our operating segments as outlined in “Note 23 Operating segment and geographic data” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
During the course of the restructuring program total expected costs were reduced mainly due to the realization of significantly higher than originally expected attrition and internal redeployment rates. The reductions were made across all operating divisions as well as for corporate functions.
In 2017, net restructuring reversals of $86 million were recorded mainly due to higher than expected rates of attrition and internal redeployment. In 2016, net restructuring costs of $107 million were recorded based on the anticipated number of personnel to be impacted by the program and a country-specific average severance cost per person. Various functions including marketing and sales, supply chain management, research and development, engineering, service, and certain other support functions were impacted in various phases commencing in 2015 and continuing in 2016 and in 2017.
In 2017 and 2016, we experienced a significantly higher than expected rate of attrition and redeployment and a lower than expected severance cost per employee for the employee groups affected by the restructuring programs initiated in 2015 and 2016. As a result, in 2017, we adjusted the amount of our estimated liability for restructuring which was recorded in 2016 and 2015. This change in estimate of $118 million during 2017 resulted in a reduction primarily in cost of sales of $53 million and in selling, general and administrative expenses of $55 million in the year. In 2016, we adjusted the amount of our estimated liability for restructuring which was recorded in 2015. This change in estimate of $86 million during 2016 resulted in a reduction primarily in cost of sales of $38 million and in selling, general and administrative expenses of $35 million for the year.
The remaining cash outlays as of December 31, 2018, primarily for employee severance benefits, are expected to occur in 2019.
For details of the nature of the costs incurred and their impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, see ‘‘Note 22 Restructuring and related expenses’’ to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2018, ABB announced a two-year restructuring program with the objective to simplify its business model and structure through the implementation of a new organizational structure driven by its businesses. The program includes the elimination of the country and regional structures within the current matrix organization, including the elimination of the three regional Executive Committee roles. The operating businesses will each be responsible for both their customer-facing activities and business support functions, while the remaining Group-level corporate activities will primarily focus on Group strategy, portfolio and performance management, capital allocation and core technologies.
Over the course of the program, we will execute a number of restructuring activities across all operating segments and functions. The following table outlines the cumulative amount of costs incurred to date and the total amount of costs expected under the program:
70
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative costs |
|
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred |
|
incurred up to |
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
|
|
in 2018 |
|
December 31, 2018 |
|
expected costs |
Electrification Products |
|
|
32 |
|
32 |
|
40 |
Industrial Automation |
|
|
21 |
|
21 |
|
60 |
Robotics and Motion |
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
50 |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
11 |
|
11 |
|
200 |
Total |
|
|
65 |
|
65 |
|
350 |
By the completion of the program, we expect to realize annual cost savings of approximately $500 million. These savings are expected to impact cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and non-order related research and development expenses.
For details of the nature of the costs incurred and the impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, see “Note 22 Restructuring and related expenses” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
We expect the majority of the cash payments, primarily for employee severance benefits, to be in 2019 and 2020. We expect that our cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to cover any expenditures for this restructuring program.
Other restructuring-related activities and cost savings initiatives
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, we also executed other restructuring-related and cost savings measures to sustainably reduce our costs and protect our profitability. Costs associated with these other measures amounted to $116 million, $181 million and $133 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We meet our liquidity needs principally using cash from operations, proceeds from the issuance of debt instruments (bonds and commercial paper), and short‑term bank borrowings.
During 2018, 2017 and 2016, our financial position was strengthened by the positive total cash flow from operating activities (both from continuing and discontinued operations) of $2,924 million, $3,799 million and $3,843 million, respectively.
Our net debt is shown in the table below:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
2,031 |
|
726 |
Long-term debt |
6,587 |
|
6,682 |
Cash and equivalents |
(3,445) |
|
(4,526) |
Marketable securities and short-term investments |
(712) |
|
(1,083) |
Net debt (defined as the sum of the above lines) |
4,461 |
|
1,799 |
71
Net debt at December 31, 2018, increased $2,662 million compared to December 31, 2017, as cash flows from operating activities during 2018 of $2,924 million was more than offset by cash outflows for acquisitions of businesses ($2,664 million) (primarily GEIS), the dividend payment to our shareholders ($1,717 million), net purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets ($700 million) and amounts paid to purchase treasury stock ($250 million). Other significant transactions affecting our liquidity included the issuance of treasury shares for $42 million and payments of dividends to noncontrolling shareholders of $86 million. There was no significant movement in net debt due to changes in foreign exchange rates. See “Financial position”, “Investing activities” and “Financing activities” for further details.
Our Group Treasury Operations is responsible for providing a range of treasury management services to our group companies, including investing cash in excess of current business requirements. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the proportion of our aggregate “Cash and equivalents” and “Marketable securities and short‑term investments” managed by our Group Treasury Operations amounted to approximately 38 percent and 49 percent, respectively.
Throughout 2018 and 2017, the investment strategy for cash (in excess of current business requirements) has generally been to invest in short-term time deposits with maturities of less than 3 months, supplemented at times by investments in corporate commercial paper, money market funds, and in some cases, government securities. During 2018 and 2017, we also continued to place limited funds in connection with reverse repurchase agreements. We actively monitor credit risk in our investment portfolio and hedging activities. Credit risk exposures are controlled in accordance with policies approved by our senior management to identify, measure, monitor and control credit risks. We have minimum rating requirements for our counterparts and closely monitor developments in the credit markets making appropriate changes to our investment policy as deemed necessary. In addition to minimum rating criteria, we have strict investment parameters and specific approved instruments as well as restrictions on the types of investments we make. These parameters are closely monitored on an ongoing basis and amended as we consider necessary.
Our cash is held in various currencies around the world. Approximately 24 percent of our cash and cash equivalents held at December 31, 2018, was in U.S. dollars, while other significant amounts were held in Chinese renminbi (28 percent), euro (17 percent) and Indian rupee (6 percent).
We believe the cash flows generated from our business, supplemented, when necessary, through access to the capital markets (including short‑term commercial paper) and our credit facilities are sufficient to support business operations, capital expenditures, business acquisitions, the payment of dividends to shareholders and contributions to pension plans. Consequently, we believe that our ability to obtain funding from these sources will continue to provide the cash flows necessary to satisfy our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, as well as meet our debt repayments and other financial commitments for the next twelve months. See “Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments”.
Due to the nature of our operations, including the timing of annual incentive payments to employees, our cash flow from operations generally tends to be weaker in the first half of the year than in the second half of the year.
Total outstanding debt was as follows:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
2,031 |
|
726 |
Long-term debt: |
|
|
|
Bonds |
6,411 |
|
6,487 |
Other long-term debt |
176 |
|
195 |
Total debt |
8,618 |
|
7,408 |
72
The increase in short‑term debt in 2018 was due to the reclassification from long-term debt of our EUR 1,250 million 2.625% instruments due in 2019, offset by the repayment in 2018 of the CHF 350 million 1.5% Bonds. In addition, we increased the amount of issued commercial paper ($464 million outstanding at December 31, 2018, compared to $259 million outstanding at December 31, 2017).
At December 31, 2018, Long-term debt remained at a similar amount to the end of 2017 as the issuance in 2018 of three new bonds with net proceeds totaling $1,494 million was offset by the reclassification to short-term debt of the EUR 1,250 million bond discussed above, which had a book value of $1,493 million at the end of 2017.
Our debt has been obtained in a range of currencies and maturities and on various interest rate terms. For certain of our debt obligations, we use derivatives to manage the fixed interest rate exposure. For example, we use interest rate swaps to effectively convert fixed rate debt into floating rate liabilities. After considering the effects of interest rate swaps, the effective average interest rate on our floating rate long‑term debt (including current maturities) of $3,106 million and our fixed rate long‑term debt (including current maturities) of $4,951 million was 1.1 percent and 3.6 percent, respectively. This compares with an effective rate of 0.6 percent for floating rate long‑term debt of $3,213 million and 3.5 percent for fixed rate long‑term debt of $3,878 million at December 31, 2017.
For a discussion of our use of derivatives to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our individual bond issuances, see “Note 12 Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
We have a $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility expiring in 2021 that is available for general corporate purposes. No amount was drawn under the credit facility at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The facility contains cross‑default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if we were to default on indebtedness, as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.
The credit facility does not contain financial covenants that would restrict our ability to pay dividends or raise additional funds in the capital markets. For further details of the credit facility, see “Note 12 Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
At December 31, 2018, we had two commercial paper programs in place:
• a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper in the United States, and
• a $2 billion Euro‑commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies.
At December 31, 2018, $292 million was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States, compared to $259 million outstanding at December 31, 2017. At March 27, 2019, the amount outstanding under this program had increased to $825 million.
At December 31, 2018, $172 million was outstanding under the $2 billion Euro‑commercial paper program. No amount was outstanding under this program at December 31, 2017. At March 27, 2019, the amount outstanding under this program had increased to $509 million.
73
European program for the issuance of debt
The European program for the issuance of debt allows the issuance of up to the equivalent of $8 billion in certain debt instruments. The terms of the program do not obligate any third party to extend credit to us and the terms and possibility of issuing any debt under the program are determined with respect to, and as of the date of issuance of, each debt instrument. During 2017, we issued EUR 750 million 0.75% Notes, due 2024, and during 2016, we issued EUR 700 million 0.625% Notes, due 2023, under the program. At December 31, 2018, three bonds (principal amount of EUR 1,250 million, due in 2019, principal amount of EUR 700 million, due in 2023 and principal amount of EUR 750 million, due in 2024) having a combined carrying amount of $3,100 million, were outstanding under the program. At December 31, 2017, the same three bonds were outstanding having a combined carrying amount of $3,216 million. At March 27, 2019, it was more than 12 months since the program had been updated. New bonds could be issued under the program but could not be listed without us formally updating the program.
Credit ratings are assessments by the rating agencies of the credit risk associated with ABB and are based on information provided by us or other sources that the rating agencies consider reliable. Higher ratings generally result in lower borrowing costs and increased access to capital markets. Our ratings are of “investment grade” which is defined as Baa3 (or above) from Moody’s and BBB− (or above) from Standard & Poor’s.
At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, our long‑term debt was rated A2 by Moody’s and A by Standard & Poor’s.
Limitations on transfers of funds
Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where we operate, including: China, Egypt, India, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Taiwan (Chinese Taipei), Thailand and Turkey. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred offshore from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs in those countries. In addition, there are certain countries where, for tax reasons, it is not considered optimal to transfer the cash offshore. As a consequence, these funds are not available within our Group Treasury Operations to meet short‑term cash obligations outside the relevant country. The above described funds are reported as cash in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, but we do not consider these funds immediately available for the repayment of debt outside the respective countries where the cash is situated, including those described above. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the balance of “Cash and equivalents” and “Marketable securities and other short‑term investments” under such limitations (either regulatory or sub‑optimal from a tax perspective) totaled approximately $1,796 million and $2,010 million, respectively.
During 2018 we continued to direct our subsidiaries in countries with restrictions to place such cash with our core banks or investment grade banks, in order to minimize credit risk on such cash positions. We continue to closely monitor the situation to ensure bank counterparty risks are minimized.
74
FINANCIAL POSITION
|
December 31, |
|
|
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
% Change |
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents |
3,445 |
|
4,526 |
|
(24)% |
Marketable securities and short-term investments |
712 |
|
1,083 |
|
(34)% |
Receivables, net |
6,386 |
|
5,861 |
|
9% |
Contract assets |
1,082 |
|
1,141 |
|
(5)% |
Inventories, net |
4,284 |
|
3,737 |
|
15% |
Prepaid expenses |
176 |
|
159 |
|
11% |
Other current assets |
616 |
|
585 |
|
5% |
Assets held for sale |
5,164 |
|
5,043 |
|
2% |
Total current assets |
21,865 |
|
22,135 |
|
(1)% |
For a discussion on cash and equivalents, see sections “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Principal sources of funding” and “Cash flows” for further details.
Marketable securities and short‑term investments decreased in 2018 as the amount of excess liquidity available for investments was reduced as funds were needed for acquisitions of businesses. The reduction resulted primarily in lower amounts deposited with banks with fixed deposit terms over three months (see “Cash flows—Investing activities”, below, and “Note 5 Cash and equivalents, marketable securities and short-term investments” to our Consolidated Financial Statements).
Receivables increased 9 percent (14 percent in local currencies). The increase was primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of GEIS. For details on the components of Receivables, see “Note 8 Receivables, net and Contract assets and liabilities” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Contract assets decreased 5 percent (2 percent in local currencies).
Inventories increased 15 percent (20 percent in local currencies). The increase in inventory was primarily due to the impact of the GEIS acquisition but also due to increases of inventories resulting from growth in certain businesses.
|
December 31, |
|
|
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
% Change |
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, trade |
4,424 |
|
3,736 |
|
18% |
Contract liabilities |
1,707 |
|
1,792 |
|
(5)% |
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
2,031 |
|
726 |
|
180% |
Provisions for warranties |
948 |
|
909 |
|
4% |
Other provisions |
1,372 |
|
1,277 |
|
7% |
Other current liabilities |
3,780 |
|
3,509 |
|
8% |
Liabilities held for sale |
4,185 |
|
4,520 |
|
(7)% |
Total current liabilities |
18,447 |
|
16,469 |
|
12% |
Accounts payable increased 18 percent (22 percent in local currencies) primarily as a result of the acquisition of GEIS, but as well as a result of continuing efforts to negotiate extended payment terms with suppliers. During 2018, we also enhanced our supplier payment processes and the changes resulted in generally longer payment times.
75
The increase in Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt was primarily due to increases in the U.S. and Euro commercial paper programs of $205 million and the reclassification to short-term debt of the EUR 1,250 million bond (having a book value of $1,431 million) partially offset by the repayment at maturity of the CHF 350 million bond.
Contract liabilities decreased 5 percent (flat in local currencies).
Provisions for warranties increased 4 percent (8 percent in local currencies). Warranties increased approximately 5 percent due to the acquisition of GEIS. In addition, we recorded an increase of $92 million in the warranty provision relating to a divested business. We also had higher claims paid in cash due to warranties in the solar business. For details on the change in the Provision for warranties, see “Note 15 Commitments and contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other provisions increased 7 percent (10 percent in local currencies) as we recorded higher loss order provisions for certain EPC projects in the non-core business.
The increase in Other current liabilities of 8 percent (12 percent in local currencies) was primarily due to the impact on accrued liabilities of the acquired business of GEIS.
|
December 31, |
|
|
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
% Change |
Non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
4,133 |
|
3,804 |
|
9% |
Goodwill |
10,764 |
|
9,536 |
|
13% |
Other intangible assets, net |
2,607 |
|
2,425 |
|
8% |
Prepaid pension and other employee benefits |
83 |
|
143 |
|
(42)% |
Investments in equity-accounted companies |
87 |
|
72 |
|
21% |
Deferred taxes |
1,006 |
|
1,212 |
|
(17)% |
Other non-current assets |
469 |
|
571 |
|
(18)% |
Non-current assets held for sale |
3,427 |
|
3,560 |
|
(4)% |
Total non-current assets |
22,576 |
|
21,323 |
|
6% |
In 2018, Property, plant and equipment increased 9 percent (13 percent in local currencies) predominately due to the acquisition of GEIS, but as well due to the significant capital expenditures in the recently acquired B&R as well as the expenditures for the Xiamen hub construction in China.
In 2018, Goodwill increased 13 percent (15 percent in local currencies) due primarily to the acquisition of GEIS.
Other intangible assets increased 8 percent (10 percent in local currencies) primarily due to the addition of intangibles related to the acquisition of GEIS, partially offset by the impact of amortization of intangibles in 2018. For additional information on intangible assets see “Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In 2018, Deferred taxes, non-current, decreased 17 percent (11 percent in local currencies) primarily due to the impacts of the adoption of a new accounting standard affecting the income tax consequences of intra‑entity transfer of assets other than inventory (see “Note 2 Significant accounting policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements).
76
|
December 31, |
|
|
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
% Change |
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt |
6,587 |
|
6,682 |
|
(1)% |
Pension and other employee benefits |
1,828 |
|
1,589 |
|
15% |
Deferred taxes |
927 |
|
1,050 |
|
(12)% |
Other non-current liabilities |
1,689 |
|
1,849 |
|
(9)% |
Non-current liabilities held for sale |
429 |
|
470 |
|
(9)% |
Total non-current liabilities |
11,460 |
|
11,640 |
|
(2)% |
Long-term debt decreased 1 percent. During 2018, we issued three new bonds with net proceeds totaling $1,494 million. This was offset by the reclassification to short-term debt of the EUR 1,250 million bond, which had a book value of $1,493 million at the end of 2017. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and interest rates” for information on long‑term debt.
The increase in the Pension and other employee benefits liability was primarily due to lower than expected returns on pension plan assets in 2018. For additional information, see “Note 17 Employee benefits” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
For a breakdown of Other non‑current liabilities, see “Note 13 Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non‑current liabilities” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are shown on a continuing operations basis, with the effects of discontinued operations shown in aggregate for each major cash flow activity.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows can be summarized as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
2,924 |
|
3,799 |
|
3,843 |
Net cash used in investing activities |
(3,085) |
|
(1,450) |
|
(1,305) |
Net cash used in financing activities |
(789) |
|
(1,735) |
|
(3,355) |
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents |
(131) |
|
268 |
|
(104) |
Net change in cash and equivalents |
(1,081) |
|
882 |
|
(921) |
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Net income |
2,298 |
|
2,365 |
|
2,034 |
Less: Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
(723) |
|
(846) |
|
(799) |
Depreciation and amortization |
916 |
|
836 |
|
870 |
Total adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by |
|
|
|
|
|
operating activities (excluding depreciation and amortization) |
(189) |
|
(406) |
|
(26) |
Total changes in operating assets and liabilities |
50 |
|
639 |
|
528 |
Net cash provided by operating activities — continuing operations |
2,352 |
|
2,588 |
|
2,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities — discontinued operations |
572 |
|
1,211 |
|
1,236 |
77
Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations in 2018 provided net cash of $2,352 million, a decrease of 9 percent from 2017 as higher cash effective net income (net income adjusted for depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items) was offset by a lower improvement in working capital. Cash flow impacts from changes in working capital continued to show the impact of extending payment terms with suppliers and the changes in our supplier payment process, which resulted in an increase in trade payables. Payables and inventory also increased due to higher inventories to support growth. In addition, the timing of tax payments, including income taxes and value-added taxes, negatively impacted cash provided by operating activities.
Cash flows from operating activities in 2017 provided net cash of $2,588 million, a decrease of 1 percent from 2016 as lower cash effective net income mostly offset the positive cash effects of stronger net working capital management. Working capital improvements included a significant increase in trade and non-trade payables, resulting from continuing company‑wide efforts to extend payment terms with suppliers. Partially offsetting these benefits were cash outflows resulting from higher inventories and trade receivables. In addition, the timing of tax payments positively impacted cash provided by operating activities.
Cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations in 2018 decreased to $572 million from $1,211 million in 2017. The primary reason was lower income as well as negative impacts from the timing of cash collections on large projects and other receivables. Cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations in 2017 was similar to 2016 as the impacts of higher income were offset by negative impacts from the timing of tax payments. The amount reported for cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations benefits directly from the allocation of stranded costs to continuing operations.
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Purchases of investments |
(322) |
|
(666) |
|
(4,299) |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets |
(772) |
|
(752) |
|
(632) |
Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired) and |
|
|
|
|
|
increases in cost- and equity-accounted companies |
(2,664) |
|
(2,011) |
|
(26) |
Proceeds from sales of investments |
567 |
|
1,443 |
|
3,295 |
Proceeds from maturity of investments |
160 |
|
100 |
|
539 |
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment |
72 |
|
61 |
|
59 |
Proceeds from sales of businesses (net of transaction costs and cash |
|
|
|
|
|
disposed) and cost- and equity-accounted companies |
113 |
|
607 |
|
(1) |
Net cash from settlement of foreign currency derivatives |
(30) |
|
63 |
|
(57) |
Other investing activities |
(32) |
|
37 |
|
14 |
Net cash used in investing activities — continuing operations |
(2,908) |
|
(1,118) |
|
(1,108) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities — discontinued operations |
(177) |
|
(332) |
|
(197) |
Net cash used in investing activities for continuing operations in 2018 was $2,908 million, compared to $1,118 million in 2017. The amount in 2018 reflects higher amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses (primarily GEIS). In addition, cash used in investing activities was higher in 2018 as 2017 included the positive cash flows resulting from reducing investments in marketable securities and short-term investments. Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets were slightly higher in 2018 with continued global investment including high spending on information technology as well as large investments in the U.S. and China. We also increased our capital expenditures in Austria with large investments in the B&R business. In addition, changes in the impacts from derivative cash flows classified as investing activities increased cash used in investing activities by $93 million. These cash flows primarily result from the maturity and settlement of derivatives that are in place to hedge foreign currency exposures on internal subsidiary funding and the amount of the settlement results from movements in foreign currency exchange rates throughout the year.
78
Net cash used in investing activities in 2017 was $1,118 million, compared to $1,108 million in 2016. Cash used to fund acquisitions of businesses (primarily B&R) was significantly higher than in 2016 but was partially offset by sales of marketable securities and short-term investments as well as the proceeds received from sales of businesses (primarily the high‑voltage cables business). We also had higher purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets due to higher investments in information technology assets as well as specific investments in facilities in the U.S. and China. In addition, changes in the impacts from derivative cash flows classified as investing activities reduced cash used in investing activities by $120 million.
The following presents purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangibles by significant asset category:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Construction in process |
523 |
|
520 |
|
459 |
Purchase of machinery and equipment |
152 |
|
125 |
|
126 |
Purchase of land and buildings |
28 |
|
32 |
|
10 |
Purchase of intangible assets |
69 |
|
75 |
|
37 |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets |
772 |
|
752 |
|
632 |
In 2018 and 2017, we decreased the amount of our excess liquidity invested in marketable securities and short-term investments as funds were needed for acquisitions of businesses while, in 2016, we increased the amounts invested in marketable securities and short‑term investments. Marketable securities and short-term investments at December 31, 2018 and 2017, consisted primarily of fixed-term deposits with banks, available-for-sale debt securities as well as amounts placed in reverse repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2016, amounts were placed primarily in fixed-term deposits with banks and in short-term money market funds. In 2018 and 2017, the net decrease in investments during the year resulted in inflows of $405 million and $877 million, respectively, while in 2016, the net increase in investments resulted in outflows of $465 million.
In 2018, acquisitions of businesses primarily represents the purchase of GEIS, which was acquired in June. In 2017, acquisitions of businesses primarily represents the purchase of B&R, which was acquired in July, while proceeds from sales of businesses primarily represents the divestment of the high-voltage cables and cable accessories businesses. In 2016, there were no significant acquisitions or divestments of businesses.
Cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations primarily represents net purchases of property, plant and equipment. Cash used in investing activities was higher in 2017 compared to both 2018 and 2016 as 2017 also included cash paid for acquisition of a business.
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Net changes in debt with maturities of 90 days or less |
221 |
|
204 |
|
(144) |
Increase in debt |
1,914 |
|
920 |
|
911 |
Repayment of debt |
(830) |
|
(1,000) |
|
(1,242) |
Delivery of shares |
42 |
|
163 |
|
192 |
Purchase of treasury stock |
(250) |
|
(251) |
|
(1,299) |
Dividends paid |
(1,717) |
|
(1,635) |
|
— |
Reduction in nominal value of common shares paid to shareholders |
— |
|
— |
|
(1,610) |
Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders |
(86) |
|
(83) |
|
(89) |
Other financing activities |
(35) |
|
(6) |
|
(27) |
Net cash used in financing activities — continuing operations |
(741) |
|
(1,688) |
|
(3,308) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities — discontinued operations |
(48) |
|
(47) |
|
(47) |
79
Our financing cash flow activities primarily include debt transactions (both from the issuance of debt securities and borrowings directly from banks), share transactions and payments of distributions to controlling and noncontrolling shareholders. Net cash used in financing activities for discontinued operations represents primarily distributions paid to noncontrolling shareholders of certain subsidiaries classified in discontinued operations.
In 2018, the net inflow for debt with maturities of 90 days or less related primarily to combined increases of $194 million for borrowings outstanding under our commercial paper programs in the U.S. and Europe. In 2017, a net increase of $202 million related to borrowings outstanding under our commercial paper program in the U.S.
In 2018, the increase in debt was due primarily to the issuance of the following: USD 300 million 2.8% Notes due 2020, USD 450 million 3.375% Notes due 2023 and USD 750 million 3.8% Notes due 2028. In 2018, the increase also included $316 million for commercial paper borrowings having an original maturity of more than 90 days. In 2017, the increase in debt was due primarily to the issuance of our EUR 750 million 0.75% Notes due 2024 (equal to $824 million at date of issuance). In 2016, the increase in debt was due primarily to the issuance of our EUR 700 million 0.625% Notes due 2023 (equal to $807 million at date of issuance).
During 2018, the CHF 350 million 1.50% bonds (equivalent to $350 million on the date of repayment) were repaid as well as repayments at maturity of $316 million in commercial paper borrowings having an original maturity of more than 90 days. During 2017, $1,000 million of debt was repaid, reflecting primarily the repayment at maturity of both the USD 500 million 1.625% Notes and the AUD 400 million 4.25% Notes (in total equivalent to $803 million at dates of repayment). During 2016, $1,242 million of debt was repaid, reflecting primarily the repayment at maturity of the USD 600 million 2.5% Notes and CHF 500 million 1.25% Bonds (in total equivalent to $1,106 million at dates of repayment).
In 2018 and 2017, “Purchase of treasury stock” reflects the cash paid to purchase 10 million of our own shares on the open market in each period. In 2016, the amount reflects the cash paid to purchase 65 million of our own shares in connection with the share buyback program which was announced in September 2014 and completed in September 2016. For additional information on the share buyback program see “Note 19 Stockholders’ equity” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments
The contractual obligations presented in the table below represent our estimates of future payments under fixed contractual obligations and commitments. The amounts in the table may differ from those reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2018. Changes in our business needs, cancellation provisions and changes in interest rates, as well as actions by third parties and other factors, may cause these estimates to change. Therefore, our actual payments in future periods may vary from those presented in the table. The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations and principal and interest payments under our debt instruments, leases and purchase obligations at December 31, 2018.
|
Total |
|
Less than |
|
1 - 3 |
|
3 - 5 |
|
More than |
($ in millions) |
|
|
1 year |
|
years |
|
years |
|
5 years |
Payments due by period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations |
7,911 |
|
1,448 |
|
1,595 |
|
2,502 |
|
2,366 |
Interest payments related to long-term debt obligations |
1,496 |
|
221 |
|
346 |
|
187 |
|
742 |
Operating lease obligations |
1,278 |
|
329 |
|
445 |
|
237 |
|
267 |
Capital lease obligations (1) |
239 |
|
34 |
|
51 |
|
43 |
|
111 |
Purchase obligations |
2,862 |
|
2,419 |
|
407 |
|
22 |
|
14 |
Total |
13,786 |
|
4,451 |
|
2,844 |
|
2,991 |
|
3,500 |
(1) Capital lease obligations represent the total cash payments to be made in the future and include interest expense of $87 million and executory costs of $1 million.
80
In the table above, the long‑term debt obligations reflect the cash amounts to be repaid upon maturity of those debt obligations. The cash obligations above will differ from the long‑term debt balance reflected in “Note 12 Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements due to the impacts of fair value hedge accounting adjustments and premiums or discounts on certain debt. In addition, capital lease obligations are shown separately in the table above while they are combined with Long‑term debt amounts in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
We have determined the interest payments related to long‑term debt obligations by reference to the payments due under the terms of our debt obligations at the time such obligations were incurred. However, we use interest rate swaps to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our debt obligations. The net effect of these swaps may be to increase or decrease the actual amount of our cash interest payment obligations, which may differ from those stated in the above table. For further details on our debt obligations and the related hedges, see “Note 12 Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Of the total of $1,163 million unrecognized tax benefits (net of deferred tax assets) at December 31, 2018, it is expected that $52 million will be paid within less than a year. However, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate as to the related future payments for the remaining amount.
Off‑balance sheet arrangements
We disclose the maximum potential exposure of certain guarantees, as well as possible recourse provisions that may allow us to recover from third parties amounts paid out under such guarantees. The maximum potential exposure does not allow any discounting of our assessment of actual exposure under the guarantees. The information below reflects our maximum potential exposure under the guarantees, which is higher than our assessment of the expected exposure.
The following table provides quantitative data regarding our third‑party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a worst‑case scenario, and do not reflect our expected outcomes.
|
December 31, |
||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
Maximum potential |
||
($ in millions) |
payments (1) |
||
Performance guarantees |
1,584 |
|
1,775 |
Financial guarantees |
10 |
|
17 |
Indemnification guarantees |
64 |
|
72 |
Total |
1,658 |
|
1,864 |
(1) Maximum potential payments include amounts in both continuing and discontinued operations |
The carrying amounts of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in respect of the above guarantees were not significant at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and reflect our best estimate of future payments, which we may incur as part of fulfilling our guarantee obligations.
81
In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, we have entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively “performance bonds”) with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that ABB does not fulfill its contractual obligations. ABB would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance bonds. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the total outstanding performance bonds aggregated to $7.4 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, of which $4.3 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively, relate to discontinued operations. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
For additional descriptions of our performance, financial and indemnification guarantees see “Note 15 Commitments and contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUMMARY OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE APPROACH
Corporate governance - general principles
ABB is committed to the highest international standards of corporate governance and this is reinforced in its structure, processes and rules as outlined in this section of the Annual Report. In line with this, ABB complies with the general principles as set forth in the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance, as well as those of the capital markets where its shares are listed and traded. In addition to the provisions of the Swiss Code of Obligations, ABB’s key principles and rules on corporate governance are laid down in ABB’s Articles of Incorporation, the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (which includes the regulations of ABB’s Board committees and the ABB Ltd Related Party Transaction Policy, which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange), and the ABB Code of Conduct and the Addendum to the ABB Code of Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee (EC) (together, the "Code of Conduct"). These documents are available on ABB’s website at www.abb.com. It is the duty of ABB’s Board of Directors (the Board) to review and amend or propose amendments to those documents from time to time to reflect the most recent developments and practices, as well as to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Shareholders and other interested parties may communicate with the Chairman of the Board by writing to ABB Ltd (Attn: Chairman of the Board), at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland.
Compensation governance and Board and EC compensation
Information about ABB’s compensation governance and Board and EC compensation and shareholdings can be found in the section titled “Compensation” below.
82
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Board and Board committees (2018 - 2019 board term)
|
|
|
Board of Directors |
||
Chairman: Peter R. Voser |
Matti Alahuhta |
|
Jennifer Xin‑Zhe Li |
||
Vice‑Chairman: Jacob Wallenberg |
Gunnar Brock |
|
Geraldine Matchett |
||
David Constable |
|
David Meline |
|||
|
|
|
Frederico Fleury Curado |
|
Satish Pai |
|
|
Lars Förberg |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee |
|
Governance and Nomination Committee |
|
Compensation
|
David Meline (chairman) |
Peter R. Voser (chairman) |
David Constable (chairman) |
|||
Gunnar Brock |
Matti Alahuhta |
Frederico Fleury Curado |
|||
Geraldine Matchett |
Lars Förberg |
Jennifer Xin‑Zhe Li |
|||
Satish Pai |
Jacob Wallenberg |
Board governance
The Board
The Board defines the ultimate direction of the business of ABB and issues the necessary instructions. It determines the organization of the ABB Group and appoints, removes and supervises the persons entrusted with the executive management and representation of ABB. The internal organizational structure and the definition of the areas of responsibility of the Board, as well as the information and control instruments visàvis the Executive Committee are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines.
The Board takes decisions as a whole, supported by its three committees: the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee (FACC), the Governance and Nomination Committee (GNC), and the Compensation Committee (CC). These committees assist the Board in its tasks and report regularly to the Board. The members of the Board committees either are required to be independent or are elected directly by the shareholders. The Board and its committees meet regularly throughout the year.
The directors and officers of a Swiss corporation are bound, as specified in the Swiss Code of Obligations, to perform their duties with all due care, to safeguard the interests of the corporation in good faith and to extend equal treatment to shareholders in like circumstances.
The Swiss Code of Obligations does not specify what standard of due care is required of the directors of a corporate board. However, it is generally held by Swiss legal scholars and jurisprudence that the directors must have the requisite capability and skill to fulfill their function, and must devote the necessary time to the discharge of their duties. Moreover, the directors must exercise all due care that a prudent and diligent director would have taken in like circumstances. Finally, the directors are required to take actions in the best interests of the corporation and may not take any actions that may be harmful to the corporation.
Although the Swiss Code of Obligations does not discuss specifically conflicts of interest for board members, the ABB Ltd Board Regulations and Corporate Governance Guidelines state that board members shall avoid entering into any situation in which their personal or financial interest may conflict with the interests of ABB.
83
Chairman of the Board
The Chairman is elected by the shareholders to represent their interests in creating sustainable value through effective governance. In addition, the Chairman (1) takes provisional decisions on behalf of the Board on urgent matters where a regular Board decision cannot be obtained, (2) calls for Board meetings and sets the related agendas, (3) interacts with the CEO and other EC members on a more frequent basis outside of Board meetings and (4) represents the Board internally and in the public sphere.
Vice-Chairman of the Board
The Vice‑Chairman is elected by the Board and handles the responsibilities of the Chairman to the extent the Chairman is unable to do so or would have a conflict of interest in doing so. He also acts as counselor/advisor to the Chairman on any matters that are Company or Board relevant and as appropriate or as the Chairman may require and with a particular focus on strategic aspects related to the Company and its business in general. In addition, the Vice‑Chairman takes such other actions as may be decided by the Board or requested by the Chairman.
Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee
The FACC is responsible for overseeing (1) the integrity of ABB’s financial statements, (2) ABB’s compliance with legal, tax and regulatory requirements, (3) the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of ABB’s internal audit function and external auditors, and (5) ABB’s capital structure, funding requirements and financial risk and policies.
The FACC must comprise three or more independent directors who have a thorough understanding of finance and accounting. The Chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee’s chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained. In addition, the chief integrity officer, the head of internal audit and the external auditors participate in the meetings as appropriate. The Board has determined that each member of the FACC is an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined in Form 20-F.
Governance and Nomination Committee
The GNC is responsible for (1) overseeing corporate governance practices within ABB, (2) nominating candidates for the Board, the role of CEO and other positions on the Executive Committee, and (3) succession planning and employment matters relating to the Board and the Executive Committee. The GNC is also responsible for maintaining an orientation program for new Board members and an ongoing education program for existing Board members.
The GNC must comprise three or more independent directors. The Chairman of the Board (unless he is already a member) and, upon invitation by the committee’s chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained.
Compensation Committee
The CC is responsible for compensation matters relating to the Board and the Executive Committee.
The CC must comprise three or more directors who are elected by the shareholders. The Chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee’s chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained.
84
Board membership
Board composition
In proposing individuals to be elected to the Board, the Board seeks to align the composition and skills of the Board with the company’s strategic needs, business portfolio, geographic reach and culture. The Board must be diverse in all aspects including gender, nationalities, geographic/regional experience and business experience. In addition, the average tenure of the members of the Board should be well‑balanced. The Board also considers the number of other mandates of each Board member to ensure that he/she will have sufficient time to dedicate to his/her role as an ABB Board member.
Elections and term of office
The members of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board as well as the members of the Compensation Committee are elected by shareholders at the general meeting of shareholders for a term of office extending until completion of the next ordinary general meeting of shareholders. Members whose terms of office have expired shall be immediately eligible for re‑election. Our Articles of Incorporation do not provide for the retirement of directors based on their age. However, an age limit for members of the Board is set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (although waivers are possible and subject to Board discretion). If the office of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or any position on the Compensation Committee becomes vacant during a Board term, the Board of Directors may appoint (shall appoint in the case of the Chairman of the Board) another individual from among its members to that position for the remainder of that term. The Board of Directors shall consist of no less than 7 and no more than 13 members.
Members of the Board (2018-2019 board term):
Board Member |
Board Experience |
|
Corporate Officer Experience |
|
Other Business Experience |
|
Global Experience |
|
Country of Origin / Nationality |
|
Gender |
|
Non-Executive |
|
Independent |
||||||||||
|
ABB Board Tenure (years) |
|
Other Public Board Experience |
|
CEO |
|
CFO |
|
Operations |
|
Risk Management |
|
Sustainability |
|
Digital / Technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter R. Voser |
4 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
CH |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Jacob Wallenberg |
20 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
SE |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Matti Alahuhta |
5 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
FI |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Gunnar Brock |
1 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
SE |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
David Constable |
4 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
CA |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Frederico Fleury Curado |
3 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
BR |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Lars Förberg |
2 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
SE |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Jennifer Xin.Zhe Li |
1 |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
CN, CA |
|
F |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Geraldine Matchett |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
UK, FR, CH |
|
F |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
David Meline |
3 |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
|
|
|
|
● |
|
US, CH |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Satish Pai |
3 |
|
● |
|
● |
|
|
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
● |
|
IN |
|
M |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
Peter R. Voser has been a member and Chairman of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2015. He is a member of the boards of directors of Roche Holding Ltd (Switzerland), IBM Corporation (U.S.) and Catalyst (U.S.), a non‑profit organization. He is also a member of the board of directors of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (Singapore) as well as deputy chairman of the board of PSA International Pte Ltd (Singapore), one of its subsidiaries. In addition, he is the chairman of the board of trustees of the St. Gallen Foundation for International Studies. He was previously the chief executive officer of Royal Dutch Shell plc (The Netherlands). Mr. Voser was born in 1958 and is a Swiss citizen.
85
Jacob Wallenberg has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since June 1999 and Vice-Chairman since April 2015. He is the chairman of the board of Investor AB (Sweden). He is vice‑chairman of the boards of Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, FAM AB and Patricia Industries (all Sweden). He is also a member of the boards of directors of Nasdaq, Inc. (U.S.) and the Knut and Alice Wallenberg Foundation (Sweden) as well as a member of the nomination committee of SAS AB (Sweden). Mr. Wallenberg was born in 1956 and is a Swedish citizen.
Matti Alahuhta has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2014. He is the chairman of the boards of Outotec Corporation and of DevCo Partners Oy (both Finland). He is also a member of the boards of directors of KONE Corporation (Finland) and AB Volvo (Sweden). He was previously the president and chief executive officer of KONE Corporation and he served in several executive positions at Nokia Corporation (Finland). Mr. Alahuhta was born in 1952 and is a Finnish citizen.
Gunnar Brock has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since March 2018. He is currently chairman of the boards of Slättö Invest AB, Mölnlycke Health Care AB and Stena AB (all Sweden). He is a member of the boards of directors of Syngenta Ltd (Switzerland), Investor AB and Patricia Industries (both Sweden). He was formerly president and chief executive officer of Atlas Copco AB (Sweden). Mr. Brock was born in 1950 and is a Swedish citizen.
David Constable has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2015. He is a member of the boards of directors of Rio Tinto plc (U.K.), Rio Tinto Limited (Australia) and Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (U.S.). He was formerly the chief executive officer and president as well as a member of the board of directors of Sasol Limited (South Africa). He joined Sasol after more than 29 years with Fluor Corporation (U.S.). Mr. Constable was born in 1961 and is a Canadian citizen.
Frederico Fleury Curado has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2016. He is the chief executive officer of Ultrapar Participações S.A. (Brazil) and a member of the board of directors of Transocean Ltd. (Switzerland). He was formerly the chief executive officer of Embraer S.A. (Brazil). Mr. Curado was born in 1961 and is a Brazilian citizen.
Lars Förberg has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2017. He is co‑founder and managing partner of Cevian Capital. Mr. Förberg is the chairman of the Human Practice Foundation (Denmark). Mr. Förberg was born in 1965 and is a Swedish citizen.
Jennifer Xin‑Zhe Li has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since March 2018. She is a member of the boards of directors of Philip Morris International Inc. (U.S.), HSBC Asia (Hong Kong) and Flex Ltd (Singapore/U.S.). Ms. Li is a founder and general partner of Changcheng Investment Partners (P.R.C.) and was previously the chief executive officer (general managing partner) of Baidu Capital (P.R.C.). She formerly served as chief financial officer of Baidu Inc. (P.R.C.). Ms. Li was born in 1967 and is a Canadian citizen.
Geraldine Matchett has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since March 2018. She is the chief financial officer and a member of the managing board of Royal DSM N.V. (The Netherlands). She was previously chief financial officer of SGS Ltd (Switzerland). Prior to joining SGS she worked as an auditor at Deloitte Ltd (Switzerland) and KPMG LLP (U.K.). Ms. Matchett was born in 1972 and is a Swiss, British and French citizen.
David Meline has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2016. He is the chief financial officer of Amgen Inc. (U.S.). Mr. Meline was formerly with the 3M Company (U.S.), where he served as chief financial officer. Prior to joining 3M, Mr. Meline worked for more than 20 years for General Motors Company (U.S.). Mr. Meline was born in 1957 and is a Swiss and U.S. citizen.
Satish Pai has been a member of ABB’s Board of Directors since April 2016. He is the managing director and a member of the board of directors of Hindalco Industries Ltd. (India). He joined Hindalco in 2013 after 28 years with Schlumberger Limited (U.S.). Mr. Pai was born in 1961 and is an Indian citizen.
As of December 31, 2018, all ABB Board members were non‑executive and independent directors and none of them held any official functions or political posts. Further information on ABB’s Board members can be found by clicking on the ABB Board of Directors CV link which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate‑governance .
86
Board meetings
The Board meets as frequently as needed but at least four times per annual Board term. The Board has meetings with Executive Committee members as well as private meetings without them. Board meetings are convened by the Chairman or upon request by any other board member or the CEO. Documentation covering the various items of the agenda for each Board meeting is sent out in advance to each Board member in order to allow each member time to study the covered matters prior to the meetings. Further, Board members are entitled to information concerning ABB’s business and affairs. Decisions made at the Board meetings are recorded in written minutes of the meetings.
Meetings and attendance
The Board and its committees have regularly scheduled meetings throughout the year. These meetings are supplemented by additional meetings (either in person or by conference call), as necessary. 2018 was a very intensive year for the Board and its committees. The table below shows the number of meetings held during 2018 by the Board and its committees, their average duration, as well as the attendance of the individual Board members. The Board meetings shown include a strategic retreat attended by the members of the Board and the EC.
(1) Gunnar Brock, Jennifer Xin‑Zhe Li and Geraldine Matchett were first elected to the Board at the March 2018 AGM.
(2) Louis R. Hughes and Ying Yeh stepped down from the Board in March 2018.
(3) One conference call post annual general meeting 2018 was attended only by the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the FACC to whom the Board had delegated authority.
Mandates of Board members outside the ABB Group
No member of the Board may hold more than ten additional mandates of which no more than four may be in listed companies. Certain types of mandates, such as those in our subsidiaries, those in the same group of companies and those in non‑profit and charitable institutions, are not subject to those limits. Additional details can be found in Article 38 of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation.
87
Business relationships between ABB and its Board members
This section describes important business relationships between ABB and its Board members, or companies and organizations represented by them. This determination has been made based on ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy. This policy is contained in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines.
Sasol Ltd (Sasol) is an important customer of ABB. ABB supplies Sasol primarily with modular systems through its Electrification Products division. David Constable was president, chief executive officer and member of the board of Sasol until June 2016.
IBM Corporation (IBM) is an important supplier to ABB. IBM supplies ABB primarily with IT related hardware, software and services. Peter R. Voser is a director of IBM.
After reviewing the level of ABB’s business with Sasol and the level of purchases from IBM, the Board has determined that ABB’s business relationships with those companies are not unusual in their nature or conditions and do not constitute material business relationships. As a result, the Board concluded that all members of the Board are considered to be independent directors. This determination was made in accordance with ABB's Related Party Transaction Policy.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Composition of the Executive Committee
Ulrich Spiesshofer |
||||||
Chief Executive Officer |
||||||
|
Corporate Officers |
|
Division Presidents |
|
Region Presidents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timo Ihamuotila |
|
Tarak Mehta |
|
Frank Duggan |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Electrification Products |
Europe |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jean‑Christophe Deslarzes |
|
Sami Atiya |
|
Chunyuan Gu |
|
|
|
Chief Human Resources Officer |
|
Robotics and Motion |
|
Asia, Middle East & Africa |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diane de Saint Victor |
|
Peter Terwiesch |
|
Greg Scheu |
|
|
General Counsel |
|
Industrial Automation |
|
Americas |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claudio Facchin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power Grids |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Committee responsibilities and organization
The Board has delegated the executive management of ABB to the CEO. The CEO and, under his direction, the other members of the Executive Committee are responsible for ABB’s overall business and affairs and day‑to‑day management. The CEO reports to the Board regularly, and whenever extraordinary circumstances so require, on the course of ABB’s business and financial performance and on all organizational and personnel matters, transactions and other issues material to the Group. Each member of the Executive Committee is appointed and discharged by the Board.
88
Members of the Executive Committee (at December 31, 2018):
Ulrich Spiesshofer was appointed Chief Executive Officer in September 2013 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2005. From January 2010 to September 2013, Mr. Spiesshofer was Head of the Discrete Automation and Motion division. He joined ABB in November 2005 as Head of Corporate Development. From 2002 until he joined ABB, he was senior partner and global head of operations practice at Roland Berger AG (Switzerland). From 1991 to 2002, he held various management positions with A.T. Kearney Ltd. and its affiliates. Mr. Spiesshofer was born in 1964 and is a Swiss and German citizen.
Timo Ihamuotila was appointed Chief Financial Officer and member of the Executive Committee in April 2017. From 2009 to 2016, Mr. Ihamuotila was chief financial officer and an executive vice president of the Nokia Corporation (Finland). From 1999 to 2009, he held various senior roles with Nokia. Mr. Ihamuotila was born in 1966 and is a Finnish citizen.
Jean‑Christophe Deslarzes was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer and member of the Executive Committee in November 2013. He is a member of the board of directors of Adecco Group AG (Switzerland). From 2010 through 2013, he was the chief human resources and organization officer of the Carrefour Group (France). From 2008 to 2010 he was the president and chief executive officer of the Downstream Aluminum Businesses of Rio Tinto (Canada). He was senior vice president human resources of Alcan Inc. (Canada) from 2006–2008 and in addition he co‑led the integration of Rio Tinto and Alcan from 2007 to 2008. From 1994 to 2006, he held various human resources and management roles with Alcan Inc. Mr. Deslarzes was born in 1963 and is a Swiss citizen.
Diane de Saint Victor was appointed General Counsel, Company Secretary and member of the Executive Committee in January 2007. She is a member of the board of directors of the American Chamber of Commerce (France). From 2013 to 2017, she was a non‑executive director of Barclays plc and Barclays Bank plc (both U.K.). From 2004 to 2006, she was general counsel of the Airbus Group (France/Germany). From 2003 to 2004, she was general counsel of SCA Hygiene Products (Germany). From 1993 to 2003, she held various legal positions with Honeywell International (France/Belgium). From 1988 to 1993, she held various legal positions with General Electric (U.S.). Ms. de Saint Victor was born in 1955 and is a French citizen.
Tarak Mehta was appointed President of the Electrification Products division effective January 2016 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since October 2010. From October 2010 through December 2015, he was President of the Low Voltage Products division. From 2007 to 2010, he was Head of ABB’s transformers business. Between 1998 and 2006, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Mehta was born in 1966 and is a U.S. citizen.
Sami Atiya was appointed President of the Robotics and Motion Division effective January 2017 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since June 2016. From June to December 2016 he was President of the Discrete Automation and Motion division. Prior to joining ABB, Mr. Atiya held senior roles at Siemens in Germany from 1997 to 2015, including as chief executive officer of the mobility and logistics division in the infrastructure and cities sector from 2011. Mr. Atiya was born in 1964 and is a German citizen.
Peter Terwiesch was appointed President of the Industrial Automation division effective January 2017 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since January 2015. He is a member of the board of directors of Metall Zug AG (Switzerland). He was the President of the Process Automation division from 2015 to 2016. From 2011 to 2014, Mr. Terwiesch was Head of ABB’s Central Europe region. He was ABB’s Chief Technology Officer from 2005 to 2011. From 1994 to 2005, he held several positions with ABB. Mr. Terwiesch was born in 1966 and is a Swiss and German citizen.
Claudio Facchin was appointed President of the Power Grids division effective January 2016 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since December 2013. From December 2013 through December 2015, he was President of the Power Systems division. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Facchin was Head of ABB’s North Asia region. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Facchin was the Head of ABB’s substations global business unit and from 1995 to 2004, he held various management roles with ABB. Mr. Facchin was born in 1965 and is an Italian citizen.
89
Frank Duggan was appointed President of the Europe region in July 2017 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2011. From 2015 to June 2017, Mr. Duggan held the role of President of the Asia, Middle East and Africa region. Prior to this from 2011 to 2014, he was Head of Global Markets. From 2008 to 2014, he was also ABB’s Region Manager for India, Middle East and Africa. From 1986 and 2011, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Duggan was born in 1959 and is an Irish citizen.
Chunyuan Gu was appointed President of the Asia, Middle East and Africa region and a member of the Executive Committee in July 2017. In addition, Mr. Gu was the Managing Director of ABB China from 2014 to 2018. From 2012 to 2013, he was the Regional Division Head of ABB’s Discrete Automation and Motion for North Asia and China. From 2010 to 2011, he was the Head of ABB’s robotics business unit in China. Before this, Mr. Gu held various management and technical roles in ABB’s robotics business in China and Sweden. Mr. Gu was born in 1958 and is a Swedish citizen.
Greg Scheu was appointed President of the Americas region as well as Head of Group Service and Business Integration in January 2015 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2012. From 2013 to 2014, he was Head of Business Integration, Group Service and North America. From 2012 to 2013, he was Head of Marketing and Customer Solutions. Mr. Scheu, a former executive of Rockwell International, joined ABB in 2001 and was responsible for the integration of both Baldor Electric Co. and of Thomas & Betts into ABB. Mr. Scheu was born in 1961 and is a U.S. citizen.
Further information about the members of the Executive Committee can be found by clicking on the Executive Committee CV link at www.abb.com/about/corporate‑governance
Mandates of EC members outside the ABB Group
No member of the EC may hold more than five additional mandates of which no more than one may be in a listed company. Certain types of mandates, such as those in our subsidiaries, those in the same group of companies and those in non‑profit and charitable institutions, are not subject to those limits. Additional details can be found in Article 38 of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation.
Business relationships between ABB and its EC members
This section describes important business relationships between ABB and its EC members, or companies and organizations represented by them. This determination has been made based on ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy. This policy is contained in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines.
Adecco Group AG (Adecco) is an important supplier to ABB. Adecco primarily supplies ABB with temporary personnel services. Jean‑Christophe Deslarzes is a director of Adecco.
ABB has an unsecured syndicated $2‑billion revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2018, Barclays Bank plc (Barclays Bank) had committed to approximately $74 million out of the $2‑billion total. In addition, ABB has regular banking business with Barclays. Diane de Saint Victor was a director of Barclays Bank and Barclays plc until May 2017.
After reviewing the level of purchases from Adecco, and after reviewing the banking commitments of Barclays, the Board has determined that ABB’s business relationships with those companies are not unusual in their nature or conditions and do not constitute material business relationships. This determination was made in accordance with ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy.
90
SHARES
Share capital of ABB
At December 31, 2018, ABB’s ordinary share capital (including treasury shares) as registered with the Commercial Register amounted to CHF 260,177,791.68, divided into 2,168,148,264 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share.
ABB Ltd’s shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (where its shares are traded in the form of American depositary shares (ADS) – each ADS representing one registered ABB share). At December 31, 2018, ABB Ltd had a market capitalization based on outstanding shares (total number of outstanding shares: 2,131,962,406) of approximately CHF 40 billion ($41 billion, SEK 364 billion). The only consolidated subsidiary in the ABB Group with listed shares is ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which is listed on the BSE Ltd. (Bombay Stock Exchange) and the National Stock Exchange of India. At December 31, 2018, ABB Ltd, Switzerland, directly or indirectly owned 75 percent of ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which at that time had a market capitalization of approximately INR 280 billion.
Stock exchange listings (At December 31, 2018)
Stock exchange |
Security |
Ticker symbol |
ISIN code |
SIX Swiss Exchange |
ABB Ltd, Zurich, share |
ABBN |
CH0012221716 |
NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange |
ABB Ltd, Zurich, share |
ABB |
CH0012221716 |
New York Stock Exchange |
ABB Ltd, Zurich, ADS |
ABB |
US0003752047 |
BSE Ltd. (Bombay Stock Exchange) |
ABB India Limited, Bangalore, share |
ABB (1) |
INE117A01022 |
National Stock Exchange of India |
ABB India Limited, Bangalore, share |
ABB |
INE117A01022 |
(1) also called Scrip ID
Share repurchases and cancellation
Under the share buyback program that ran from September 2014 to September 2016, ABB repurchased a total of 146,595,000 shares for cancellation. In 2016, 100 million shares were cancelled. At ABB’s General Meeting of Shareholders in 2017, the shareholders approved the cancellation of 46.595 million shares. This was completed in July 2017. As a result of the share cancellation in 2017, the total number of ABB’s Ltd’s issued shares is 2,168,148,264.
Changes to the ordinary share capital
In 2018, ABB paid a dividend of 0.78 Swiss francs per share relating to the year 2017. In 2017, ABB paid a dividend of 0.76 Swiss francs per share relating to the year 2016. In 2016, ABB paid its dividend relating to the year 2015 by way of a nominal value reduction in the par value of its shares from CHF 0.86 to CHF 0.12. Corresponding adjustments were made to the par value of ABB’s contingent and authorized shares.
Except for the share cancellation and nominal value reductions described above, there were no other changes to ABB’s ordinary share capital during 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Convertible bonds and options
ABB does not have any bonds outstanding that are convertible into ABB shares. For information about options on shares issued by ABB, please refer to “Note 19 Stockholders’ equity” to ABB’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
91
Contingent share capital
At December 31, 2018, ABB’s share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 24,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants granted in connection with the issuance on national or international capital markets of newly or already issued bonds or other financial market instruments.
At December 31, 2018, ABB’s share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 1,200,000 through the issuance of up to 10,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share through the exercise of warrant rights granted to its shareholders. The Board may grant warrant rights not taken up by shareholders for other purposes in the interest of ABB.
The pre‑emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments or the grant of warrant rights. The then current owners of conversion rights and/or warrants will be entitled to subscribe for new shares. The conditions of the conversion rights and/or warrants will be determined by the Board.
The acquisition of shares through the exercise of warrants and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation (see “Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration” in Shareholders section below).
In connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the advance subscription rights of shareholders if such bonds or other financial market instruments are for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, participations or new investments or an issuance on national or international capital markets. If the Board denies advance subscription rights, the convertible or warrant‑bearing bonds or other financial market instruments will be issued at the relevant market conditions and the new shares will be issued pursuant to the relevant market conditions taking into account the share price and/or other comparable instruments having a market price. Conversion rights may be exercised during a maximum ten‑year period, and warrants may be exercised during a maximum seven‑year period, in each case from the date of the respective issuance. The advance subscription rights of the shareholders may be granted indirectly.
At December 31, 2018, ABB’s share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 11,284,656 through the issuance of up to 94,038,800 fully paid shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share to employees. The pre‑emptive and advance subscription rights of ABB’s shareholders are excluded. The shares or rights to subscribe for shares will be issued to employees pursuant to one or more regulations to be issued by the Board, taking into account performance, functions, level of responsibility and profitability criteria. ABB may issue shares or subscription rights to employees at a price lower than that quoted on a stock exchange. The acquisition of shares within the context of employee share ownership and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation (see “Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration” in Shareholders section below).
92
Authorized share capital
At December 31, 2018, ABB had an authorized share capital in the amount of up to CHF 24,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 each, which is valid through April 13, 2019. The Board is authorized to determine the date of issue of new shares, the issue price, the type of payment, the conditions for the exercise of pre‑emptive rights and the beginning date for dividend entitlement. In this regard, the Board may issue new shares by means of a firm underwriting through a banking institution, a syndicate or another third party with a subsequent offer of these shares to the shareholders. The Board may permit pre‑emptive rights that have not been exercised by shareholders to expire or it may place these rights and/or shares as to which pre‑emptive rights have been granted but not exercised at market conditions or use them for other purposes in the interest of the company. Furthermore, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the pre‑emptive rights of shareholders and allocate such rights to third parties if the shares are used (1) for the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, or participations, or for new investments, or in case of a share placement, for the financing or refinancing of such transactions; or (2) for the purpose of broadening the shareholder constituency in connection with a listing of shares on domestic or foreign stock exchanges. The subscription and the acquisition of the new shares, as well as each subsequent transfer of the shares, will be subject to the restrictions of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation.
SHAREHOLDERS
As of December 31, 2018, the total number of shareholders directly registered with ABB Ltd was approximately 114,000 and another 364,000 shareholders held shares indirectly through nominees. In total as of that date, ABB had approximately 478,000 shareholders.
Significant shareholders
Investor AB, Sweden, held 232,165,142 ABB shares as of December 31, 2018. This holding represents approximately 10.71 percent of ABB’s total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2018. The number of shares held by Investor AB does not include shares held by Mr. Jacob Wallenberg, the chairman of Investor AB and a director of ABB, in his individual capacity.
Cevian Capital II GP Limited, Jersey, disclosed that as of September 8, 2017, it held 115,868,333 ABB shares. This holding represents approximately 5.34 percent of ABB’s total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2018.
BlackRock Inc., U.S., disclosed that as of August 31, 2017, it, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, held 72,900,737 ABB shares. This holding represents 3.36 percent of ABB’s total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2018.
At December 31, 2018, to the best of ABB’s knowledge, no other shareholder held 3 percent or more of ABB’s total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date.
ABB Ltd has no cross shareholdings in excess of 5 percent of capital, or voting rights with any other company.
Under ABB’s Articles of Incorporation, each registered share represents one vote. Significant shareholders do not have different voting rights. To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any government or by any other corporation or person.
Shareholders’ rights
Shareholders have the right to receive dividends, to vote and to execute such other rights as granted under Swiss law and the Articles of Incorporation.
93
Right to vote:
ABB has one class of shares and each registered share carries one vote at the general meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been registered in the share register of ABB as a shareholder with the right to vote, or with Euroclear Sweden AB (Euroclear), which maintains a subregister of the share register of ABB.
A shareholder may be represented at the Annual General Meeting by its legal representative, by another shareholder with the right to vote or by the independent proxy elected by the shareholders (unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter). If the Company does not have an independent proxy, the Board of Directors shall appoint the independent proxy for the next General Meeting of Shareholders. All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by one representative only.
For practical reasons shareholders must be registered in the share register no later than 6 business days before the general meeting in order to be entitled to vote. Except for the cases described under Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration below, there are no voting rights restrictions limiting ABB’s shareholders’ rights.
Shareholders’ dividend rights
The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. Swiss law requires that ABB Ltd retain at least 5 percent of its annual net profits as legal reserves until these reserves amount to at least 20 percent of ABB Ltd’s share capital. Any net profits remaining in excess of those reserves are at the disposal of the shareholders’ meeting.
Under Swiss law, ABB Ltd may only pay out a dividend if it has been proposed by a shareholder or the Board of Directors and approved at a general meeting of shareholders, and the auditors confirm that the dividend conforms to statutory law and ABB’s Articles of Incorporation. In practice, the shareholders’ meeting usually approves dividends as proposed by the Board of Directors.
Dividends are usually due and payable no earlier than two trading days after the shareholders’ resolution and the ex‑date for dividends is normally two trading days after the shareholders’ resolution approving the dividend. Dividends are paid out to the holders that are registered on the record date. Euroclear administers the payment of those shares registered with it. Under Swiss law, dividends not collected within five years after the due date accrue to ABB Ltd and are allocated to its other reserves. As ABB Ltd pays cash dividends, if any, in Swiss francs (subject to the exception for certain shareholders in Sweden described below), exchange rate fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs upon conversion of those cash dividends by Citibank, N.A., the depositary, in accordance with the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated May 7, 2001.
For shareholders who are residents of Sweden, ABB has established a dividend access facility (for up to 600,004,716 shares). With respect to any annual dividend payment for which this facility is made available, shareholders who register with Euroclear may elect to receive the dividend from ABB Norden Holding AB in Swedish krona (in an amount equivalent to the dividend paid in Swiss francs) without deduction of Swiss withholding tax. For further information on the dividend access facility, see ABB’s Articles of Incorporation.
94
Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration
ABB may decline a registration with voting rights if a shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights. A person failing to expressly declare in its registration / application that it holds the shares for its own account (a nominee), will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its status, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision. In special cases the Board may grant exemptions. There were no exemptions granted in 2018. The limitation on the transferability of shares may be removed by an amendment of ABB’s Articles of Incorporation by a shareholders’ resolution requiring two‑thirds of the votes represented at the meeting.
No restriction on trading of shares
No restrictions are imposed on the transferability of ABB shares. The registration of shareholders in the ABB Share register, Euroclear and the ADS register kept by Citibank does not affect transferability of ABB shares or ADSs. Registered ABB shareholders or ADR holders may therefore purchase or sell their ABB shares or ADRs at any time, including before a General Meeting regardless of the record date. The record date serves only to determine the right to vote at a General Meeting.
Duty to make a public tender offer:
ABB’s Articles of Incorporation do not contain any provisions raising the threshold (opting up) or waiving the duty (opting out) to make a public tender offer pursuant to article 32 of the Swiss Stock Exchange and Securities Trading Act.
OTHER GOVERNANCE INFORMATION
Management contracts
There are no management contracts between ABB and companies or natural persons not belonging to the ABB Group.
Change of control clauses
Board members, Executive Committee members, and other members of senior management do not receive any special benefits in the event of a change of control. However, the conditional grants under the Long Term Incentive Plan and the Management Incentive Plan may be subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control.
Employee participation programs
In order to align its employees’ interests with the business goals and financial results of the company, ABB operates a number of incentive plans, linked to ABB’s shares, such as the Employee Share Acquisition Plan, the Management Incentive Plan and the Long Term Incentive Plan. For a more detailed description of these incentive plans, please refer to “Note 18 Share‑based payment arrangements” to ABB’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Governance differences from NYSE Standards
According to the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance standards (the Standards), ABB is required to disclose significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from the Standards. ABB has reviewed the Standards and concluded that its corporate governance practices are generally consistent with the Standards, with the following significant exceptions:
95
• Swiss law requires that the external auditors be elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting rather than by the audit committee or the board of directors.
• The Standards require that all equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto be approved by the shareholders. Consistent with Swiss law such matters are decided by our Board. However, the shareholders decide about the creation of new share capital that can be used in connection with equity compensation plans.
• Swiss law requires that the members of the compensation committee are elected by the shareholders rather than appointed by our Board.
• Swiss law requires shareholders to approve the maximum aggregate Board compensation and the maximum aggregate Executive Committee compensation.
COMPENSATION
Compensation governance
Shareholder engagement
ABB’s Articles of Incorporation, approved by its shareholders, contain provisions on compensation which govern and outline the principles of compensation relating to our Board and Executive Committee (EC). They can be found on ABB’s Corporate governance website new.abb.com/about/corporate-governance and are summarized below:
• Compensation Committee (Articles 28 to 31): The Compensation Committee (CC) is composed of a minimum of three members of the Board of Directors who are elected individually by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) for a period of one year. The CC supports the Board in establishing and reviewing the compensation strategy, principles and programs, in preparing the proposals to the AGM on compensation matters and in determining the compensation of the Board and of the EC. The responsibilities of the CC are defined in more detail in the Board Regulations and Corporate Governance guidelines, which are available on ABB’s Corporate governance website.
• Compensation principles (Article 33): Compensation of the members of the Board consists of fixed compensation only, which is delivered in cash and shares (with an option to elect for shares only). Compensation of the members of the EC consists of fixed and variable compensation. Variable compensation may comprise short-term and long-term elements. Compensation may be paid in cash, shares or other benefits.
• “Say-on-pay” vote (Article 34): Shareholders approve the maximum aggregate amount of compensation of the Board for the following Board term and of the EC for the following financial year.
• Supplementary amount for new EC members (Article 35): If the maximum approved aggregate compensation amount is not sufficient to also cover the compensation of newly promoted/hired EC members, up to 30 percent of the last maximum approved aggregate amount shall be available as a supplementary amount to cover the compensation of such new EC members.
• Loans (Article 37): Loans may not be granted to members of the Board or of the EC.
Shareholders also have a consultative vote on the prior year’s Compensation Report at the AGM. The Compensation Report describes the compensation principles and programs as well as the governance framework related to the compensation of the Board and EC. The Compensation Report also provides details of the compensation paid to the members of the Board and of the EC in the prior calendar year.
96
The Compensation Report is written in accordance with the Ordinance against Excessive Remuneration in Stock Listed Corporations (Ordinance), the standard relating to information on Corporate Governance of the SIX Swiss Exchange, the rules of the stock markets of Sweden and the United States where ABB’s shares are also listed, and the principles of the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance of economiesuisse.
Authority levels in compensation matters
The CC acts in an advisory capacity while the Board retains the decision authority on compensation matters, except for the maximum aggregate compensation amounts of the Board and of the EC, which are subject to the approval of shareholders at the AGM. The authority levels of the different bodies on compensation matters are detailed in Compensation Exhibit 1.
Compensation Exhibit 1: Authority levels in compensation matters
Activities of the CC in 2018
The CC meets as often as business requires but at least four times a year. In 2018, the CC held seven meetings and performed the activities described in Compensation Exhibit 2. Details on meeting attendance of the individual CC members are provided in the section titled “Board of Directors – Meetings and attendance” above.
Compensation Exhibit 2: CC activities during 2018
EC Compensation |
Review of the EC compensation levels against external benchmarks |
Recommendation of individual compensation for EC members |
Review of the share ownership of EC members |
Performance – relating to past performance cycle |
Assessment of short-term variable compensation for 2017 |
Assessment of achievement of performance targets for Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards vesting in 2018 |
Performance – relating to forthcoming performance cycle |
Setting of short-term variable compensation targets for 2018 |
Setting of performance targets for LTIP awards granted in 2018 |
TSR and EPS evaluation methodologies |
Updates on achievement against performance targets for unvested LTIP awards |
Compliance |
Review of the Compensation Report for publication |
Preparation of maximum aggregate compensation for Board to be submitted for AGM vote |
Preparation of maximum aggregate compensation for EC to be submitted for AGM vote |
97
The Chairman of the CC reports to the full Board after each CC meeting. The minutes of the meetings are available to the members of the Board. As a general rule, the CEO, the Chief Human Resources Officer (CHRO) and the Head of Compensation and Benefits attend part of the CC meetings in an advisory capacity. The Chairman of the CC may decide to invite other executives upon consultation with the CEO, as appropriate. Executives do not attend the meetings or the parts of the meetings in which their own compensation and/or performance are being discussed.
The CC may decide to consult or retain external advisors for compensation matters. In 2018, Hostettler & Company (HCM) and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) were mandated to provide services related to executive compensation matters. HCM has no other mandate with ABB. Apart from its CC advisory role, PwC also provides human resources, tax and advisory services to ABB.
Total compensation overview
Compensation Exhibit 3: Board compensation (in CHF)
Board compensation
Policy and principles
The compensation system for the members of the Board is designed to attract and retain experienced people in the Board. Compensation of Board members takes into account the responsibilities, time and effort required to fulfill their roles on the Board and its committees. From time to time, the levels and mix of compensation of Board members are compared against the compensation of non-executive board members of publicly traded companies in Switzerland that are part of the Swiss Market Index.
The compensation of Board members is fixed. They do not receive variable compensation or pension benefits, underscoring their focus on corporate strategy, supervision and governance. In accordance with Swiss law, Board members may not receive ‘golden parachutes’ or other special benefits in the event of a change of control. Board members are paid for their service over a 12-month period that starts with their election at the AGM. Payment is made in semi‑annual installments in arrears.
In order to further align the interests of the Board members with those of ABB’s shareholders, half of their total compensation must be paid in ABB shares, although Board members may choose to receive all of their compensation in shares. The number of shares delivered is calculated prior to each semi-annual payment by dividing the monetary amount to which the Board members are entitled by the average closing price of the ABB share over a predefined 30‑day period. The shares are subject to a three-year restriction period during which they cannot be sold, transferred or pledged. Any restricted shares are unblocked when the Board member leaves the Board.
98
Structure of Board Compensation
The structure of Board compensation for the term of office from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM is described in Compensation Exhibit 5 below
Compensation Exhibit 5: Structure of Board compensation
|
Board term fee (CHF) |
Chairman of the Board (1) |
1,200,000 |
Vice-chairman of the Board (1) |
450,000 |
Member of the Board |
290,000 |
|
|
Additional committee fees: |
|
Chairman of FACC (2) |
110,000 |
Chairman of CC or GNC (2) |
60,000 |
Member of FACC (2) |
40,000 |
Member of CC or GNC (2) |
30,000 |
(1) The Chairman and the Vice-chairman do not receive any additional committee fees for their roles on the GNC. (2) CC: Compensation Committee, FACC: Finance, Audit & Compliance Committee, GNC: Governance & Nomination Committee. |
The compensation amounts paid to the Board members for the calendar year 2018 and for the term of office from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM are disclosed in Compensation Exhibits 21 and 22, respectively, in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables.”
Compensation of the Board in 2018
In 2018, the total compensation for the Board members was CHF 4.5 million and remained unchanged compared with 2017. See Compensation Exhibit 21 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below.
At the 2017 AGM, the shareholders approved a maximum aggregate compensation amount of CHF 4.4 million for the Board for the term of office 2017–2018. The compensation paid for that period amounts to CHF 4.34 million as presented in Compensation Exhibit 3 above and Compensation Exhibit 22 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below, and is therefore within the approved amount.
At the 2018 AGM, the shareholders approved a maximum aggregate compensation amount of CHF 4.7 million for the Board for the term of office 2018–2019. The compensation agreed to be paid for that period amounts to CHF 4.67 million as presented in Compensation Exhibit 3 above and Compensation Exhibit 22 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below, and is therefore within the approved amount.
Shareholdings of Board members
The members of the Board collectively owned less than 1 percent of ABB’s total shares outstanding at December 31, 2018.
Compensation Exhibit 23 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below, shows the number of ABB shares held by each Board member at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Except as described in this Compensation Exhibit, no member of the Board and no person closely linked to a member of the Board held any shares of ABB or options in ABB shares.
In 2018, ABB did not pay any fees or compensation to the members of the Board for services rendered to ABB other than those disclosed in this report. Except as disclosed in the section titled “Board of Directors ─ Business relationships between ABB and its Board members” above, ABB did not pay any additional fees or compensation in 2018 to persons closely linked to a member of the Board for services rendered to ABB.
99
Compensation of former Board members
In 2018, no payment was made to any former Board member.
Executive Committee compensation
Policy and principles
ABB’s compensation system reflects the commitment to attract, motivate and retain people with the talent necessary to strengthen ABB’s position as a pioneering technology leader in power grids, electrification products, industrial automation and robotics and motion, serving customers in utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure globally.
The compensation system is designed to provide competitive compensation and to encourage executives and employees to deliver outstanding results and create sustainable shareholder value without taking excessive risks. The compensation system balances:
• fixed and variable compensation elements;
• short-term and long-term incentives;
• the recognition of Group and individual performance.
ABB continues to increase the performance orientation of its compensation system to better align it to the Company’s strategy by having performance metrics that support the development of earnings per share (EPS) and cash return on invested capital (CROI).
Structure of EC Compensation
Overall positioning of compensation
The compensation of EC members consists of an annual base salary, standard benefits, a short-term variable component based on annual performance objectives and a long-term variable component based on long-term performance.
The Board considers several factors when reviewing and setting the individual target compensation of each EC member:
• market value of the role (external benchmark);
• individual profile of the incumbent in terms of experience and skillset;
• individual performance and potential;
• affordability for the Company.
All EC and other senior positions of ABB have been evaluated using the job evaluation methodology of the Hay Group, which is used by more than 10,000 companies around the world. This approach provides a meaningful, transparent and consistent basis for evaluating roles and for comparing compensation levels with those of equivalent jobs at other companies.
The primary source of data to assess the EC compensation is the General Pan-European Market of Hay’s annual survey “Top Executive Compensation in Europe”. The EC compensation is benchmarked against the median to upper quartile values. We also use Hay’s data on Swiss and U.S. peers, as well as a global industry peer group (see Compensation Exhibit 6).
100
Compensation Exhibit 6: Compensation benchmarks
The compensation that is ultimately paid depends on the performance of the Group and of the individual members of the EC.
Compensation structure – overview
Our compensation structure is linked to our strategy and, as illustrated in Compensation Exhibits 7 and 17, a significant portion of total compensation depends directly on performance achievement. Our fully performance‑oriented LTIP plan and the high shareholding requirement are aligned to shareholder interests.
101
Fixed compensation – annual base salary and benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
• Compensates the EC members for the role.
Operation
• Fixed annual base salary and benefits.
• Benefits consist mainly of retirement, insurance and healthcare plans that are designed to provide a reasonable level of support for the employees and their dependents in case of retirement, disability or death.
• Benefit plans vary in line with the local competitive and legal environment and are, at a minimum, in accordance with the legal requirements of the respective country.
• EC members may also be provided with certain benefits according to competitive local market practice. Tax equalization is provided for EC members resident outside Switzerland to the extent that they are not able to claim a tax credit in their country of residence for income taxes they paid in Switzerland.
Opportunity level
• Annual base salary based on the scope of responsibilities, individual experience and skill set.
• The monetary value of benefits is disclosed in Compensation Exhibit 24: EC compensation 2018.
Performance measures
• When considering changes in base salary, the executive’s performance during the preceding year against individual objectives as well as potential for the future are taken into account.
102
Short-term variable compensation
Purpose and link to strategy
• The short-term variable compensation is designed to reward EC members both for the Group’s results and their individual performance over a time horizon of one year. It allows the EC members to participate in the overall Company’s success while also being rewarded for their individual contributions.
Operation
• Annual cash awards are based on performance assessment over the given year.
Opportunity level
Compensation Exhibit 8: Opportunity level (% salary)
|
|
Target |
Maximum |
|
|
CEO |
150% |
225% |
|
|
EC |
100% |
150% |
|
Performance measures
Group objectives (see Compensation Exhibit 9) are set in connection with the annual performance management process and are mainly group financial result oriented.
Individual objectives vary by EC member. For Division and Regional Presidents, the majority are quantifiable objectives, based on financial and operational metrics for their area of responsibility; for the CEO and Corporate Officers, they are typically strategic objectives set by the Board.
Examples of quantitative individual metrics include items such as Divisional or Regional Revenue, Operational EBITA Margin, Operating Cash flow, Service Orders, or Demand Orders. Qualitative individual metrics include items such as key project delivery, talent management succession planning, and functional effectiveness.
103
For each performance objective (group and individual), a target is set corresponding to the expected level of performance that will generate a 100 percent award. Further, a minimum level of performance, below which there is no award (threshold) and a maximum level of performance, above which the award is capped at 150 percent of the target (cap), are also defined. The award percentages for achievements between the threshold, the target and the cap are determined by linear interpolations between these points.
The relative weighting and composition of Group and Individual objectives are shown in Compensation Exhibit 10 below. The majority of objectives for all EC members are quantitative in nature.
Compensation Exhibit 10: Weighting and composition of objectives for EC members for 2018
|
|
CEO |
Division and
Region
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group objectives |
80% |
35% |
35% |
|
|
Individual objectives |
20% |
65% |
65% |
|
|
Typical composition of objectives: - Qualitative - Quantitative |
20% 80% |
0-20% 80-100% |
55 - 85% |
|
|
(1) CFO, CHRO and General Counsel. |
|
Long‑term variable compensation
Purpose and link to strategy
• Aimed at driving long-term shareholder value creation in a sustainable manner. It rewards the achievement of predefined performance goals over a three-year period.
Operation
• Annual Conditional Grant under the LTIP.
• Reference grant values are defined as a percentage of base salary.
Compensation Exhibit 11: Reference grant value (% of annual base salary)
|
|
EPS measure |
TSR measure |
Total |
|
|
CEO |
100% |
100% |
200% |
|
|
EC |
50% |
50% |
100% |
|
• The reference value for the grant size for EC members as a pool may be increased or decreased by the Board by up to 12.5 percent.
• The number of shares to be granted is determined by dividing the reference value by the average share price over the period 20 trading days prior, and 20 trading days after, the date of publication of ABB’s full year financial results. Settlement of the LTIP is three years after grant, subject to achievement of performance conditions, defined prior to grant.
• The actual settlement value of awards will vary between zero and 200 percent of the reference grant according to achievement against two equally weighted performance measures, one tied to ABB’s EPS and one to ABB’s TSR (see performance measures section below).
• Delivery is 65 percent in shares and the remainder in cash, in order to facilitate the settlement of appropriate taxes, with the possibility to elect to receive 100 percent in shares.
104
• Subject to malus and clawback rules if a plan participant has been involved in any illegal activity. This means that the Board of Directors may decide not to pay any unpaid or unvested incentive compensation (malus), or may seek to recover incentive compensation that has been paid in the past (clawback).
Performance measures
TSR
• Achievement against this measure is determined by ABB’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against a defined peer group.
• The constituents of the peer group and the appropriate threshold (zero), target (100 percent) and maximum (200 percent) award points are reviewed by the CC on an annual basis.
• The TSR calculations are made for the reference period beginning in the year of the Conditional Grant and ending three years later. The evaluation is performed by an independent third party.
EPS
• Achievement against this measure is determined by ABB’s average Earnings Per Share (EPS) over a three year period.
• The average EPS result is calculated from the EPS for each of the three relevant years, divided by three.
• EPS is defined as ‘Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders, calculated using Income from continuing operations, net of taxes, unless the Board elects to calculate using Net Income for a particular year’.
• Appropriate threshold (zero), target (100 percent) and maximum (200 percent) award points are reviewed by the CC on an annual basis.
• Performance points are set using an ‘outside-in’ view, taking into account the growth expectations, risk profile, investment levels and profitability levels that are typical for the industry.
• This ‘outside-in’ approach is provided by external advisors and assumes that investors expect a risk adjusted return on their investment, which is based on market value (and not book value) and translates such expected returns over a three year period into EPS targets.
Total Wealth at Risk
Purpose and link to strategy
• To align EC members’ interests with those of shareholders in order to maintain focus on the long-term success of the Company.
• Wealth at Risk is broadly defined as two components – namely personal share ownership and unvested shares arising from the Company’s share grants, e.g. LTIP’s.
Share Ownership Programme
• EC members are required to retain all shares vested from the Company’s LTIP programs and any other share based compensation until his or her share ownership requirement is met.
105
• The share ownership requirement is equivalent to a multiple of their annual base salary, net of tax (see Compensation Exhibit 12).
• These shareholding requirements are significantly above market practice and result in a wealth at risk for each EC member which is aligned with shareholder interests.
|
Compensation Exhibit 12: Share ownership requirement |
|
|
|
CEO |
5 × annual base salary, net of tax |
|
|
Other EC members |
4 × annual base salary, net of tax |
|
• Only shares owned by an EC member and the member’s spouse are included in the share ownership calculation. Vested and unvested stock options are not considered for this purpose.
• The CC reviews the status of EC share ownership on an annual basis. It also reviews the required shareholding amounts annually, based on salary and expected share price developments.
• Two thirds of the EC members have achieved and exceeded their share ownership requirement. See Compensation Exhibits 28 and 29 for further details.
Notice period, severance provisions and non-competition clauses
Operation
Employment contracts for EC members include a notice period of 12 months, during which they are entitled to their base salary, benefits and short-term variable compensation. In accordance with Swiss law and ABB’s Articles of Incorporation, the contracts for the EC members do not allow for any severance payment.
Non-compete agreements have been entered into with the CEO and all EC members for a period of 12 months after their employment. Compensation for such agreements, if any, may not exceed the EC member’s last total annual compensation.
Compensation of the Executive Committee in 2018
Compensation Exhibit 13: Total compensation of EC members (in CHF million)
|
|
2018 |
2017 |
|
|
Base salaries |
9.9 |
10.0 |
|
|
Pension benefits |
4.7 |
4.7 |
|
|
Other benefits |
5.5 |
5.1 |
|
|
Total fixed compensation |
20.1 |
19.8 |
|
|
Short-term variable compensation |
9.1 |
10.4 |
|
|
Long-term variable compensation |
10.6 |
13.8 |
|
|
Replacement Share Grant |
0.0 |
2.6 |
|
|
Total variable compensation |
19.7 |
26.8 |
|
|
Total compensation |
39.8 |
46.6 |
|
For an overview of
compensation by individual and component, please refer to Compensation Exhibit 24
and
Compensation Exhibit 25 in “Compensation
and share ownership tables” below.
Overall positioning of compensation
The ratio of fixed to variable components in any given year depends on the performance of the individuals and of the Company against predefined performance objectives.
106
In 2018, as shown in Compensation Exhibit 14 below, the CEO’s variable compensation represented 61 percent of his total compensation (previous year: 65 percent) and an average of 46 percent for the other EC members (previous year: 55 percent). This again illustrates the significant emphasis placed on performance‑related compensation.
EC members received total compensation of CHF 39.8 million in 2018 compared with CHF 46.6 million in 2017, as presented in Compensation Exhibits 23 and 24. The change in total compensation in 2018 was principally due to the lower grant fair value of the 2018 LTIP, the non-repeating one-time replacement share grant for the CFO in 2017, representing compensation for foregone benefits from his previous employer and the lower short-term Incentive (STI) achievement level.
At the 2017 AGM, the shareholders approved a maximum aggregate compensation amount of CHF 52 million for the EC for the year 2018. The EC compensation for 2018 amounted to CHF 39.8 million and is within the approved amount.
Compensation Exhibit 14: Ratios of fixed and variable compensation components of EC members in 2018
|
107
Compensation Exhibit 15: Compensation components under various scenarios
|
Base salary
There were no increases to base salary for Executive Committee members in 2018.
2018 short-term variable compensation
2018 has been another strong year for revenues in ABB. Revenues, with a weight of 25 percent, were broadly in line with the challenging target set by the Board, with significant contributions from the Robotics and Motion and Industrial Automation Divisions. The award under this parameter amounted to 99.3 percent of target.
Operating cash flow, with a weighting of 30 percent, was below target. The award under this parameter accordingly amounted to 56.6 percent of target.
The Group continued to deliver very strong operational cost savings, which were well above target. The cost savings parameter, weighted at 10 percent, achieved a maximum 150.0 percent award.
Operational EBITA margin, with a weighting of 15 percent, and operational net income, with a weighting of 20 percent, were below targets for both measures. The award under the Operational EBITA margin parameter was 81.1 percent and the award of the operational net income parameter was 82.6 percent.
108
The combined achievement of these performance measures resulted in a 85.5 percent (2017: 91.9 percent) achievement level for the group scorecard in 2018.
With respect to individual/team objectives for each EC member, the achievement ranges between 35 percent and 112 percent of target, reflecting the financial results of their respective areas of responsibility as well as their achievements on operational performance, strategic initiatives and leadership performance.
The overall average award of short-term incentives for the entire EC was 85.1 percent of target, with a range from 52.3 percent (lowest achievement) to 102.4 percent of target (highest achievement), which reflected, for certain executives, the material weakness in controls as outlined in “Item 15. Controls and Procedures”. See Compensation Exhibit 16 below .
Compensation Exhibit 16: ‘At a Glance’ table of 2018 STI variable compensation
2018 (% of target) |
2017 (% of target) |
|
Group Objectives |
85.5% |
91.9% |
|
|
|
Individual objectives |
|
|
EC (range of outcomes): |
35.0 – 112.0% |
74.9 – 122.4% |
Overall Average: |
87.6% |
99.5% |
|
|
|
Overall outcome |
|
|
EC (range of outcomes): |
52.3 – 102.4% |
80.9 – 107.2% |
Overall Average: |
85.1% |
95.4% |
2018 long-term variable compensation
The estimated value of the share-based grants to EC members under the 2018 LTIP award was CHF 10.6 million, compared with CHF 13.8 million in 2017.
The 2018 LTIP comprises of two equally weighted performance factors, a three year average EPS and relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR), designed to be fully aligned with our Strategy, which focuses on EPS delivery and attractive shareholder returns, both on an absolute and relative basis.
The companies approved by the Board to determine ABB’s relative TSR performance for the 2018 LTIP were: 3M, Danaher, Eaton, Emerson Electric, Honeywell Intl., United Technologies, General Electric, Rockwell, Rolls Royce, Schneider Electric, Siemens, ThyssenKrupp, Legrand, Yokogawa and Mitsubishi Electric. These were selected to provide an appropriate and very challenging set of peers, and influenced the payment point setting accordingly (see Compensation Exhibit 17 below).
The 2018 LTIP award curves are illustrated in the charts below.
109
Compensation Exhibit 17: 2018 LTIP Targets
|
Threshold point: no award; target point: 100% award; maximum point: capped at 200% award; linear award between points.
The actual EPS target is not disclosed for reasons of commercial sensitivity.
|
Threshold point: TSR performance within the lower (0-25%) quartile: no award
Target point: TSR performance at the median performing company: 100% award
Maximum point: TSR performance within the upper (75-100%) quartile: 200% award
Linear award between points
2015 LTIP outcome
The 2015 LTIP was comprised of two measures - P1 (net income) and P2 (cumulative weighted EPS) measures, that further strengthened the performance orientation of the LTIP.
The net income measure fully vested at 100 per cent. The cumulative weighted EPS measure vested at 61 percent (previous year: 37 percent) out of a potential 200 percent.
Historical Vesting outcomes
The historic vesting percentages for the prior four years are shown in the table below.
110
Compensation Exhibit 18: LTIP historical actual vesting percentages (1)
|
Plan Year Of Award |
|||
|
2012 |
2013 |
2014 |
2015 |
Vesting in % of target award (target award) |
80.4% |
77.2% |
74.8% |
80.5% |
Vesting in % of maximum award (max. potential award) |
57.4% |
55.1% |
53.4% |
53.7% |
(1) Average of P1 (e.g. net income) and P2 (EPS) components
Shareholdings of EC members
The EC members owned collectively less than 1 percent of ABB’s total shares outstanding at December 31, 2018.
At December 31, 2018, members of the EC held ABB shares and conditional rights to receive shares, as shown in Compensation Exhibit 28 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below. Their holdings at December 31, 2017, are shown in Compensation Exhibit 29 in the section “Compensation and share ownership tables” below.
Members of the EC cannot participate in the Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Any MIP instruments held by EC members were awarded to them as part of the compensation they received in previous roles they held at ABB. For a more detailed description of MIP, please refer to “Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Except as described in Compensation Exhibits 28 and 29, no member of the EC and no person closely linked to a member of the EC held any shares of ABB or options on ABB shares at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Other compensation
Members of the EC are eligible to participate in the Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP), a savings plan based on stock options, which is open to employees around the world. Six members of the EC participated in the 15th annual launch of the plan in 2018. EC members who participated will, upon vesting, each be entitled to acquire up to 490 ABB shares at CHF 20.38 per share, the market share price at the start of the 2018 launch.
For a more detailed description of ESAP, please refer to “Note 18 Share‑based payment arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In 2018, ABB did not pay any fees or compensation to the members of the EC for services rendered to ABB other than those disclosed in this report. Except as disclosed in the section titled “Board of Directors ─ Business relations between ABB and its EC members” above, ABB did not pay any additional fees or compensation in 2018 to persons closely linked to a member of the EC for services rendered to ABB.
Compensation of former EC members
In 2018, certain former EC members received contractual compensation for the period after leaving the EC, as shown in Compensation Exhibit 24, footnote (5).
111
Votes on compensation at the 2019 AGM
As illustrated in Compensation Exhibit 19, the Board’s proposals to shareholders at the 2019 AGM will relate to Board compensation for the 2019–2020 term of office and EC compensation for the calendar year 2020. There will also be a non-binding vote on the 2018 Compensation Report.
Compensation Exhibit 19: Shareholders will have three separate votes on compensation at the 2019 AGM
|
In determining the proposed maximum aggregate EC compensation, the Board takes into consideration the criteria illustrated in Compensation Exhibit 20. Given the variable nature of a major portion of the compensation components, the proposed maximum aggregate EC compensation will almost always be higher than the actual award, as it must cover the potential maximum value of each component of compensation.
112
Compensation Exhibit 20: Overview of key factors affecting the determination of
maximum aggregate EC compensation
|
113
Compensation and share ownership tables
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
EMPLOYEES
A breakdown of our employees by geographic region is as follows:
|
December 31, |
||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Europe |
68,300 |
|
63,000 |
|
61,400 |
The Americas |
35,600 |
|
28,800 |
|
29,000 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
42,700 |
|
43,000 |
|
41,900 |
Total |
146,600 |
|
134,800 |
|
132,300 |
The proportion of our employees that are represented by labor unions or are the subject of collective bargaining agreements varies based on the labor practices of each country in which we operate.
122
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
At December 31, 2018, we had approximately 478,000 shareholders. Approximately 241,000 were U.S. holders, of which approximately 460 were record holders. Based on the share register, U.S. holders (including holders of ADSs) held approximately 10 percent of the total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date.
For information on major shareholders see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders—Significant shareholders”.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Affiliates and associates
In the normal course of our business, we purchase products from, sell products to and engage in other transactions with entities in which we hold an equity interest. The amounts involved in these transactions are not material to ABB Ltd. Also, in the normal course of our business, we engage in transactions with businesses that we have divested. We believe that the terms of the transactions we conduct with these companies are negotiated on an arm’s length basis.
Key management personnel
For information on important business relationships between ABB and its Board and EC members, or companies and organizations represented by them, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees” sections entitled “Board of Directors–Business Relationships between ABB and its Board members” and “Executive Committee–Business Relationships between ABB and its EC members”.
Item 8. Financial Information
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
See “Item 18. Financial Statements”.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Regulatory
In April 2014, the European Commission announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and granted ABB full immunity from fines under the its leniency program.
In February 2019, the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in certain power businesses of ABB, including flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and power transformers, and granted ABB full immunity from fines under its leniency program.
123
As a result of an internal investigation, ABB self-reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Justice (DoJ) in the United States as well as to the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) in the United Kingdom concerning certain of its past dealings with Unaoil and its subsidiaries, including alleged improper payments made by these entities to third parties. The SFO has commenced an investigation into this matter. We are cooperating fully with the authorities. At this time, it is not possible for us to make an informed judgment about the outcome of these matters.
Based on findings during an internal investigation, ABB self-reported to the SEC and the DoJ, to various authorities in South Africa and other countries as well as to certain multilateral financial institutions potential suspect payments and other compliance concerns in connection with some of the Company’s dealings with Eskom and related persons. Many of those parties have expressed an interest in, or commenced an investigation into, these matters and we are cooperating fully with them. At this time, it is not possible for us to make an informed judgment about the outcome of these matters.
General
The Company is aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against us and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, we are subject to other claims and legal proceedings, as well as investigations carried out by various law enforcement authorities. With respect to the above-mentioned claims, regulatory matters, and any related proceedings, we will bear the related costs including costs necessary to resolve them.
Liabilities recognized
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had aggregate liabilities of $221 million and $229 million, respectively, included in “Other provisions” and “Other non-current liabilities”, for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on, or reasonably predict, the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY
See “Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders—Shareholders’ rights—Shareholders’ dividend rights”.
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
Except as otherwise described in this Annual Report, there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2018.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing
MARKETS
The shares of ABB Ltd are principally traded on the SIX Swiss Exchange (under the symbol “ABBN”) and on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange (under the symbol “ABB”). ADSs of ABB Ltd have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ABB” since April 6, 2001. ABB Ltd’s ADSs are issued under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated May 7, 2001, with Citibank, N.A. as depositary. Each ADS represents one share.
There were no suspensions in the trading of our shares in 2018, 2017 or 2016.
124
Item 10. Additional Information
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
This section summarizes the material provisions of ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations relating to the shares of ABB Ltd. The description is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report, ABB Ltd’s filings with the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) and Swiss statutory law.
Registration and Business Purpose
ABB Ltd was registered as a corporation ( Aktiengesellschaft ) in the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) on March 5, 1999, under the name of “New ABB Ltd” and its name was subsequently changed to “ABB Ltd”. Its commercial register number is CHE‑101.049.653.
ABB Ltd’s purpose, as set forth in Article 2 of its Articles of Incorporation, is to hold interests in business enterprises, particularly in enterprises active in the areas of industry, trade and services. It may acquire, encumber, exploit or sell real estate and intellectual property rights in Switzerland and abroad and may also finance other companies. It may engage in all types of transactions and may take all measures that appear appropriate to promote, or that are related to, its purpose. Finally, in pursuing its purpose, ABB Ltd shall strive for long-term sustainable value creation.
Our Shares
ABB Ltd’s shares are registered shares ( Namenaktien ) with a par value of CHF 0.12 each. The shares are fully paid and non‑assessable. The shares rank pari passu in all respects with each other, including in respect of entitlements to dividends, to a share of the liquidation proceeds in the case of a liquidation of ABB Ltd, to advance subscription rights and to pre‑emptive rights.
Each share carries one vote in ABB Ltd’s general shareholders’ meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been recorded in ABB Ltd’s share register ( Aktienbuch ) as a shareholder with voting rights, or with Euroclear Sweden AB in Sweden, which maintains a subregister of ABB Ltd’s share register. Euroclear Sweden AB is an authorized central securities depository under the Swedish Act on Registration of Financial Instruments and carries out, among other things, the duties of registrar for Swedish companies listed on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange. Registration with voting rights is subject to the restrictions described in “Transfer of Shares”.
The shares are not issued in certificated form and are held in collective custody at SIX SIS AG. Shareholders do not have the right to request printing and delivery of share certificates ( aufgehobener Titeldruck ), but may at any time request ABB Ltd to issue a confirmation of the number of registered shares held.
Capital Structure
For a description of ABB Ltd’s capital structure (including issued shares, contingent share capital and authorized share capital) and its dividend policy, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shares” and “Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy”.
Transfer of Shares
The transfer of shares is effected by corresponding entry in the books of a bank or depository institution. An acquirer of shares must file a share registration form in order to be registered in ABB Ltd’s share register as a shareholder with voting rights. Failing such registration, the acquirer will not be able to participate in or vote at shareholders’ meetings, but will be entitled to dividends, pre‑emptive and advanced subscription rights, and liquidation proceeds.
125
An acquirer of shares will be recorded in ABB Ltd’s share register with voting rights upon disclosure of its name and address. However, ABB Ltd may decline a registration with voting rights if the shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights. A person failing to declare in its registration application that it holds shares for its own account (a nominee), will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its status, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision.
After having given the registered shareholder or nominee the right to be heard, the Board of Directors may cancel registrations in the share register retroactive to the date of registration if such registrations were made on the basis of incorrect information. The relevant shareholder or nominee will be informed promptly as to the cancellation. The Board of Directors will oversee the details and issue the instructions necessary for compliance with the preceding regulations. In special cases, it may grant exemptions from the rule concerning nominees.
Acquirers of registered shares who have chosen to have their shares registered in the share register with Euroclear Sweden AB are not requested to file a share registration form or declare that they have acquired the shares in their own name and for their own account in order to be registered as a shareholder with voting rights. However, in order to be entitled to vote at a shareholders’ meeting those acquirers need to be entered in the Euroclear Sweden AB share register in their own name no later than six business days prior to the shareholders’ meeting. Holders of such shares are also able to attend shareholders’ meetings. Uncertificated shares registered with Euroclear Sweden AB may be pledged in accordance with Swedish law.
Except as described in this subsection, neither the Swiss Code of Obligations nor ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation limit any right to own ABB Ltd’s shares, or any rights of non‑resident or foreign shareholders to exercise voting rights of ABB Ltd’s shares.
Shareholders’ Meetings
Under Swiss law, the annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months after the end of ABB Ltd’s fiscal year. Annual general meetings of shareholders are convened by the board of directors, liquidators or representatives of bondholders or, if necessary, by the statutory auditors. The board of directors is further required to convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders if so resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting of shareholders or if so requested by one or more shareholders holding in aggregate at least 10 percent of ABB Ltd’s share capital. A general meeting of shareholders is convened by publishing a notice in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce ( Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt ) at least 20 days prior to the meeting date. In addition, ABB publishes notices for its general meetings in certain newspapers as well as on its website. Such notices contain information as to procedures to be followed by shareholders in order to participate and exercise voting rights at the shareholders’ meetings.
One or more shareholders whose combined holdings represent an aggregate par value of at least CHF 48,000 may require, in the form of a written request, 40 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders that specific items and proposals be included on the agenda and voted on at the next general meeting of shareholders.
The following powers are vested exclusively in the general meeting of the shareholders:
• adoption and amendment of the Articles of Incorporation,
• election of members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the members of the Compensation Committee, the auditors and the independent proxy,
• approval of the annual management report and the consolidated financial statements,
• approval of the annual financial statements and decision on the allocation of profits shown on the balance sheet, in particular with regard to dividends,
126
• approval of the compensation of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee pursuant to ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation,
• granting discharge to the members of the Board of Directors and the persons entrusted with management, and
• passing resolutions as to all matters reserved to the authority of the shareholders’ meeting by law or under ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation or that are submitted to the shareholders’ meeting by the Board of Directors to the extent permitted by law.
There is no provision in ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation requiring a quorum for the holding of shareholders’ meetings.
Resolutions and elections usually require the approval of an “absolute majority” of the shares represented at a shareholders’ meeting (i.e. a majority of the shares represented at the shareholders’ meeting with abstentions having the effect of votes against the resolution). If the first ballot fails to result in an election and more than one candidate is standing for election, the presiding officer will order a second ballot in which a relative majority (i.e. a majority of the votes) shall be decisive.
A resolution passed with a qualified majority (at least two‑thirds) of the shares represented at a shareholders’ meeting is required for:
• a modification of the purpose of ABB Ltd,
• the creation of shares with increased voting powers,
• restrictions on the transfer of registered shares and the removal of those restrictions,
• restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of those restrictions,
• an authorized or conditional increase in share capital,
• an increase in share capital through the conversion of capital surplus, through an in‑kind contribution or in exchange for an acquisition of property, and the grant of special benefits,
• the restriction or denial of pre‑emptive rights,
• a transfer of ABB Ltd’s place of incorporation, and
• ABB Ltd’s dissolution.
In addition, the introduction of any provision in ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation providing for a qualified majority must be resolved in accordance with such qualified majority voting requirements.
Pursuant to the Swiss Federal Merger Act, special quorum rules apply by law to a merger ( Fusion ) (including a possible squeeze‑out merger), de‑merger ( Spaltung ), or conversion ( Umwandlung ) of ABB Ltd.
127
At shareholders’ meetings, shareholders can be represented by proxy, but only by their legal representative, another shareholder with the right to vote, or the independent proxy elected by the shareholders ( unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter ). All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by only one representative. Votes are taken on a show of hands unless a secret ballot is required by the general meeting of shareholders or the presiding officer. The presiding officer may arrange for resolutions and elections to be carried out by electronic means. As a result, resolutions and elections carried out by electronic means will be deemed to have the same effect as secret ballots. The presiding officer may at any time order that a resolution or election decided by a show of hands be repeated through a secret ballot if, in his view, the results of the vote are in doubt. In this case, the preceding decision by a show of hands shall be deemed to have not occurred.
Only shareholders registered in ABB Ltd’s share register with the right to vote are entitled to participate at shareholders’ meetings. See “—Transfer of Shares”. For practical reasons, shareholders must be registered in the share register with the right to vote no later than six business days prior to a shareholders’ meeting in order to be entitled to participate and vote at such shareholders’ meeting.
Holders of Euroclear Sweden AB‑registered shares are provided with financial and other information on ABB Ltd in the Swedish language in accordance with regulatory requirements and market practice. For shares that are registered in the system of Euroclear Sweden AB in the name of a nominee, such information is to be provided by the nominee.
Pre‑emptive Rights
Shareholders of a Swiss corporation have certain pre‑emptive rights to subscribe for new shares issued in connection with capital increases in proportion to the nominal amount of their shares held. A resolution adopted at a shareholders’ meeting with a supermajority of two‑thirds of the shares represented may, however, repeal, limit or suspend (or authorize the board of directors to repeal, limit or suspend) pre‑emptive rights for cause. Cause includes an acquisition of a business or a part thereof, an acquisition of a participation in a company or the grant of shares to employees. In addition, based on Article 4bis para. 1 and para. 4 of ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation, pre‑emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant‑bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, shares to employees of ABB issued out of ABB Ltd’s contingent share capital or the grant of warrant rights to shareholders, or may be restricted or denied by the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd under certain circumstances as set forth in Article 4ter of ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shares”.
Advance Subscription Rights
Shareholders of a Swiss corporation may have an advance subscription right with respect to bonds and other instruments issued in connection with options or conversion rights for shares if such option or conversion rights are based on the corporation’s conditional capital. However, the shareholders’ meeting can, with a supermajority of two‑thirds of the shares represented at the meeting, exclude or restrict (or authorize the board of directors to exclude or restrict) such advance subscription rights for cause. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shares—Contingent share capital”.
Borrowing Power
Neither Swiss law nor ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation restrict in any way ABB Ltd’s power to borrow and raise funds. The decision to borrow funds is taken by or under the direction of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, and no shareholders’ resolution is required.
128
Repurchase of Shares
Swiss law limits a corporation’s ability to repurchase or hold its own shares. ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries may only repurchase shares if ABB Ltd has sufficient freely distributable reserves to pay the purchase price, and the aggregate nominal value of such shares does not exceed 10 percent of ABB Ltd’s total share capital. Furthermore, ABB Ltd must create a special reserve on its balance sheet in the amount of the purchase price of the acquired shares. Such shares held by ABB Ltd or its subsidiaries do not carry any rights to vote at shareholders’ meetings, but are entitled to the economic benefits applicable to the shares generally and are considered to be “outstanding” under Swiss law.
Notices
Written communication by ABB Ltd to its shareholders will be sent by ordinary mail to the last address of the shareholder or authorized recipient entered in the share register. To the extent that personal notification is not mandated by law, all communications to the shareholders are validly made by publication in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce ( Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt ). To the extent required by the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange, or the New York Stock Exchange, notices will be published in accordance with the rules of those exchanges. All such shareholder notices will also be published on ABB’s website.
Duration, Liquidation and Merger
The duration of ABB Ltd as a legal entity is unlimited. It may be dissolved at any time by a shareholders’ resolution which must be approved by a supermajority of two‑thirds of the shares represented at the general meeting of shareholders (this supermajority requirement applies in the event of a dissolution by way of liquidation or a merger where ABB Ltd is not the surviving entity). Dissolution by court order is possible if it becomes bankrupt or if holders of at least 10 percent of its share capital registered in the commercial register can establish cause for dissolution.
Under Swiss law, any surplus arising out of a liquidation of a corporation (after the settlement of all claims of all creditors) is distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the paid‑up par value of shares held, but this surplus is subject to Swiss withholding tax of 35 percent (see “—Taxation” below).
Disclosure of Major Shareholders
Under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who directly or indirectly acquire or sell shares of a listed Swiss corporation or rights based thereon and thereby reach, exceed or fall below the thresholds of 3 percent, 5 percent, 10 percent, 15 percent, 20 percent, 25 percent, 33 1 / 3 percent, 50 percent or 66 2 / 3 percent of the voting rights of the corporation must notify the corporation and the exchange(s) in Switzerland on which such shares are listed of such holdings in writing within four trading days, whether or not the voting rights can be exercised. Following receipt of such a notification, the corporation must inform the public within two trading days.
An additional disclosure requirement exists under the Swiss Code of Obligations, according to which ABB Ltd must disclose individual shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert and their shareholdings if they hold more than 5 percent of all voting rights and ABB Ltd knows or has reason to know of such major shareholders. Such disclosures must be made once a year in the notes to the financial statements as published in its annual report. For a list of our major shareholders, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders”.
129
Mandatory Offering Rules
Under the Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who acquire more than 33 1 / 3 percent of the voting rights (whether exercisable or not) of a listed Swiss company have to submit a takeover bid to all remaining shareholders unless the articles of incorporation of the company provide for an alteration of this obligation. ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation do not provide for any alterations of the acquiror’s obligations under the Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act. The mandatory offer obligation may be waived under certain circumstances, for example if another shareholder owns a higher percentage of voting rights than the acquiror. A waiver from the mandatory bid rules may be granted by the Swiss Takeover Board. If no waiver is granted, the mandatory takeover bid must be made pursuant to the procedural rules set forth in the Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act and the implementing ordinances.
Other than the rules discussed in this section and in the section above entitled “—Duration, Liquidation and Merger” and “—Shareholders’ Meetings” (which reflect mandatory provisions of Swiss law), no provision of ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring of ABB (or any of its subsidiaries) and have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of ABB.
Cancellation of Remaining Equity Securities
Under Swiss law, any offeror who has made a tender offer for the shares of a Swiss target company and who, as a result of such offer, holds more than 98 percent of the voting rights of the target company, may petition the court to cancel the remaining equity securities. The corresponding petition must be filed against the target company within three months after the lapse of the offer period. The remaining shareholders may join in the proceedings. If the court orders cancellation of the remaining equity securities, the target company will reissue the equity securities and deliver such securities to the offeror against performance of the offer for the benefit of the holders of the cancelled equity securities.
Directors and Officers
For further information regarding the material provisions of ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations regarding directors and officers, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees— Board Of Directors—Board governance”.
Auditors
The auditors are elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Pursuant to ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation, their term of office is one year.
KPMG AG, Switzerland, assumed the sole auditing mandate of the consolidated financial statements of the ABB Group beginning in the year ended December 31, 2018. The auditor in charge and responsible for the mandate, Hans-Dieter Krauss, began serving in this capacity in respect of the financial year ended December 31, 2018.
See “Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services” for information regarding the fees paid to KPMG AG.
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
The following descriptions of the material provisions of the referenced agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the agreements which have been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report.
130
Sale and Purchase agreement relating to the planned divestment of the Power Grids business
On December 17, 2018, ABB Ltd (the Seller) entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with Hitachi Ltd (the Purchaser) for the sale and purchase of 80.1% of the shares of ABB Management Holding AG (or such other entity as agreed between the Seller and the Purchaser). See Exhibit 4.6 to this Annual Report.
Revolving Credit Facility
On May 23, 2014, ABB entered into a syndicated $2‑billion five‑year revolving credit facility with the right to extend for up to two additional years in accordance with its terms. For a description of the facility, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility” and “Note 12 Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.
2012 Notes Indenture
On May 8, 2012, ABB’s subsidiary, ABB Finance (USA) Inc., issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.625% notes due 2017, $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.875% notes due 2022 and $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.375% notes due 2042 under an Indenture and a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2012, among ABB Finance (USA) Inc., ABB and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “2012 Indenture”). The notes due in 2017 were repaid at maturity. Pursuant to the terms of the 2012 Indenture, ABB has fully and unconditionally guaranteed payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the outstanding notes. See Exhibits 4.2 and 4.3 to this Annual Report.
2018 Notes Indenture
On April 3, 2018, ABB’s subsidiary, ABB Finance (USA) Inc., issued (i) $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.8% notes due 2020 (ii) $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.375% notes, due 2023, and (iii) $750,000,000 million aggregate principal amount of 3.8% notes under an Indenture and a First Supplemental Indenture dated, dated as of April 3, 2018, among ABB Finance (USA) Inc., ABB and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “2018 Indenture”). Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Indenture, ABB has fully and unconditionally guaranteed payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the outstanding notes. See Exhibits 4.4 and 4.5 to this Annual Report.
EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Other than in connection with Swiss government sanctions imposed on Belarus, the Republic of Burundi, the Central African Republic, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Guinea, the Islamic Republic of Iran, the Republic of Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, the Republic of Mali, Myanmar (Burma), the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (North Korea), the Republic of Guinea‑Bissau, Somalia, the Republic of South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Venezuela, Yemen, Zimbabwe, persons and organizations with connection to the late Osama bin Laden, the “al Qaeda” group or the Taliban, certain persons connected with the assassination of Rafik Hariri and certain measures in connection with the prevention of circumvention of international sanctions in connection with the situation in the Ukraine, there are currently no laws, decrees or regulations in Switzerland that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, Swiss foreign exchange controls on payment of dividends, interest or liquidation proceeds, if any, to non‑Swiss resident holders of shares. In addition, there are no limitations imposed by Swiss law or ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation on the rights of non‑Swiss residents or non‑Swiss citizens as shareholders to hold shares or to vote.
131
TAXATION
Swiss Taxation
Withholding Tax on Dividends and Other Distributions
Dividends paid and similar cash or in‑kind distributions that we make to a holder of shares or ADSs (including dividends on liquidation proceeds and stock dividends and taxable income resulting from partial liquidation) are subject to a Swiss federal withholding tax at a rate of 35 percent. A repurchase of shares by us for the purpose of a capital reduction is defined as a partial liquidation of the Company. In this case, the difference between the nominal value of the shares and their repurchase price is qualified as taxable income. The same would be true upon a repurchase of shares if we were not to dispose of the repurchased shares within six years after the repurchase, or if 10 percent of outstanding shares were exceeded. We must withhold the tax from the gross distribution and pay it to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.
Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents
The Convention between the Swiss Confederation and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation with Respect to Taxes on Income, which entered into force on December 19, 1997 and which we will refer to in the following discussion as the Treaty, allows U.S. resident individuals or U.S. corporations to seek a refund of the Swiss withholding tax paid in respect of our shares or ADSs if they qualify for benefits under the Treaty. U.S. resident individuals and U.S. corporations holding less than 10 percent of the voting rights in respect of our shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld exceeds 15 percent of the gross dividend or other distribution. U.S. corporations holding 10 percent or more of the voting rights of our shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld exceeds 5 percent of the gross dividend or other distribution. Qualifying U.S. pension or other retirement arrangements that do not control the Company are entitled to seek a full refund of withholding tax.
Claims for refunds must be filed with the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, Eigerstrasse 65, 3003 Bern, Switzerland, no later than December 31 of the third year following the calendar year in which the dividend or similar distribution became payable. The form used for obtaining a refund is Swiss Tax Form 82 (82C for companies; 82E for other entities; 82I for individuals; 82R for regulated investment companies (RICs)). This form may be obtained from any Swiss Consulate General in the United States, from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration at the address above or under www.estv.admin.ch . The form must be filled out in triplicate with each copy duly completed and signed before a notary public in the United States. The form must be accompanied by evidence of the deduction of withholding tax withheld at the source (including tax voucher issued by the custodian bank).
Stamp Duties upon Transfer of Securities
The sale of shares or ADSs, whether by Swiss resident or non‑resident holders, may be subject to a Swiss securities transfer stamp duty of up to 0.15 percent calculated on the sale proceeds if it occurs through or with a Swiss bank or other Swiss securities dealer as defined in the Swiss Federal Stamp Tax Act. In addition to the stamp duty, the sale of shares or ADSs by or through a member of the SIX Swiss Exchange may be subject to a stock exchange levy.
132
United States Taxes
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership by U.S. holders (defined below) of shares or ADSs. This summary does not purport to address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of shares or ADSs. This summary assumes that U.S. holders hold shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, partnerships owning shares or ADSs, tax‑exempt entities, banks and other financial institutions, regulated investment companies, traders in securities that elect to apply a mark‑to‑market method of accounting, insurance companies, holders that own (or are deemed to own) at least 10 percent or more (by voting power or value) of the stock of ABB, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the shares or ADSs being taken into account in an applicable financial statement, persons that will hold shares or ADSs as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction for U.S. tax purposes and persons who are not U.S. holders. This discussion does not address aspects of U.S. taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation, nor does it address state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs.
This summary is based (i) on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date of this registration statement and (ii) in part, on representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. The U.S. tax laws and regulations and the interpretation thereof are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
• a citizen or individual resident of the United States,
• a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state, including the District of Columbia,
• an estate if its income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or
• a trust if such trust validly has elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and (ii) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions.
If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds shares or ADSs you should consult your tax advisor.
Each prospective purchaser should consult the purchaser’s tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of shares or ADSs.
133
Ownership of ADSs in General, and Exchange of ADSs for Shares
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by the ADSs, and the following discussion assumes that such treatment will be respected. If so, no gain or loss will be recognized upon an exchange of shares for ADSs or an exchange of ADSs for shares. The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the beneficial ownership of the underlying shares. Accordingly, the creditability of foreign taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, if any, as described below, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and ABB.
Distributions
In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution (other than certain distributions, if any, of shares distributed to all shareholders of ABB, including holders of ADSs) made to you with respect to shares or ADSs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the distribution, will constitute dividends and be includible in gross income in the year received to the extent of ABB’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles).
Non‑corporate U.S. holders generally will be taxed on such distributions at the lower rates applicable to long‑term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) with respect to distributions during 2018, provided that the U.S. holder meets certain holding period and other requirements and provided that such distributions constitute “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions treated as dividends will not be treated as “qualified dividends” if we were to be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (PFIC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the year that the dividend is paid or in the year prior to the year that the dividend is paid. Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets and the nature of its business, ABB believes that it will not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2018 and does not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2019. ABB’s status in the current year and in future years will depend on its assets and activities in those years. ABB has no reason to believe that its assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause it to be classified as a PFIC. However, as PFIC status is a factual matter that depends on, among other things, the composition of the income and assets, and the market value of the assets as reflected in market capitalization, of ABB and its subsidiaries that must be determined annually at the close of each taxable year, there can be no certainty regarding ABB’s PFIC status in any particular year until the end of that year. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability to them of the reduced dividend rate in light of their own particular circumstances and the consequences to them if ABB were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year.
Dividends paid to U.S. corporate holders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.
If you are a U.S. holder and distributions with respect to shares or ADSs exceed ABB’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, then the excess generally would be treated first as a tax‑free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the shares or ADSs. Any amount in excess of the amount of the dividend and the return of capital generally would be treated as capital gain. ABB does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, so a U.S. holder should expect all cash distributions to be reported as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
134
If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends paid in Swiss francs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the dividends, will be included in your gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Swiss francs calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are includible in income. In the case of ADSs, dividends generally are includible in income on the date they are received by the depositary, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If dividends paid in Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are includible in income, then you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the conversion. However, any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of Swiss francs between the time of the receipt of dividends paid in Swiss francs and the time the Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss to you, as the case may be. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of the property on the date of distribution.
If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends received by you with respect to shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Swiss tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. However, to the extent that you would be entitled to a refund of Swiss withholding taxes pursuant to the U.S.‑Switzerland tax treaty, you may not be eligible for a U.S. foreign tax credit with respect to the amount of such withholding taxes which may be refunded, even if you fail to claim the refund. See “—Swiss Taxation—Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents”. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by ABB generally will constitute passive income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit.
Sale, Exchange or other Taxable Disposition of Shares or ADSs
If you are a U.S. holder that holds shares or ADSs as capital assets, then you generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of your shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the shares or ADSs and the amount realized on their disposition. If you are a non‑corporate U.S. holder, the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to the gain is generally lower than the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (other than certain dividends) if your holding period for the shares or ADSs exceeds one year (i.e., long term capital gains). If you are a U.S. holder, then the gain or loss, if any, recognized by you generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as the case may be, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
If you are a U.S. holder and you receive any foreign currency on the disposition of shares or ADSs, the amount realized will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of taxable disposition. If the shares are treated as traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. holder and an accrual basis U.S. holder who has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in foreign currency by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the disposition. An accrual basis U.S. holder that does not make the special election will recognize U.S. source ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of the disposition of the shares or ADSs, as the case may be.
135
Medicare Tax
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts must pay a 3.8 percent tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). A U.S. holder’s net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of shares or ADSs, unless such income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in shares or ADSs.
Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
Certain U.S. holders who are individuals (and certain entities) that hold an interest in “specified foreign financial assets” (which may include the shares) are required to report information relating to such assets, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). Penalties can apply if U.S. holders fail to satisfy such reporting requirements. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this requirement on their ownership and disposition of the shares.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non‑corporate holders of stock. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs made within the United States to a holder of shares or ADSs (other than an exempt recipient, including a corporation, a payee that is not a U.S. holder that provides an appropriate certification, and certain other persons).
A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs within the United States to you, unless you are an exempt recipient, if you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fail to establish an exception from backup withholding tax requirements. U.S. holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W‑9. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you may be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
THE ABOVE SUMMARIES ARE NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OR ADSs. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF SHARES OR ADSs SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS.
DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, including this Annual report and the exhibits thereto, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Our annual reports on Form 20-F, reports on Form 6-K and some of the other information we submit to the SEC may be accessed through this Web site. In addition, material that we file can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.
136
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market Risk Disclosure
The continuously evolving financial markets and the dynamic business environment expose us to changes in foreign exchange, interest rate and other market price risks. We have developed and implemented comprehensive policies, procedures, and controls to identify, mitigate, and monitor financial risk on a company‑wide basis. To efficiently aggregate and manage financial risks that could impact our financial performance, we operate a Group Treasury Operations function. Our Group Treasury Operations provides an efficient source of liquidity, financing, risk management and other global financial services to the ABB Group companies. Our policies do not allow our Group Treasury Operations or ABB Group companies to perform speculative trading. Market risk management activities are focused on mitigating material financial risks resulting from our global operating and financing activities.
Group Treasury Operations maintains risk management control systems to monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risks and exposures arising from our underlying business, as well as the associated hedge positions. Our written policies govern how such exposures are managed. Financial risks are monitored using a number of analytical techniques including market value and sensitivity analysis. The following quantitative analyses are based on sensitivity analysis tests, which assume parallel shifts of interest rate yield curves, and foreign exchange rates and equity prices.
Currency Fluctuations and Foreign Exchange Risk
It is our policy to identify and manage all transactional foreign exchange exposures to minimize risk. With the exception of certain financing subsidiaries and to the extent certain operating subsidiaries are domiciled in high inflation environments, the functional currency of each of our companies is considered to be its local currency. Our policies require our subsidiaries to hedge all contracted foreign exchange exposures, as well as a portion of their forecast exposures, against their local currency. These transactions are undertaken mainly with our Group Treasury Operations.
We have foreign exchange transaction exposures related to our global operating and financing activities in currencies other than the functional currency in which our entities operate. Specifically, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to future earnings, assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The most significant currency exposures relate to operations in the Eurozone area, Sweden and Switzerland. In addition, we are exposed to currency risk associated with translating our functional currency financial statements into our reporting currency, which is the U.S. dollar.
Our operating companies are responsible for identifying their foreign currency exposures and entering into intercompany derivative contracts with Group Treasury Operations, where legally possible, to hedge their exposures. Where local laws restrict our operating companies from entering into intercompany derivatives with Group Treasury Operations, derivative contracts are entered into locally with third‑party financial institutions. The intercompany transactions have the effect of transferring the operating companies’ currency risk to Group Treasury Operations, but create no additional market risks on a consolidated basis. Group Treasury Operations then manages this risk by entering into offsetting transactions with third‑party financial institutions. According to our policy, material net currency exposures are required to be hedged and are primarily hedged with forward foreign exchange contracts. The majority of the foreign exchange hedge instruments have, on average, a maturity of less than twelve months. Group Treasury Operations also hedges currency risks arising from monetary intercompany balances, primarily loans receivable from other ABB companies.
137
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net fair value of financial instruments with exposure to foreign currency rate movements was an asset of $2,150 million and $700 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in foreign exchange rates against our position would be approximately $405 million and $387 million for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The analysis reflects the aggregate adverse foreign exchange impact associated with transaction exposures, as well as translation exposures where appropriate. Our sensitivity analysis assumes a simultaneous shift in exchange rates against our positions exposed to foreign exchange risk and as such assumes an unlikely adverse case scenario. Exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. Therefore, the assumption of a simultaneous shift may overstate the impact of changing rates on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The underlying trade‑related transaction exposures of the industrial companies are not included in the quantitative analysis. If these underlying transaction exposures were included, they would tend to have an offsetting effect on the potential loss in fair value detailed above.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk due to our financing, investing, and liquidity management activities. Our operating companies primarily invest excess cash with, and receive funding from, our Group Treasury Operations on an arm’s length basis. It is our policy that the primary third‑party funding and investing activities, as well as the monitoring and management of the resulting interest rate risk, are the responsibility of Group Treasury Operations. Group Treasury Operations adjusts the duration of the overall funding portfolio through derivative instruments in order to better match underlying assets and liabilities, as well as minimize the cost of capital.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net fair value of instruments subject to Interest Rate Risk was a liability of $4,792 million and $2,021 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such instruments from a hypothetical 100 basis points parallel shift in interest rates against our position (or a multiple of 100 basis points where 100 basis points is less than 10 percent of the interest rate) would be approximately $251 million and $221 million, for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Equity Risk
Certain of our entities have equity investments that expose us to equity price risk. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net fair value of equity risk sensitive instruments was an asset of $7 million and $42 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying equity prices against our position would be approximately $2 million and $15 million, for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Commodity Risk
We enter into commodity derivatives to hedge certain of our raw material exposures. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net fair value of commodity derivatives was a liability of $18 million and an asset of $35 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such commodity hedging derivatives from a hypothetical adverse 10 percent move against our position in the underlying commodity prices would be approximately $45 million and $36 million for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. A portion of our commodity derivatives are denominated in euro. The foreign exchange risk arising on such contracts has been excluded from the calculation of the potential loss in fair value from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying commodity prices as discussed above.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
American Depositary Shares
Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly‑issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn may charge these transaction fees to their clients.
138
Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date. The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, rights offerings), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or un‑certificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts via the central clearing and settlement system, The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the depositary bank, generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.
In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set‑off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.
Depositary fees are as follows:
Depositary Service |
Fee |
Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares |
Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued. |
Delivery of deposited security against surrender of ADSs |
Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered. |
Distribution of dividend |
Up to $2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held. |
Distribution of cash proceeds |
Up to $2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held. |
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights |
Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued. |
Depositary Payments
In 2018, we received reimbursements from Citibank N.A., the Depositary Bank of our ADS program, of approximately $4 million to help cover costs related to our ADS program. Those costs, in addition to costs associated with compliance with U.S. securities laws, include expenses such as listing fees, proxy expenses, printing and distribution of reports, and other investor relations‑related activities.
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None
139
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Our Chief Executive Officer, Ulrich Spiesshofer, and Chief Financial Officer, Timo Ihamuotila, with the participation of key corporate senior management and management of key corporate functions, performed an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2018. Based on that evaluation, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, as a result of the material weakness related to information technology controls described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting
The Board of Directors and management of the ABB Group are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a‑15(f) of the Exchange Act.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting excludes the evaluation of the internal controls over financial reporting for GE Industrial Solutions (GEIS), which was acquired on June 30, 2018. GEIS represents $3.8 billion of Total assets of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and $1.3 billion of Total revenues of the Company for the year then ended.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have identified a material weakness in our information technology general controls (ITGCs) based on deficiencies in selection, development and monitoring of control activities in ITGCs. We did not maintain sufficient user access or segregation of duties controls in certain applications in North America as well as for select Group applications. As a result of these deficiencies, the process level controls dependent on the affected applications, could not be relied upon.
This material weakness did not result in any misstatements in the financial statements. However, due to the existence of the material weakness, a reasonable possibility exists that material misstatements in the Company’s financial statements would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We completed additional substantive procedures prior to filing this annual report to ensure that the financial statements, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, were not materially misstated. Based on these procedures no adjustments to our financial statements were required.
140
Based on its evaluation, our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, as a result of the material weakness described above, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.
KPMG AG, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, included in this annual report, has issued an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the ABB Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.
Remediation plans
We are actively implementing a remediation plan to ensure that controls contributing to this material weakness are designed appropriately and will operate effectively. The remediation actions we are taking and expect to take include the following:
· improve the identification of financially relevant applications and the selection, development, and monitoring of control activities and procedures to more appropriately address user access rights and segregation of duties for affected applications,
· formalize information technology application review requirements to ensure proper identification of risks related to financial reporting and appropriately design controls, and
· enhance training of our personnel and clearly communicate control responsibilities.
Report of the independent registered public accounting firm
KPMG’s opinion on the effectiveness of the ABB Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, is included in “Item 18. Financial Statements”.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
In 2018, we continued consolidating and standardizing the structure of our shared service centers, mainly impacting the controls applicable to transactions within finance, human resources, information systems and supply chain management functions. The Global Business Services (GBS) and Center of Expertise (CoE) for Controlling and Planning setup has involved changes in personnel as well as changes in the location of performance for some controls; however, the basic internal control over financial reporting framework has not significantly changed.
In 2018, we also continued improving our control environment due to the changing landscape of our business that requires additional attention to maintain internal controls over financial reporting. We enhanced and elevated internal communications on the importance and understanding of internal control over financial reporting, we implemented a risk and controls accountability framework to reinforce understanding of roles and responsibilities including consequence management, and reorganized and enhanced the competency of our financial reporting group.
In 2018, in addition to the material weakness identified in select Group applications described above, we also identified control deficiencies relating to ineffective ITGCs over other Group applications. During 2018, we remediated these ITGC control deficiencies related to these other Group applications by improving the design of control activities and related procedures. We completed our testing of the operating effectiveness of these implemented controls and found them to be effective.
Except as described above, there have been no significant changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
141
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Our Board of Directors has determined that David Meline, Gunnar Brock, Geraldine Matchett and Satish Pai, who serve on our Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee (FACC), are independent for purposes of serving on the audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and the listing standards promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange, and are audit committee financial experts.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions are bound to adhere to our Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees of all companies in the ABB Group. Our Board of Directors and Executive Committee members are also required to comply with the Addendum to the ABB Code of Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee. Our Code of Conduct is available on our Web site in the section “Corporate governance” at www.abb.com/investorrelations . ABB intends to satisfy any applicable disclosure requirement regarding amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Conduct by posting such information on our website at the address and location specified above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
On March 29, 2018, shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of ABB Ltd, approved the appointment of KPMG AG (KPMG) to become the auditors of the Company starting on March 29, 2018. The dismissal of Ernst & Young AG (EY) and appointment of KPMG was a result of a competitive tendering process involving several accounting firms, including EY. On January 23, 2019, EY was engaged to perform audit services relating to the years 2017 and 2016 included in this Annual Report.
In the table below, The aggregate fees for services rendered by KPMG and EY along with their respective affiliates for professional services were as follows:
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|||||
($ in millions) |
KPMG |
|
EY (1) |
|
Total |
|
EY |
|
Audit Fees |
34.1 |
|
2.5 |
|
36.6 |
|
28.3 |
|
Audit-Related Fees |
0.2 |
|
0.4 |
|
0.6 |
|
1.2 |
|
Tax Fees |
0.4 |
|
0.6 |
|
1.0 |
|
1.1 |
|
Other Fees |
0.0 |
|
0.0 |
|
0.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
Total |
34.7 |
|
3.5 |
|
38.2 |
|
30.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) EY fees for 2018 include all fees up to March 29, 2018, and the audit fees for the 2017 and 2016 periods included in this Annual Report |
||||||||
Audit Fees
Audit fees include the standard audit work performed each fiscal year necessary to allow the auditor to issue an opinion on our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the integrated audit of internal controls over financial reporting) and to issue an opinion on the local statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries. Audit fees also include services that can be provided only by the ABB Group auditor such as pre‑issuance reviews of quarterly financial results (no such reviews have been performed) and comfort letters delivered to underwriters in connection with debt and equity offerings. Included in the 2017 audit fees were approximately $2.4 million related to the 2016 audit, which were not agreed until after the Company had filed its annual report on Form 20-F with the SEC on March 13, 2017.
142
Audit‑Related Fees
These services consisting primarily of accounting consultations, audits of pension and benefit plans, accounting advisory services and other attest services related to financial reporting that are not required by statute or regulation.
Tax Fees
Fees for tax services represent primarily income tax and indirect tax compliance services as well as tax advisory services.
All Other Fees
Fees for other services not included in the above three categories.
Pre‑Approval Procedures and Policies
In accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 and rules issued by the SEC, we utilize a procedure for the review and pre‑approval of any services performed by KPMG and EY (prior to the appointment of KPMG). The procedure requires that all proposed engagements of KPMG for audit and permitted non‑audit services are submitted to the FACC for approval prior to the beginning of any such services. In accordance with this policy, all services performed by and fees paid to KPMG in 2018 and EY in the first three months of 2018 and for 2017, as discussed above in this Item 16C, were approved by the FACC.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
None
Item 16E. Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
The following table sets out certain information about purchases of our own shares made by us or on our behalf or by affiliated purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number |
|
Approximate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares |
|
USD-equivalent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
purchased as |
|
value of shares |
|
|
Total number |
|
Average |
|
part of publicly |
|
that may yet be |
|
|
of shares |
|
price paid |
|
announced |
|
purchased under |
Period |
|
purchased (1) |
|
per share (2) |
|
program |
|
the program |
February 09 - February 21, 2018 |
|
10,000,000 |
|
$24.91 |
|
n.a |
|
n.a |
Total |
|
10,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) The share purchases were made through open-market transactions and are not part of any publicly announced program.
(2) Represents volume weighted-average prices in CHF translated into USD using daily closing foreign exchange rates.
143
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
In 2016, we commenced a tender process to select our certifying accountant and to propose to shareholders the selected audit firm for ratification. EY had been the sole auditor of the ABB Group since 2001 and, up to then, had been jointly responsible since 1994. The tender process evaluated several firms and EY also submitted a proposal. As a result of the audit tender process and the FACC’s recommendation, we announced on May 22, 2017, that the Board of Directors decided to appoint KPMG, subject to the required shareholder approval. This was approved by shareholders at the 2018 Annual General Meeting of ABB Ltd. As a result, EY was dismissed and KPMG was appointed on March 29, 2018.
EY’s reports with respect to the Company’s financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were any of these reports qualified or modified with respect to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.
In the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and during the subsequent interim period through March 29, 2018, there were (i) no "disagreements," as that term is used in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F, with EY on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of EY, would have caused EY to make reference to such disagreements in their reports, or (ii) "reportable events," as defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F, except that, as previously disclosed in ABB's Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016, a material weakness was identified regarding the lack of adequate segregation of duties in the treasury function in ABB's South Korean subsidiary and failure to identify certain inappropriate access levels to the local enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. In addition, ABB failed to safeguard physical access to the signature seals of the subsidiary in South Korea and prevent the Company from being bound to unauthorized financial contracts, resulting in undetected financial obligations. ABB also failed to provide adequate management oversight and review of the local treasury activities. As disclosed in ABB's Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, ABB determined that such material weakness was remediated as of December 31, 2017. The FACC discussed the foregoing material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting with EY. ABB has authorized EY to respond fully to the inquiries of KPMG concerning such material weakness.
During the two years ended December 31, 2017, and the subsequent interim period through March 29, 2018, neither ABB nor anyone on ABB’s behalf consulted with KPMG regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the ABB Group; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement as that term is used in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F or a ‘reportable event’ as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.
We have provided EY with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and have requested and received a letter from EY, addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission, stating whether EY agrees with such disclosure. A copy of EY’s letter, dated March 27, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.3 to this Form 20-F.
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Other governance information—Governance differences from NYSE Standards” for significant ways in which ABB’s corporate governance practices differ from the New York Stock Exchange’s standards.
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
We have elected to provide financial statements and the related information pursuant to Item 18.
144
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F‑1 to F‑86, which are incorporated herein by reference. All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
145
Item 19. Exhibits
1.1 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.2 |
|
Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.1). |
4.1 |
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
12.2 |
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
13.2 |
|
|
15.1 |
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
15.3 |
|
146
101 |
|
The following financial information from this Annual Report formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) includes (i) Consolidated Income Statements, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (vi) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text, (vii) each significant accounting policy within “Note 2 Significant accounting policies”, tagged as a single block of text, (viii) each table in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as a separate block of text and, (ix) each amount in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged separately. Furnished electronically herewith. |
* This document is being furnished in accordance with SEC Release Nos. 33‑8212 and 34‑74551.
147
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20‑F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.
|
ABB LTD
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timo Ihamuotila |
|
Date: March 27, 2019 |
|
Name: |
Timo Ihamuotila |
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard A. Brown |
|
Date: March 27, 2019 |
|
Name: |
Richard A. Brown |
|
|
Title: |
Group Senior Vice President and
|
148
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
Consolidated Financial Statements: |
|
Report of management on internal control over financial reporting |
F‑2 |
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG AG) |
F‑3 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young AG) |
F‑6 |
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 |
F‑7 |
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 |
F‑8 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 |
F‑9 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 |
F‑10 |
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 |
F‑11 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements |
F‑12 |
F- 1
Report of management on internal control over financial reporting
The Board of Directors and Management of ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries (“ABB”) are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ABB’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of the published Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with ABB’s policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting excludes the evaluation of the internal controls over financial reporting for GE Industrial Solutions (GEIS), which was acquired on June 30, 2018. GEIS represents $3.8 billion of Total assets of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and $1.3 billion of Total revenues of the Company for the year then ended.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have identified a material weakness in our information technology general controls (ITGCs) based on deficiencies in selection, development, and monitoring of control activities in ITGCs. We did not maintain sufficient user access or segregation of duties controls in certain applications in North America as well as for select Group applications. As a result of these deficiencies, the process level controls dependent on the affected applications, could not be relied upon.
This material weakness did not result in any misstatements in the financial statements. However, due to the existence of the material weakness, a reasonable possibility exists that material misstatements in the Company’s financial statements would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We completed additional substantive procedures prior to filing this annual report to ensure that the financial statements, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, were not materially misstated. Based on these procedures no adjustments to our financial statements were required.
Based on its evaluation, our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, as a result of the material weakness described above, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.
KPMG AG, the independent registered public accounting firm who audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F, has issued an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of ABB’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which is included on pages F-4 to F-5 of this Annual Report.
/s/ Ulrich Spiesshofer Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
/s/ Timo Ihamuotila Chief Financial Officer |
|
Zurich, March 27, 2019
F- 2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of ABB Ltd (the Company) as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated income statement, statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 27, 2019 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were audited by other auditors who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on February 22, 2018, except for Note 3 for which the date is March 27, 2019.
Basis for Opinion
The consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG AG
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
Zurich, Switzerland
March 27, 2019
F- 3
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited ABB Ltd’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness, described below, on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated income statement, statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated March 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment:
A material weakness has been identified in the Company’s information technology general controls (ITGCs) based on deficiencies in selection, development, and monitoring of control activities in ITGCs. The Company did not maintain sufficient user access or segregation of duties controls in certain applications in North America as well as for select Group applications. As a result of these deficiencies, the process level controls dependent on the affected applications, could not be relied upon.
The material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2018 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired General Electric Industrial Solutions (GEIS) during 2018, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, GEIS’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $3.8 billion and total revenues of $1.3 billion included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of GEIS.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s Board of Directors and management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of management on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
F- 4
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG AG
Zurich, Switzerland
March 27, 2019
F- 5
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of ABB Ltd (the Company) as of December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young AG
We served as the Company’s auditor from 1994 to 2018.
Zurich, Switzerland
February 22, 2018
Except for Note 3 for the aforementioned periods, as to which the date is
March 27, 2019
F- 6
F- 7
F- 8
F- 9
F- 10
F- 11
Note 1—The Company
ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) together form a pioneering technology leader in power grids, electrification products, industrial automation and robotics and motion, serving customers in utilities, industry and transport & infrastructure globally.
Note 2—Significant accounting policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with United States of America (United States or U.S.) generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and are presented in United States dollars ($ or USD) unless otherwise stated. Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add to the totals provided. The par value of capital stock is denominated in Swiss francs. See Note 3 for a summary of changes in presentation and other reclassifications affecting these financial statements compared to the previous year.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ABB Ltd and companies which are directly or indirectly controlled by ABB Ltd. Additionally, the Company consolidates variable interest entities if it has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Investments in joint ventures and affiliated companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally through direct or indirect ownership of 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting rights), are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting.
The Company reports a disposal, or planned disposal, of a component or a group of components as a discontinued operation if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results. A strategic shift could include a disposal of a major geographical area, a major line of business or other major parts of the Company. A component may be a reportable segment or an operating segment, a reporting unit, a subsidiary, or an asset group.
Assets and liabilities of a component reported as a discontinued operation are presented separately as held for sale in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Interest that is not directly attributable to or related to the Company’s continuing business or discontinued business is allocated to discontinued operations based on the ratio of net assets to be sold less debt that is required to be paid as a result of the planned disposal transaction to the sum of total net assets of the Company plus consolidated debt. General corporate overhead is not allocated to discontinued operations (see Note 3).
A portion of the Company’s activities (primarily long‑term system integration activities) has an operating cycle that exceeds one year. For classification of current assets and liabilities related to such activities, the Company elected to use the duration of the individual contracts as its operating cycle. Accordingly, there are accounts receivable, inventories and provisions related to these contracts which will not be realized within one year that have been classified as current.
F- 12
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make assumptions and estimates that directly affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes. The most significant, difficult and subjective of such accounting assumptions and estimates include:
• estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations,
• assumptions used in the determination of corporate costs directly attributable to discontinued operations,
• assumptions used in determining inventory obsolescence and net realizable value,
• estimates used to record expected costs for employee severance in connection with restructuring programs,
• assumptions and projections, principally related to future material, labor and project‑related overhead costs, used in determining the percentage‑of‑completion on projects, as well as the amount of variable consideration the Company expects to be entitled to,
• estimates of loss contingencies associated with litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries, environmental damages, product warranties, self‑insurance reserves, regulatory and other proceedings,
• assumptions used in the calculation of pension and postretirement benefits and the fair value of pension plan assets,
• estimates to determine valuation allowances for deferred tax assets and amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions,
• growth rates, discount rates and other assumptions used to determine impairment of long‑lived assets and in testing goodwill for impairment, and
• assessment of the allowance for doubtful accounts.
The actual results and outcomes may differ from the Company’s estimates and assumptions.
Cash and equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.
Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where the Company operates. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred abroad from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs locally. These funds are included in cash and equivalents as they are not considered restricted.
F- 13
Marketable securities and short‑term investments
Management determines the appropriate classification of held‑to‑maturity and available‑for‑sale debt securities at the time of purchase. Debt securities are classified as held‑to‑maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held‑to‑maturity debt securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for accretion of discounts or amortization of premiums to maturity computed under the effective interest method. Such accretion or amortization is included in “Interest and dividend income”. Marketable debt securities not classified as held‑to‑maturity are classified as available‑for‑sale and reported at fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses on available‑for‑sale debt securities are excluded from the determination of earnings and are instead recognized in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Realized gains and losses on available‑for‑sale debt securities are computed based upon the historical cost of these securities, using the specific identification method.
Marketable debt securities are classified as either “Cash and equivalents” or “Marketable securities and short‑term investments” according to their maturity at the time of acquisition.
Marketable equity securities are generally classified as “Marketable securities and short‑term investments”, however any marketable securities held as a long‑term investment rather than as an investment of excess liquidity, are classified as “Other non‑current assets”. Equity securities are measured at fair value with fair value changes reported in net income. Fair value changes for equity securities are reported in “Interest and other finance expense”.
The Company performs a periodic review of its debt securities to determine whether an other‑than‑temporary impairment has occurred. Generally, when an individual security has been in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time, the Company evaluates whether an impairment has occurred. The evaluation is based on specific facts and circumstances at the time of assessment, which include general market conditions, and the duration and extent to which the fair value is below cost.
If the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost, then an other‑than‑temporary impairment for the difference is recognized if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost base or (iii) a credit loss exists insofar as the Company does not expect to recover the entire recognized amortized cost of the security. Such impairment charges are generally recognized in “Interest and other finance expense”. If the impairment is due to factors other than credit losses, and the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost, such impairment charges are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”.
In addition, equity securities without readily determinable fair value are written down to fair value if a qualitative assessment indicates that the investment is impaired and the fair value of the investment is less than carrying amount. The impairment charge is recorded in “Interest and other finance expense”.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The Company has a group‑wide policy on the management of credit risk. The policy includes a credit assessment methodology to assess the creditworthiness of customers and assign to those customers a risk category. Third‑party agencies’ ratings are considered, if available. For customers where agency ratings are not available, the customer’s most recent financial statements, payment history and other relevant information are considered in the assignment to a risk category. Customers are assessed at least annually or more frequently when information on significant changes in the customers’ financial position becomes known. In addition to the assignment to a risk category, a credit limit per customer is set.
F- 14
The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write‑off experience and customer specific data. If an amount has not been settled within its contractual payment term then it is considered past due. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the related allowance when the Company believes that the amount will not be recovered.
The Company, in its normal course of business, transfers receivables to third parties, generally without recourse. The transfer is accounted for as a sale when the Company has surrendered control over the receivables. Control is deemed to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred receivables have been put presumptively beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the third‑party transferees have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred receivables, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control over the transferred receivables and does not retain the ability or obligation to repurchase or redeem the transferred receivables. At the time of sale, the sold receivables are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related cash inflows are classified as operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Costs associated with the sale of receivables, including the related gains and losses from the sales, are included in “Interest and other finance expense”. Transfers of receivables that do not meet the requirements for treatment as sales are accounted for as secured borrowings and the related cash flows are classified as financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The Company sells a broad range of products, systems, services and software to a wide range of industrial, commercial and utility customers as well as various government agencies and quasi‑governmental agencies throughout the world. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited, as the Company’s customer base is comprised of a large number of individual customers. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial positions are performed to determine whether the use of credit support instruments such as guarantees, letters of credit or credit insurance are necessary; collateral is not generally required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses as discussed above in “Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts”. Such losses, in the aggregate, are in line with the Company’s expectations.
It is the Company’s policy to invest cash in deposits with banks throughout the world with certain minimum credit ratings and in high quality, low risk, liquid investments. The Company actively manages its credit risk by routinely reviewing the creditworthiness of the banks and the investments held. The Company has not incurred significant credit losses related to such investments.
The Company’s exposure to credit risk on derivative financial instruments is the risk that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations. To reduce this risk, the Company has credit policies that require the establishment and periodic review of credit limits for individual counterparties. In addition, the Company has entered into close‑out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties. Close‑out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre‑defined trigger events. In the Consolidated Financial Statements derivative transactions are presented on a gross basis.
A customer contract exists if collectability under the contract is considered probable, the contract has commercial substance, contains payment terms, as well as the rights and commitments of both parties, and has been approved.
F- 15
The Company offers arrangements with multiple performance obligations to meet its customers’ needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation and training) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Goods and services under such arrangements are evaluated to determine whether they form distinct performance obligations and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions. The Company allocates the sales price to each distinct performance obligation based on the price of each item sold in separate transactions at the inception of the arrangement.
The Company generally recognizes revenues for the sale of non‑customized products including switchgear, circuit breakers, modular substation packages, control products, motors, generators, drives, robots, turbochargers, measurement and analytical instrumentation, and other goods which are manufactured on a standardized basis at a point in time. Revenues are recognized at the point in time that the customer obtains control of the good which is when it has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually defined shipping terms. The Company uses various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) in its sales of products to third party customers, such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP).
Billing terms for these point in time contracts vary but generally coincide with delivery to the customer. Payment is generally due upon receipt of the invoice, payable within 90 days or less.
The Company generally recognizes revenues for the sale of customized products, including integrated automation and electrification systems and solutions, on an over time basis using the percentage‑of‑completion method of accounting. These systems are generally accounted for as a single performance obligation as the Company is required to integrate equipment and services into one deliverable for the customer. Revenues are recognized as the systems are customized during the manufacturing or integration process and as control is transferred to the customer as evidenced by the Company’s right to payment for work performed or by the customer’s ownership of the work in process. The Company principally uses the cost‑to‑cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to the Company’s best estimate of total estimated costs based on the Company’s history of manufacturing or constructing similar assets for customers. Estimated costs are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress to reflect changes in quantity or pricing of the inputs. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period when the change in estimate is determined. Contract costs include all direct materials, labor and subcontract costs and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and depreciation costs.
The nature of the Company’s contracts for the sale of customized products gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims, unpriced change orders, liquidated damages and penalties. These amounts are estimated based upon the most likely amount of consideration to which the customer or the Company will be entitled. The estimated amounts are included in the sales price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. All estimates of variable consideration are reassessed periodically. Back charges to suppliers or subcontractors are recognized as a reduction of cost when it is determined that recovery of such cost is probable and the amounts can be reliably estimated.
Billing terms for these over‑time contracts vary but are generally based on achieving specified milestones. The differences between the timing of revenues recognized and customer billings result in changes to contract assets and contract liabilities. Payment is generally due upon receipt of the invoice, payable within 90 days or less. Contractual retention amounts billed to customers are generally due upon expiration of the contractual warranty period.
F- 16
Service revenues reflect revenues earned from the Company’s activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance type contracts, repair services, equipment upgrades, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, training, and installation and commissioning of products as a stand alone service or as part of a service contract. The Company generally recognizes revenues from service transactions as services are performed or at the point in time that the customer obtains control of the spare parts. For long-term service contracts including monitoring and maintenance services, revenues are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the contract consistent with the nature, timing and extent of the services or, if the performance pattern is other than straight line, as the services are provided based on costs incurred relative to total expected costs.
In limited circumstances the Company sells extended warranties that extend the warranty coverage beyond the standard coverage offered on specific products. Revenues for these warranties are recorded over the length of the warranty period based on their stand‑alone selling price.
Billing terms for service contracts vary but are generally based on the occurrence of a service event. Payment is generally due upon receipt of the invoice, payable within 90 days or less.
Revenues are reported net of customer rebates, early settlement discounts, and similar incentives. Rebates are estimated based on sales terms, historical experience and trend analysis. The most common incentives relate to amounts paid or credited to customers for achieving defined volume levels.
Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue-producing transactions between the Company and its customers, such as sales, use, value added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.
The Company does not adjust the contract price for the effects of a financing component if the Company expects, at contract inception, that the time between control transfer and cash receipt is less than 12 months.
Sales commissions are expensed immediately when the amortization period for the costs to obtain the contract is less than a year.
Losses on contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.
Shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of cost of sales.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first‑in, first‑out method, the weighted‑average cost method, or the specific identification method. Inventoried costs are stated at acquisition cost or actual production cost, including direct material and labor and applicable manufacturing overheads. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for decreases in sales prices, obsolescence or similar reductions in value.
Impairment of long‑lived assets
Long‑lived assets that are held and used are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset’s net carrying value exceeds the asset’s net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life including net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is determined using a market, income and/or cost approach.
F- 17
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and is depreciated using the straight‑line method. The estimated useful lives of the assets are generally as follows:
• factories and office buildings: 30 to 40 years,
• machinery and equipment: 3 to 15 years,
• furniture and office equipment: 3 to 8 years, and
• leasehold improvements are depreciated over their estimated useful life or, for operating leases, over the lease term, if shorter.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. For the annual impairment review performed in 2018, the reporting units were the same as the operating segments for Electrification Products and Robotics and Motion, while for the Industrial Automation operating segment the reporting units were determined to be one level below the operating segment.
When evaluating goodwill for impairment, the Company uses either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, a quantitative impairment test (described below) is performed, otherwise no further analysis is required. If the Company elects not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, then a quantitative impairment test is performed.
The quantitative impairment test calculates the fair value of a reporting unit (based on the income approach whereby the fair value of a reporting unit is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows) and compares it to the reporting unit’s carrying value. If the carrying value of the net assets of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit then the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference, provided that the loss recognized does not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The cost of acquired intangible assets with a finite life is amortized using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern of intangible assets’ expected contributions to future cash flows. If that pattern cannot be reliably determined, the straight‑line method is used. The amortization periods range from 3 to 5 years for software and from 5 to 20 years for customer‑, technology‑ and marketing‑related intangibles. Intangible assets with a finite life are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events.
Costs incurred in the application development stage until the software is substantially complete are capitalized and are amortized on a straight‑line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, typically ranging from 3 to 5 years.
F- 18
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage currency, commodity, interest rate and equity exposures, arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities (see Note 6).
The Company recognizes all derivatives, other than certain derivatives indexed to the Company’s own stock, at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are reported at fair value with derivative gains and losses reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying transaction.
If the derivatives are designated as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivatives will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged through earnings (in the case of a fair value hedge) or recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” until the hedged item is recognized in earnings (in the case of a cash flow hedge). The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings consistent with the classification of the hedged item. Where derivative financial instruments have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions and such forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting is discontinued and any derivative gain or loss previously included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” is reclassified into earnings consistent with the nature of the original forecasted transaction. Gains or losses from derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value hedge are reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged transaction.
Certain commercial contracts may grant rights to the Company or the counterparties, or contain other provisions that are considered to be derivatives. Such embedded derivatives are assessed at inception of the contract and depending on their characteristics, accounted for as separate derivative instruments and shown at their fair value in the balance sheet with changes in their fair value reported in earnings consistent with the nature of the commercial contract to which they relate.
Derivatives are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same section as the underlying item. Cash flows from the settlement of undesignated derivatives used to manage the risks of different underlying items on a net basis, are classified within “Net cash provided by operating activities”, as the underlying items are primarily operational in nature. Other cash flows on the settlement of derivatives are recorded within “Net cash used in investing activities”.
The Company leases primarily real estate, vehicles and machinery. Rental expense for operating leases is recorded on a straight‑line basis over the life of the lease term. Lease transactions where substantially all risks and rewards incident to ownership are transferred from the lessor to the lessee are accounted for as capital leases. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Amounts due under capital leases are recorded as a liability. The interest in assets acquired under capital leases is recorded as property, plant and equipment. Depreciation and amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.
Translation of foreign currencies and foreign exchange transactions
The functional currency for most of the Company’s subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable functional currencies into the Company’s reporting currency is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for income statement accounts using average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are excluded from the determination of earnings and are recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” until the subsidiary is sold, substantially liquidated or evaluated for impairment in anticipation of disposal.
F- 19
Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, such as those resulting from foreign currency denominated receivables or payables, are included in the determination of earnings, except as they relate to intercompany loans that are equity‑like in nature with no reasonable expectation of repayment, which are recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”. Exchange gains and losses recognized in earnings are included in “Total revenues”, “Total cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative expenses” or “Interest and other finance expense” consistent with the nature of the underlying item.
The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for deferred taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a deferred tax asset when it determines that it is more likely than not that the deduction will be sustained based upon the deduction’s technical merit. Deferred tax assets and liabilities that can be offset against each other are reported on a net basis. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Deferred taxes are provided on unredeemed retained earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries. However, deferred taxes are not provided on such unredeemed retained earnings to the extent it is expected that the earnings are permanently reinvested. Such earnings may become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends.
The Company operates in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, is regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of the Company’s filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and Organisation for Economic Co‑operation and Development (OECD) guidelines and are based on its evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period.
The Company applies a two‑step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Uncertain tax positions that could be settled against existing loss carryforwards or income tax credits are reported net.
Expenses related to tax penalties are classified in the Consolidated Income Statements as “Provision for taxes”, while interest thereon is classified as “Interest and other finance expense”.
Research and development costs not related to specific customer orders are generally expensed as incurred.
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities include: outstanding written call options, outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company’s share‑based payment arrangements. See further discussion related to earnings per share in Note 20 and of potentially dilutive securities in Note 18.
F- 20
Share‑based payment arrangements
The Company has various share‑based payment arrangements for its employees, which are described more fully in Note 18. Such arrangements are accounted for under the fair value method. For awards that are equity‑settled, total compensation is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award at that date, and recorded in earnings over the period the employees are required to render service. For awards that are cash‑settled, compensation is initially measured at grant date and subsequently remeasured at each reporting period, based on the fair value and vesting percentage of the award at each of those dates, with changes in the liability recorded in earnings.
The Company uses fair value measurement principles to record certain financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis and, when necessary, to record certain non‑financial assets at fair value on a non‑recurring basis, as well as to determine fair value disclosures for certain financial instruments carried at amortized cost in the financial statements. Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include foreign currency, commodity and interest rate derivatives, as well as cash‑settled call options and available‑for‑sale securities. Non‑financial assets recorded at fair value on a non‑recurring basis include long‑lived assets that are reduced to their estimated fair value due to impairments.
Fair value is the price that would be received when selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques including the market approach (using observable market data for identical or similar assets and liabilities), the income approach (discounted cash flow models) and the cost approach (using costs a market participant would incur to develop a comparable asset). Inputs used to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities are defined by a three‑level hierarchy, depending on the nature of those inputs. The Company has categorized its financial assets and liabilities and non‑financial assets measured at fair value within this hierarchy based on whether the inputs to the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. An observable input is based on market data obtained from independent sources, while an unobservable input reflects the Company’s assumptions about market data.
F- 21
The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1: |
Valuation inputs consist of quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (observable quoted prices). Assets and liabilities valued using Level 1 inputs include exchange‑traded equity securities, listed derivatives which are actively traded such as commodity futures, interest rate futures and certain actively traded debt securities.
|
Level 2: |
Valuation inputs consist of observable inputs (other than Level 1 inputs) such as actively quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices in inactive markets and inputs other than quoted prices such as interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, or inputs derived from other observable data by interpolation, correlation, regression or other means. The adjustments applied to quoted prices or the inputs used in valuation models may be both observable and unobservable. In these cases, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 2 unless the unobservable portion of the adjustment or the unobservable input to the valuation model is significant, in which case the fair value measurement would be classified as Level 3. Assets and liabilities valued or disclosed using Level 2 inputs include investments in certain funds, reverse repurchase agreements, certain debt securities that are not actively traded, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps, cash‑settled call options, forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign exchange swaps and forward rate agreements, time deposits, as well as financing receivables and debt.
|
Level 3: |
Valuation inputs are based on the Company’s assumptions of relevant market data (unobservable input).
|
Investments in private equity, real estate and collective funds held within the Company’s pension plans, are generally valued using the net asset value (NAV) per share as a practical expedient for fair value provided certain criteria are met. The NAVs are determined based on the fair values of the underlying investments in the funds. These assets are not classified in the fair value hierarchy but are separately disclosed.
Whenever quoted prices involve bid‑ask spreads, the Company ordinarily determines fair values based on mid‑market quotes. However, for the purpose of determining the fair value of cash‑settled call options serving as hedges of the Company’s management incentive plan (MIP), bid prices are used.
When determining fair values based on quoted prices in an active market, the Company considers if the level of transaction activity for the financial instrument has significantly decreased, or would not be considered orderly. In such cases, the resulting changes in valuation techniques would be disclosed. If the market is considered disorderly or if quoted prices are not available, the Company is required to use another valuation technique, such as an income approach.
Disclosures about the Company’s fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are included in Note 7.
The Company is subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries, related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters, and is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.
F- 22
The Company records a provision for its contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using the Company’s best estimate of the amount of loss incurred or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, the Company may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, the Company records such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.
The Company provides for anticipated costs for warranties when it recognizes revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design, material and workmanship in the Company’s products. The Company makes individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order‑specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities.
The Company may have legal obligations to perform environmental clean‑up activities related to land and buildings as a result of the normal operations of its business. In some cases, the timing or the method of settlement, or both, are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company, but the underlying obligation itself is unconditional and certain. The Company recognizes a provision for these obligations when it is probable that a liability for the clean‑up activity has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of its fair value can be made. In some cases, a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle these matters may be recoverable. An asset is recorded when it is probable that such amounts are recoverable. Provisions for environmental obligations are not discounted to their present value when the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The Company recognizes an asset for such a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for such a plan’s underfunded status in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company measures such a plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year and recognizes the changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”.
The Company uses actuarial valuations to determine its pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates and expected return on plan assets. Current market conditions are considered in selecting these assumptions.
The Company’s various pension plan assets are assigned to their respective levels in the fair value hierarchy in accordance with the valuation principles described in the “Fair value measures” section above.
See Note 17 for further discussion of the Company’s employee benefit plans.
The Company accounts for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations using the acquisition method and records these at their respective fair values. Contingent consideration is recorded at fair value as an element of purchase price with subsequent adjustments recognized in income.
Identifiable intangibles consist of intellectual property such as trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, patented and unpatented technology, in‑process research and development, order backlog and capitalized software; these are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Such intangibles are subsequently subject to evaluation for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. See “Goodwill and other intangible assets” above. Acquisition‑related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred. Upon gaining control of an entity in which an equity method or cost basis investment was held by the Company, the carrying value of that investment is adjusted to fair value with the related gain or loss recorded in income.
F- 23
Deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax base of assets and liabilities as well as uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date based on facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. These estimates are subject to change within the measurement period (a period of up to 12 months after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust the provisional acquisition amounts) with any adjustments to the preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill. Changes in deferred taxes, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets that occur after the measurement period are recognized in income.
Revenue from contracts with customers
As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted a new accounting standard for recognizing revenues from contracts with customers. The new standard, which supersedes substantially all previously existing revenue recognition guidance, provides a single comprehensive model for recognizing revenues on the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The adoption of this standard resulted in only insignificant differences between the identification of performance obligations and the current unit of accounting determination. Therefore, the cumulative effect on retained earnings of applying this standard on a modified retrospective basis was not material. However, total assets and total liabilities increased by $196 million, of which $50 million relate to held for sale, due to the reclassification of certain advances from customers, previously reported as a reduction in inventories, to liabilities.
While comparative information has not been restated and continues to be measured and reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods presented, other than the additional disclosure requirements, the impact of the adoption on the Company’s 2018 consolidated financial statements, was not significant.
Income taxes – Intra‑entity transfers of assets other than inventory
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update requiring it to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs instead of when the asset has been sold to an outside party. This update was applied on a modified retrospective basis and resulted in a net reduction in deferred tax assets of $201 million with a corresponding reduction in retained earnings.
Improving the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans present the net periodic benefit cost in the income statement. Under this standard, the Company is required to report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. Other components of net periodic benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside the subtotal of income from operations. Under the amendment only the current service cost component is allowed to be capitalized as a cost of internally manufactured inventory or a self‑constructed asset. This update was applied retrospectively for the presentation requirements, and prospectively for the capitalization of the current service cost component requirements. The Company has used the practical expedient, as the amount of other components of net periodic benefit cost capitalized in inventory for prior periods is not significant.
For 2017 and 2016, the Company reclassified income of $42 million and expenses of $38 million, respectively, and presented it outside of income from operations relating to net periodic pension costs. Of these amounts, $9 million and $0 million, respectively, relate to discontinued operations.
F- 24
Recognition and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
In January 2018, the Company adopted two accounting standard updates enhancing the reporting model for financial instruments, which include amendments to address aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure. The Company is required to measure equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method) at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The adoption of this update resulted in the reclassification of the net cumulative unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities of $9 million (net of tax) at December 31, 2017 from Total accumulated comprehensive loss to Retained earnings on January 1, 2018.
Disclosure Framework — Changes to the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans
In December 2018, the Company early adopted an accounting standard update which modifies the disclosure requirements for defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans. The update removes certain disclosures relating to (i) amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost over the next twelve months, (ii) plan assets expected to be returned to the Company, (iii) a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care costs, and (iv) related parties, including insurance and annuity contracts. It clarifies the disclosure requirements for both the projected and accumulated benefit obligations, as well as requiring additional disclosures for cash balance plans and explanations for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligations. This update was applied on a retrospective basis and did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which clarifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, the settlement of zero coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration paid after a business combination, proceeds from insurance settlements, distributions from certain equity method investees and beneficial interests obtained in a financial asset securitization, should be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This update was applied retrospectively and did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Statement of cash flows — Restricted cash
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which clarifies the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. It requires the inclusion of cash and cash equivalents that have restrictions on withdrawal or use in total cash and cash equivalents on the statement of cash flows. This update did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Clarifying the definition of a business
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which narrows the definition of a business. It also provides a framework for determining whether a set of transferred assets and activities involves a business. This update was applied prospectively and did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Clarifying the scope of asset derecognition guidance and accounting for partial sales of nonfinancial assets
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which clarifies the scope of asset derecognition guidance, adds guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets and clarifies recognizing gains and losses from the transfer of nonfinancial assets in contracts with noncustomers. This update was applied retrospectively and did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
F- 25
Compensation — Stock compensation
In January 2018, the Company adopted an accounting standard update which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share‑based payment award as a modification. Under this update, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. This update was applied prospectively and did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, an accounting standard update was issued that requires lessees to recognize lease assets and corresponding lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms of more than twelve months with several practical expedients. The update, which supersedes existing lease guidance, will continue to classify leases as either finance or operating, with the classification determining the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. It also requires additional disclosures about the Company’s leasing activities. The Company has elected to not recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for leases with terms of less than twelve months and to not separate lease and non-lease components for leases other than real estate. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019, and is applicable on a modified retrospective basis with various optional practical expedients.
In July 2018, a further accounting standard update was issued, allowing the Company the additional option of adopting the standard retrospectively with the cumulative-effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of adoption in retained earnings. A further update was issued in December 2018 clarifying certain aspects of accounting for leases by lessors.
The Company will elect to adopt the standard using the additional option outlined above and currently expects the update will increase total assets and total liabilities by approximately $1.4 billion of which approximately $0.2 billion relate to liabilities held for sale. The Company expects that the adoption of this update will only have an insignificant impact on its results of operations and cash flows.
Measurement of credit losses on financial instruments
In June 2016, an accounting standard update was issued which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodology for most financial assets with a new “current expected credit loss” model. The new model will result in the immediate recognition of the estimated credit losses expected to occur over the remaining life of financial assets such as trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, except that the losses will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a direct write-down of the security.
This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on its consolidated financial statements.
Derivatives and hedging—Targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities
In August 2017, an accounting standard update was issued which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019. For cash flow and net investment hedges as of the adoption date, the guidance requires a modified retrospective approach. The amended presentation and disclosure guidance is required only prospectively. The Company will adopt this update as of January 1, 2019, and does not believe that this update will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
F- 26
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
In February 2018, an accounting standard update was issued which allows a reclassification of the stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 to retained earnings. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019. The updated guidance is to be applied in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act related to items remaining in accumulated other comprehensive income are recognized. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on its consolidated financial statements.
Customer’s accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract
In August 2018, an accounting standard update was issued which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption in any interim period permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on its consolidated financial statements.
Disclosure Framework — Changes to the disclosure requirements for fair value measurement
In August 2018, an accounting standard update was issued which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The update eliminates the requirements to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the timing of transfers between levels and the Level 3 valuation process, while expanding the Level 3 disclosures to include the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs and the changes in unrealized gains and losses on recurring fair value measurements.
This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The changes and modifications to the Level 3 disclosures are to be applied prospectively, while all other amendments are to be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on its disclosures but does not expect that it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 3—Changes in presentation of financial statements
In December 2018, the Company announced an agreement to divest 80.1 percent of its Power Grids business to Hitachi Ltd. (Hitachi) valuing the business at $11 billion. The business also includes certain real estate properties which were previously reported within Corporate and Other as the Company primarily manages real estate assets centrally as corporate assets. As a result, this business, along with the related real estate assets previously included in Corporate and Other, have been reported as discontinued operations. The divestment is expected to be completed in the first half of 2020, following the receipt of customary regulatory approvals as well as the completion of certain legal entity reorganizations expected t o be completed before the sale. Assets and liabilities in the discontinued operation have maintained their existing classification as current or non‑current as the sale is not expected to be completed for more than 12 months.
F- 27
As this planned divestment represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, the results of operations for this business have been presented as discontinued operations and the assets and liabilities are reflected as held-for-sale for all periods presented. Financial information and disclosures previously reported in 2017 and 2016 have been retroactively recast to give effect to the discontinued operations presentation. In addition, amounts relating to stranded corporate costs have been separately disclosed as a component of Corporate and Other (see Note 23). Stranded costs represent overhead and other management costs which were previously included in the measure of segment profit (Operational EBITA) for the former Power Grids operating segment but are not directly attributable to the discontinued operation and thus do not qualify to be recorded as part of income from discontinued operations.
Operating results of the discontinued operations are summarized as follows:
($ millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Total revenues |
9,698 |
|
10,028 |
|
9,984 |
Total cost of sales |
(7,378) |
|
(7,501) |
|
(7,597) |
Gross profit |
2,320 |
|
2,527 |
|
2,387 |
Expenses |
(1,326) |
|
(1,376) |
|
(1,278) |
Income from operations |
994 |
|
1,152 |
|
1,108 |
Net interest and other finance expense |
(55) |
|
(42) |
|
(58) |
Non-operational pension (cost) credit |
12 |
|
9 |
|
— |
Income from discontinued operations before taxes |
951 |
|
1,119 |
|
1,050 |
Provision for taxes |
(228) |
|
(273) |
|
(251) |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
723 |
|
846 |
|
799 |
Of the total Income from discontinued operations before taxes in the table above, $874 million, $1,034 million and $966 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are attributable to the Company, while the remainder is attributable to noncontrolling interests.
Income from discontinued operations before taxes excludes the stranded costs previously allocated to the Power Grids operating segment. As a result, $297 million, $286 million and $252 million, for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, of allocated overhead and other management costs which were previously included in the measure of segment profit for the Power Grids operating segment are now reported as part of Corporate and Other. In addition, in the table above, Net interest and other finance expense in 2018, 2017 and 2016 includes $43 million, $33 million and $36 million, respectively, of interest expense which has been recorded on an allocated basis in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy election. In 2018, Income from discontinued operations before taxes includes $18 million for costs incurred to execute the transaction.
Included in the reported Total revenues of the Company for 2018, 2017 and 2016 are revenues for sales from the Company’s operating segments to the Power Grids business of $243 million, $263 million and $300 million, respectively, which represent intercompany transactions that, prior to Power Grids being classified as a discontinued operation, were eliminated in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements (See Note 23).
F- 28
The major components of assets and liabilities held for sale and in discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are summarized as follows:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Receivables, net |
2,377 |
|
2,406 |
Contract assets |
1,236 |
|
1,008 |
Inventories, net |
1,457 |
|
1,518 |
Other current assets |
94 |
|
111 |
Current assets held for sale |
5,164 |
|
5,043 |
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
1,477 |
|
1,559 |
Goodwill |
1,620 |
|
1,663 |
Other non-current assets |
330 |
|
338 |
Non-current assets held for sale |
3,427 |
|
3,560 |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, trade |
1,732 |
|
1,683 |
Contract liabilities |
998 |
|
1,116 |
Other current liabilities |
1,455 |
|
1,721 |
Current liabilities held for sale |
4,185 |
|
4,520 |
|
|
|
|
Pension and other employee benefits |
268 |
|
293 |
Other non-current liabilities |
161 |
|
177 |
Non-current liabilities held for sale |
429 |
|
470 |
Reclassifications and other changes
Changes in presentation and disclosure relating to the adoption of new accounting pronouncements
Revenue from contracts with customers
In connection with the adoption of the new accounting pronouncement, Revenue from contracts with customers (see Note 2 for a description of the adoption of the policy), the Company has provided certain additional disaggregated revenue disclosures in Note 23, including the initial disclosure of amounts for 2017 and 2016.
F- 29
While comparative information has not been restated due to the adoption of this standard, the separate presentation of Contract assets and Contract liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets resulted in a reclassification of certain previously presented amounts. The following table presents the changes in prior period amounts which have been reclassified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets to conform to the presentation requirements of the new standard and all amounts presented give effect to the discontinued operations as described above:
December 31, 2017 |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
Previous classification |
|
Adjusted presentation |
|
|
Previous classification |
|
Adjusted presentation |
Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
Receivables, net (1) |
7,002 |
|
5,861 |
|
Contract liabilities (2)(3)(4) |
— |
|
1,792 |
Contract assets (1) |
— |
|
1,141 |
|
Billings in excess of sales (2) |
744 |
|
— |
Inventories, net (3) |
3,591 |
|
3,737 |
|
Advances from customers (2)(3) |
1,047 |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities (4) |
3,510 |
|
3,509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
43,262 |
|
43,458 |
|
Total liabilities |
27,913 |
|
28,109 |
(1) $1,141 million of unbilled receivables previously included in Receivables have been reclassified to Contract assets.
(2) Amounts previously presented as Billings in excess of sales and Advances from customers have been reclassified to Contract liabilities.
(3) $146 million of advances from customers, previously recorded net within Inventories, have been reclassified to Advances from customers that are now recorded within Contract liabilities. This accounting change also increased the amounts previously reported at December 31, 2017 and 2016, for the respective Total assets for the operating segments.
(4) Certain amounts recorded as deferred revenues, totaling $1 million, have been reclassified from Other current liabilities to Contract liabilities.
In addition, new disclosures have been provided in Note 8 relating to Contract assets and Contract liabilities.
Improving the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost
As described in Note 2, the Company now presents the total Non-operational pension cost/credit as a total outside of income from operations. The components of Non-operational pension cost/credit are summarized in Note 17. The amounts disclosed for 2017 and 2016 were previously included as a component of income from operations.
Changes affecting operating segments
Effective January 1, 2018, management responsibility and oversight of certain remaining engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) businesses, previously included principally in the Robotics and Motion operating segment (EPC-RM) and the former Power Grids business (EPC-PG), were transferred to a new non-core operating business within Corporate and Other. As a result, the following amounts, which were previously reported in their respective operating segments, have been included in Corporate and Other in 2017 and 2016:
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
||||
($ millions) |
EPC-RM |
|
EPC-PG |
|
EPC-RM |
|
EPC-PG |
Third-party revenues |
5 |
|
526 |
|
18 |
|
897 |
Operational EBITA |
(82) |
|
(55) |
|
(9) |
|
(13) |
Total assets |
18 |
|
680 |
|
13 |
|
853 |
Depreciation and amortization |
— |
|
2 |
|
— |
|
6 |
Capital expenditure |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
3 |
F- 30
In addition, during 2018, the Company changed the allocation of Cash and cash equivalents to the operating segments such that all amounts are attributed to Corporate and Other (see Note 23). As a result, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, $1,932 million and $2,098 million, respectively, of Cash and cash equivalents was reallocated from the Company’s operating segments (including the former Power Grids segment) to Corporate and Other. Previously, these amounts were primarily reported in the total assets for the Electrification Products operating segment and the former Power Grids segment. Total assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 for the reportable segments and Corporate and Other have been adjusted to reflect this classification.
Separate disclosure of Swiss and International employee benefit plans and other
In 2018, the Company commenced separate disclosure of Swiss and International (outside Switzerland) benefit plans and has provided a comparable presentation for 2017 and 2016 information. Certain pension plan assets previously disclosed within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2017, are now presented using the NAV practical expedient and not subject to leveling (see Note 17).
Note 4—Acquisitions and business divestments
($ in millions, except number of acquired businesses) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Purchase price for acquisitions (net of cash acquired) (1) |
2,638 |
|
1,992 |
|
13 |
Aggregate excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets |
|
|
|
|
|
acquired (2) |
1,472 |
|
1,267 |
|
12 |
Number of acquired businesses |
3 |
|
4 |
|
1 |
(1) Excluding changes in cost‑ and equity‑accounted companies.
(2) Recorded as goodwill (see Note 11).
In the table above, the “Purchase price for acquisitions” and “Aggregate excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired” amounts for 2018, relate primarily to the acquisition of GE Industrial Solutions (GEIS), and for 2017, relate primarily to the acquisition of Bernecker + Rainer Industrie-Elektronik GmbH (B&R). In 2016, acquisitions were not significant.
Acquisitions of controlling interests have been accounted for under the acquisition method and have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of acquisition.
On June 30, 2018, the Company acquired through numerous share and asset purchases substantially all the assets, liabilities and business activities of GEIS, General Electric’s global electrification solutions business. GEIS, headquartered in Atlanta, United States, provides technologies that distribute and control electricity and support the commercial, data center, health care, mining, renewable energy, oil and gas, water and telecommunications sectors. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $2,622 million (net of cash acquired of $192 million). The acquisition strengthens the Company’s global position in electrification and expands its access to the North American market through strong customer relationships, a large installed base and extensive distribution networks. Consequently, the goodwill acquired represents expected operating synergies and cost savings as well as intangible assets that are not separable such as employee know-how and expertise.
F- 31
While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the purchase price allocation for acquisitions is preliminary for up to 12 months after the acquisition date and is subject to refinement as more detailed analyses are completed and additional information about the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities becomes available. Given the timing and complexity of the acquisition of GEIS, the purchase price allocation in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Information has not yet been finalized, primarily relating to amounts allocated to net working capital, pension obligations, current and deferred income taxes as well as intangible assets. At December 31, 2018, the Company is still gathering, analyzing and evaluating relevant information, including certain inputs required for the valuation of intangibles. As a result, amounts recorded in the preliminary purchase price allocation may change in 2019. The final purchase price adjustments as well as the final fair value determinations could result in material adjustments to the values presented in the preliminary purchase price allocation table below.
On July 6, 2017, the Company acquired the shares of B&R, a worldwide provider of product- and software-based, open-architecture solutions for machine and factory automation. This acquisition closes a gap in the Company’s industrial automation portfolio and consequently the goodwill acquired represents the future benefits associated with product portfolio expansion.
The aggregate allocation of the purchase consideration for business acquisitions in 2018 and 2017, was as follows:
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
Preliminary allocated amounts (1) |
|
Weighted-average useful life |
|
Allocated amounts (1) |
|
Weighted-average useful life |
||||
|
GEIS |
|
Other |
|
Total |
|
|||||
Technology |
87 |
|
— |
|
87 |
|
7 years |
|
412 |
|
7 years |
Customer Relationships |
214 |
|
— |
|
214 |
|
14 years |
|
264 |
|
20 years |
Trade names |
122 |
|
— |
|
122 |
|
13 years |
|
61 |
|
10 years |
Supply agreement |
34 |
|
— |
|
34 |
|
13 years |
|
— |
|
|
Intangible assets |
457 |
|
— |
|
457 |
|
|
|
737 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment |
379 |
|
9 |
|
388 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
Debt acquired |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
(50) |
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
(110) |
|
(1) |
|
(111) |
|
|
|
(249) |
|
|
Inventories |
435 |
|
3 |
|
438 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
Other assets and liabilities, net (2) |
126 |
|
(25) |
|
101 |
|
|
|
(20) |
|
|
Goodwill (3) |
1,442 |
|
30 |
|
1,472 |
|
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
Noncontrolling interest |
(107) |
|
— |
|
(107) |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total consideration (net of cash acquired) (4) |
2,622 |
|
16 |
|
2,638 |
|
|
|
1,992 |
|
|
(1) Excludes measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions.
(2) Gross receivables from the GEIS acquisition totaled $658 million; the fair value of which was $624 million after adjusting for contractual cash flows not expected to be collected.
(3) The Company expects that goodwill recorded in certain jurisdictions will be tax deductible. The amount is subject to the finalization of the purchase price allocation in 2019.
(4) Primarily relates to the acquisition of GEIS in 2018 and B&R in 2017. Cash acquired in the GEIS acquisition totaled $192 million.
The Company’s Consolidated Income Statement for 2018, includes total revenues of $1,317 million and net income of $1 million in respect of GEIS since the date of acquisition.
F- 32
The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined pro forma results of the Company and GEIS for 2018 and 2017, as if GEIS had been acquired on January 1, 2017.
($ in millions) |
|
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Total revenues |
|
|
28,936 |
|
27,881 |
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
|
|
1,622 |
|
1,631 |
The pro forma results are for information purposes only and do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the planned integration of GEIS. Accordingly, such pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the date indicated, nor are they indicative of the future operating results of the combined company.
The unaudited pro forma results above include certain adjustments related to the GEIS acquisition. The table below summarizes the adjustments necessary to present the pro forma financial information of the combined entity as if GEIS had been acquired on January 1, 2017.
($ in millions) |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Impact on cost of sales from additional amortization of intangible assets |
|
(10) |
|
(20) |
Impact on cost of sales from fair valuing acquired inventory |
|
26 |
|
(26) |
Impact on cost of sales from additional depreciation of property, plant |
|
|
|
|
and equipment |
|
(4) |
|
(8) |
Impact on selling, general and administrative expenses from additional |
|
|
|
|
amortization of intangible assets |
|
(5) |
|
(12) |
Impact on selling, general and administrative expenses from |
|
|
|
|
acquisition-related costs |
|
44 |
|
20 |
Impact on interest expense from financing costs |
|
(15) |
|
(62) |
Taxation adjustments |
|
(5) |
|
33 |
Total pro forma adjustments |
|
31 |
|
(75) |
In 2017, the Company received proceeds (net of transaction costs and cash disposed) of $605 million, relating to divestments of consolidated businesses and recorded net gains of $252 million in “Other income (expense), net” on the sale of such businesses. These are primarily due to the divestment of the Company’s high-voltage cables and cable accessories businesses (the Cables business) in March 2017 and the divestment of the Oil & Gas EPC business in December 2017. The assets and liabilities of the Cables business were classified as held for sale in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016.
The Company has retained certain obligations of the Cables business and thus the Company remains directly or indirectly liable for these liabilities which existed at the date of the divestment. Subsequent to the divestment, the Company recorded a loss of $94 million in 2017 for changes in the amounts recorded for these obligations. In addition, the Company has provided certain performance guarantees to third parties which guarantee the performance of the buyer under existing contracts with customers as well as for certain capital expenditures of the divested business (see Note 15).
In 2018 and 2016, there were no significant amounts recognized from divestments of consolidated businesses.
F- 33
Note 5—Cash and equivalents, marketable securities and short‑term investments
Cash and equivalents and marketable securities and short‑term investments consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2018 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
|
unrealized |
|
unrealized |
|
|
|
Cash and |
|
short-term |
($ in millions) |
Cost basis |
|
gains |
|
losses |
|
Fair value |
|
equivalents |
|
investments |
Changes in fair value recorded in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
1,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,983 |
|
1,983 |
|
|
Time deposits |
1,463 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,463 |
|
1,462 |
|
1 |
Other short-term investments |
206 |
|
|
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
206 |
Equity securities (1) |
206 |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
203 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
3,858 |
|
— |
|
(3) |
|
3,855 |
|
3,445 |
|
410 |
Changes in fair value recorded in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt securities available-for-sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
—U.S. government obligations |
217 |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
214 |
|
|
|
214 |
—Corporate |
90 |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
88 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
307 |
|
— |
|
(5) |
|
302 |
|
— |
|
302 |
Total |
4,165 |
|
— |
|
(8) |
|
4,157 |
|
3,445 |
|
712 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
|
unrealized |
|
unrealized |
|
|
|
Cash and |
|
short-term |
($ in millions) |
Cost basis |
|
gains |
|
losses |
|
Fair value |
|
equivalents |
|
investments |
Changes in fair value recorded in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
1,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,963 |
|
1,963 |
|
|
Time deposits |
2,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,834 |
|
2,563 |
|
271 |
Other short-term investments |
305 |
|
— |
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
|
305 |
|
5,102 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
5,102 |
|
4,526 |
|
576 |
Changes in fair value recorded in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities |
152 |
|
13 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
165 |
Debt securities available-for-sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
—U.S. government obligations |
127 |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
125 |
|
|
|
125 |
—Other government obligations |
2 |
|
|
|
— |
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
—Corporate |
215 |
|
1 |
|
(1) |
|
215 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
496 |
|
14 |
|
(3) |
|
507 |
|
— |
|
507 |
Total |
5,598 |
|
14 |
|
(3) |
|
5,609 |
|
4,526 |
|
1,083 |
(1) See “New accounting pronouncements - Applicable for current period” in Note 2 for changes applicable in 2018.
F- 34
Included in Other short‑term investments at December 31, 2018 and 2017, are receivables of $206 million and $305 million, respectively, representing reverse repurchase agreements. These collateralized lendings, made to a financial institution, have maturity dates of less than one year.
Contractual maturities of debt securities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2018 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale |
||
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
Cost basis |
|
Fair value |
Less than one year |
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
80 |
One to five years |
|
|
|
|
166 |
|
163 |
Six to ten years |
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
58 |
Due after ten years |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
Total |
|
|
|
|
307 |
|
302 |
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company pledged $68 million and $66 million, respectively, of available‑for‑sale marketable securities as collateral for issued letters of credit and other security arrangements.
Note 6 —Derivative financial instruments
The Company is exposed to certain currency, commodity, interest rate and equity risks arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities. The Company uses derivative instruments to reduce and manage the economic impact of these exposures.
Due to the global nature of the Company’s operations, many of its subsidiaries are exposed to currency risk in their operating activities from entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency. To manage such currency risks, the Company’s policies require its subsidiaries to hedge their foreign currency exposures from binding sales and purchase contracts denominated in foreign currencies. For forecasted foreign currency denominated sales of standard products and the related foreign currency denominated purchases, the Company’s policy is to hedge up to a maximum of 100 percent of the forecasted foreign currency denominated exposures, depending on the length of the forecasted exposures. Forecasted exposures greater than 12 months are not hedged. Forward foreign exchange contracts are the main instrument used to protect the Company against the volatility of future cash flows (caused by changes in exchange rates) of contracted and forecasted sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, within its treasury operations, the Company primarily uses foreign exchange swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency and timing mismatches arising in its liquidity management activities.
Various commodity products are used in the Company’s manufacturing activities. Consequently it is exposed to volatility in future cash flows arising from changes in commodity prices. To manage the price risk of commodities, the Company’s policies require that its subsidiaries hedge the commodity price risk exposures from binding contracts, as well as at least 50 percent (up to a maximum of 100 percent) of the forecasted commodity exposure over the next 12 months or longer (up to a maximum of 18 months). Primarily swap contracts are used to manage the associated price risks of commodities.
F- 35
Interest rate risk
The Company has issued bonds at fixed rates. Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate risk associated with certain debt and generally such swaps are designated as fair value hedges. In addition, from time to time, the Company uses instruments such as interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, bond futures or forward rate agreements to manage interest rate risk arising from the Company’s balance sheet structure but does not designate such instruments as hedges.
The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the fair value of its warrant appreciation rights (WARs) issued under its MIP. A WAR gives its holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise. To eliminate such risk, the Company has purchased cash‑settled call options, indexed to the shares of the Company, which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs.
In general, while the Company’s primary objective in its use of derivatives is to minimize exposures arising from its business, certain derivatives are designated and qualify for hedge accounting treatment while others either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives
The gross notional amounts of outstanding foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not) were as follows:
Type of derivative |
Total notional amounts at December 31, |
||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Foreign exchange contracts |
13,612 |
|
16,261 |
|
14,144 |
Embedded foreign exchange derivatives |
733 |
|
899 |
|
1,125 |
Interest rate contracts |
3,300 |
|
5,706 |
|
3,021 |
Derivative commodity contracts
The Company uses derivatives to hedge its direct or indirect exposure to the movement in the prices of commodities which are primarily copper, silver and aluminum. The following table shows the notional amounts of outstanding commodity derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not), on a net basis, to reflect the Company’s requirements in the various commodities:
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Total notional amounts at December 31, |
||||
Type of derivative |
|
Unit |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Copper swaps |
|
metric tonnes |
|
46,143 |
|
28,976 |
|
17,667 |
Silver swaps |
|
ounces |
|
2,861,294 |
|
1,966,729 |
|
1,586,395 |
Aluminum swaps |
|
metric tonnes |
|
9,491 |
|
1,869 |
|
27 |
At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company held 41 million, 37 million and 47 million cash‑settled call options indexed to ABB Ltd shares (conversion ratio 5:1) with a total fair value of $6 million, $42 million and $23 million, respectively.
F- 36
Cash flow hedges
As noted above, the Company mainly uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk of its operations, commodity swaps to manage its commodity risks and cash‑settled call options to hedge its WAR liabilities. Where such instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in their fair value is recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same line item and in the same period as the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship, or hedge component excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, is recognized in earnings during the current period.
At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” included net unrealized losses of $16 million, net unrealized gains of $12 million and net unrealized losses of $1 million, respectively, net of tax, on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. Of the amount at December 31, 2018, net losses of $6 million are expected to be reclassified to earnings in 2019. At December 31, 2018, the longest maturity of a derivative classified as a cash flow hedge was 61 months.
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the amounts of gains or losses, net of tax, reclassified into earnings due to the discontinuance of cash flow hedge accounting and the amount of ineffectiveness in cash flow hedge relationships directly recognized in earnings were not significant.
The pre‑tax effects of derivative instruments, designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, on “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” (OCI) and the Consolidated Income Statements were as follows:
|
|
Gains (losses) recognized |
|
|
|
Gains (losses) reclassified |
||||||||
|
|
in OCI on derivatives |
|
|
|
from OCI into income |
||||||||
|
|
(effective portion) |
|
|
|
(effective portion) |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Type of derivative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
(6) |
|
3 |
|
(7) |
|
Total revenues |
|
— |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of sales |
|
— |
|
2 |
|
9 |
Commodity contracts |
|
(9) |
|
9 |
|
3 |
|
Total cost of sales |
|
— |
|
6 |
|
(2) |
Cash-settled call options |
|
(36) |
|
22 |
|
15 |
|
SG&A expenses (1) |
|
(22) |
|
15 |
|
9 |
Total |
|
(51) |
|
34 |
|
11 |
|
|
|
(22) |
|
25 |
|
17 |
(1) SG&A expenses represent “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
The amounts in respect of gains (losses) recognized in income for hedge ineffectiveness and amounts excluded from effectiveness testing were not significant in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Net derivative losses of $24 million and net derivative gains of $23 million and $14 million, net of tax, were reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” to earnings during 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
To reduce its interest rate exposure arising primarily from its debt issuance activities, the Company uses interest rate swaps. Where such instruments are designated as fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these instruments, as well as the changes in fair value of the risk component of the underlying debt being hedged, are recorded as offsetting gains and losses in “Interest and other finance expense”. Hedge ineffectiveness of instruments designated as fair value hedges in 2018, 2017 and 2016, was not significant.
F- 37
The effect of Interest rate contracts, designated and qualifying as fair value hedges, on the Consolidated Income Statements was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Gains (losses) recognized in Interest and other finance expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
- on derivatives designated as fair value hedges |
(4) |
|
(23) |
|
(28) |
- on hedged item |
5 |
|
27 |
|
30 |
Derivatives not designated in hedge relationships
Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges or do not qualify as either cash flow or fair value hedges are economic hedges used for risk management purposes. Gains and losses from changes in the fair values of such derivatives are recognized in the same line in the income statement as the economically hedged transaction.
Furthermore, under certain circumstances, the Company is required to split and account separately for foreign currency derivatives that are embedded within certain binding sales or purchase contracts denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the subsidiary and the counterparty.
The gains (losses) recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships were as follows:
($ in millions) |
|
Gains (losses) recognized in income |
||||||
Type of derivative not designated as a hedge |
|
Location |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Total revenues |
|
(121) |
|
92 |
|
(90) |
|
|
Total cost of sales |
|
46 |
|
(41) |
|
(28) |
|
|
SG&A expenses (1) |
|
10 |
|
(18) |
|
8 |
|
|
Non-order related research and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
development |
|
(1) |
|
— |
|
(1) |
|
|
Interest and other finance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense |
|
40 |
|
22 |
|
(35) |
Embedded foreign exchange contracts |
|
Total revenues |
|
58 |
|
7 |
|
(5) |
|
|
Total cost of sales |
|
(4) |
|
(2) |
|
(4) |
|
|
SG&A expenses (1) |
|
2 |
|
5 |
|
(2) |
Commodity contracts |
|
Total cost of sales |
|
(33) |
|
31 |
|
31 |
Other |
|
Interest and other finance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense |
|
3 |
|
(2) |
|
(7) |
Total |
|
|
|
— |
|
94 |
|
(133) |
(1) SG&A expenses represent “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
F- 38
The fair values of derivatives included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
|
December 31, 2018 |
||||||
|
Derivative assets |
|
Derivative liabilities |
||||
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
Current in |
|
in “Other |
|
Current in |
|
in “Other |
|
“Other current |
|
non-current |
|
“Other current |
|
non-current |
($ in millions) |
assets” |
|
assets” |
|
liabilities” |
|
liabilities” |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
— |
|
— |
|
1 |
|
4 |
Commodity contracts |
— |
|
— |
|
2 |
|
— |
Interest rate contracts |
— |
|
35 |
|
— |
|
1 |
Cash-settled call options |
3 |
|
3 |
|
— |
|
— |
Total |
3 |
|
38 |
|
3 |
|
5 |
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
117 |
|
14 |
|
160 |
|
30 |
Commodity contracts |
8 |
|
1 |
|
21 |
|
1 |
Embedded foreign exchange derivatives |
15 |
|
10 |
|
8 |
|
1 |
Total |
140 |
|
25 |
|
189 |
|
32 |
Total fair value |
143 |
|
63 |
|
192 |
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
||||||
|
Derivative assets |
|
Derivative liabilities |
||||
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
|
|
Non-current |
|
Current in |
|
in “Other |
|
Current in |
|
in “Other |
|
“Other current |
|
non-current |
|
“Other current |
|
non-current |
($ in millions) |
assets” |
|
assets” |
|
liabilities” |
|
liabilities” |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
1 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
1 |
Commodity contracts |
5 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Interest rate contracts |
— |
|
41 |
|
— |
|
4 |
Cash-settled call options |
25 |
|
16 |
|
— |
|
— |
Total |
31 |
|
57 |
|
— |
|
5 |
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
134 |
|
24 |
|
183 |
|
62 |
Commodity contracts |
31 |
|
1 |
|
7 |
|
— |
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
— |
|
— |
|
2 |
|
— |
Cash-settled call options |
— |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
— |
Embedded foreign exchange derivatives |
15 |
|
10 |
|
15 |
|
3 |
Total |
180 |
|
36 |
|
207 |
|
65 |
Total fair value |
211 |
|
93 |
|
207 |
|
70 |
Close‑out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre‑defined trigger events.
Although the Company is party to close‑out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties, the fair values in the tables above and in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, have been presented on a gross basis.
F- 39
The Company’s netting agreements and other similar arrangements allow net settlements under certain conditions. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, information related to these offsetting arrangements was as follows:
($ in millions) |
December 31, 2018 |
||||||||
|
Gross amount of |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of agreement or |
recognized |
|
eligible for set-off in |
|
Cash collateral |
|
Non-cash collateral |
|
Net asset |
similar arrangement |
assets |
|
case of default |
|
received |
|
received |
|
exposure |
Derivatives |
181 |
|
(121) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
60 |
Reverse repurchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
agreements |
206 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(206) |
|
— |
Total |
387 |
|
(121) |
|
— |
|
(206) |
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
December 31, 2018 |
||||||||
|
Gross amount of |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of agreement or |
recognized |
|
eligible for set-off in |
|
Cash collateral |
|
Non-cash collateral |
|
Net liability |
similar arrangement |
liabilities |
|
case of default |
|
pledged |
|
pledged |
|
exposure |
Derivatives |
220 |
|
(121) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
99 |
Total |
220 |
|
(121) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
99 |
($ in millions) |
December 31, 2017 |
||||||||
|
Gross amount of |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of agreement or |
recognized |
|
eligible for set-off in |
|
Cash collateral |
|
Non-cash collateral |
|
Net asset |
similar arrangement |
assets |
|
case of default |
|
received |
|
received |
|
exposure |
Derivatives |
279 |
|
(167) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
112 |
Reverse repurchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
agreements |
305 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(305) |
|
— |
Total |
584 |
|
(167) |
|
— |
|
(305) |
|
112 |
($ in millions) |
December 31, 2017 |
||||||||
|
Gross amount of |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of agreement or |
recognized |
|
eligible for set-off in |
|
Cash collateral |
|
Non-cash collateral |
|
Net liability |
similar arrangement |
liabilities |
|
case of default |
|
pledged |
|
pledged |
|
exposure |
Derivatives |
259 |
|
(167) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
92 |
Total |
259 |
|
(167) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
92 |
F- 40
Note 7—Fair values
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:
|
December 31, 2018 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
fair value |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities in “Marketable securities and short-term investments”: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities |
— |
|
203 |
|
— |
|
203 |
Debt securities—U.S. government obligations |
214 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
214 |
Debt securities—Corporate |
— |
|
88 |
|
— |
|
88 |
Derivative assets—current in “Other current assets” |
— |
|
143 |
|
— |
|
143 |
Derivative assets—non-current in “Other non-current assets” |
— |
|
63 |
|
— |
|
63 |
Total |
214 |
|
497 |
|
— |
|
711 |
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities—current in “Other current liabilities” |
— |
|
192 |
|
— |
|
192 |
Derivative liabilities—non-current in “Other non-current liabilities” |
— |
|
37 |
|
— |
|
37 |
Total |
— |
|
229 |
|
— |
|
229 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
fair value |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities in “Marketable securities and short-term investments”: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities |
— |
|
165 |
|
— |
|
165 |
Debt securities—U.S. government obligations |
125 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
125 |
Debt securities—Other government obligations |
— |
|
2 |
|
— |
|
2 |
Debt securities—Corporate |
— |
|
215 |
|
— |
|
215 |
Receivable in “Other non-current assets”: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivable under securities lending arrangement |
79 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
79 |
Derivative assets—current in “Other current assets” |
— |
|
211 |
|
— |
|
211 |
Derivative assets—non-current in “Other non-current assets” |
— |
|
93 |
|
— |
|
93 |
Total |
204 |
|
686 |
|
— |
|
890 |
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities—current in “Other current liabilities” |
— |
|
207 |
|
— |
|
207 |
Derivative liabilities—non-current in “Other non-current liabilities” |
— |
|
70 |
|
— |
|
70 |
Total |
— |
|
277 |
|
— |
|
277 |
During 2018, 2017 and 2016 there have been no reclassifications for any financial assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2.
F- 41
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
• Securities in “Marketable securities and short‑term investments” and “Other non‑current assets”: If quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets are available, these are considered Level 1 inputs; however, when markets are not active, these inputs are considered Level 2. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using market prices for similar assets or present value techniques, applying an appropriate risk‑free interest rate adjusted for non‑performance risk. The inputs used in present value techniques are observable and fall into the Level 2 category. The fair value of the receivable under the securities lending arrangement has been determined based on the fair value of the security lent.
• Derivatives: The fair values of derivative instruments are determined using quoted prices of identical instruments from an active market, if available (Level 1 inputs). If quoted prices are not available, price quotes for similar instruments, appropriately adjusted, or present value techniques, based on available market data, or option pricing models are used. Cash‑settled call options hedging the Company’s WAR liability are valued based on bid prices of the equivalent listed warrant. The fair values obtained using price quotes for similar instruments or valuation techniques represent a Level 2 input unless significant unobservable inputs are used.
Non‑recurring fair value measures
There were no significant non‑recurring fair value measurements during 2018 and 2017.
Disclosure about financial instruments carried on a cost basis
The fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis were as follows:
|
December 31, 2018 |
||||||||
|
Carrying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
value |
|
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
fair value |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents (excluding securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with original maturities up to 3 months): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
1,983 |
|
1,983 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
1,983 |
Time deposits |
1,462 |
|
— |
|
1,462 |
|
— |
|
1,462 |
Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time deposits |
1 |
|
— |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
1 |
Receivables under reverse repurchase agreements |
206 |
|
— |
|
206 |
|
— |
|
206 |
Other non-current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans granted |
30 |
|
— |
|
31 |
|
— |
|
31 |
Restricted cash and cash deposits |
39 |
|
39 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
39 |
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(excluding capital lease obligations) |
2,008 |
|
1,480 |
|
528 |
|
— |
|
2,008 |
Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations) |
6,457 |
|
5,839 |
|
707 |
|
— |
|
6,546 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F- 42
|
December 31, 2017 |
||||||||
|
Carrying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
value |
|
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
fair value |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents (excluding securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with original maturities up to 3 months): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
1,963 |
|
1,963 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
1,963 |
Time deposits |
2,563 |
|
— |
|
2,563 |
|
— |
|
2,563 |
Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time deposits |
271 |
|
— |
|
271 |
|
— |
|
271 |
Receivables under reverse repurchase agreements |
305 |
|
— |
|
305 |
|
— |
|
305 |
Other non-current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans granted |
29 |
|
— |
|
30 |
|
— |
|
30 |
Restricted cash and cash deposits |
35 |
|
35 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
35 |
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(excluding capital lease obligations) |
694 |
|
400 |
|
294 |
|
— |
|
694 |
Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations) |
6,567 |
|
6,046 |
|
773 |
|
— |
|
6,819 |
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis:
• Cash and equivalents (excluding securities with original maturities up to 3 months), and Marketable securities and short‑term investments (excluding securities): The carrying amounts approximate the fair values as the items are short‑term in nature.
• Other non‑current assets: Includes (i) loans granted whose fair values are based on the carrying amount adjusted using a present value technique to reflect a premium or discount based on current market interest rates (Level 2 inputs), (ii) restricted cash whose fair values approximate the carrying amounts (Level 1 inputs).
• Short‑term debt and current maturities of long‑term debt (excluding capital lease obligations): Short‑term debt includes commercial paper, bank borrowings and overdrafts. The carrying amounts of short‑term debt and current maturities of long‑term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, approximate their fair values.
• Long‑term debt (excluding capital lease obligations): Fair values of bonds are determined using quoted market prices (Level 1 inputs), if available. For bonds without available quoted market prices and other long‑term debt, the fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based upon borrowing rates of similar debt instruments and reflecting appropriate adjustments for non‑performance risk (Level 2 inputs).
F- 43
Note 8—Receivables, net and Contract assets and liabilities
“Receivables, net” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Trade receivables |
5,970 |
|
5,553 |
Other receivables |
635 |
|
510 |
Allowance |
(219) |
|
(202) |
Total |
6,386 |
|
5,861 |
“Trade receivables” in the table above includes contractual retention amounts billed to customers of $176 million and $168 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Management expects that the substantial majority of related contracts will be completed and the substantial majority of the billed amounts retained by the customer will be collected. Of the retention amounts outstanding at December 31, 2018, 62 percent and 28 percent are expected to be collected in 2019 and 2020, respectively.
“Other receivables” in the table above consists of value added tax, claims, rental deposits and other non‑trade receivables.
The reconciliation of changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Balance at January 1, |
202 |
|
202 |
|
160 |
Additions |
126 |
|
61 |
|
116 |
Deductions |
(93) |
|
(74) |
|
(64) |
Exchange rate differences |
(16) |
|
13 |
|
(10) |
Balance at December 31, |
219 |
|
202 |
|
202 |
The following table provides information about Contract assets and Contract liabilities:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Contract assets |
1,082 |
|
1,141 |
|
1,222 |
Contract liabilities |
1,707 |
|
1,792 |
|
1,690 |
Contract assets primarily relate to the Company’s right to receive consideration for work completed but for which no invoice has been issued at the reporting date. Contract assets are transferred to receivables when rights to receive payment become unconditional. Management expects that the majority of the amounts will be collected within one year of the respective balance sheet date.
Contract liabilities primarily relate to up-front advances received on orders from customers as well as amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenues recognized predominantly on long-term projects. Contract liabilities are reduced as work is performed and as revenues are recognized.
F- 44
The significant changes in the Contract assets and Contract liabilities balances were as follows:
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||
|
Contract |
|
Contract |
|
Contract |
|
Contract |
($ in millions) |
assets |
|
liabilities |
|
assets |
|
liabilities |
Revenue recognized, which was included in the Contract liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
balance at Jan 1, 2018/2017 |
|
|
(879) |
|
|
|
(1,212) |
Additions to Contract liabilities - excluding amounts recognized as |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
revenue during the period |
|
|
518 |
|
|
|
868 |
Receivables recognized that were included in the Contract assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
balance at Jan 1, 2018/2017 |
(633) |
|
|
|
(584) |
|
|
At December 31, 2018, the Company had unsatisfied performance obligations totaling $13,084 million and, of this amount, the Company expects to fulfill approximately 76 percent of the obligations in 2019, approximately 14 percent of the obligations in 2020 and the balance thereafter.
“Inventories, net” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Raw materials |
1,823 |
|
1,412 |
Work in process |
837 |
|
840 |
Finished goods |
1,525 |
|
1,379 |
Advances to suppliers |
99 |
|
106 |
Total |
4,284 |
|
3,737 |
Note 10—Property, plant and equipment, net
“Property, plant and equipment, net” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Land and buildings |
3,573 |
|
3,268 |
Machinery and equipment |
5,624 |
|
5,572 |
Construction in progress |
464 |
|
511 |
|
9,661 |
|
9,351 |
Accumulated depreciation |
(5,528) |
|
(5,547) |
Total |
4,133 |
|
3,804 |
Assets under capital leases included in “Property, plant and equipment, net” were as follows:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Land and buildings |
171 |
|
127 |
Machinery and equipment |
69 |
|
81 |
|
240 |
|
208 |
Accumulated depreciation |
(122) |
|
(105) |
Total |
118 |
|
103 |
F- 45
In 2018, 2017 and 2016 depreciation, including depreciation of assets under capital leases, was $578 million, $549 million and $566 million, respectively. In 2018, 2017 and 2016 there were no significant impairments of property, plant or equipment.
Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets
The changes in “Goodwill” below have been recast to reflect the reorganization in 2018 of the Company’s operating segments as outlined in Note 23:
($ in millions) |
|
|
Electrification |
|
Industrial |
|
Robotics |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
|
Products |
|
Automation |
|
and Motion |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
Cost at January 1, 2017 |
|
|
2,805 |
|
1,592 |
|
3,536 |
|
38 |
|
7,971 |
Accumulated impairment charges |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(18) |
|
(18) |
Balance at January 1, 2017 |
|
|
2,805 |
|
1,592 |
|
3,536 |
|
20 |
|
7,953 |
Goodwill acquired during the year |
|
|
— |
|
1,263 |
|
4 |
|
— |
|
1,267 |
Goodwill allocated to disposals |
|
|
— |
|
(1) |
|
— |
|
(1) |
|
(2) |
Exchange rate differences and other |
|
|
164 |
|
85 |
|
67 |
|
2 |
|
318 |
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
|
|
2,969 |
|
2,939 |
|
3,607 |
|
21 |
|
9,536 |
Goodwill acquired during the year |
|
|
1,442 |
|
— |
|
30 |
|
— |
|
1,472 |
Goodwill allocated to disposals |
|
|
(31) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(31) |
Exchange rate differences and other |
|
|
(104) |
|
(75) |
|
(34) |
|
— |
|
(213) |
Balance at December 31, 2018 |
|
|
4,276 |
|
2,864 |
|
3,603 |
|
21 |
|
10,764 |
In 2018, goodwill acquired primarily relates to GEIS, acquired in June, 2018, which has been allocated to the Electrification Products operating segment.
In 2017, goodwill acquired primarily relates to B&R, acquired in July, 2017, which has been allocated to the Industrial Automation operating segment.
Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||||||
|
Gross |
|
|
|
Net |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
Net |
|
carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
carrying |
|
carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
carrying |
($ in millions) |
amount |
|
amortization |
|
amount |
|
amount |
|
amortization |
|
amount |
Capitalized software for internal use |
779 |
|
(586) |
|
193 |
|
704 |
|
(572) |
|
132 |
Capitalized software for sale |
30 |
|
(30) |
|
— |
|
31 |
|
(31) |
|
— |
Intangibles other than software: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer-related |
2,609 |
|
(909) |
|
1,700 |
|
2,452 |
|
(782) |
|
1,670 |
Technology-related |
1,131 |
|
(701) |
|
430 |
|
1,082 |
|
(636) |
|
446 |
Marketing-related |
483 |
|
(240) |
|
243 |
|
366 |
|
(199) |
|
167 |
Other |
67 |
|
(26) |
|
41 |
|
33 |
|
(23) |
|
10 |
Total |
5,099 |
|
(2,492) |
|
2,607 |
|
4,668 |
|
(2,243) |
|
2,425 |
F- 46
Additions to intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Capitalized software for internal use |
139 |
|
69 |
Intangibles other than software: |
|
|
|
Customer-related |
214 |
|
264 |
Technology-related |
87 |
|
412 |
Marketing-related |
122 |
|
61 |
Other |
34 |
|
— |
Total |
596 |
|
806 |
Included in the additions of $596 million and $806 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, were the following intangible assets other than goodwill related to business combinations:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||
|
Amount |
|
Weighted-average |
|
Amount |
|
Weighted-average |
|
acquired |
|
useful life |
|
acquired |
|
useful life |
Capitalized software for internal use |
65 |
|
2 years |
|
|
|
|
Intangibles other than software: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer-related |
214 |
|
14 years |
|
264 |
|
20 years |
Technology-related |
87 |
|
7 years |
|
412 |
|
7 years |
Marketing-related |
122 |
|
13 years |
|
61 |
|
10 years |
Other |
34 |
|
13 years |
|
— |
|
|
Total |
522 |
|
|
|
737 |
|
|
Amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Capitalized software for internal use |
59 |
|
50 |
|
50 |
Intangibles other than software |
279 |
|
237 |
|
254 |
Total |
338 |
|
287 |
|
304 |
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, impairment charges on intangible assets other than goodwill were not significant.
At December 31, 2018, future amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill is estimated to be:
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2019 |
|
|
342 |
2020 |
|
|
321 |
2021 |
|
|
285 |
2022 |
|
|
253 |
2023 |
|
|
234 |
Thereafter |
|
|
1,172 |
Total |
|
|
2,607 |
The Company’s total debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017, amounted to $8,618 million and $7,408 million, respectively.
F- 47
Short‑term debt and current maturities of long̩‑term debt
The Company’s “Short‑term debt and current maturities of long‑term debt” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Short-term debt (weighted-average interest rate of 2.3% and 2.7%, respectively) |
561 |
|
317 |
Current maturities of long-term debt (weighted-average nominal interest rate of 2.7% |
|
|
|
and 2.0%, respectively) |
1,470 |
|
409 |
Total |
2,031 |
|
726 |
Short‑term debt primarily represents short‑term loans from various banks and issued commercial paper.
At December 31, 2018, the Company had in place two commercial paper programs: a $2 billion Euro‑commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies, and a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper in the United States. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $292 million and $259 million, respectively, was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States. At December 31, 2018, $172 million was outstanding under the Euro‑commercial $2 billion program. No amount was outstanding under this program at December 31, 2017.
In addition, the Company has a $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility, maturing in 2021, for general corporate purposes. Interest costs on drawings under the facility are LIBOR or EURIBOR (depending on the currency of the drawings) plus a margin of 0.20 percent, while commitment fees (payable on the unused portion of the facility) amount to 35 percent of the margin, which represents commitment fees of 0.07 percent per annum. Utilization fees, payable on drawings, amount to 0.075 percent per annum on drawings up to one‑third of the facility, 0.15 percent per annum on drawings in excess of one‑third but less than or equal to two‑thirds of the facility, or 0.30 percent per annum on drawings over two‑thirds of the facility. No amount was drawn at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The facility contains cross‑default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if the Company were to default on indebtedness as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.
The Company raises long term debt in various currencies, maturities and on various interest rate terms. For certain of its debt obligations, the Company utilizes derivative instruments to modify its interest rate exposure. In particular, the Company uses interest rate swaps to effectively convert certain fixed‑rate long‑term debt into floating rate obligations. The carrying value of debt, designated as being hedged by fair value hedges, is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the risk component of the debt being hedged.
The following table summarizes the Company’s long‑term debt considering the effect of interest rate swaps. Consequently, a fixed‑rate debt subject to a fixed‑to‑floating interest rate swap is included as a floating rate debt in the table below:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||||||
|
|
|
Nominal |
|
Effective |
|
|
|
Nominal |
|
Effective |
($ in millions, except % data) |
Balance |
|
rate |
|
rate |
|
Balance |
|
rate |
|
rate |
Floating rate |
3,106 |
|
1.7% |
|
1.1% |
|
3,213 |
|
1.7% |
|
0.6% |
Fixed rate |
4,951 |
|
3.6% |
|
3.6% |
|
3,878 |
|
3.5% |
|
3.5% |
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,091 |
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
(1,470) |
|
2.7% |
|
2.7% |
|
(409) |
|
2.0% |
|
2.0% |
Total |
6,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,682 |
|
|
|
|
F- 48
At December 31, 2018, the principal amounts of long‑term debt repayable (excluding capital lease obligations) at maturity were as follows:
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
2019 |
|
|
1,448 |
2020 |
|
|
326 |
2021 |
|
|
1,269 |
2022 |
|
|
1,250 |
2023 |
|
|
1,252 |
Thereafter |
|
|
2,366 |
Total |
|
|
7,911 |
Details of the Company’s outstanding bonds were as follows:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
||||||||
|
Nominal |
|
Carrying |
|
Nominal |
|
Carrying |
||||
outstanding |
|
value (1) |
|
outstanding |
|
value (1) |
|||||
|
(in millions) |
|
(in millions) |
||||||||
Bonds: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHF |
350 |
|
$ |
358 |
2.625% EUR Instruments, due 2019 |
EUR |
1,250 |
|
$ |
1,431 |
|
EUR |
1,250 |
|
$ |
1,493 |
2.8% USD Notes, due 2020 |
USD |
300 |
|
$ |
299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.0% USD Notes, due 2021 |
USD |
650 |
|
$ |
646 |
|
USD |
650 |
|
$ |
644 |
2.25% CHF Bonds, due 2021 |
CHF |
350 |
|
$ |
373 |
|
CHF |
350 |
|
$ |
378 |
5.625% USD Notes, due 2021 |
USD |
250 |
|
$ |
265 |
|
USD |
250 |
|
$ |
270 |
2.875% USD Notes, due 2022 |
USD |
1,250 |
|
$ |
1,242 |
|
USD |
1,250 |
|
$ |
1,256 |
3.375% USD Notes, due 2023 |
USD |
450 |
|
$ |
448 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.625% EUR Instruments, due 2023 |
EUR |
700 |
|
$ |
807 |
|
EUR |
700 |
|
$ |
834 |
0.75% EUR Instruments, due 2024 |
EUR |
750 |
|
$ |
862 |
|
EUR |
750 |
|
$ |
889 |
3.8% USD Notes, due 2028 |
USD |
750 |
|
$ |
746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.375% USD Notes, due 2042 |
USD |
750 |
|
$ |
723 |
|
USD |
750 |
|
$ |
723 |
Total |
|
|
|
$ |
7,842 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,845 |
(1) USD carrying values include unamortized debt issuance costs, bond discounts or premiums, as well as adjustments for fair value hedge accounting, where appropriate.
During 2018, the Company repaid at maturity the 1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018. The 1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018, paid interest annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 1.5 percent.
The 2.625% EUR Instruments, due 2019, pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 2.625 percent per annum.
The 4.0% USD Notes, due 2021, pay interest semi‑annually in arrears, at a fixed annual rate of 4.0 percent. The Company may redeem these notes prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.
F- 49
The 2.25% CHF Bonds, due 2021, pay interest annually in arrears, at a fixed annual rate of 2.25 percent. The Company has the option to redeem the bonds prior to maturity, in whole, at par plus accrued interest, if 85 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds has been redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate Swiss franc obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long‑term debt above.
The 5.625% USD Notes, due 2021, pay interest semi‑annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 5.625 percent. The Company has the option to redeem the notes prior to maturity at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.
The 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022, pay interest semi‑annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 2.875 percent. The 4.375% USD Notes, due 2042, pay interest semi‑annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 4.375 percent. The Company may redeem both of these notes (which were issued together in May 2012) prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date. These notes, registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, were issued by ABB Finance (USA) Inc., a 100 percent owned finance subsidiary, and were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by ABB Ltd. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the parent company to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. In reliance on Rule 3‑10 of Regulation S‑X, the separate financial statements of ABB Finance (USA) Inc. are not provided. The Company has entered into interest rate swaps for an aggregate nominal amount of $1,050 million to partially hedge its interest obligations on the 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022. After considering the impact of such swaps, $1,050 million of the outstanding principal is shown as floating rate debt in the table of long‑term debt above.
The 0.625% EUR Instruments, due 2023, were issued in May 2016, with total net issuance proceeds of EUR 697 million (equivalent to approximately $807 million on date of issuance). These Instruments pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 0.625 percent per annum. The Company may redeem these notes three months prior to maturity (Par call date), in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date. The Company may redeem these instruments in whole or in part, after the Par call date at 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed. In 2017, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these notes effectively became floating rate euro obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt, in the table of long‑term debt above.
The 0.75% EUR Instruments, due 2024, were issued in May 2017, with total net issuance proceeds of EUR 745 million (equivalent to approximately $824 million on date of issuance). These Instruments pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 0.75 percent per annum and have the same early redemption terms as the 0.625% EUR Instruments above. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate euro obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long‑term debt above.
F- 50
In April 2018, the Company issued the following notes (i) $300 million of 2.8% USD Notes, due 2020, (ii) $450 million of 3.375% USD Notes, due 2023, and (iii) $750 million of 3.8% USD Notes, due 2028. Each of the respective notes pays interest semi‑annually in arrears. The aggregate net proceeds of these bond issues, after underwriting discount and other fees, amounted to $1,494 million. The Company may redeem the notes at any time prior to their maturity date in the case of the 2020 Notes, up to one month prior to their maturity date in the case of the 2023 Notes, and up to three months prior to their maturity date in the case of the 2028 Notes, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the Notes terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date. On or after March 3, 2023 (one month prior to their maturity date) in the case of the 2023 Notes and on or after January 3, 2028 (three months prior to their maturity date) in the case of the 2028 Notes, the Company may also redeem the notes of the applicable series, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus unpaid accrued interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. These notes, registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, were issued by ABB Finance (USA) Inc., a 100 percent owned finance subsidiary, and were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by ABB Ltd. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the parent company to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. In reliance on Rule 3‑10 of Regulation S‑X, the separate financial statements of ABB Finance (USA) Inc. are not provided.
The Company’s various debt instruments contain cross‑default clauses which would allow the bondholders to demand repayment if the Company were to default on any borrowing at or above a specified threshold. Furthermore, all such bonds constitute unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with other debt obligations.
In addition to the bonds described above, included in long‑term debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017, are capital lease obligations, bank borrowings of subsidiaries and other long‑term debt, none of which is individually significant.
In February 2019, the Company issued the following notes: (i) CHF 280 million of 0.3% CHF Notes, due 2024 and (ii) CHF 170 million of 1.0% CHF Notes, due 2029. Each of the respective notes pays interest annually in arrears. The Company recorded aggregate net proceeds, after underwriting discount and other fees, of CHF 449 million (equivalent to approximately $449 million on date of issuance).
On March 26, 2019, the Company repaid at maturity its EUR 1,250 million 2.625% Instruments, equivalent to $1,414 million at date of payment. In addition, at March 27, 2019, the amount outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States had increased to $825 million from $292 million at December 31, 2018, and the amount outstanding under the $2 billion Euro‑commercial paper program had increased to $509 million from $172 million at December 31, 2018.
Note 13—Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non‑current liabilities
“Other provisions” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Contract-related provisions |
590 |
|
443 |
Restructuring and restructuring-related provisions |
277 |
|
334 |
Provisions for contractual penalties and compliance and litigation matters |
209 |
|
209 |
Provision for insurance-related reserves |
166 |
|
153 |
Other |
130 |
|
138 |
Total |
1,372 |
|
1,277 |
F- 51
“Other current liabilities” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Employee-related liabilities |
1,506 |
|
1,439 |
Accrued expenses |
546 |
|
389 |
Non-trade payables |
477 |
|
454 |
Accrued customer rebates |
299 |
|
230 |
Other tax liabilities |
277 |
|
274 |
Income taxes payable |
260 |
|
313 |
Derivative liabilities (see Note 6) |
192 |
|
207 |
Accrued interest |
73 |
|
61 |
Deferred income |
36 |
|
33 |
Pension and other employee benefits |
34 |
|
40 |
Other |
80 |
|
69 |
Total |
3,780 |
|
3,509 |
“Other non‑current liabilities” consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Income tax related liabilities |
1,111 |
|
1,197 |
Provisions for contractual penalties and compliance and litigation matters |
132 |
|
137 |
Non-current deposit liabilities |
91 |
|
95 |
Employee-related liabilities |
74 |
|
70 |
Environmental provisions |
56 |
|
53 |
Derivative liabilities (see Note 6) |
37 |
|
70 |
Deferred income |
12 |
|
11 |
Other |
176 |
|
216 |
Total |
1,689 |
|
1,849 |
The Company’s lease obligations primarily relate to real estate, vehicles and machinery. Rent expense was $364 million, $385 million and $390 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Sublease income received by the Company on leased assets was $7 million, $11 million and $13 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
At December 31, 2018, future net minimum lease payments for operating leases, having initial or remaining non‑cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, consisted of the following:
|
($ in millions) |
2019 |
329 |
2020 |
254 |
2021 |
191 |
2022 |
132 |
2023 |
105 |
Thereafter |
267 |
|
1,278 |
Sublease income |
(13) |
Total |
1,265 |
F- 52
At December 31, 2018, the future net minimum lease payments for capital leases and the present value of the net minimum lease payments consisted of the following:
|
($ in millions) |
2019 |
34 |
2020 |
27 |
2021 |
24 |
2022 |
24 |
2023 |
19 |
Thereafter |
111 |
Total minimum lease payments |
239 |
Less amount representing estimated executory costs |
|
included in total minimum lease payments |
(1) |
Net minimum lease payments |
238 |
Less amount representing interest |
(87) |
Present value of minimum lease payments |
151 |
Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals due in the future under non‑cancelable subleases. Such minimum sublease rentals were not significant. The present value of minimum lease payments is included in “Short‑term debt and current maturities of long‑term debt” or “Long‑term debt” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Note 15—Commitments and contingencies
Contingencies—Regulatory, Compliance and Legal
In April 2014, the European Commission announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and granted the Company full immunity from fines under its leniency program.
In February 2019, the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in certain power businesses of the Company, including flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and power transformers, and granted the Company full immunity from fines under its leniency program.
As a result of an internal investigation, the Company self-reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Justice (DoJ) in the United States as well as to the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) in the United Kingdom concerning certain of its past dealings with Unaoil and its subsidiaries, including alleged improper payments made by these entities to third parties. The SFO has commenced an investigation into this matter. The Company is cooperating fully with the authorities. At this time, it is not possible for the Company to make an informed judgment about the outcome of these matters.
Based on findings during an internal investigation, the Company self-reported to the SEC and the DoJ, to various authorities in South Africa and other countries as well as to certain multilateral financial institutions potential suspect payments and other compliance concerns in connection with some of the Company’s dealings with Eskom and related persons. Many of those parties have expressed an interest in, or commenced an investigation into, these matters and the Company is cooperating fully with them. At this time, it is not possible for the Company to make an informed judgment about the outcome of these matters.
F- 53
General
The Company is aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against it and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, the Company is subject to other claims and legal proceedings, as well as investigations carried out by various law enforcement authorities. With respect to the above-mentioned claims, regulatory matters, and any related proceedings, the Company will bear the related costs, including costs necessary to resolve them.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had aggregate liabilities of $221 million and $229 million, respectively, included in “Other provisions” and “Other non‑current liabilities”, for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on, or reasonably predict, the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.
The following table provides quantitative data regarding the Company’s third‑party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a “worst‑case scenario”, and do not reflect management’s expected outcomes.
|
December 31, |
||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
Maximum potential |
||
($ in millions) |
payments (1) |
||
Performance guarantees |
1,584 |
|
1,775 |
Financial guarantees |
10 |
|
17 |
Indemnification guarantees |
64 |
|
72 |
Total |
1,658 |
|
1,864 |
(1) Maximum potential payments include amounts in both continuing and discontinued operations |
The carrying amount of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets reflects the Company’s best estimate of future payments, which it may incur as part of fulfilling its guarantee obligations. In respect of the above guarantees, the carrying amounts of liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017, were not significant.
The Company is party to various guarantees providing financial or performance assurances to certain third parties. These guarantees, which have various maturities up to 2027, mainly consist of performance guarantees whereby (i) the Company guarantees the performance of a third party’s product or service according to the terms of a contract and (ii) as member of a consortium/joint venture that includes third parties, the Company guarantees not only its own performance but also the work of third parties. Such guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed within a specified time. If the third party does not fulfill the obligation, the Company will compensate the guaranteed party in cash or in kind. The original maturity dates for the majority of these performance guarantees range from one to eight years.
In conjunction with the divestment of the high‑voltage cable and cables accessories businesses, the Company has entered into various performance guarantees with other parties with respect to certain liabilities of the divested business. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the maximum potential payable under these guarantees amounts to $771 million and $929 million, respectively, and these guarantees have various maturities ranging from one to ten years.
F- 54
Commercial commitments
In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, the Company has entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively “performance bonds”) with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that the Company does not fulfill its contractual obligations. The Company would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance bonds. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the total outstanding performance bonds aggregated to $7.4 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, of which $4.3 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively, relate to discontinued operations. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Product and order‑related contingencies
The Company calculates its provision for product warranties based on historical claims experience and specific review of certain contracts.
The reconciliation of the “Provisions for warranties”, including guarantees of product performance, was as follows:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Balance at January 1, |
909 |
|
815 |
|
763 |
Net change in warranties due to acquisitions and divestments |
41 |
|
30 |
|
— |
Claims paid in cash or in kind |
(307) |
|
(243) |
|
(248) |
Net increase in provision for changes in estimates, warranties issued |
341 |
|
234 |
|
327 |
Exchange rate differences |
(36) |
|
73 |
|
(27) |
Balance at December 31, |
948 |
|
909 |
|
815 |
During 2018, the Company recorded changes in the estimated amount for a product warranty relating to a divested business which is included within Corporate and Other. The relevant product had an unexpected level of product failure which requires higher than expected costs to remediate. As a result, warranty expenses of $92 million were recorded in “Cost of sales of products” in 2018. As these costs relate to a divested business, in accordance with the definition of the Company’s primary measure of segment performance, Operational EBITA (see Note 23), the costs have been excluded from this measure.
During 2016, the Company determined that the provision for product warranties in its solar business, acquired in 2013 as part of the purchase of Power-One, was no longer sufficient to cover expected warranty costs in the remaining warranty period. Due to higher than originally expected product failure rates for certain solar inverters designed and manufactured by Power-One, a substantial portion of which relates to products which were delivered to customers prior to the acquisition date, the previously estimated product warranty provision was increased by a total of $36 million, $23 million and $151 million, during 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The corresponding increases were included in “Cost of sales of products”. As $16 million, $8 million and $131 million, in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relates to products which were sold prior to the acquisition date these costs have been excluded from the Company’s measure of segment profit, Operational EBITA (see Note 23).
The warranty liability has been recorded based on the information currently available and is subject to change in the future.
The Company conducts business with certain companies where members of the Company’s Board of Directors or Executive Committee act, or in recent years have acted, as directors or senior executives. The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that the Company’s business relationships with those companies do not constitute material business relationships. This determination was made in accordance with the Company’s related party transaction policy which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
F- 55
“Provision for taxes” consisted of the following:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Current taxes |
686 |
|
782 |
|
671 |
Deferred taxes |
(142) |
|
(199) |
|
(145) |
Tax expense from continuing operations |
544 |
|
583 |
|
526 |
Tax expense from discontinued operations |
228 |
|
273 |
|
251 |
Income tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled below from the Company’s weighted‑average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland and income generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter “foreign jurisdictions”) which has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. There is no requirement in Switzerland for any parent company of a group to file a tax return of the consolidated group determining domestic and foreign pre‑tax income. As the Company’s consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines the weighted‑average global tax rate of the Company.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code. The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which has allowed the Company to record provisional amounts in income tax expense from continuing operations in the 2017 financial statements. The estimated impact included a benefit of $30 million due to changes in tax rates, valuation allowance on foreign tax credits and undistributed earnings of subsidiaries, offset by $26 million charge for one‑time transition tax. The amounts were finalized in 2018 and no material change to the estimated figures was recorded.
The reconciliation of “Tax expense from continuing operations” at the weighted‑average tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:
($ in millions, except % data) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Income from continuing operations before taxes |
2,119 |
|
2,102 |
|
1,761 |
Weighted-average global tax rate |
22.2% |
|
23.6% |
|
19.9% |
Income taxes at weighted-average tax rate |
470 |
|
497 |
|
350 |
Items taxed at rates other than the weighted-average tax rate |
(43) |
|
(114) |
|
9 |
Changes in valuation allowance, net |
41 |
|
763 |
|
(8) |
Effects of changes in tax laws and (enacted) tax rates |
1 |
|
(747) |
|
42 |
Non-deductible expenses, excluding goodwill |
86 |
|
58 |
|
79 |
Other, net |
(11) |
|
126 |
|
54 |
Tax expense from continuing operations |
544 |
|
583 |
|
526 |
Effective tax rate for the year |
25.7% |
|
27.7% |
|
29.9% |
In 2018 and 2017, the benefit reported in “Items taxed at rates other than the weighted‑average tax rate” included positive impacts of $17 million and $72 million, respectively, relating to non‑taxable amounts for net gains from sale of businesses.
In 2018, the “Changes in valuation allowance, net” included adjustments in valuation allowance recorded in certain jurisdictions where the company updated its assessment that it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. The amount included an increase of $40 million relating to certain operations in Central Europe.
F- 56
In 2017, the relevant tax rate applicable to one of the Company’s subsidiaries increased and in connection with this change, the company benefited from an increase of $721 million in deferred tax assets relating to certain long‑term assets. The respective effect is reported in “Effects of changes in tax laws and (enacted) tax rates”. After evaluating the recoverability of this deferred tax asset, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $668 million as the Company determined that it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would not be realized. This is reported in the table above in “Changes in valuation allowance, net”.
In 2016, “Changes in valuation allowance, net” included reductions in valuation allowances recorded in certain jurisdictions where the Company determined that it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets (recognized for net operating losses and temporary differences in those jurisdictions) would be realized, as well as increases in the valuation allowance in certain other jurisdictions.
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, “Non‑deductible expenses” of $86 million, $58 million and $79 million, respectively, included expenses in relation to items that were deducted for financial accounting purposes, but were not tax deductible, such as interest expense, local taxes on productive activities, disallowed meals and entertainment expenses and other similar items.
In 2018, “Other, net” in the table above included a net benefit of $22 million while in 2017 and 2016, “Other, net” included net charges of $148 million and $53 million, respectively, related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities from continued operations consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
Unused tax losses and credits |
600 |
|
521 |
Provisions and other accrued liabilities |
769 |
|
761 |
Pension |
476 |
|
458 |
Inventories |
253 |
|
263 |
Property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets |
1,039 |
|
1,146 |
Other |
114 |
|
93 |
Total gross deferred tax asset |
3,251 |
|
3,242 |
Valuation allowance |
(1,535) |
|
(1,303) |
Total gross deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance |
1,716 |
|
1,939 |
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment |
(202) |
|
(210) |
Intangibles and other assets |
(770) |
|
(724) |
Pension and other liabilities |
(153) |
|
(217) |
Inventories |
(67) |
|
(69) |
Unremitted earnings |
(445) |
|
(557) |
Total gross deferred tax liability |
(1,637) |
|
(1,777) |
Net deferred tax asset (liability ) |
79 |
|
162 |
Included in: |
|
|
|
“Deferred taxes”—non-current assets |
1,006 |
|
1,212 |
“Deferred taxes”—non-current liabilities |
(927) |
|
(1,050) |
Net deferred tax asset (liability) |
79 |
|
162 |
Certain entities have deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry‑forwards and other items. As recognition of these assets in certain entities did not meet the more likely than not criterion, valuation allowances have been recorded and amount to $1,535 million and $1,303 million, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. “Unused tax losses and credits” at December 31, 2018 and 2017, in the table above, included $145 million and $148 million, respectively, for which the Company has established a full valuation allowance as, due to limitations
F- 57
imposed by the relevant tax law, the Company determined that, more likely than not, such deferred tax assets would not be realized.
The valuation allowance at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $1,535 million, $1,303 million and $539 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, deferred tax liabilities totaling $445 million and $557 million, respectively, have been provided for primarily in respect of withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter “withholding taxes”) on unremitted earnings which will be payable in foreign jurisdictions on the repatriation of earnings to Switzerland. Income which has been generated outside of Switzerland and has already been subject to corporate income tax in such foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.
Certain countries levy withholding taxes on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. In 2018 and 2017, certain taxes arose in certain foreign jurisdictions for which the technical merits do not allow utilization of benefits. At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, foreign subsidiary retained earnings subject to withholding taxes upon distribution of approximately $100 million were considered as permanently reinvested, as these funds are used for financing current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries and, consequently, no deferred tax liability was recorded.
At December 31, 2018, net operating loss carry‑forwards of $2,153 million and tax credits of $120 million were available to reduce future taxes of certain subsidiaries. Of these amounts, $1,413 million of loss carry‑forwards and $95 million of tax credits will expire in varying amounts through 2038, while the remainder will not expire. The largest amount of these carry‑forwards related to the Company’s Europe operations.
F- 58
Unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following:
|
|
|
Penalties and |
|
|
|
|
|
interest |
|
|
|
|
|
related to |
|
|
|
Unrecognized |
|
unrecognized |
|
|
($ in millions) |
tax benefits |
|
tax benefits |
|
Total |
Classification as unrecognized tax items on January 1, 2016 |
744 |
|
145 |
|
889 |
Increase relating to prior year tax positions |
88 |
|
74 |
|
162 |
Decrease relating to prior year tax positions |
(21) |
|
(20) |
|
(41) |
Increase relating to current year tax positions |
167 |
|
13 |
|
180 |
Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities |
(96) |
|
(21) |
|
(117) |
Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations |
(95) |
|
(13) |
|
(108) |
Exchange rate differences |
(27) |
|
(6) |
|
(33) |
Balance at December 31, 2016, which would, if recognized, affect |
|
|
|
|
|
the effective tax rate |
760 |
|
172 |
|
932 |
Increase relating to prior year tax positions |
115 |
|
103 |
|
218 |
Decrease relating to prior year tax positions |
(76) |
|
(37) |
|
(113) |
Increase relating to current year tax positions |
223 |
|
— |
|
223 |
Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities |
(23) |
|
(2) |
|
(25) |
Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations |
(75) |
|
(12) |
|
(87) |
Exchange rate differences |
101 |
|
18 |
|
119 |
Balance at December 31, 2017, which would, if recognized, affect |
|
|
|
|
|
the effective tax rate |
1,025 |
|
242 |
|
1,267 |
Net change due to acquisitions and divestments |
8 |
|
— |
|
8 |
Increase relating to prior year tax positions |
35 |
|
37 |
|
72 |
Decrease relating to prior year tax positions |
(99) |
|
14 |
|
(85) |
Increase relating to current year tax positions |
126 |
|
5 |
|
131 |
Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities |
(44) |
|
(17) |
|
(61) |
Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations |
(66) |
|
(31) |
|
(97) |
Exchange rate differences |
(24) |
|
(11) |
|
(35) |
Balance at December 31, 2018, which would, if recognized, affect |
|
|
|
|
|
the effective tax rate |
961 |
|
239 |
|
1,200 |
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the “Increase relating to current year tax positions” included a total of $111 million, $193 million and $132 million, respectively, in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.
At December 31, 2018, the Company expected the resolution, within the next twelve months, of unrecognized tax benefits related to pending court cases amounting to $52 million for taxes, penalties and interest. Otherwise, the Company had not identified any other significant changes which were considered reasonably possible to occur within the next twelve months.
At December 31, 2018, the earliest significant open tax years that remained subject to examination were the following:
F- 59
Note 17—Employee benefits
The Company operates defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans, and termination indemnity plans, in accordance with local regulations and practices. The Company’s most significant defined benefit pension plans are in Switzerland as well as in Germany, the United Kingdom, the U.S., Sweden and Finland. These plans cover a large portion of the Company’s employees and provide benefits to employees in the event of death, disability, retirement, or termination of employment. Certain of these plans are multi‑employer plans. The Company also operates other postretirement benefit plans including postretirement health care benefits and other employee‑related benefits for active employees including long‑service award plans. The measurement date used for the Company’s employee benefit plans is December 31. The funding policies of the Company’s plans are consistent with the local government and tax requirements.
The Company recognizes in its Consolidated Balance Sheets the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans, postretirement plans, and other employee‑related benefits measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation.
Unless otherwise indicated, the following tables include amounts relating to both continuing and discontinued operations.
Obligations and funded status of the plans
The change in benefit obligation, change in fair value of plan assets, and funded status recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
|
|
|
Other |
||||||||
|
Defined pension |
|
postretirement |
||||||||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||
|
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
||||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Benefit obligations at January 1, |
4,055 |
|
3,708 |
|
7,892 |
|
7,188 |
|
132 |
|
147 |
Service cost |
92 |
|
106 |
|
122 |
|
122 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
Interest cost |
30 |
|
41 |
|
198 |
|
208 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
Contributions by plan participants |
69 |
|
70 |
|
16 |
|
12 |
|
— |
|
— |
Benefit payments |
(239) |
|
(245) |
|
(318) |
|
(345) |
|
(11) |
|
(11) |
Benefit obligations of businesses acquired (divested) |
10 |
|
56 |
|
60 |
|
8 |
|
8 |
|
— |
Actuarial (gain) loss |
6 |
|
127 |
|
(92) |
|
101 |
|
(12) |
|
(11) |
Plan amendments and other |
(4) |
|
23 |
|
(119) |
|
(45) |
|
— |
|
(1) |
Exchange rate differences |
(26) |
|
169 |
|
(330) |
|
643 |
|
(2) |
|
2 |
Benefit obligation at December 31, |
3,993 |
|
4,055 |
|
7,429 |
|
7,892 |
|
120 |
|
132 |
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, |
4,020 |
|
3,682 |
|
6,514 |
|
5,811 |
|
— |
|
— |
Actual return on plan assets |
(41) |
|
207 |
|
(184) |
|
437 |
|
— |
|
— |
Contributions by employer |
89 |
|
90 |
|
152 |
|
139 |
|
11 |
|
11 |
Contributions by plan participants |
69 |
|
70 |
|
16 |
|
12 |
|
— |
|
— |
Benefit payments |
(239) |
|
(245) |
|
(318) |
|
(345) |
|
(11) |
|
(11) |
Plan assets of businesses acquired (divested) |
7 |
|
52 |
|
39 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Plan amendments and other |
— |
|
(3) |
|
(94) |
|
(47) |
|
— |
|
— |
Exchange rate differences |
(26) |
|
167 |
|
(259) |
|
507 |
|
— |
|
— |
Fair value of plan assets at December 31, |
3,879 |
|
4,020 |
|
5,866 |
|
6,514 |
|
— |
|
— |
Funded status — underfunded |
(114) |
|
(35) |
|
(1,563) |
|
(1,378) |
|
(120) |
|
(132) |
F- 60
The amounts recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and "Noncontrolling interests" were:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||
Net actuarial (loss) gain |
(2,628) |
|
(2,321) |
|
(2,237) |
|
30 |
|
20 |
|
10 |
Prior service credit |
74 |
|
99 |
|
108 |
|
23 |
|
27 |
|
31 |
Amount recognized in OCI (1) and NCI (2) |
(2,554) |
|
(2,222) |
|
(2,129) |
|
53 |
|
47 |
|
41 |
Taxes associated with amount recognized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in OCI and NCI |
535 |
|
503 |
|
487 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Amount recognized in OCI and NCI, net of tax (3) |
(2,019) |
|
(1,719) |
|
(1,642) |
|
53 |
|
47 |
|
41 |
(1) OCI represents “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”.
(2) NCI represents “Noncontrolling interests”.
(3) NCI, net of tax, amounted to $(1) million, $0 million, and $0 million at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
In addition, the following amounts were recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||||||||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
||||||
Overfunded plans |
24 |
|
60 |
|
59 |
|
62 |
|
— |
|
— |
Underfunded plans — current |
— |
|
— |
|
(19) |
|
(18) |
|
(11) |
|
(12) |
Underfunded plans — non-current |
(138) |
|
(95) |
|
(1,603) |
|
(1,422) |
|
(109) |
|
(120) |
Funded status - underfunded |
(114) |
|
(35) |
|
(1,563) |
|
(1,378) |
|
(120) |
|
(132) |
Amounts reported as assets and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
liabilities held for sale |
(93) |
|
(133) |
|
(120) |
|
(106) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|||
Non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Overfunded pension plans |
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
122 |
|||
Other employee-related benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
22 |
|||
Pension and other employee benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
144 |
|||
Amounts reported as Non-current assets held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|||
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Underfunded pension plans |
|
|
|
|
|
(19) |
|
(18) |
|||
Underfunded other postretirement benefit plans |
|
|
|
|
|
(11) |
|
(12) |
|||
Other employee-related benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
(10) |
|
(17) |
|||
Pension and other employee benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
(40) |
|
(47) |
|||
Amounts reported as Current liabilities held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
(7) |
F- 61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|||
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Underfunded pension plans |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,741) |
|
(1,517) |
|||
Underfunded other postretirement benefit plans |
|
|
|
|
|
(109) |
|
(120) |
|||
Other employee-related benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
(246) |
|
(245) |
|||
Pension and other employee benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,096) |
|
(1,882) |
|||
Amounts reported as Non-current liabilities held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
(266) |
|
(291) |
The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) for all defined benefit pension plans was $11,249 million and $11,683 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The projected benefit obligation (PBO), ABO and fair value of plan assets, for pension plans with a PBO in excess of fair value of plan assets or ABO in excess of fair value of plan assets, was:
|
PBO exceeds fair value of plan assets |
|
ABO exceeds fair value of plan assets |
||||||||||||
($ in millions) |
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
Switzerland |
|
International |
||||||||
December 31, |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
PBO |
3,482 |
|
3,557 |
|
6,897 |
|
7,477 |
|
3,482 |
|
3,557 |
|
6,872 |
|
5,864 |
ABO |
3,482 |
|
3,557 |
|
6,743 |
|
7,235 |
|
3,482 |
|
3,557 |
|
6,724 |
|
5,725 |
Fair value of plan assets |
3,344 |
|
3,461 |
|
5,275 |
|
6,038 |
|
3,344 |
|
3,461 |
|
5,254 |
|
4,453 |
All of the Company's other postretirement benefit plans are unfunded.
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:
The components of net periodic benefit cost other than the service cost component are included in the line “Non-operational pension (cost) credit” in the income statement. Net periodic benefit cost includes $45 million, $55 million and $67 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to discontinued operations.
F- 62
Assumptions
The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:
|
December 31, |
||||||||||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||||||||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||
(in %) |
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
||||||
Discount rate |
0.8 |
|
0.8 |
|
2.8 |
|
2.6 |
|
3.9 |
|
3.2 |
Rate of compensation increase |
— |
|
— |
|
2.4 |
|
2.5 |
|
0.2 |
|
— |
Rate of pension increase |
— |
|
— |
|
1.4 |
|
1.5 |
|
— |
|
— |
Cash balance interest credit rate |
1.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
1.6 |
|
1.7 |
|
— |
|
— |
For the Company’s significant benefit plans, the discount rate used at each measurement date is set based on a high-quality corporate bond yield curve – derived based on bond universe information sourced from reputable third-party index and data providers and rating agencies – reflecting the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments for the respective plan. Consistent discount rates are used across all plans in each currency zone, based on the duration of the applicable plan(s) in that zone. For plans in the other countries, the discount rate is based on high quality corporate or government bond yields applicable in the respective currency, as appropriate at each measurement date with a duration broadly consistent with the respective plan’s obligations.
At the end of 2018, the Company changed the approach used to calculate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit cost for its significant benefit plans to provide a more precise measurement of service and interest costs. This change compared to the previous approach is expected to result in a net decrease in the service and interest components for benefit cost in 2019. The Company calculates the service and interest cost components utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. Going forward, the Company has elected to utilize an approach that discounts the individual expected cash flows using the applicable spot rates derived from the yield curve over the projected cash flow period. This change does not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations. The Company has accounted for this change as a change in accounting estimate and, accordingly, has accounted for it prospectively.
The following weighted‑average assumptions were used to determine the “Net periodic benefit cost”:
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||||||||||||||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||||||||
|
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
||||||||||||
(in %) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Discount rate |
0.8 |
|
1.1 |
|
1.2 |
|
2.6 |
|
2.9 |
|
3.4 |
|
3.2 |
|
3.3 |
|
3.6 |
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets |
3.0 |
|
3.0 |
|
3.5 |
|
4.9 |
|
5.0 |
|
4.8 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Rate of compensation increase |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
2.5 |
|
2.5 |
|
2.4 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Cash balance interest credit rate |
1.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
1.3 |
|
1.7 |
|
1.7 |
|
1.6 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
The “Expected long‑term rate of return on plan assets” is derived for each benefit plan by considering the expected future long‑term return assumption for each individual asset class. A single long‑term return assumption is then derived for each plan based upon the plan’s target asset allocation.
F- 63
The Company maintains other postretirement benefit plans, which are generally contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted annually. The assumptions used were:
|
December 31, |
||
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year |
6.7% |
|
7.1% |
Rate to which the trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate) |
5.0% |
|
5.0% |
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate |
2028 |
|
2028 |
The Company has pension plans in various countries with the majority of the Company’s pension liabilities deriving from a limited number of these countries.
The pension plans are typically funded by regular contributions from employees and the Company. These plans are typically administered by boards of trustees (which include Company representatives) whose primary responsibilities include ensuring that the plans meet their liabilities through contributions and investment returns. The boards of trustees have the responsibility for making key investment strategy decisions within a risk‑controlled framework.
The pension plan assets are invested in diversified portfolios that are managed by third‑party asset managers, in accordance with local statutory regulations, pension plan rules and the respective plans’ investment guidelines, as approved by the boards of trustees.
Plan assets are generally segregated from those of the Company and invested with the aim of meeting the respective plans’ projected future pension liabilities. Plan assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date.
The boards of trustees manage the assets of the pension plans in a risk‑controlled manner and assess the risks embedded in the pension plans through asset/liability management studies. Asset/liability management studies typically take place every three years. However, the risks of the plans are monitored on an ongoing basis.
The board of trustees’ investment goal is to maximize the long‑term returns of plan assets within specified risk parameters, while considering the future liabilities and liquidity needs of the individual plans. Risk measures taken into account include the funding ratio of the plan, the likelihood of extraordinary cash contributions being required, the risk embedded in each individual asset class, and the plan asset portfolio as a whole.
The Company’s global pension asset allocation is the result of the asset allocations of the individual plans, which are set by the respective boards of trustees. The target asset allocation of the Company’s plans on a weighted‑average basis is as follows:
|
Target |
||
(in %) |
Switzerland |
|
International |
Asset class |
|
|
|
Equity |
19 |
|
22 |
Fixed income |
54 |
|
61 |
Real estate |
22 |
|
7 |
Other |
5 |
|
10 |
|
100 |
|
100 |
The actual asset allocations of the plans are in line with the target asset allocations.
F- 64
Equity securities primarily includes investments in large‑cap and mid‑cap publicly traded companies. Fixed income assets primarily include corporate bonds of companies from diverse industries and government bonds. Both fixed income and equity assets are invested either via funds or directly in segregated investment mandates, and include an allocation to emerging markets. Real estate consists primarily of investments in real estate in Switzerland held in the Swiss plans. The “Other” asset class includes investments in private equity, hedge funds, commodities, and cash and reflects a variety of investment strategies.
Based on the above global asset allocation and the fair values of the plan assets, the expected long‑term return on assets at December 31, 2018, is 4.1 percent. The Company and the local boards of trustees regularly review the investment performance of the asset classes and individual asset managers. Due to the diversified nature of the investments, the Company is of the opinion that no significant concentration of risks exists in its pension fund assets.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, plan assets include ABB Ltd’s shares (as well as an insignificant amount of the Company’s debt instruments) with a total value of $8 million and $11 million, respectively.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset class are presented below. For further information on the fair value hierarchy and an overview of the Company’s valuation techniques applied, see the “Fair value measures” section of Note 2.
|
December 31, 2018 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Not subject |
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
to leveling (1) |
|
fair value |
Asset class |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities |
209 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
209 |
Mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
1,433 |
|
39 |
|
1,472 |
Emerging market mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
363 |
|
— |
|
363 |
Fixed income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government and corporate securities |
524 |
|
997 |
|
— |
|
1,521 |
Government and corporate—mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
3,496 |
|
— |
|
3,496 |
Emerging market bonds—mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
729 |
|
— |
|
729 |
Real estate |
— |
|
— |
|
1,381 |
|
1,381 |
Insurance contracts |
— |
|
121 |
|
— |
|
121 |
Cash and short-term investments |
202 |
|
86 |
|
— |
|
288 |
Private equity |
— |
|
— |
|
139 |
|
139 |
Hedge funds |
— |
|
— |
|
2 |
|
2 |
Commodities |
— |
|
24 |
|
— |
|
24 |
Total |
935 |
|
7,249 |
|
1,561 |
|
9,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F- 65
|
December 31, 2017 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Not subject |
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
to leveling (1) |
|
fair value |
Asset class |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities |
274 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
274 |
Mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
1,726 |
|
46 |
|
1,772 |
Emerging market mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
507 |
|
— |
|
507 |
Fixed income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government and corporate securities |
564 |
|
1,092 |
|
— |
|
1,656 |
Government and corporate—mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
3,622 |
|
— |
|
3,622 |
Emerging market bonds—mutual funds/commingled funds |
— |
|
708 |
|
— |
|
708 |
Real estate |
— |
|
9 |
|
1,355 |
|
1,364 |
Insurance contracts |
— |
|
113 |
|
— |
|
113 |
Cash and short-term investments |
162 |
|
140 |
|
— |
|
302 |
Private equity |
— |
|
— |
|
128 |
|
128 |
Hedge funds |
— |
|
— |
|
15 |
|
15 |
Commodities |
— |
|
73 |
|
— |
|
73 |
Total |
1,000 |
|
7,990 |
|
1,544 |
|
10,534 |
(1) Amounts relate to assets measured using the NAV practical expedient which are not subject to leveling.
The Company applies accounting guidance related to the presentation of certain investments using the net asset value (NAV) practical expedient. This accounting guidance exempts investments using this practical expedient from categorization within the fair value hierarchy.
Employer contributions were as follows:
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||||||||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||||||||
|
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
||||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
Total contributions to defined benefit pension |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other postretirement benefit plans |
89 |
|
90 |
|
152 |
|
139 |
|
11 |
|
11 |
Of which, discretionary contributions to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
defined benefit pension plans |
— |
|
— |
|
25 |
|
15 |
|
— |
|
— |
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, total contributions included non‑cash contributions totaling $31 million, $31 million and $52 million, respectively, of available‑for‑sale debt securities to certain of the Company’s pension plans.
The Company expects to contribute approximately $202 million, including $8 million in discretionary contributions, to its defined benefit pension plans in 2019. Of these discretionary contributions $6 million are expected to be non‑cash contributions. The Company expects to contribute approximately $11 million to its other postretirement benefit plans in 2019.
F- 66
The Company also contributes to a number of defined contribution plans. The aggregate expense for these plans was $245 million, $233 million and $210 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Contributions to multi‑employer plans were not significant in 2018, 2017 and 2016. Defined contribution expense includes $59 million, $61 million and $58 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to discontinued operations.
Estimated future benefit payments
The expected future cash flows to be paid by the Company’s plans in respect of pension and other postretirement benefit plans at December 31, 2018, are as follows:
|
Defined pension |
|
Other postretirement |
||
|
benefits |
|
benefits |
||
($ in millions) |
Switzerland |
|
International |
|
International |
2019 |
357 |
|
338 |
|
11 |
2020 |
271 |
|
348 |
|
11 |
2021 |
233 |
|
345 |
|
11 |
2022 |
228 |
|
350 |
|
10 |
2023 |
213 |
|
350 |
|
10 |
Years 2024 - 2028 |
941 |
|
1,840 |
|
42 |
Note 18—Share‑based payment arrangements
The Company has three principal share‑based payment plans, as more fully described in the respective sections below. Compensation cost for equity‑settled awards is recorded in “Total cost of sales” and in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and totaled $50 million, $49 million and $45 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Compensation cost for cash‑settled awards is recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and is disclosed in the “WARs”, “LTIP” and “Other share‑based payments” sections of this note. The total tax benefit recognized in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not significant.
At December 31, 2018, the Company had the ability to issue up to 94 million new shares out of contingent capital in connection with share‑based payment arrangements. In addition, 36 million shares held by the Company as treasury stock at December 31, 2018, could be used to settle share‑based payment arrangements.
As the primary trading market for the shares of ABB Ltd is the SIX Swiss Exchange (on which the shares are traded in Swiss francs) and substantially all the share‑based payment arrangements with employees are based on the Swiss franc share or have strike prices set in Swiss francs, certain data disclosed below related to the instruments granted under share‑based payment arrangements are presented in Swiss francs.
Under the MIP, the Company offers options and cash‑settled WARs to key employees for no consideration.
The options granted under the MIP allow participants to purchase shares of ABB Ltd at predetermined prices. Participants may sell the options rather than exercise the right to purchase shares. Equivalent warrants are listed by a third‑party bank on the SIX Swiss Exchange, which facilitates pricing and transferability of options granted under this plan. The options entitle the holder to request that the third‑party bank purchase such options at the market price of equivalent listed warrants related to that MIP launch. If the participant elects to sell the options, the options will thereafter be held by a third party and, consequently, the Company’s obligation to deliver shares will be toward this third party.
Each WAR gives the participant the right to receive, in cash, the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise of the WAR. Participants may exercise or sell options and exercise WARs after the vesting period, which is three years from the date of grant. All options and WARs expire six years from the date of grant.
F- 67
Options
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from equivalent listed warrants on ABB Ltd shares. The expected term of the options granted is the contractual six‑year life of each option, based on the fact that after the vesting period, a participant can elect to sell the option rather than exercise the right to purchase shares, thereby also realizing the time value of the options. The risk‑free rate is based on a six‑year Swiss franc interest rate, reflecting the six‑year contractual life of the options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous comparable MIP launches.
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Expected volatility |
17% |
|
19% |
|
19% |
Dividend yield |
3.1% |
|
4.7% |
|
4.9% |
Expected term |
6 years |
|
6 years |
|
6 years |
Risk-free interest rate |
-0.1% |
|
-0.1% |
|
-0.5% |
Presented below is a summary of the activity related to options under the MIP:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
Weighted- |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
average |
|
average |
|
intrinsic |
|
|
|
|
|
exercise |
|
remaining |
|
value |
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
price |
|
contractual |
|
(in millions |
|
options |
|
shares |
|
(in Swiss |
|
term |
|
of Swiss |
|
(in millions) |
|
(in millions) (1) |
|
francs) (2) |
|
(in years) |
|
francs) (3) |
Outstanding at January 1, 2018 |
390.6 |
|
78.1 |
|
21.06 |
|
|
|
|
Granted |
71.3 |
|
14.3 |
|
23.50 |
|
|
|
|
Exercised (4) |
(10.3) |
|
(2.1) |
|
16.66 |
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
(6.7) |
|
(1.3) |
|
21.86 |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 |
444.9 |
|
89.0 |
|
21.54 |
|
3.0 |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2018 |
439.4 |
|
87.9 |
|
21.52 |
|
3.0 |
|
— |
Exercisable at December 31, 2018 |
250.5 |
|
50.1 |
|
20.76 |
|
1.7 |
|
— |
(1) Information presented reflects the number of ABB Ltd shares that can be received upon exercise, as options have a conversion ratio of 5:1.
(2) Information presented reflects the exercise price per ABB Ltd share.
(3) Options outstanding at December 31, 2018, did not have any intrinsic value as the closing price, in Swiss francs, of ABB Ltd shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange was below the various exercise prices per share.
(4) The cash received upon exercise amounted to approximately $35 million. The shares were delivered out of treasury stock.
At December 31, 2018, there was $50 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non‑vested options granted under the MIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted‑average period of 2.1 years. The weighted‑average grant‑date fair value (per option) of options granted during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was 0.46 Swiss francs, 0.47 Swiss francs and 0.47 Swiss francs, respectively. In 2018, 2017 and 2016 the aggregate intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of options exercised was $13 million, $38 million and $27 million, respectively.
F- 68
Presented below is a summary, by launch, related to options outstanding at December 31, 2018:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
average |
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
remaining |
|
options |
|
shares |
|
contractual |
Exercise price (in Swiss francs) (1) |
(in millions) |
|
(in millions) (2) |
|
term (in years) |
21.50 |
81.0 |
|
16.2 |
|
0.4 |
21.00 |
72.3 |
|
14.5 |
|
1.7 |
19.50 |
78.1 |
|
15.6 |
|
2.6 |
21.50 |
74.2 |
|
14.8 |
|
3.7 |
22.50 |
68.7 |
|
13.7 |
|
4.6 |
23.50 |
70.7 |
|
14.1 |
|
5.7 |
Total number of options and shares |
444.9 |
|
89.0 |
|
3.0 |
( 1) Information presented reflects the exercise price per share of ABB Ltd.
(2) Information presented reflects the number of shares of ABB Ltd that can be received upon exercise.
As each WAR gives the holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of the equivalent listed warrant on date of exercise, the Company records a liability based upon the fair value of outstanding WARs at each period end, accreted on a straight‑line basis over the three‑year vesting period. In “Selling, general and administrative expenses”, the Company recorded an income of $14 million and an expense of $19 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, as a result of changes in both the fair value and vested portion of the outstanding WARs. The amount recorded in 2016 was not significant. To hedge its exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of outstanding WARs, the Company purchased cash‑settled call options, which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs. The cash‑settled call options are recorded as derivatives measured at fair value (see Note 6), with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings to the extent that they offset the change in fair value of the liability for the WARs. In 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded an expense of $18 million and an income of $15 million in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” related to the cash‑settled call options. The amount recorded in 2016 was not significant.
The aggregate fair value of outstanding WARs was $6 million and $42 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The fair value of WARs was determined based upon the trading price of equivalent warrants listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange.
Presented below is a summary of the activity related to WARs:
|
Number of WARs |
|
(in millions) |
Outstanding at January 1, 2018 |
37.1 |
Granted |
10.9 |
Exercised |
(6.3) |
Forfeited |
(0.5) |
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 |
41.2 |
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2018 |
14.4 |
The aggregate fair value at date of grant of WARs granted in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not significant. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, share‑based liabilities of $6 million, $10 million and $7 million, respectively, were paid upon exercise of WARs by participants.
F- 69
ESAP
The employee share acquisition plan (ESAP) is an employee stock‑option plan with a savings feature. Employees save over a twelve‑month period, by way of regular payroll deductions. At the end of the savings period, employees choose whether to exercise their stock options using their savings plus interest, if any, to buy ABB Ltd shares (American Depositary Shares (ADS) in the case of employees in the United States and Canada—each ADS representing one registered share of the Company) at the exercise price set at the grant date, or have their savings returned with any interest. The savings are accumulated in bank accounts held by a third‑party trustee on behalf of the participants and earn interest, where applicable. Employees can withdraw from the ESAP at any time during the savings period and will be entitled to a refund of their accumulated savings.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model as described under the MIP, using the assumptions noted in the table below. The expected term of the option granted has been determined to be the contractual one‑year life of each option, at the end of which the options vest and the participants are required to decide whether to exercise their options or have their savings returned with interest. The risk‑free rate is based on one‑year Swiss franc interest rates, reflecting the one‑year contractual life of the options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous ESAP launches.
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Expected volatility |
19% |
|
17% |
|
20% |
Dividend yield |
4.1% |
|
3.1% |
|
3.7% |
Expected term |
1 year |
|
1 year |
|
1 year |
Risk-free interest rate |
-0.6% |
|
-0.6% |
|
-0.7% |
Presented below is a summary of activity under the ESAP:
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
Weighted- |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
average |
|
average |
|
intrinsic |
|
|
|
exercise |
|
remaining |
|
value |
|
Number of |
|
price |
|
contractual |
|
(in millions |
|
shares |
|
(in Swiss |
|
term |
|
of Swiss |
|
(in millions) (1) |
|
francs) (2) |
|
(in years) |
|
francs) (2)(3) |
Outstanding at January 1, 2018 |
2.9 |
|
26.26 |
|
|
|
|
Granted |
3.6 |
|
20.38 |
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
(0.2) |
|
26.01 |
|
|
|
|
Not exercised (savings returned plus interest) |
(2.7) |
|
26.26 |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 |
3.6 |
|
20.38 |
|
0.8 |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2018 |
3.4 |
|
20.38 |
|
0.8 |
|
— |
Exercisable at December 31, 2018 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
(1) Includes shares represented by ADS.
(2) Information presented for ADS is based on equivalent Swiss franc denominated awards.
(3) Options outstanding at December 31, 2018, did not have any intrinsic value as the closing price, in Swiss francs, of ABB Ltd shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange was below the exercise price per share.
The exercise prices per ABB Ltd share and per ADS of 20.38 Swiss francs and $20.37, respectively, for the 2018 grant, 26.26 Swiss francs and $26.24, respectively, for the 2017 grant, and 20.12 Swiss francs and $20.52, respectively, for the 2016 grant were determined using the closing price of the ABB Ltd share on the SIX Swiss Exchange and ADS on the New York Stock Exchange on the respective grant dates.
F- 70
At December 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non‑vested options granted under the ESAP was not significant. The weighted‑average grant‑date fair value (per option) of options granted during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was 1.10 Swiss francs, 1.37 Swiss francs and 1.24 Swiss francs, respectively. The total intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of options exercised in 2017 was $17 million, while in 2018 and 2016 it was not significant.
The Company has a long‑term incentive plan (LTIP) for members of its Executive Committee and selected other senior executives (Eligible Participants), as defined in the terms of the LTIP. The LTIP involves annual conditional grants of the Company’s stock to such Eligible Participants that are subject to certain conditions. The ultimate amount delivered under the LTIP is based on achieving certain results against targets, as set out below, over a three-year period from grant and the final amount is delivered to Eligible Participants at the end of this period.
The 2018 LTIP launch is composed of a performance component, based on the Company’s earnings per share performance, and a market component, based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return. The 2017 LTIP launch is composed of two performance components: (i) a component which is based on the average percentage achievement of income from continuing operations, net of tax, versus budget and (ii) a component which is based on the Company’s earnings per share performance. The 2016 LTIP launch is composed of two performance components: (i) a component which is based on the achievement of a net income threshold and (ii) a component which is based on the Company’s earnings per share performance.
For the relative total shareholder return component of the 2018 LTIP launch, the actual number of shares that will be delivered at a future date is based on the Company’s total shareholder return performance relative to a peer group of companies over a three-year period starting with the year of grant. The actual number of shares that will ultimately be delivered will vary depending on the relative total shareholder return outcome achieved between a lower threshold (no shares delivered) and an upper threshold (the number of shares delivered is capped at 200 percent of the conditional grant). For the average percentage achievement of income versus budget component of the 2017 LTIP launch, the actual number of shares that will be delivered at a future date is dependent on the average percentage (of each year in a three-year period starting with the year of grant) of the Company’s income from continuing operations, net of tax, divided by the Company’s budgeted income from operations, net of tax. The actual number of shares that will ultimately be delivered will vary depending on the average percentage that is achieved between a lower threshold (no shares delivered) and an upper threshold (the number of shares delivered is capped at 150 percent of the conditional grant). For shares to be delivered under the threshold net income component of the 2016 LTIP launch, the Company’s net income has to reach a certain level in 2018 as set by the Board of Directors at the launch of the LTIP. No shares will be delivered if this threshold is not achieved and 100 percent of the conditional grant will be delivered if this threshold is equaled or exceeded.
For the earnings per share performance component of the 2018 LTIP launch, the actual number of shares that will be delivered at a future date is based on the Company’s average earnings per share over three financial years, beginning with the year of launch. For the earnings per share performance component of the 2017 and 2016 LTIP launches, the actual number of shares that will be delivered at a future date is dependent on the Company’s weighted cumulative earnings per share performance over three financial years, beginning with the year of launch. The cumulative earnings per share performance is weighted as follows: 33 percent of the first year’s result, 67 percent of the second year’s result and 100 percent of the third year’s result. Under all LTIP launches, the actual number of shares that will ultimately be delivered will vary depending on the earnings per share outcome as computed under each LTIP launch, interpolated between a lower threshold (no shares delivered) and an upper threshold (the number of shares delivered is capped at 200 percent of the conditional grant).
Under each component of the 2018 LTIP, an Eligible Participant receives 65 percent of the shares that have vested in the form of shares and 35 percent of the value of the shares that have vested in cash, with the possibility to elect to also receive the 35 percent portion in shares rather than in cash. Under each component of the 2017 and 2016 LTIP launches, an Eligible Participant receives 70 percent of the shares that have vested in the form of shares and 30 percent of the value of the shares that have vested in cash, with the possibility to elect to also receive the 30 percent portion in shares rather than in cash.
F- 71
In addition, for certain awards to vest, the Eligible Participant has to fulfill a three-year service condition as defined in the terms and conditions of the LTIP.
Presented below is a summary of activity under the LTIP:
|
|
|
Weighted-average |
|
Number of Shares |
|
grant-date |
|
Conditionally Granted |
|
fair value per share |
|
(in millions) |
|
(Swiss francs) |
Nonvested at January 1, 2018 |
1.4 |
|
21.47 |
Granted |
0.8 |
|
21.97 |
Vested |
(0.7) |
|
21.78 |
Forfeited |
(0.2) |
|
21.50 |
Nonvested at December 31, 2018 |
1.3 |
|
21.61 |
Equity‑settled awards are recorded in the “Additional paid‑in capital” component of stockholders’ equity, with compensation cost recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” over the vesting period (which is from grant date to the end of the vesting period) based on the grant‑date fair value of the shares. Cash‑settled awards are recorded as a liability, remeasured at fair value at each reporting date for the percentage vested, with changes in the liability recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
At December 31, 2018, total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity‑settled awards under the LTIP was not significant. The compensation cost recorded in 2018, 2017 and 2016 for cash‑settled awards was not significant.
The aggregate fair value, at the dates of grant, of shares granted in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $19 million, $22 million and $22 million, respectively. The total grant‑date fair value of shares that vested during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $17 million, $22 million and $15 million, respectively. The weighted‑average grant‑date fair value (per share) of shares granted during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was 21.97 Swiss francs, 22.13 Swiss francs and 20.77 Swiss francs, respectively.
For the relative total shareholder return component of the 2018 LTIP launch, the fair value of granted shares at grant date, for equity‑settled awards, and at each reporting date, for cash‑settled awards, is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The main inputs to this model are the Company’s share price and dividend yield, the volatility of the Company’s and the peer group’s share price as well as the correlation between the peer companies. For the average percentage achievement of income versus budget component of the 2017 LTIP launch the fair value of granted shares is based on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at grant date for equity‑settled awards and at each reporting date for cash‑settled awards, as well as the probable outcome of the average percentage achievement of income versus budget that would result in the vesting of the highest number of shares, as computed using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The main inputs to this model are the Company’s and external financial analysts’ revenue growth rates and Operational EBITA margin expectations. For the net income threshold component of the 2016 LTIP launch, the fair value of the granted shares is based on the probability of reaching the threshold as well as on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at grant date for equity‑settled awards and at each reporting date for cash‑settled awards. For the earnings per share component of the LTIP launches, the fair value of granted shares is based on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at grant date for equity‑settled awards and at each reporting date for cash‑settled awards, as well as the probable outcome of the earnings per share achievement that would result in the vesting of the highest number of shares, as computed using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The main inputs to this model are the Company’s and external financial analysts’ revenue growth rates and Operational EBITA margin expectations.
The Company has other minor share‑based payment arrangements with certain employees. The compensation cost related to these arrangements in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not significant.
F- 72
Note 19—Stockholders’ equity
At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had 2,672 million authorized shares, of which 2,168 million were registered and issued.
At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) in March 2018, shareholders approved the proposal of the Board of Directors to distribute a total of 0.78 Swiss francs per share. The approved dividend distribution amounted to $1,736 million and was paid in April 2018. At the AGM in April 2017, shareholders approved the proposal of the Board of Directors to distribute a total of 0.76 Swiss francs per share. The approved dividend distribution amounted to $1,622 million and was paid in April 2017. At the AGM in April 2016, shareholders approved the proposal of the Board of Directors to distribute a total of 0.74 Swiss francs per share to shareholders by way of a nominal value reduction (reduction in the par value of each share) from 0.86 Swiss francs to 0.12 Swiss francs. In July 2016, the nominal value reduction was registered in the commercial register of the canton of Zurich, Switzerland, and was paid. The Company recorded a reduction in Capital stock and an increase in Additional paid‑in capital of $1,239 million and $15 million, respectively, and a reduction in Retained earnings of $402 million in relation to the nominal value reduction.
Between September 2014 and September 2016, the Company executed a share buyback program for the purchase of up to $4 billion of its own shares and on September 30, 2016, announced that it had completed this program. Over the period of the share buyback, the Company purchased a total of 146.6 million shares (for approximately $3 billion) for cancellation and 24.7 million shares (for approximately $0.5 billion) to support its employee share programs. The shares acquired for cancellation were purchased through a separate trading line on the SIX Swiss Exchange (on which only the Company could purchase shares), while shares acquired for delivery under employee share programs were acquired through the ordinary trading line. In 2016, under the announced share buyback program, the Company purchased 60.4 million shares for cancellation and 4.9 million shares to support its employee share programs. These transactions resulted in an increase in Treasury stock of $1,280 million.
In the first quarter of 2018, the Company purchased on the open market an aggregate of 10 million of its own shares to be available for delivery under its employee share programs. These transactions resulted in an increase in Treasury stock of $249 million. In the second quarter of 2017, the Company purchased on the open market an aggregate of 10 million of its own shares to be available for delivery under its employee share programs. These transactions resulted in an increase in Treasury stock of $251 million.
At the AGM in April 2017, shareholders approved the proposal of the Board of Directors to reduce the share capital of the Company by cancelling 46,595,000 treasury shares which were acquired under the $4 billion share buyback program. This cancellation was completed in July 2017, resulting in a decrease in Treasury stock of $953 million and a corresponding combined decrease in Capital stock, Additional paid‑in capital and Retained earnings. At the AGM in April 2016, shareholders approved the proposal of the Board of Directors to reduce the share capital of the Company by cancelling 100,000,000 treasury shares which were acquired under the $4 billion share buyback program. This cancellation was completed in July 2016, resulting in a decrease in Treasury stock of $2,047 million and a corresponding combined decrease in Capital stock, Additional paid‑in capital and Retained earnings.
Upon and in connection with each launch of the Company’s MIP, the Company sold call options to a bank at fair value, giving the bank the right to acquire shares equivalent to the number of shares represented by the MIP WAR awards to participants. Under the terms of the agreement with the bank, the call options can only be exercised by the bank to the extent that MIP participants have exercised their WARs. At December 31, 2018, such call options representing 13.3 million shares and with strike prices ranging from 19.50 to 23.50 Swiss francs (weighted‑average strike price of 21.57 Swiss francs) were held by the bank. The call options expire in periods ranging from May 2019 to August 2024. However, only 5.1 million of these instruments, with strike prices ranging from 19.50 to 22.50 Swiss francs (weighted‑average strike price of 21.12 Swiss francs), could be exercised at December 31, 2018, under the terms of the agreement with the bank.
F- 73
In addition to the above, at December 31, 2018, the Company had further outstanding obligations to deliver:
• up to 16.2 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2013 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.50 Swiss francs, vested in May 2016 and expiring in May 2019,
• up to 14.5 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2014 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.00 Swiss francs, vested in August 2017 and expiring in August 2020,
• up to 15.6 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2015 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 19.50 Swiss francs, vested in August 2018 and expiring in August 2021,
• up to 14.8 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2016 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.50 Swiss francs, vesting in August 2019 and expiring in August 2022,
• up to 13.7 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2017 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 22.50 Swiss francs, vesting in August 2020 and expiring in August 2023,
• up to 14.1 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2018 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 23.50 Swiss francs, vesting in August 2021 and expiring in August 2024,
• up to 3.6 million shares relating to the ESAP, vesting and expiring in October 2019,
• up to 4.5 million shares to Eligible Participants under the 2018, 2017 and 2016 launches of the LTIP, vesting and expiring in April 2021, June 2020 and June 2019, respectively, and
• less than 1 million shares in connection with certain other share‑based payment arrangements with employees.
See Note 18 for a description of the above share‑based payment arrangements.
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company delivered 2.4 million, 6.3 million and 8.9 million shares, respectively, out of treasury stock, for options exercised in relation to the MIP. In addition, in 2017 and 2016 the Company delivered 2.8 million and 2.6 million shares from treasury stock under the ESAP. No shares were delivered in 2018 under the ESAP.
Amounts available to be distributed as dividends to the stockholders of ABB Ltd are based on the requirements of Swiss law and ABB Ltd’s Articles of Incorporation, and are determined based on amounts presented in the unconsolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd, prepared in accordance with Swiss law. At December 31, 2018, the total unconsolidated stockholders’ equity of ABB Ltd was 8,511 million Swiss francs ($8,652 million), including 260 million Swiss francs ($264 million) representing share capital, 9,045 million Swiss francs ($9,195 million) representing reserves and 794 million Swiss francs ($807 million) representing a reduction of equity for own shares (treasury stock). Of the reserves, 794 million Swiss francs ($807 million) relating to own shares and 52 million Swiss francs ($53 million) representing 20 percent of share capital, are restricted and not available for distribution.
In February 2019, the Company announced that a proposal will be put to the 2019 AGM for approval by the shareholders to distribute 0.80 Swiss francs per share to shareholders.
F- 74
Note 20—Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted‑average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise outstanding written call options and outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company’s share‑based payment arrangements. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, outstanding securities representing a maximum of 88 million, 31 million and 87 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
Basic earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share data in $) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
1,514 |
|
1,441 |
|
1,172 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
659 |
|
772 |
|
727 |
Net income |
2,173 |
|
2,213 |
|
1,899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) |
2,132 |
|
2,138 |
|
2,151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.04 |
|
0.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share data in $) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
1,514 |
|
1,441 |
|
1,172 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
659 |
|
772 |
|
727 |
Net income |
2,173 |
|
2,213 |
|
1,899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) |
2,132 |
|
2,138 |
|
2,151 |
Effect of dilutive securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
Call options and shares |
7 |
|
10 |
|
3 |
Adjusted weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) |
2,139 |
|
2,148 |
|
2,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
0.71 |
|
0.67 |
|
0.54 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
0.31 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.34 |
Net income |
1.02 |
|
1.03 |
|
0.88 |
F- 75
Note 21—Other comprehensive income
The following table includes amounts recorded within “Total other comprehensive income (loss)” including the related income tax effects:
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
||||||||||||
|
Before |
|
Tax |
|
Net of |
|
Before |
|
Tax |
|
Net of |
|
Before |
|
Tax |
|
Net of |
($ in millions) |
tax |
|
effect |
|
tax |
|
tax |
|
effect |
|
tax |
|
tax |
|
effect |
|
tax |
Foreign currency translation adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
(641) |
|
14 |
|
(627) |
|
911 |
|
1 |
|
912 |
|
(469) |
|
(12) |
|
(481) |
Gain on liquidation of foreign subsidiary |
(31) |
|
— |
|
(31) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Changes attributable to divestments (1) |
12 |
|
— |
|
12 |
|
12 |
|
— |
|
12 |
|
7 |
|
— |
|
7 |
Net change during the year |
(660) |
|
14 |
|
(646) |
|
923 |
|
1 |
|
924 |
|
(462) |
|
(12) |
|
(474) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
during the year |
(5) |
|
1 |
|
(4) |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Reclassification adjustments for net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gains) losses included in net income |
1 |
|
— |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Net change during the year |
(4) |
|
1 |
|
(3) |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
1 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and other postretirement plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service (costs) credits arising |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
during the year |
(11) |
|
4 |
|
(7) |
|
(20) |
|
4 |
|
(16) |
|
(46) |
|
6 |
|
(40) |
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
during the year |
(411) |
|
59 |
|
(352) |
|
(184) |
|
45 |
|
(139) |
|
38 |
|
6 |
|
44 |
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in net income |
(19) |
|
(5) |
|
(24) |
|
6 |
|
— |
|
6 |
|
28 |
|
(2) |
|
26 |
Amortization of net actuarial loss included |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in net income |
91 |
|
(22) |
|
69 |
|
90 |
|
(27) |
|
63 |
|
85 |
|
(23) |
|
62 |
Net losses from pension settlements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in net income |
23 |
|
(4) |
|
19 |
|
13 |
|
(4) |
|
9 |
|
37 |
|
(11) |
|
26 |
Changes attributable to divestments (1) |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
8 |
|
(2) |
|
6 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Net change during the year |
(327) |
|
32 |
|
(295) |
|
(87) |
|
16 |
|
(71) |
|
142 |
|
(24) |
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedge derivatives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gains (losses) arising during the year |
(51) |
|
2 |
|
(49) |
|
45 |
|
(7) |
|
38 |
|
21 |
|
(5) |
|
16 |
Reclassification adjustments for net (gains) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
losses included in net income |
20 |
|
1 |
|
21 |
|
(26) |
|
4 |
|
(22) |
|
(7) |
|
1 |
|
(6) |
Changes attributable to divestments (1) |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(4) |
|
1 |
|
(3) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Net change during the year |
(31) |
|
3 |
|
(28) |
|
15 |
|
(2) |
|
13 |
|
14 |
|
(4) |
|
10 |
Total other comprehensive income (loss) |
(1,022) |
|
50 |
|
(972) |
|
852 |
|
15 |
|
867 |
|
(306) |
|
(40) |
|
(346) |
(1) Changes attributable to divestments are included in the computation of the net gain or loss on sale of businesses (see Note 4).
F- 76
The following table shows changes in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” (OCI) attributable to ABB, by component, net of tax:
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
Pension and |
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
Foreign |
|
gains (losses) |
|
other post- |
|
gains (losses) |
|
Accumulated |
|
currency |
|
on available- |
|
retirement |
|
of cash |
|
other |
|
translation |
|
for-sale |
|
plan |
|
flow hedge |
|
comprehensive |
($ in millions) |
adjustments |
|
securities |
|
adjustments |
|
derivatives |
|
loss |
Balance at January 1, 2016 |
(3,135) |
|
7 |
|
(1,719) |
|
(11) |
|
(4,858) |
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
before reclassifications |
(481) |
|
— |
|
4 |
|
16 |
|
(461) |
Amounts reclassified from OCI |
— |
|
— |
|
114 |
|
(6) |
|
108 |
Changes attributable to divestments |
7 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
7 |
Total other comprehensive (loss) income |
(474) |
|
— |
|
118 |
|
10 |
|
(346) |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interests |
(17) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(17) |
Balance at December 31, 2016 |
(3,592) |
|
7 |
|
(1,601) |
|
(1) |
|
(5,187) |
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
before reclassifications |
912 |
|
1 |
|
(155) |
|
38 |
|
796 |
Amounts reclassified from OCI |
— |
|
— |
|
78 |
|
(22) |
|
56 |
Changes attributable to divestments |
12 |
|
— |
|
6 |
|
(3) |
|
15 |
Total other comprehensive (loss) income |
924 |
|
1 |
|
(71) |
|
13 |
|
867 |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interests |
25 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
25 |
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
(2,693) |
|
8 |
|
(1,672) |
|
12 |
|
(4,345) |
Cumulative effect of changes in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
accounting principles (1) |
— |
|
(9) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(9) |
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
before reclassifications |
(627) |
|
(4) |
|
(359) |
|
(49) |
|
(1,039) |
Amounts reclassified from OCI |
(31) |
|
1 |
|
64 |
|
21 |
|
55 |
Changes attributable to divestments |
12 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
12 |
Total other comprehensive (loss) income |
(646) |
|
(3) |
|
(295) |
|
(28) |
|
(972) |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interests |
(15) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(15) |
Balance at December 31, 2018 |
(3,324) |
|
(4) |
|
(1,967) |
|
(16) |
|
(5,311) |
(1) See “New accounting pronouncements, Applicable for the current period” section of Note 2 for more details.
F- 77
The following table reflects amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Foreign currency translation adjustments and Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments:
($ in millions) |
|
Location of (gains) losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details about OCI components |
|
reclassified from OCI |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Foreign currency translation adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on liquidation of foreign subsidiary |
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
(31) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) |
|
Non-operational pension (cost) credit (1) |
|
(19) |
|
6 |
|
28 |
Amortization of net actuarial loss |
|
Non-operational pension (cost) credit (1) |
|
91 |
|
90 |
|
85 |
Net losses from pension settlements |
|
Non-operational pension (cost) credit (1) |
|
23 |
|
13 |
|
37 |
Total before tax |
|
|
|
95 |
|
109 |
|
150 |
Tax |
|
Provision for taxes |
|
(31) |
|
(31) |
|
(36) |
Amounts reclassified from OCI |
|
|
|
64 |
|
78 |
|
114 |
(1) Amounts include a total of $12 million, $9 million and $0 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, reclassified from OCI to Income from discontinued operations (see Note 3).
The amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Unrealized gains (losses) on available‑for‑sale securities and Unrealized gains (losses) of cash flow hedge derivatives were not significant in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Note 22—Restructuring and related expenses
White Collar Productivity program
From September 2015 to December 2017, the Company executed a restructuring program to make the Company leaner, faster and more customer-focused. The program involved the rapid expansion and use of regional shared service centers as well as a streamlining of global operations and head office functions, with business units moving closer to their respective key markets. The program involved various restructuring initiatives across all operating segments and regions.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company had incurred substantially all costs related to the White Collar Productivity program.
F- 78
Liabilities associated with the White Collar Productivity program are primarily included in “Other provisions”. The following table shows the activity from the beginning of the program to December 31, 2018:
|
|
|
Contract settlement, |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
loss order |
|
|
($ in millions) |
severance costs |
|
and other costs |
|
Total |
Liability at January 1, 2015 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
Expenses |
300 |
|
3 |
|
303 |
Cash payments |
(27) |
|
— |
|
(27) |
Liability at December 31, 2015 |
273 |
|
3 |
|
276 |
Expenses |
182 |
|
3 |
|
185 |
Cash payments |
(91) |
|
(2) |
|
(93) |
Change in estimates |
(85) |
|
(1) |
|
(86) |
Exchange rate differences |
(17) |
|
(1) |
|
(18) |
Liability at December 31, 2016 |
262 |
|
2 |
|
264 |
Expenses |
28 |
|
3 |
|
31 |
Cash payments |
(92) |
|
(4) |
|
(96) |
Change in estimates |
(118) |
|
— |
|
(118) |
Exchange rate differences |
21 |
|
— |
|
21 |
Liability at December 31, 2017 |
101 |
|
1 |
|
102 |
Cash payments |
(55) |
|
— |
|
(55) |
Change in estimates and exchange rate differences |
(13) |
|
— |
|
(13) |
Liability at December 31, 2018 |
33 |
|
1 |
|
34 |
The change in estimates during 2017 of $118 million is mainly due to higher than expected rates of attrition and internal redeployment. The reduction in the liability was recorded in income from operations, primarily as reductions in “Total cost of sales” of $53 million and in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” of $55 million.
The change in estimates during 2016 of $86 million is due to significantly higher than expected rates of attrition and internal redeployment and a lower than expected severance cost per employee for the employee groups affected by the first phase of restructuring initiated in 2015. The reduction in the liability was recorded in income from operations, primarily as reductions in “Total cost of sales” of $38 million and in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” of $35 million.
The following table outlines the net costs incurred in 2017 and 2016 and the cumulative net costs incurred up to December 31, 2017:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative costs |
|
|
|
Net costs incurred in |
|
incurred up to |
|||
($ in millions) |
|
|
2017 (1) |
|
2016 (1) |
|
|
December 31, 2017 (1) |
Electrification Products |
|
|
(17) |
|
15 |
|
|
72 |
Industrial Automation |
|
|
(23) |
|
34 |
|
|
106 |
Robotics and Motion |
|
|
(14) |
|
26 |
|
|
56 |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(32) |
|
32 |
|
|
91 |
Total |
|
|
(86) |
|
107 |
|
|
325 |
(1) Amounts in the table above have been recast to reflect the reorganization of the Company’s operating segments in 2018 as outlined in Note 23.
F- 79
The Company recorded the following expenses, net of changes in estimates, under this program:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incurred up to |
($ in millions) |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
Employee severance costs |
|
(90) |
|
97 |
|
|
307 |
Estimated contract settlement, loss order and other costs |
|
3 |
|
2 |
|
|
8 |
Inventory and long-lived asset impairments |
|
1 |
|
8 |
|
|
10 |
Total |
|
(86) |
|
107 |
|
|
325 |
Expenses, net of changes in estimates, associated with this program are recorded in the following line items in the Consolidated Income Statements:
($ in millions) |
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
Total cost of sales |
|
|
(47) |
|
57 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
(35) |
|
35 |
|
Non-order related research and development expenses |
|
|
(5) |
|
1 |
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
1 |
|
14 |
|
Total |
|
|
(86) |
|
107 |
|
In December 2018, the Company announced a two-year restructuring program with the objective to simplify its business model and structure through the implementation of a new organizational structure driven by its businesses. The program includes the planned elimination of the country and regional structures within the current matrix organization, including the elimination of the three regional Executive Committee roles. The operating businesses will each be responsible for both their customer-facing activities and business support functions, while the remaining Group-level corporate activities will primarily focus on Group strategy, portfolio and performance management, capital allocation and core technologies. The program is expected to be performed over two years and incur restructuring expenses of $350 million.
The following table outlines the costs incurred in 2018, the cumulative costs incurred to date and the total amount of costs expected to be incurred under the program per operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative costs |
|
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred |
|
incurred up to |
|
Total |
($ in millions) |
|
|
in 2018 |
|
December 31, 2018 |
|
expected costs |
Electrification Products |
|
|
32 |
|
32 |
|
40 |
Industrial Automation |
|
|
21 |
|
21 |
|
60 |
Robotics and Motion |
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
50 |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
11 |
|
11 |
|
200 |
Total |
|
|
65 |
|
65 |
|
350 |
In 2018, restructuring expenses recorded for this program relate to employee severance costs and are included in the following line items in the Consolidated Income Statements:
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018 |
Total cost of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
Non-order related research and development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
F- 80
At December 31, 2018, liabilities associated with the program amount to $65 million and are primarily included in “Other provisions”.
Other restructuring-related activities
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company executed various other restructuring‑related activities and incurred charges of $116 million, $181 million and $133 million, respectively.
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Employee severance costs |
74 |
|
130 |
|
66 |
Estimated contract settlement, loss order and other costs |
29 |
|
32 |
|
32 |
Inventory and long-lived asset impairments |
13 |
|
19 |
|
35 |
Total |
116 |
|
181 |
|
133 |
Expenses associated with these activities are recorded in the following line items in the Consolidated Income Statements:
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Total cost of sales |
24 |
|
119 |
|
69 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
52 |
|
10 |
|
4 |
Non-order related research and development expenses |
2 |
|
— |
|
5 |
Other income (expense), net |
38 |
|
52 |
|
55 |
Total |
116 |
|
181 |
|
133 |
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $245 million and $246 million, respectively, was recorded for other restructuring-related liabilities and is primarily included in “Other provisions”.
Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each operating segment using the information outlined below. The Company is organized into operating segments based on products and services and the operating segments consist of Electrification Products, Industrial Automation and Robotics and Motion. The remaining operations of the Company are included in Corporate and Other. As the Power Grids business is reported as discontinued operations, it no longer is reported as an operating segment. In addition, certain real estate assets previously included in Corporate and Other are included in this planned business divestment and have also been reported in discontinued operations (see Note 3).
Effective January 1, 2018, management responsibility and oversight of certain remaining engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) businesses, previously included in the Industrial Automation and Robotics and Motion operating segments as well as the former Power Grids business, were transferred to a new non-core operating business within Corporate and Other. During 2018, the Company also changed the presentation of Cash and cash equivalents within the reported total segment assets such that all amounts are now considered as part of Corporate and Other.
The segment information for 2017 and 2016, and at December 31, 2017 and 2016, has been recast to reflect these changes.
F- 81
A description of the types of products and services provided by each reportable segment is as follows:
• Electrification Products: manufactures and sells products and solutions which are designed to provide smarter and safer electrical flow from the substation to the socket. The portfolio of increasingly digital and connected solutions includes electric vehicle charging infrastructure, solar power solutions, modular substation packages, distribution automation products, switchboard and panelboards, switchgear, UPS solutions, circuit breakers, measuring and sensing devices, control products, wiring accessories, enclosures and cabling systems and intelligent home and building solutions, designed to integrate and automate lighting, heating, ventilation, security and data communication networks.
• Industrial Automation: develops and sells integrated automation and electrification systems and solutions, such as process and discrete control solutions, advanced process control software and manufacturing execution systems, sensing, measurement and analytical instrumentation and solutions, electric ship propulsion systems, as well as solutions for modern machine and factory automation and large turbochargers. In addition, the division offers a comprehensive range of services ranging from repair to advanced services such as remote monitoring, preventive maintenance and cybersecurity services.
• Robotics and Motion: manufactures and sells robotics, motors, generators, drives, wind converters, components and systems for railways and related services and digital solutions for a wide range of applications in industry, transportation and infrastructure, and utilities.
• Corporate and Other: includes headquarters, central research and development, the Company’s real estate activities, Group Treasury Operations, historical operating activities of certain divested businesses and other non-core operating activities.
The primary measure of profitability on which the operating segments are evaluated is Operational EBITA, which represents income from operations excluding:
• amortization expense on intangibles arising upon acquisition (acquisition-related amortization),
• restructuring and restructuring-related expenses,
• changes in the amount recorded for obligations related to divested businesses occurring after the divestment date (changes in obligations related to divested businesses),
• changes in estimates relating to opening balance sheets of acquired businesses (changes in pre-acquisition estimates),
• gains and losses from sale of businesses,
• acquisition- and divestment-related expenses and integration costs,
• certain other non-operational items, as well as
• foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (a) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (b) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (c) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).
Certain other non-operational items generally includes: certain regulatory, compliance and legal costs, certain asset write downs/impairments as well as other items which are determined by management on a case‑by‑case basis.
F- 82
The CODM primarily reviews the results of each segment on a basis that is before the elimination of profits made on inventory sales between segments. Segment results below are presented before these eliminations, with a total deduction for intersegment profits to arrive at the Company’s consolidated Operational EBITA. Intersegment sales and transfers are accounted for as if the sales and transfers were to third parties, at current market prices.
The following tables present segment revenues for 2018, 2017 and 2016.
|
|
2018 |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
|
Electrification Products |
|
Industrial Automation |
|
Robotics and Motion |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
Geographical markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
3,881 |
|
3,145 |
|
2,929 |
|
58 |
|
10,013 |
The Americas |
|
3,650 |
|
1,544 |
|
2,788 |
|
21 |
|
8,003 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
|
3,680 |
|
2,565 |
|
2,922 |
|
236 |
|
9,403 |
|
|
11,211 |
|
7,254 |
|
8,639 |
|
315 |
|
27,419 |
End Customer Markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilities |
|
2,452 |
|
1,168 |
|
749 |
|
176 |
|
4,545 |
Industry |
|
4,395 |
|
4,447 |
|
6,529 |
|
98 |
|
15,469 |
Transport and infrastructure |
|
4,364 |
|
1,639 |
|
1,361 |
|
41 |
|
7,405 |
|
|
11,211 |
|
7,254 |
|
8,639 |
|
315 |
|
27,419 |
Product type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Products |
|
9,679 |
|
2,391 |
|
6,206 |
|
118 |
|
18,394 |
Systems |
|
617 |
|
1,853 |
|
1,062 |
|
197 |
|
3,729 |
Services and software |
|
915 |
|
3,010 |
|
1,371 |
|
— |
|
5,296 |
|
|
11,211 |
|
7,254 |
|
8,639 |
|
315 |
|
27,419 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third-party revenues |
|
11,211 |
|
7,254 |
|
8,639 |
|
315 |
|
27,419 |
Intersegment revenues (1) |
|
475 |
|
140 |
|
508 |
|
(880) |
|
243 |
Total Revenues |
|
11,686 |
|
7,394 |
|
9,147 |
|
(565) |
|
27,662 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
|
Electrification Products |
|
Industrial Automation |
|
Robotics and Motion |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
Geographical markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
3,514 |
|
2,773 |
|
2,613 |
|
132 |
|
9,032 |
The Americas |
|
2,613 |
|
1,381 |
|
2,721 |
|
116 |
|
6,831 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
|
3,464 |
|
2,570 |
|
2,543 |
|
493 |
|
9,070 |
|
|
9,591 |
|
6,724 |
|
7,877 |
|
741 |
|
24,933 |
End Customer Markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilities |
|
2,597 |
|
1,270 |
|
633 |
|
575 |
|
5,075 |
Industry |
|
4,022 |
|
3,796 |
|
5,991 |
|
155 |
|
13,964 |
Transport and infrastructure |
|
2,972 |
|
1,658 |
|
1,253 |
|
11 |
|
5,894 |
|
|
9,591 |
|
6,724 |
|
7,877 |
|
741 |
|
24,933 |
Product type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Products |
|
8,322 |
|
1,796 |
|
5,661 |
|
169 |
|
15,948 |
Systems |
|
614 |
|
2,089 |
|
959 |
|
565 |
|
4,227 |
Services and software |
|
655 |
|
2,839 |
|
1,257 |
|
7 |
|
4,758 |
|
|
9,591 |
|
6,724 |
|
7,877 |
|
741 |
|
24,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third-party revenues |
|
9,591 |
|
6,724 |
|
7,877 |
|
741 |
|
24,933 |
Intersegment revenues (1) |
|
503 |
|
155 |
|
519 |
|
(914) |
|
263 |
Total Revenues |
|
10,094 |
|
6,879 |
|
8,396 |
|
(173) |
|
25,196 |
F- 83
|
|
2016 |
||||||||
($ in millions) |
|
Electrification Products |
|
Industrial Automation |
|
Robotics and Motion |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
Geographical markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
3,309 |
|
2,398 |
|
2,571 |
|
541 |
|
8,819 |
The Americas |
|
2,571 |
|
1,420 |
|
2,588 |
|
182 |
|
6,761 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
|
3,457 |
|
2,673 |
|
2,227 |
|
692 |
|
9,049 |
|
|
9,337 |
|
6,491 |
|
7,386 |
|
1,415 |
|
24,629 |
End Customer Markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilities |
|
2,568 |
|
1,236 |
|
657 |
|
1,189 |
|
5,650 |
Industry |
|
4,083 |
|
3,625 |
|
5,351 |
|
200 |
|
13,259 |
Transport and infrastructure |
|
2,686 |
|
1,630 |
|
1,378 |
|
26 |
|
5,720 |
|
|
9,337 |
|
6,491 |
|
7,386 |
|
1,415 |
|
24,629 |
Product type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Products |
|
8,042 |
|
1,355 |
|
5,366 |
|
434 |
|
15,197 |
Systems |
|
656 |
|
2,364 |
|
853 |
|
957 |
|
4,830 |
Services and software |
|
639 |
|
2,772 |
|
1,167 |
|
24 |
|
4,602 |
|
|
9,337 |
|
6,491 |
|
7,386 |
|
1,415 |
|
24,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third-party revenues |
|
9,337 |
|
6,491 |
|
7,386 |
|
1,415 |
|
24,629 |
Intersegment revenues (1) |
|
583 |
|
163 |
|
502 |
|
(948) |
|
300 |
Total Revenues |
|
9,920 |
|
6,654 |
|
7,888 |
|
467 |
|
24,929 |
(1) Intersegment revenues include sales to the Power Grids business which is presented as discontinued operations and are not eliminated from Total revenues.
Revenues by geography reflect the location of the customer. Approximately 22 percent, 20 percent and 19 percent of the Company’s total revenues in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, came from customers in the United States. Approximately 15 percent, 15 percent and 14 percent of the Company’s total revenues in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were generated from customers in China. In 2018, 2017 and 2016 more than 98 percent of the Company’s total revenues were generated from customers outside Switzerland.
The following tables present Operational EBITA, the reconciliations of consolidated Operational EBITA to Income from continuing operations before taxes, as well as Depreciation and amortization, and Capital expenditure for 2018, 2017 and 2016, as well as Total assets at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
F- 84
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
2016 |
Operational EBITA: |
|
|
|
|
Electrification Products |
1,626 |
|
1,510 |
1,459 |
Industrial Automation |
1,019 |
|
953 |
897 |
Robotics and Motion |
1,447 |
|
1,260 |
1,232 |
Corporate and Other: |
|
|
|
|
— Non-Core and divested businesses |
(291) |
|
(163) |
(30) |
— Stranded corporate costs |
(297) |
|
(286) |
(252) |
— Corporate costs and other intersegment elimination |
(499) |
|
(457) |
(378) |
Consolidated Operational EBITA |
3,005 |
|
2,817 |
2,928 |
Acquisition-related amortization |
(273) |
|
(229) |
(245) |
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1) |
(172) |
|
(300) |
(442) |
Changes in obligations related to divested businesses |
(106) |
|
(94) |
— |
Changes in pre-acquisition estimates |
(8) |
|
(8) |
(131) |
Gains and losses on sale of businesses |
57 |
|
252 |
(10) |
Acquisition- and divestment-related expenses and integration costs |
(204) |
|
(81) |
(9) |
Foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations: |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged |
|
|
|
|
transaction has not yet been realized |
(1) |
|
56 |
(19) |
Realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged |
|
|
|
|
transaction has not yet been realized |
(23) |
|
8 |
(1) |
Unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and |
|
|
|
|
related assets/liabilities) |
(9) |
|
(30) |
(8) |
Certain other non-operational items: |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory, compliance and legal costs |
(34) |
|
(102) |
(10) |
Asset write downs/impairments |
(25) |
|
— |
(16) |
Gain on liquidation of foreign subsidiary |
31 |
|
— |
— |
Corporate re-branding and marketing costs |
— |
|
— |
(30) |
Losses and other (costs) recoveries on Korea fraud |
8 |
|
(40) |
(73) |
Other non-operational items |
(20) |
|
(19) |
(5) |
Income from operations |
2,226 |
|
2,230 |
1,929 |
Interest and dividend income |
72 |
|
73 |
71 |
Interest and other finance expense |
(262) |
|
(234) |
(201) |
Non-operational pension cost |
83 |
|
33 |
(38) |
Income from continuing operations before taxes |
2,119 |
|
2,102 |
1,761 |
(1) Amounts in 2017 and 2016 also include the incremental implementation costs in relation to the White Collar Productivity program.
|
Depreciation and |
|
|
|
Total assets (1), (2) |
||||||||||||
|
amortization |
|
Capital expenditure (1) |
|
at December 31, |
||||||||||||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2018 |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
Electrification Products |
355 |
|
315 |
|
348 |
|
244 |
|
218 |
|
215 |
|
12,049 |
|
8,881 |
|
8,343 |
Industrial Automation |
160 |
|
112 |
|
71 |
|
104 |
|
71 |
|
53 |
|
6,669 |
|
6,961 |
|
4,294 |
Robotics and Motion |
208 |
|
216 |
|
249 |
|
123 |
|
118 |
|
112 |
|
8,397 |
|
8,416 |
|
7,870 |
Corporate and Other |
193 |
|
193 |
|
202 |
|
301 |
|
345 |
|
252 |
|
17,326 |
|
19,200 |
|
18,884 |
Consolidated |
916 |
|
836 |
|
870 |
|
772 |
|
752 |
|
632 |
|
44,441 |
|
43,458 |
|
39,391 |
(1) Capital expenditure and Total assets are after intersegment eliminations and therefore reflect third-party activities only.
(2) Assets held for sale of $8,591 million, $8,603 million and $8,504 million are included in Corporate and Other at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively (see Note 3).
F- 85
Geographic information for long-lived assets was as follows:
|
Long-lived assets at |
||
|
December 31, |
||
($ in millions) |
2018 |
|
2017 |
Europe |
2,110 |
|
2,040 |
The Americas |
1,168 |
|
934 |
Asia, Middle East and Africa |
855 |
|
830 |
Total |
4,133 |
|
3,804 |
Long‑lived assets represent “Property, plant and equipment, net” and are shown by location of the assets. At December 31, 2018, approximately 22 percent, 11 percent and 11 percent of the Company’s long‑lived assets were located in the U.S., Switzerland and China, respectively. At December 31, 2017, approximately 19 percent, 13 percent and 10 percent of the Company’s long‑lived assets were located in the U.S., Switzerland and China, respectively.
On December 17, 2018, the Company announced a planned reorganization of its operating segments into four customer-focused, entrepreneurial businesses. With effect from April 1, 2019:
• the Electrification Products segment will be renamed the Electrification segment,
• the Industrial Automation segment will remain unchanged except that it will now exclude the Machine and Factory Automation business, which will be transferred to the new Robotics & Discrete Automation segment,
• the new Robotics & Discrete Automation segment will include the combined businesses of the Machine and Factory Automation business, previously included in the Industrial Automation segment, and the Robotics business from the former Robotics and Motion segment, and
• the new Motion segment will contain the remaining businesses of the former Robotics and Motion segment.
F- 86
Exhibit 1.1 |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
2 |
|
— MARCH 29, 2018
Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd, Zurich |
|
This is a translation of the original German version. In case of any discrepancy, the German version shall prevail.
|
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
3 |
|
— SECTION 1:
Name, Place of
Incorporation,
|
|
Name, Place of Incorporation |
ARTICLE 1 Under the name ABB Ltd ABB AG ABB SA there exists a corporation with its place of incorporation in Zurich.
|
|
Purpose |
ARTICLE 2
1.
The purpose of the Company is to hold
interests in business enterprises,
2. The Company may acquire, encumber, exploit or sell real estate and intellectual property rights in Switzerland and abroad and may also finance other companies. 3. The Company may engage in all types of transactions and may take all measures that appear appropriate to promote, or that are related to, the purpose of the Company. 4. In pursuing its purpose, the Company shall strive for long-term sustainable value creation. |
|
Duration |
ARTICLE 3 The duration of the Company shall be unlimited. |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
4 |
|
— SECTION 2: Share Capital |
|
Share Capital |
ARTICLE 4 1. The share capital of the Company is CHF 260 177 791.68 and is divided into 2 168 148 264 fully paid registered shares. Each share has a par value of CHF 0.12.
2. Upon resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, registered shares may be converted into bearer shares and bearer shares may be converted into registered shares.
|
|
Contingent Share Capital |
ARTICLE 4BIS 1. The share capital may be increased in an amount not to exceed CHF 25 200 000 through the issuance of up to 210 000 000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share, a) up to the amount of CHF 24 000 000 through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants granted in connection with the issuance on national or international capital markets of newly or already issued bonds or other financial market instruments by the Company or one of its group companies, and b) up to the amount of CHF 1 200 000 through the exercise of warrant rights granted to the shareholders by the Company or one of its group companies. The Board of Directors may grant warrant rights not taken up by shareholders for other purposes in the interest of the Company. The pre-emptive rights of the shareholders shall be excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments or the grant of warrant rights. The then current owners of conversion rights and/or warrants shall be entitled to subscribe for the new shares. The conditions of the conversion rights and/or warrants shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
2. The acquisition of shares through the exercise of conversion rights and/ or warrants and each subsequent transfer of the shares shall be subject to the restrictions of Art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation.
3. In connection with the issuance by the Company or one of its group companies of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, the Board of Directors shall be authorized to restrict or deny the advance subscription rights of shareholders if such issuances are for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, partcipations or new investments or the issuance on national or international capital markets. |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
5 |
|
If advance subscription rights are denied by the Board of Directors, the following shall apply: the convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments shall be issued at the relevant market conditions and the new shares shall be issued pursuant to the relevant market conditions taking into account the share price and/or other comparable instruments having a market price. Conversion rights may be exercised during a maximum 10-year period, and warrants may be exercised during a maximum 7-year period, in each case from the date of the respective issuance. The advance subscription rights of the shareholders may be granted indirectly.
|
|
|
4. The share capital may be increased in an amount not to exceed CHF 11 284 656 through the issuance of up to 94 038 800 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share by the issuance of new shares to employees of the Company and group companies. The pre-emptive and advance subscription rights of the shareholders of the Company shall thereby be excluded. The shares or rights to subscribe for shares shall be issued to employees pursuant to one or more regulations to be issued by the Board of Directors, taking into account performance, functions, levels of responsibility and profitability criteria. Shares or subscription rights may be issued to employees at a price lower than that quoted on the stock exchange.
|
|
|
5. The acquisition of shares within the context of employee share ownership and each subsequent transfer of the shares shall be subject to the restrictions of Art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation. |
|
Authorized Share Capital |
ARTICLE 4 TER 1. The Board of Directors shall be authorized to increase the share capital in an amount not to exceed CHF 24 000 000 through the issuance of up to 200 000 000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 0.12 per share by not later than April 13, 2019. Increases in partial amounts shall be permitted.
2. The subscription and acquisition of the new shares, as well as each subsequent transfer of the shares, shall be subject to the restrictions of Art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation.
3. The Board of Directors shall determine the date of issue of new shares, the issue price, the type of payment, the conditions for the exercise of pre-emptive rights, and the beginning date for dividend entitlement. In this regard, the Board of Directors may issue new shares by means of a firm underwriting through a banking institution, a syndicate or another third party with a subsequent offer of these shares to the shareholders. The Board of Directors may permit pre-emptive rights that have not been exercised to expire or it may place these rights and/or shares as to which pre-emptive rights have been granted but not exercised, at |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
6 |
|
market conditions or use them for other purposes in the interest of the Company. |
|
|
4. The Board of Directors is further authorized to restrict or deny the pre-emptive rights of shareholders and allocate such rights to third parties if the shares are to be used: a) for the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, or participations, or for new investments, or, in case of a share placement, for the financing or refinancing of such transactions; or b) b) for the purpose of broadening the shareholder constituency in connection with a listing of shares on domestic or foreign stock exchanges. |
|
Share Register and Restrictions on Registration, Nominees |
ARTICLE 5 1. The Company shall maintain a share register listing the surname and first name (in the case of legal entities, the company name) and address of the holders and usufructuaries of the registered shares.
2. Acquirers of registered shares shall be registered upon request in the share register as shareholders with the right to vote, provided that they expressly declare that they acquired the registered shares in their own name and for their own account.
3. If persons fail to expressly declare in their registration applications that they hold the shares for their own account (the “Nominees”), the Board of Directors shall enter such persons in the share register with the right to vote, provided that the Nominee has entered into an agreement with the Board of Directors concerning his status and is subject to a recognized bank or financial market supervision.
4. After hearing the registered shareholder or Nominee, the Board of Directors may cancel registrations in the share register, retroactive to the date of registration, if such registrations were made based on incorrect information. The relevant shareholder or Nominee shall be informed immediately as to the cancellation.
5. The Board of Directors shall regulate the details and issue the instructions necessary for compliance with the preceding provisions. In special cases, it may grant exemptions from the rule concerning Nominees. The Board of Directors may delegate its duties.
6. Notwithstanding paras. 2–4 of this article, acquirers of registered shares may be registered in the share register with Euroclear Sweden AB (“Euroclear”) in accordance with Swedish law. |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
7 |
Share Certificates and Intermediated Securities |
ARTICLE 6 1. The Company may issue its registered shares in the form of single certificates, global certificates and uncertificated securities. Under the conditions set forth by statutory law, the Company may convert its registered shares from one form into another form at any time and without the approval of the shareholders. The Company shall bear the cost of any such conversion.
2. If registered shares are issued in the form of single certificates or global certificates, they shall bear the signatures of two members of the Board of Directors. These signatures may be facsimile signatures.
3. The shareholder has no right to demand a conversion of the form of the registered shares. Each shareholder may, however, at any time request a written confirmation from the Company of the registered shares held by such shareholder, as reflected in the share register.
4. Intermediated securities based on registered shares of the Company cannot be transferred by way of assignment. A security interest in any such intermediated securities also cannot be granted by way of assignment.
5. Uncertificated registered shares registered with Euroclear may be pledged in accordance with Swedish law.
|
|
Exercise of Rights |
ARTICLE 7 1. The Company shall only accept one representative per share.
2. The right to vote and rights relating thereto under a registered share may be exercised vis- à -vis the Company only by a shareholder, usufructuary or Nominee registered in the share register with the right to vote.
|
|
Dividend Access Facility |
ARTICLE 8 1. The Company has established a dividend access facility under which shareholders who are resident in Sweden have the option to be registered with Euroclear as holders of a total of up to 600 004 716 registered shares of the Company, with suspended dividend entitlement. The claim to dividends against the Company on such registered shares shall be suspended as long as such registered shares are registered with Euroclear. In lieu thereof, on each such registered share, an amount equivalent to the dividend resolved on a registered share of the Company shall be paid in Swedish krona by ABB Norden Holding AB based on the dividend entitlement on a preference share.
2. In deciding on the appropriation of dividends, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall take into account that the Company will pay dividends only on shares that do not participate in the dividend access facility. |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
15 |
|
— SECTION 4: Compensation of the Members of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee
|
|
General Compensation Principles |
ARTICLE 33 1. Compensation of the members of the Board of Directors consists of fixed compensation. Total compensation shall take into account position and level of responsibility of the recipient.
2. Compensation of the members of the Executive Committee consists of fixed and variable compensation elements. Fixed compensation comprises the base salary and other compensation elements. Variable compensation may comprise short-term and long-term variable compensation elements. Total compensation shall take into account position and level of responsibility of the recipient.
3. Short-term variable compensation elements shall be governed by performance metrics that take into account the performance of the Company, the group or parts thereof, targets in relation to the market, other companies or comparable benchmarks and/or individual targets, and achievement of which is generally measured during a one-year period. Depending on achieved performance, the compensation may amount to a multiplier of target level.
4. Long-term variable compensation elements shall be governed by performance metrics that take into account strategic and/or financial objectives, achievement of which is generally measured during a perennial period, as well as retention elements. Depending on achieved performance, the compensation may amount to a multiplier of target level.
5. The Board of Directors or, to the extent delegated to it, the Compensation Committee shall determine the performance metrics and target levels of the short- and long-term variable compensation elements, as well as their achievement.
6. Compensation may be paid in the form of cash, shares, or in the form of other types of benefits; for the Executive Committee, compensation may in addition be paid in the form of share-based instruments or units. The Board of Directors or, to the extent delegated to it, the Compensation Committee shall determine grant, vesting, exercise and forfeiture conditions. In particular, they may provide for continuation, acceleration or removal of vesting and exercise conditions, for payment or grant of compensation based upon assumed |
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
18 |
|
— SECTION 6: Mandates Outside the Group |
|
Mandates Outside the Group |
ARTICLE 38 1. No member of the Board of Directors may hold more than ten additional mandates, of which no more than four may be in listed companies.
2. No member of the Executive Committee may hold more than five mandates, of which no more than one may be in a listed company.
3. The following mandates shall not be subject to the limitations set forth in paras. 1 and 2 of this Article: a) mandates in companies which are controlled by the Company or which control the Company; b) mandates held at the request of the Company or companies controlled by it. No member of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee shall hold more than ten such mandates; and c) mandates in associations, charitable organizations, foundations, trusts, employee welfare foundations, educational institutions, nonprofit institutions and other similar organizations. No member of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee shall hold more than twenty-five such mandates. 4. Mandates shall mean mandates in the supreme governing body of a legal entity which is required to be registered in the commercial register or a comparable foreign register. Mandates in different legal entities that are under joint control or same beneficial ownership are deemed one mandate.
|
|
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION |
20 |
|
— SECTION 8: Announcements, Communications |
|
Announcements, Communications |
ARTICLE 41 1. The official publication organ of the Company shall be the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.
2. To the extent that personal notification is not mandated by law, all communications to the shareholders shall be deemed valid if published in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce. Written communications by the Company to its shareholders shall be sent by ordinary mail to the last address of the shareholder or authorized recipient entered in the share register. |
Strictly Private &
Confidential
EXECUTION VERSION
17 December 2018
ABB Ltd
Agreement
for the sale and purchase of
80.1% of the shares in the Company
Clause Page
1. ........ Sale and Purchase...................................................................................... 5
2. ........ Price................................................................................................................. 5
3. ........ Conditions to Closing............................................................................... 6
4. ........ The Purchaser Condition......................................................................... 7
5. ........ The Reorganisation, the Reorganisation Condition and Delayed Closings............................................................................................................................ 9
6. ........ Business Assets, Contracts and Liabilities.................................... 15
7. ........ Properties.................................................................................................... 18
8. ........ Employees.................................................................................................... 18
9. ........ Pension assets and liabilities............................................................. 34
10. ...... Waiver and/or fulfilment of the Conditions............................... 43
11. ...... Pre-Closing Undertakings.................................................................... 44
12. ...... Ancillary Transaction Documents.................................................. 48
13. ...... Closing.......................................................................................................... 49
14. ...... SPA / Reorganisation Claims................................................................. 50
15. ...... Excluded Assets and Liabilities......................................................... 51
16. ...... No Rights of Rescission or Termination.......................................... 51
17. ...... Seller Warranties................................................................................... 52
18. ...... Purchaser Warranties........................................................................... 52
19. ...... Investigations, appeals and insurance claims............................ 53
20. ...... Conduct of Purchaser Claims............................................................. 55
21. ...... Seller Indemnities.................................................................................... 57
22. ...... Tax.................................................................................................................. 64
23. ...... Insurance..................................................................................................... 64
24. ...... Payment of Inter‑Company Trading Debt and the Shareholder Loan 64
25. ...... Guarantees and other Third Party Assurances......................... 65
26. ...... Changes of Name....................................................................................... 65
27. ...... Information, Records and Assistance Post-Closing.................. 66
28. ...... Post‑Closing Protective Covenant................................................... 68
29. ...... Payments...................................................................................................... 69
30. ...... Costs.............................................................................................................. 69
LON51529424
31. ...... Announcements......................................................................................... 70
32. ...... Confidentiality......................................................................................... 71
33. ...... Assignment.................................................................................................. 73
34. ...... Further Assurances................................................................................ 73
35. ...... Wrong Pockets........................................................................................... 73
36. ...... Notices.......................................................................................................... 77
37. ...... Conflict with other Agreements....................................................... 78
38. ...... Whole Agreement..................................................................................... 78
39. ...... Waivers, Rights and Remedies.............................................................. 79
40. ...... Counterparts............................................................................................. 79
41. ...... Variations................................................................................................... 79
42. ...... Invalidity.................................................................................................... 79
43. ...... Third Party Enforcement Rights....................................................... 79
44. ...... Governing Law and Jurisdiction........................................................ 79
Schedule 1 The Shares......................................................................................... 82
Schedule 2 The Business Assets, Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities 83
Schedule 3 Pre-Closing and Pre-Delayed Closing................................... 86
Schedule 4 Closing Arrangements................................................................ 96
Schedule 5 Seller Warranties........................................................................ 98
Schedule 6 Limitations on Liability............................................................ 114
Schedule 7 Purchaser Warranties.............................................................. 120
Schedule 8 Tax..................................................................................................... 122
Schedule 9 Insurance Claims Post-Closing.............................................. 155
Schedule 10 Inter-Company Debt.................................................................. 157
Schedule 11 Post‑Closing Financial Adjustments................................. 159
Schedule 12 Joint Ventures............................................................................. 169
Schedule 13 Post-closing Financial adjustments: Amounts............. 171
Schedule 14 Properties..................................................................................... 185
Schedule 15 [ Intentionally left blank ]........................................................ 191
Schedule 16 Carve-out Adjustments........................................................... 192
Schedule 17 Material Customers and Material Suppliers................. 198
Schedule 18 Contaminated Sites................................................................... 203
Schedule 19 Escrow Terms............................................................................... 204
Schedule 20 Clearances................................................................................... 208
LON51529424 Page ii
Schedule 21 Reorganisation Principles..................................................... 209
Schedule 22 Indicative List of Permitted Businesses............................ 212
Schedule 23 Asbestos Product Claims........................................................ 217
Schedule 24 Business Breakdowns............................................................... 218
Schedule 25 EPC Projects.................................................................................. 223
Schedule 26 Dutch Works Council(s)........................................................... 230
Schedule 27 EPC.................................................................................................... 233
Schedule 28 Definitions and Interpretation........................................... 246
LON51529424 Page iii
Agreed Form documents
Data Room index
Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheets
Documents to be agreed prior to Closing
1. Transitional Services Agreement
5. Corporate Brand Licence Agreement
6. Marketing Support Agreement
8. Software Agreement
LON51529424
SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated 17 December 2018
PARTIES
(1) ABB LTD , of Affolternstrasse 44 / Postfach, 8050 Zürich, Switzerland (the Seller ); and
(2) HITACHI, LTD. having principal offices at 6-6, Marunouchi 1-chome, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-8280, Japan (the Purchaser ),
(each a Party in this Agreement and together, the Parties )
Words and expressions used in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Schedule 28.
IT IS AGREED:
Preamble
(A) The Seller and its Affiliates are, among other things, engaged in, or hold assets or liabilities relating to, the Business. It is intended that the Business be transferred by the Seller Group to the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to or at Closing (subject to any Delayed Closings) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Reorganisation Agreements and in accordance with the Reorganisation Steps Plan and the Reorganisation Principles.
(B) Immediately prior to Closing, the Seller will be the sole legal and beneficial shareholder of the Company and the Target Companies will be engaged in (and will own) the Business (subject to any Delayed Closings).
(C) The Seller shall sell and the Purchaser shall purchase the Shares, in each case on and subject to the terms set out in this Agreement.
(D) Following Closing, the Parties intend for the Seller and the Purchaser to own and operate the Company as a joint venture pursuant to their respective shareholdings in the Company as set out in Part B of Schedule 1 and on and subject to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement.
At Closing, the Seller shall sell and the Purchaser shall purchase the Shares free from Third Party Rights and with all rights attaching to them including the right to receive all distributions and dividends declared, paid or made in respect of the Shares after Closing. The sale and purchase of the Shares shall be on and subject to the terms set out in this Agreement and on the basis that the same covenants shall be deemed to be given by the Seller on Closing in relation to the Shares as are implied under Part 1 of the Law of Property Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1994 where a disposition is expressed to be made with full title guarantee.
2.1 The price for the Shares (the Final Price ) shall be the amount which is the Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion of:
(a) US$11,000,000,000 (the Initial Price ) ;
LON51529424 |
Page 5 |
(d) plus the Working Capital Adjustment ; and
(e) minus the Pension Liability .
2.2 At Closing, the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller in cash the amount in US dollars (the Closing Payment ) which is the aggregate of:
(a) the Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion of:
(ii) minus the Estimated Debt;
(iii) plus the Estimated Cash;
(iv) plus the Estimated Working Capital Adjustment ; and
(v) minus the Estimated Pension Liability,
(the Estimated Price );
(b) minus the Aggregate Delayed Closing Consideration; and
(c) minus the EPC Escrow Amount.
2.3 The Final Price shall be calculated after Closing on the basis set out in Schedule 11 and clause 9.28, and any payments required to be made pursuant to Part D of Schedule 11 or clause 9.28 shall be treated as adjusting the Estimated Price to provide such Final Price. The Final Price shall (subject to any further adjustment, if applicable, pursuant to clauses 2.4, 5.5(d), 5.5(g) or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement) be adopted for all Tax reporting purposes.
2.4 Any payment made in satisfaction of a liability arising under a Seller Obligation or a Purchaser Obligation or any Excess Payment shall so far as possible adjust the price paid for the Shares.
2.5 The Parties acknowledge that any Delayed Consideration is an estimate of value attributable to the relevant Delayed Jurisdictions solely for the purpose of determining the payment obligations of the Parties under this Agreement and shall not be adopted for any Tax reporting purposes (unless required by applicable law).
Closing shall be conditional on the following Conditions having been fulfilled or waived in writing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement:
(a) the Reorganisation having been completed in all material respects (in the sole opinion of the Seller acting reasonably and in good faith):
(i) in respect of so much of the Business as generates 80 per cent (or such greater percentage as the Seller may from time to time in its absolute discretion decide and notify to the Purchaser) of the FY17 Revenue;
(ii) in the United States of America; and
LON51529424 |
Page 6 |
(iii) in respect of so much of the Business as generates 80 percent (or such greater percentage as the Seller may from time to time in its absolute discretion decide and notify to the Purchaser) of the FY17 Revenue generated in the People’s Republic of China,
in each case in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements (the Reorganisation Condition ); and
(b) to the extent necessary or required, the Governmental Entities in the jurisdictions set out or referred to in:
(i) paragraph 1 of Schedule 20, in respect of Antitrust Clearances;
(ii) paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 20, in respect of FIR Clearances; and
(iii) paragraph 2.2 of Schedule 20, in respect of FIR Clearances (other than in any jurisdictions that are Delayed Jurisdictions),
having granted, or being deemed to have granted, their Clearance, and such Clearances remaining in full force and effect and not having been withdrawn,
(together, the Purchaser Closing Condition , and together with all Delayed Closing Conditions, the Purchaser Condition ).
4.1 The Purchaser shall, at its own cost, use its best endeavours to ensure that the Purchaser Condition is fulfilled, subject to clause 4.2, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement.
4.2 The Purchaser shall have primary responsibility for obtaining all consents, approvals or actions of any Governmental Entity which are required in order to satisfy the Purchaser Condition and (without prejudice to clause 4.4) shall take all reasonable steps which are necessary for that purpose, including making appropriate submissions, notifications and filings (each a Filing ), in consultation with the Seller, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement taking into account the likely duration of the Pre-Closing Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the filing strategy and strategy in respect of obtaining the relevant consents, approvals and actions from any Governmental Entities shall be determined by the Purchaser after having consulted with and taken account of any reasonable comments of the Seller. Subject to applicable law, the Purchaser shall for this purpose:
(a) provide all information which is requested or required by any such Governmental Entity;
(b) promptly notify the Seller in advance (and provide copies or, in the case of non-written communications, details) of any material communications it proposes to make to any such Governmental Entity relating to any such consent, approval or action and subject to consultation with the Seller pursuant to clause 4.2(d) below;
(c) promptly (but in any case within two Business Days) notify the Seller (and provide copies or, in the case of non-written communications, details) of any
LON51529424 |
Page 7 |
material communications that have been made with any such Governmental Entity relating to any such consent, approval or action;
(d) provide the Seller (or its advisers) with a final draft of all submissions, notifications, filings and other communications to any Governmental Entity at such time as will allow the Seller (or its advisers) a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and for the Purchaser to take into account any comments of the Seller (or its advisers) on such drafts prior to their submission, including, for the avoidance of doubt, information relating to the Seller or any member of the Seller Group, as the case may be, that is required in any filings made with, or written materials submitted to any Governmental Entity in connection with the Proposed Transaction;
(e) where permitted by the relevant Governmental Entity, allow persons nominated by the Seller to attend all meetings (and participate in all telephone or other conversations) with any such Governmental Entity and to make oral submissions at the meetings (or in telephone or other conversations); and
(f) regularly review with the Seller or its advisers the progress of any communications, notifications or filings with a view to obtaining the relevant consent, approval or action from any Governmental Entity at the earliest reasonable opportunity.
(a) as required by applicable law; or
(b) in the case of Clearances in accordance with Antitrust Laws in any of Australia, New Zealand, Singapore and the United Kingdom,
the Purchaser shall not, in the Pre-Closing Period, make any filing with any Governmental Entity in relation to the Proposed Transaction which is not required in order to fulfil the Purchaser Condition without obtaining the prior written consent of the Seller to the making of it and to its form and content (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
4.4 The Purchaser shall take, and shall cause each of its Affiliates to take, any and all actions necessary to obtain any Clearances required under or in connection with any applicable law and enable all waiting periods under any applicable law to expire, in each case to the extent required to fulfil the Purchaser Condition and to enable the Proposed Transaction to occur as promptly as practicable, or in relation to any filing in respect of Antitrust Laws made by the Purchaser in Australia, New Zealand, Singapore or the United Kingdom, including promptly complying with any requests for additional information by any Governmental Entity and consenting to any Remedies in order to obtain all such Clearances provided that , with respect to such Clearances:
(a) subject to paragraph (b) below, the Purchaser shall not be required to offer, consent to or otherwise agree or take any action with respect to any Remedies relating to any of the assets or business of the Purchaser Group, other than the Target Companies (including Delayed Target Companies that will become Target Companies) or any assets or business of the Target Companies
LON51529424 |
Page 8 |
(including Delayed Target Companies that will become Target Companies) (together, the Remedies In-Scope Business ); and
(b) notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser may, in its sole discretion, elect to consent to, and to the extent accepted by, the relevant Governmental Entity, effect, Remedies in respect of the business of the Purchaser Group (excluding the Remedies In-Scope Business) in a given jurisdiction, to obtain the relevant Clearance .
4.5 The Seller shall, to the extent legally permissible, provide the Purchaser, its advisers and any Governmental Entity as soon as practically possible with all necessary information and documents reasonably required for the purpose of making any submissions, notifications and filings to any such Governmental Entity in accordance with this clause 4.
4.6 To the extent required in relation to the satisfaction of the Conditions or the consummation of the Proposed Transaction, the Seller, at its own cost, shall take all reasonable steps which are necessary to fulfil any obligation imposed on the Seller under any relevant Antitrust Laws to make appropriate submissions, notifications and filings, in consultation with the Purchaser, as soon as practicably possible after the date of this Agreement. The Seller shall for this purpose provide the Purchaser (or its advisers) with a final draft of all such submissions, notifications, filings and other communications to any Governmental Entity at such time as will allow the Purchaser (or its advisers) a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and for the Seller to take into account any comments of the Purchaser (or its advisers) on such drafts prior to their submission, including, for the avoidance of doubt, information relating to the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group, as the case may be, that is required in any filings made with, or written materials submitted to any Governmental Entity in connection with the satisfaction of the Conditions or the consummation of the Proposed Transaction.
4.7 The Purchaser and the Seller shall not take any actions or do, or cause to be done, any things that would be reasonably likely to: (i) prevent, materially delay or materially impede receipt of any Clearance from any Governmental Entity; (ii) prevent or materially delay Closing; (iii) extend any waiting or notice period under any applicable law with respect to the Proposed Transaction; or (iv) cause any Governmental Entity to object to the Proposed Transaction.
5. The Reorganisation, the Reorganisation Condition and Delayed Closings
5.1 The Seller (at its own cost) shall, and shall procure that other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to complete the Reorganisation prior to the Long Stop Date in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements.
5.2 The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that the other members of the Purchaser Group (including, after Closing, the Target Companies) shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to co‑operate with the Seller and the other members of the Seller Group in the implementation of the Reorganisation.
LON51529424 |
Page 9 |
5.3 The Seller shall be entitled to make any changes to the structure of and steps involved in the Reorganisation compared with the structure and steps currently envisaged by the Reorganisation Steps Plan. If the Seller wishes to make any such changes that, in the Seller’s opinion (acting reasonably and in good faith) would be prejudicial to the interests of the Purchaser Group or the Business, the Project Board shall consult on such changes in accordance with paragraph 6 of Part B of Schedule 3. The Seller shall not make any such changes which, in the Seller’s opinion (acting reasonably and in good faith), would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Purchaser Group or the Business (having regard to whether and if so the extent to which the consequences of any such changes will be reflected in the Closing Statement (or will otherwise be taken into account in the Final Price) or are reasonably likely to be recoverable under an indemnity or covenant to pay under this Agreement) without the Purchaser’s prior written consent.
5.4 The Seller shall promptly notify the Purchaser when, in the Seller’s good faith reasonable opinion, the Reorganisation Condition has been fulfilled.
Delayed Closings
5.5 If any part of the Reorganisation has not been completed at Closing:
(a) the Seller (at its own cost) shall, and shall procure that other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to transfer to the relevant Target Companies or Delayed Target Companies as soon as reasonably practicable following Closing and by no later than the fifth anniversary thereof (or such later date as the Purchaser may from time to time in its absolute discretion decide) (the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date ) those parts of the Business (the Delayed Business Interests ) that have not previously been transferred to the Target Companies or Delayed Target Companies subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements;
(b) the Seller (at its own cost) shall, and shall procure that other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to transfer any relevant Delayed Target Companies to the Company or to another Target Company as soon as reasonably practicable following Closing and by no later than the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements;
(c) the Purchaser shall, and shall procure that the other members of the Purchaser Group (including, after Closing, the Target Companies) shall, continue to use their respective reasonable endeavours to co‑operate with the Seller and the other members of the Seller Group in the implementation of such parts of the Reorganisation until the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date;
(d) if it is necessary or desirable for the Parties (or any of their Affiliates) or the Target Companies (having regard to any legal requirements and to the tax implications of such transfers) for consideration to be paid in cash by the transferee to the transferor for a transfer to a Target Company pursuant to this clause 5.5 (a Consideration Amount ) then, at the same time as such
LON51529424 |
Page 10 |
consideration is paid, the Seller shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to the Consideration Amount by way of part refund of the Final Price. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to agree any such Consideration Amount , provided that if no such agreement is reached then, save to the extent required under applicable law, no consideration shall be paid for any such transfer . Save to the extent provided in the Reorganisation Steps Plan (or otherwise agreed by the Parties), no non-cash consideration shall be given for a transfer to a Target Company pursuant to this clause 5.5;
(e) completion of the transfer of any Delayed Business Interest (provided however that this shall not include the transfer of a Delayed Business Interest to a Delayed Target Company) or Delayed Target Company to any relevant Target Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements (a Delayed Closing ) shall take place on the last Business Day of the month in which the relevant Delayed Closing Conditions are satisfied in the relevant Delayed Jurisdiction (or, if such date falls less than 10 Business Days before the last Business Day of that month, on the last Business Day of the following month) or such other date as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree in writing (each a Delayed Closing Date );
(f) any Delayed Closing shall be conditional upon:
(i) the relevant FIR Clearances referred to in paragraph 2.2 of Schedule 20 which correspond to the relevant Delayed Jurisdiction (if any), having been granted by the relevant Governmental Entity, or being deemed to have been granted, and such Clearance(s) remaining in full force and effect and not having been withdrawn; and
(ii) the Reorganisation being complete in all material respects (in the sole opinion of the Seller acting reasonably and in good faith) in respect of the relevant Delayed Jurisdiction,
(each, a Delayed Closing Condition );
(i) the Seller and the Purchaser shall ensure that the relevant Delayed Consideration is paid from the DC Escrow Account to the Seller in accordance with Part A of Schedule 19; and
(ii) if the relevant Delayed Closing occurs after completion of a Transfer under clauses 17 ( Right of First Refusal ), 19 ( Tag Along ), or 20 ( Drag Along ) of the Shareholders' Agreement, (and if the relevant Delayed Closing occurs on an FMV Date (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) in respect of a Transfer in any other circumstances specified in the Shareholders’ Agreement, then clause 22 of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall apply (and this clause 5.5(g)(ii) shall not apply)) the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller in cash by way of adjustment to the Final Price the amount in US dollars which is equal to the relevant Delayed Consideration multiplied by:
LON51529424 |
Page 11 |
(A) unless (B) below applies, 0.199/0.801; or
(B) where the Seller has sold its shares in the Company based on a price calculated by reference to 90% of the Final Price Per Share (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement), the proportion resulting from (0.199/0.801)*0.9;
(h) without prejudice to the operation of paragraph 2.2 of Part A of Schedule 19, if any Delayed Closing has not occurred on or before the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date, the Seller shall, and shall procure that the other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, and the Purchaser shall, discuss in good faith, in each case without any legal obligation to reach agreement: (i) the subsequent transfer of the relevant Delayed Business Interests or Delayed Target Companies to the relevant Target Companies or Delayed Target Companies subject to and in accordance with the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements; and (ii) the consideration to be paid to the Seller by the Purchaser or the relevant Target Companies in respect of such transfer;
(i) for financial reporting purposes, it is the intention of the Parties (to the extent permissible under applicable law) to enable the Seller Group to de-consolidate any Delayed Target Companies and any Delayed Business Interests ;
(j) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, to achieve the purposes set out in clause 5.5(i) above, following Closing and until the earlier of the relevant Delayed Closing and the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date, in respect of any element of the Business held by any Delayed Target Company and any Delayed Business Interest, save to the extent otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents or in the Reorganisation Steps Plan:
(i) the Purchaser shall direct and be responsible for the management and operation of such Delayed Target Companies and Delayed Business Interests (including, without limitation, for all decisions related to dividends and distributions (to the extent made solely from and to the Delayed Target Companies), investments, litigation strategy, incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and acquisitions activity and management-level hiring/terminations);
(ii) the Seller shall operate such Delayed Target Companies and such Delayed Business Interests in accordance with the instructions of the Purchaser and the Seller shall not collect, charge or levy any management fees, allocations or other amounts by virtue of its legal ownership of any Delayed Target Companies or Delayed Business Interests except with respect to payments contemplated by the Ancillary Transaction Documents; and
(iii) the Seller shall procure that the relevant members of the Seller Group provide such support and co-operation including reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to such personnel (including access to the auditors of the Seller Group),
LON51529424 |
Page 12 |
(iv) books and records of the members of the Seller Group and Target Companies to the extent that they relate to a Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest and any other information as the Purchaser and its auditors shall reasonably request for the purposes of preparing the audited financial statements of the Purchaser Group;
(k) in the event that control by the Purchaser of the management and operations of a Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest as contemplated by paragraph (j) above is not permitted under applicable law, the Parties will work together in good faith to implement an alternative arrangement with equivalent effect as permissible under applicable law with respect to the operation of such Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest until the earlier of the relevant Delayed Closing and the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date; and
(l) for the purpose of applying the provisions of this Agreement insofar as they relate to any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company:
(i) the provisions of clauses 11.2 and 11.3 shall continue to apply, in relation to any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company until the relevant Delayed Closing Date;
(ii) the time periods in paragraphs 1(a) and 1(b) of Schedule 6 shall, to the extent that the Claim relates to any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company, be extended by a period of days equal to the period of days from (but excluding) the Closing Date to (and including) the relevant Delayed Closing Date; and
(iii) references to "Closing" or "Closing Date" in clause 17 and to "Closing", "Closing Date" and "Target Companies" in the Repeated Warranties shall, to the extent relevant to any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company, be deemed to be references to the relevant "Delayed Closing" or the relevant "Delayed Closing Date" and to the relevant "Delayed Target Companies" respectively.
5.6 The Seller shall procure that the relevant members of the Seller Group, and the Purchaser shall procure that the relevant members of the Purchaser Group, comply with the obligations set out in clause 5.5, in clauses 6 to 9 (inclusive) and in the Reorganisation Agreements.
5.7 The Parties acknowledge and agree that none of them nor any of their respective Affiliates shall be required to make any payment to or incur any liability towards any third party for purposes of obtaining any Third Party Consents (including any employees) in accordance with clauses 7 and 8.
5.8 The Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against, and shall pay within one calendar month of a request from the Purchaser an amount equal to any and all:
(a) Reorganisation Costs, save to the extent paid in cash prior to the Effective Time or recorded as liabilities in Closing Working Capital or Closing Debt in the Closing Statement;
LON51529424 |
Page 13 |
(b) Costs incurred by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any Target Company as a result of or in connection with any failure by the Seller to comply with its obligations under clause 11.2 or Part A of Schedule 3 in respect of any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company; or
(c) Costs incurred by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates as a result of the Reorganisation (or any part of it) subsequently being unwound or declared void in whole or part by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment which is not capable of appeal , but save to the extent that such Costs would not have arisen but for the negligence or default of any member of the Purchaser Group,
in each case, other than Taxation (to which the provisions of Schedule 8 shall apply).
DINABB Buyout
5.9 If, solely as a consequence of the Proposed Transaction and / or the demerger of ABB India Limited ( INABB ) as part of or as a result of the Reorganisation, an open offer ( DINABB Mandatory Offer ) is required to be made by any member of the Purchaser Group (including any Target Company) or persons acting in concert with the same under the SEBI (SAST) Regulations to the public shareholders holding 25% of the shares in the entity demerged from INABB ( DINABB ) ( DINABB Public Shareholders ), the Seller shall, or shall procure that an appropriate member of the Seller Group shall at its own expense:
(a) make the DINABB Mandatory Offer to the DINABB Public Shareholders in accordance with SEBI (SAST) Regulations as a person acting in concert with the Purchaser under the SEBI (SAST) Regulations;
(b) if the DINABB Mandatory Offer is accepted in full or in part, acquire such shares in DINABB as are tendered by the accepting DINABB Public Shareholders at such price as is mandated by the SEBI (SAST) Regulations;
(c) following completion of the DINABB Mandatory Offer and if required (i) by law (irrespective of whether or not such requirement is the responsibility of the Seller or a member of the Seller Group under law), or (ii) in order for the Company to maintain its indirect 75% shareholding in DINABB, sell down the newly acquired shares in DINABB such that the requirements under law are met and the Company maintains its indirect 75% shareholding in DINABB, provided that to the extent (i) or (ii) do not apply the Seller Group may deal with, hold or otherwise treat any such acquired shares in DINABB at its sole discretion;
(d) use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all such regulatory and shareholder approvals and consents as are required to carry out the actions set out in (a) - (c) above ; and
(e) keep the Purchaser reasonably informed of all material developments in relation to the DINABB Mandatory Offer.
5.10 The Purchaser agrees that it shall, and shall procure that the Purchaser Group and persons acting in concert with the Purchaser (other than the Seller and any other member of the Seller Group) or on its or their behalf:
LON51529424 |
Page 14 |
(a) provide such assistance and information to the Seller as may be required by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Seller in order for the Seller to comply with its obligations under clause 5.9(a) to (e) at the Seller’s sole expense;
(b) not make any representation or warranty, whether directly or indirectly or through its representatives, in respect of the DINABB Mandatory Offer (including in respect of the Seller) without the prior written consent of the Seller; and
(c) not acquire or dispose of shares of DINABB which may affect the offer price of the DINABB Mandatory Offer or DINABB Mandatory Offer.
References to the Seller in clause 5.10 shall include any member of the Seller Group that undertakes or participates in the DINABB Mandatory Offer.
5.11 The Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against any and all Costs incurred by the Purchaser or a member of the Purchaser Group as a result of the Seller failing to or being unable to comply with clause 5.9 or the SEBI (SAST) Regulations as they relate to the Proposed Transaction, the DINABB Mandatory Offer or DINABB.
5.12 If, in respect of a Delayed Jurisdiction:
(a) the Delayed Closing has not occurred on or before the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date; and
(b) part of the Delayed Closing Pension Liabilities relate to any Delayed Business Interests or Delayed Target Companies which do not transfer,
the Purchaser shall pay, by way of adjustment to the Final Price, to the Seller within five (5) Business Days of the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date an amount equal to the Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion of that part of the Delayed Closing Pension Liabilities which relate to any such Delayed Business Interests or Delayed Target Companies in that Delayed Jurisdiction.
6. Business Assets, Contracts and Liabilities
6.1 The provisions of this clause 6 are without prejudice to the Parties’ respective obligations in clause 5 in connection with the Reorganisation and are subject also to the provisions of clauses 7 to 9 (inclusive) in relation to the assets and liabilities referred to in those clauses.
6.2 Business Assets. The Seller (at its own cost) shall, and shall procure that the other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to obtain all Third Party Consents which are required to transfer the Business Assets to the relevant Target Companies in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements. The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that the other members of the Purchaser Group (including, after Closing, the Target Companies) shall use their respective reasonable endeavours to co‑operate with the Seller to obtain any such
LON51529424 |
Page 15 |
Third Party Consents including by providing any information reasonably requested for that purpose.
6.3 Business Contracts and Business Claims. The Seller shall, and shall procure that the other relevant members of the Seller Group shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to obtain all Third Party Consents from any counterparties which are required to:
(a) transfer, novate or assign, as the case may be, each Business Contract to a Target Company;
(b) in respect of any Shared Contract, enter into a new agreement or arrangement between the relevant third party counterparty and a Target Company such that the Relevant Part of each Shared Contract is transferred to a Target Company on terms substantially as favourable to the Business as existed under the Shared Contract; and
(c) transfer, novate or assign, as the case may be, the Business Claims to the Target Companies.
The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that the other members of the Purchaser Group (including, after Closing, the Target Companies) shall, use their respective reasonable endeavours to co‑operate with the Seller to obtain any such Third Party Consents including by providing any information reasonably requested for that purpose.
6.4 If any Third Party Consent referred to in clause 6.3, has not been obtained prior to Closing (or, where relevant, the earlier of Delayed Closing and the Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date, as applicable), then until it is obtained:
(a) the obligations of the Seller to use its reasonable endeavours to obtain, or procure that there is obtained, that Third Party Consent shall continue for a period of 12 months from the Closing Date (or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable), or, in the case of a Business Contract or Shared Contract, until the date of expiry or termination of the current term of that Business Contract or Shared Contract in accordance with its terms;
(b) the transfer, novation or assignment of that Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract shall not take effect and the relevant members of the Seller Group shall remain the contracting party unless and until the relevant Third Party Consent is obtained;
(c) the Seller and the Purchaser shall, between themselves, treat each other as if that Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract had been transferred to the relevant Target Company at the Closing Date (or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable);
(d) to the extent legally permissible and, in the case of a Business Contract or Shared Contract, not prohibited by or otherwise in breach of the relevant Business Contract or Shared Contract, from the Closing Date (or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable) the Seller shall procure that the relevant members of the Seller Group will hold on trust and administer the relevant Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract for the relevant Target Company and will forward to the relevant Target Company as soon as reasonably practicable upon receipt any benefits
LON51529424 |
Page 16 |
received by it to the extent that they relate to that Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract;
(e) the Purchaser shall procure that a Target Company (at such Target Company’s cost) perform or, at the Seller’s election, assist the relevant members of the Seller Group to perform all the obligations under any such Business Contract, or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract, to be discharged after Closing (or Delayed Closing, as applicable) , provided that the Purchaser shall not (and shall procure that each Target Company shall not) without the Seller’s prior written consent:
(i) incur, or purport to incur, any costs, charges, fees or expenses on behalf of the Seller (or any member of the Seller Group) in the performance of the Seller’s (or member of the Seller Group’s) obligations under such Business Contract, or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract;
(ii) agree or purport to agree to any amendment or waiver of the Seller’s (or member of the Seller Group’s) rights under such Business Contract, or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract; or
(iii) make any representation on behalf of the Seller (or member of the Seller Group) under or in connection with such Business Contract, or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract,
and the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller against all Costs reasonably incurred by any member of the Seller Group arising from or in connection with any breach by the Purchaser or a Target Company of the obligations under this sub-paragraph (e) ; and
(f) the Seller shall from Closing give all reasonable assistance to the relevant Target Company (at the sole expense of that Target Company) to enable the relevant Target Company to enforce its rights under the Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of such Shared Contract, provided that no member of the Seller Group shall be obliged to make any payment or consideration (in money or money’s worth) under this sub-paragraph (f) unless it has first been paid by the relevant Target Company an amount which, on an after tax basis, is sufficient to make such payment or provide such consideration, nor shall it be obliged to become involved in any legal action or take any action which may reasonably be expected to be detrimental to the business of the Seller or the Seller Group .
(a) the terms of any particular Business Contract or Shared Contract do not permit the relevant Target Company to perform the Seller Group’s obligations as sub-contractor or as agent, or permit the relevant Business Contract or the Relevant Part of the Shared Contract to be held on trust for the Purchaser or a Target Company and administered by a member of the Seller Group, or if any of the foregoing is not otherwise legally permissible; or
LON51529424 |
Page 17 |
(b) any Third Party Consent is not obtained within 12 months after the Closing Date (or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable) or is refused and the procedure set out in this clause 6 does not enable the benefit of any Business Contract, Business Claim or the Relevant Part of any Shared Contract to be enjoyed in all material respects by the Target Companies after the Closing Date (or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable) ,
then the Seller and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable efforts to achieve an alternative solution by which the relevant Target Company shall receive the benefit of the relevant Business Contract, Relevant Part of the Shared Contract or Business Claim and assume the associated obligations (other than any Excluded Liability) (provided that no member of the Seller Group shall be obliged to make any commitment, incur any liability or make any payment for that purpose).
6.6 Assumed Liabilities. The Parties shall use their respective reasonable endeavours to co-operate to obtain all Third Party Consents which are required in respect of the Assumed Liabilities:
(a) to transfer all such liabilities (to the extent such liabilities do not transfer to the relevant Target Company by law or by virtue of the transfer, novation or assignment of any Business Contract, Business Claim or other Business Asset) to the Target Companies; and
(b) to release the relevant member of the Seller Group from such liabilities,
in each case in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the relevant Reorganisation Agreements, and the Parties shall take all steps necessary for that purpose, including: (i) procuring that their respective Affiliates take any actions applicable to them in accordance with any relevant Reorganisation Agreement and (ii) in the case of the Purchaser, providing any relevant member of the Seller Group with any information reasonably requested for that purpose. The Reorganisation Agreements shall provide that with effect from Closing (or Delayed Closing, as applicable) a Target Company shall: (A) assume and discharge any and all such liabilities; and (B) indemnify the Seller against any and all liabilities suffered or incurred by any relevant member of the Seller Group and any Costs suffered or incurred by them as a result of or in connection with such liabilities.
The provisions of Schedule 14 shall apply in respect of the Properties and the Retained Properties.
8.1 General provisions . Subject to the provisions of this clause 8, it is the intention of the Seller and the Purchaser that the Business Employees will, with effect from the close of business on the Employee Transfer Date be employed by the Target Companies. Where applicable law in a relevant country does not provide for an automatic transfer of the employment of the Business Employees to the Target Companies with effect from the close of business on the Employee Transfer Date, clauses 8.3 to 8.5 shall apply in respect of those Business Employees. Where the Transfer Regulations in a relevant country do provide for an automatic transfer of employment of the Business Employees to the Target Companies with effect from the close of business on the
LON51529424 |
Page 18 |
Employee Transfer Date, then clause 8.2 shall apply in respect of those Business Employees. For the avoidance of doubt, the employment of each Target Company Employee will transfer with the Target Companies without further action of the Parties in connection with the Proposed Transaction. Accordingly, it is intended that the Target Companies shall, on or before Closing, become the employer of all of the Employees.
8.2 Where automatic transfer of employment. The Parties acknowledge and agree that it is intended that, to the extent legally permissible, the transfer of the Business Employees to the relevant Target Companies will be effected by way of an automatic transfer under the relevant Transfer Regulations (such Business Employees being Automatic Transferring Employees ).
8.3 Where no automatic transfer of employment . If (or if it is alleged that) any contracts of employment with any Business Employee in force immediately before the Employee Transfer Date do not automatically transfer to the relevant Target Company in accordance with applicable law (such Business Employees being Non-Automatic Transferring Employees ), the Seller shall procure that the relevant Target Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the intended Employee Transfer Date (or such longer period of time before the intended Employee Transfer Date as shall be required in order to comply with any Seller Collective Agreement or applicable law), make offers of employment to the relevant Non-Automatic Transferring Employee to take effect on or before the Closing Date on terms and conditions which the Seller reasonably considers to be substantially comparable in value, taken as a whole, to those on which each such Non-Automatic Transferring Employee was employed by the relevant member of the Seller Group immediately prior to the relevant offer of employment. Each offer of employment shall treat any period of service with any member of the Seller Group as if it were service with the relevant Target Company, save where clause 8.4 applies.
8.4 This clause 8.4 applies where, in order to transfer the Non-Automatic Transferring Employee’s employment to the relevant Target Company as part of the Reorganisation, the applicable member of the Seller Group is required to terminate the employment of such Non-Automatic Transferring Employee and pay severance to such Non-Automatic Transferring Employee. In this instance, the Non-Automatic Transferring Employee’s date of commencement of continuous employment shall be the Employee Transfer Date (unless otherwise provided by applicable law). If a Non-Automatic Transferring Employee accepts the offer of employment described in clause 8.3 above, the Seller shall promptly release, or shall procure that the relevant member of the Seller Group shall promptly release, such Non-Automatic Transferring Employee from employment with the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group and the Seller shall (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing) be responsible for, and indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of, any severance or termination payments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any end of service or gratuity payments) payable in accordance with applicable law, contract or any Seller Collective Agreement.
8.5 Subject to clause 8.7, the Parties agree that :
(a) any employee of a member of the Seller Group who is under notice of termination of their employment (regardless of whether such notice is lawful
LON51529424 |
Page 19 |
(b) or otherwise, or is given by the employee or a member of the Seller Group), and who would otherwise be a Non-Automatic Transferring Employee for the purpose of clause 8.3, shall not be a Non-Automatic Transferring Employee, and shall instead be treated as an Excluded Employee for the purposes of clause 8.15; and
(c) any Non-Automatic Transferring Employee that does not accept the offer of employment described in clauses 8.3, 8.4 or 8.8, for whatever reason, shall instead be treated as a Excluded Employee for the purposes of clause 8.15.
8.6 The Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Seller against all Costs and Liabilities incurred by any member of the Seller Group (including the Target Companies) in respect of any act or omission by the Purchaser, or relevant member of the Purchaser Group, before the Closing Date, in relation to:
(a) any employee referred to in clauses 8.5(a) above, as a result of which the Seller can demonstrate that that employee has given notice of termination of their employment and receives any end of service or gratuity payments or notice pay or pay in lieu of notice;
(b) any Non-Automatic Transferring Employee referred to in 8.5(b) above as a result of which the Seller can demonstrate that that Non-Automatic Transferring Employee treats his or her employment as having been terminated prior to the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, all claims relating to severance, termination pay, pay in lieu of notice or termination and similar obligations); and
(c) any Automatic Transferring Employee referred to in clause 8.2 above as a result of which the Seller can demonstrate that that Automatic Transferring Employee objects to an automatic transfer of his or her employment to the relevant Target Company.
8.7 Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employees. Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 8.3 and 8.4 and save as required by applicable law, prior to the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date as applicable, no Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee shall be transferred to or otherwise become employed by the relevant Target Company and each Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee shall remain an employee of the Seller or the relevant member of the Seller Group. Following the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date as applicable, and subject to the Seller notifying the Purchaser of an Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee’s return to active employment, the Purchaser shall as soon as practicable following such return (and in no event later than 21 Business Days following such return) offer (or shall procure that the relevant Target Company shall offer) employment to such Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee consistent with the terms and conditions applicable to Non-Automatic Transferring Employees in clause 8.3, as applicable; provided that the Purchaser shall have no obligation to make or procure the making of any offer to any such Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee who returns to active employment more than 12 months following the Closing Date or the Delayed Closing Date, as applicable, except if required by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, any Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employee that does
LON51529424 |
Page 20 |
not accept the offer of employment described in this clause 8.7, for whatever reason, shall instead be treated as an Excluded Employee for the purposes of clause 8.15.
8.8 Business Employee Identification As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, and in any event (i) within good time before the transfers under clause 8.2 and the offers of employment under clauses 8.3 and 8.4 and (ii) within six (6) months from the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser a working draft list, and, not later than nine (9) months from the date of this Agreement, a complete list, in each case of employees of the Seller Group who are not Target Company Employees and who:
(a) are identified by the Seller and whom the Seller has, acting reasonably, determined spend more than 50 per cent of their working time in or for the Business (including any employees who are temporarily absent (whether by reason of sickness, disability, maternity leave, secondment or otherwise)); and/or
(b) are identified by the Seller and whom the Seller has, acting reasonably, determined are necessary for the proper functioning of the Business including its future development which shall include for the avoidance of doubt employees providing research and design services and strategic account managers, but excluding in each case any TSA Employee,
such an employee being a Business Employee .
The list provided to the Purchaser will include the following information in respect of each Business Employee: job title, division, job location; and job duties. Thereafter, the Seller shall, acting reasonably and in good faith, consider any representations that the Purchaser may have in relation to paragraph (b) of this clause 8.8, and seek and consider the representations of relevant executives of the Business, before the Seller finally determines which employees of the Seller Group who are not Target Company Employees should be treated as Business Employees and whose employment is intended to be transferred as part of the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction to the Target Companies.
8.9 Retained Employee Identification As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement and in any event within good time before the transfers under clause 8.14, the Seller shall, acting reasonably, determine which employees of the Target Companies: (a) spend 50 per cent or less of their working time in or for the Business (including any employees who are temporarily absent (whether by reason of sickness, disability, maternity leave, secondment or otherwise)); and/or (b) are identified by the Seller and whom are not necessary for the proper functioning of the Business including its future development (such an employee being a Retained Employee ).
8.10 Business Contractor Identification As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement and in any event within good time before Closing or Delayed Closing (as applicable), the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser a list of independent contractors, apprentices, workers and consultants engaged by the Seller Group and who are not Target Company Employees or Business Employees and who:
LON51529424 |
Page 21 |
(a) are identified by the Seller and whom the Seller has, acting reasonably, determined spend more than 50 per cent of their working time in or for the Business (including any individuals who are temporarily absent (whether by reason of sickness, disability, maternity leave, secondment or otherwise)); and/or
(b) are identified by the Seller and whom the Seller has, acting reasonably, determined are necessary for the proper functioning of the Business including its future development,
such an individual being a Business Contractor.
The Seller shall procure that the relevant Target Company shall in good time prior to the intended Employee Transfer Date (or such longer period of time before the intended Employee Transfer Date as shall be required in order to comply with any Seller Collective Agreement or applicable law), make offers of engagement to the relevant Business Contractors to take effect on or before the Closing Date on terms and conditions which the Seller considers are appropriate and provided that any such offers of engagement shall not increase in aggregate the total cost of the Business in respect of the Business Contractors on the date of this Agreement by more than 3 per cent. per annum overall and/or more than 6% per cent. per annum in any single Material Employment Jurisdiction, except where any changes to such terms of engagement are made in the ordinary course of business to reflect inflationary increases in the relevant jurisdiction. In the event that the Seller intends that such offers of engagement in respect of the Business Contractors will increase in aggregate the total cost of the Business in respect of the Business Contractors on the date of this Agreement by more than 3 per cent. per annum overall and/or more than 6% per cent. per annum in any single Material Employment Jurisdiction, except where any such changes to such terms of engagement are made in the ordinary course of business to reflect inflationary increases in the relevant jurisdiction the Seller will discuss this with the Purchaser and, in good faith, reasonably consider any representations made by the Purchaser in relation to such terms and conditions of engagement.
8.11 Benefit Arrangements. The Parties agree that the Seller shall, at least four months prior to the Closing Date (or such other date as the Parties may agree), provide the Purchaser with details of the applicable material terms and conditions of employment and benefits arrangements of the Target Company Employees and Business Employees generally, provided that, save as required by applicable law or any term in a contract or Seller Collective Agreement in place immediately before the date of this Agreement, any such new terms and conditions of employment and benefit arrangements that are introduced as part of the Reorganisation or Proposed Transaction shall not increase in aggregate the total cost of the Business in respect of the Employees on the date of this Agreement by more than 3 per cent. per annum overall and more than 6% per cent. per annum in any single Material Employment Jurisdiction, except as otherwise agreed by the Purchaser and except where any changes to terms and conditions of employment and/or benefit arrangements are made in the ordinary course of business to reflect inflationary increases in the relevant jurisdiction.
LON51529424 |
Page 22 |
8.12 Wrong-Pocket Arrangements . In the event that the employment of any person who is not a Business Employee transfers (or is alleged to transfer) to a Target Company pursuant to applicable law in connection with the Reorganisation or the Proposed Transaction (such individual being an Undisclosed Employee ), the Parties agree that in respect of each such Undisclosed Employee:
(a) if such Undisclosed Employee transfers, or is alleged to transfer, to the relevant Target Company on or after the Closing Date, the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group may within 10 Business Days of being so requested by the Purchaser (provided that such request is made no later than 3 months after Closing) make to that person an offer in writing to employ him or her under a new contract of employment subject to, and to take effect upon, the release referred to in clause 8.13 below; or
(b) if such Undisclosed Employee transfers, or is alleged to transfer, to the relevant Target Company on or before the Closing Date, the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group may make to that person an offer in writing to employ him or her under a new contract of employment subject to, and to take effect upon, the release referred to in clause 8.13 below; and
(c) the offer to be made will be on the same terms and conditions (including as to period of continuous employment) as were provided to that person immediately prior to the Employee Transfer Date.
(a) the Undisclosed Employee accepts the offer of employment referred to above then the Seller or the Purchaser (as appropriate) shall procure that the relevant Target Company promptly releases such Undisclosed Employee from employment with the relevant Target Company and the Seller shall pay on demand to the Purchaser (or, if prior to Closing, the Target Company) and from Closing shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of: (i) any sums payable by the Target Company to or in relation to such Undisclosed Employee under and in connection with his contract of employment (whether before or after the date on which the employment of the Undisclosed Employee transfers to the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group); and (ii) all Costs or Liabilities incurred by the Target Company which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the release, transfer and/or termination of employment of such Undisclosed Employee; or
(b) the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group does not make an offer of employment to the Undisclosed Employee or the Undisclosed Employee does not accept the offer of employment from the Seller or relevant member of the Seller Group in accordance with clause 8.12(c), then:
(i) if the Employee Transfer Date occurs prior to Closing, the Seller shall procure that the relevant Target Company shall terminate the employment of such Undisclosed Employee within 28 days of the Seller being made aware of such transfer either by the Undisclosed Employee or by the Target Company (whichever is the earlier) or within such period as required by applicable law in that relevant
LON51529424 |
Page 23 |
country (such period being the Seller Dismissal Period ), if longer and the Seller shall pay on demand to the Purchaser (or, if prior to Closing, the Target Company) and from Closing shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of (i) any sums payable by the Target Company to or in relation to such Undisclosed Employee under or in connection with his contract of employment (whether before or after the Employee Transfer Date) and (ii) all Costs or Liabilities incurred by the Target Company which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with such termination of employment; or
(ii) if the Undisclosed Employee transfers on or after the Closing Date, provided the Purchaser terminates the employment of such Undisclosed Employee within 28 days of being made aware of such transfer either by the Undisclosed Employee or by the Seller (whichever is the earlier) or within such period as required by applicable law in that relevant country (such period being the Dismissal Period ), if longer, and the Seller shall pay on demand to the Purchaser and indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of (i) any sums payable by the Target Company to or in relation to such Undisclosed Employee under or in connection with his or contract of employment (whether before or after the Employee Transfer Date) and (ii) all Costs or Liabilities incurred by the Target Company which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with such termination of employment, save to the extent any such Costs and Liabilities are attributable to a discrimination claim arising from any act or omission by the Purchaser or relevant member of the Purchaser Group .
8.14 Retained Employees . Prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to cause the transfer of employment or engagement (as applicable) of the Retained Employees and Retained Business Contractors from the relevant Target Company to the relevant member of the Seller Group pursuant to the Reorganisation.
(a) If, despite using its reasonable endeavours, the Seller is unable for any reason to cause the transfer of employment of the Retained Employees from the relevant Target Company to the relevant member of the Seller Group prior to the Closing Date, then any such Retained Employee shall be treated as an Undisclosed Employee in accordance with clause 8.12 above, save that the Dismissal Period will commence from the date on or after the Closing Date which the relevant member of the Seller Group notifies the relevant Target Company that it has not been able to cause the transfer of employment.
(b) If the Seller causes the transfer of a Retained Employee from the relevant Target Company to the relevant member of the Seller Group as described in this clause 8.14, the Seller shall procure that the relevant Target Company promptly releases such Retained Employee from employment with the relevant Target Company.
8.15 Liability for Excluded Employees . Subject to clause 8.6 and clause 9, the Parties agree that all Costs and Liabilities relating to the Retained Employees, Existing Seller
LON51529424 |
Page 24 |
Employees and Former Non-Business Employees (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Former Business Employees) (together the Excluded Employees ) including but not limited to, wages, salaries, bonuses, incentive compensation and other periodic outgoings, any payroll taxes and social security contributions, and any severance, termination payments or similar obligations (including for the avoidance of doubt any end of service or gratuity payments or notice pay or pay in lieu of notice) payable in accordance with applicable law, contract or any Seller Collective Agreement, in respect of the Excluded Employees, whether those Costs and Liabilities relate to periods before or after the Closing Date, shall be borne or discharged by the Seller and shall be deemed to be Excluded Liabilities for the purposes of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall include, but is not limited to, all Costs and Liabilities arising out of the employment, engagement or termination of employment or engagement, whether actual or constructive, of any Excluded Employee before or after the Closing Date. The Seller shall pay on demand to the Purchaser and indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of (i) any sums payable by the Target Company to or in relation to such Excluded Employee and (ii) all Costs or Liabilities incurred by the Target Company which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with any Excluded Employee.
8.16 Liability for Transferred Employees and Former Business Employees . The Parties agree that, subject to clause 8.4 , clause 8.5 and clause 9:
(a) all Costs and Liabilities relating to the employment of the Transferred Employees including, but not limited to, wages, salaries, bonuses, incentive compensation and other periodic outgoings, any payroll taxes and social security contributions in respect of the Transferred Employees, whether those Costs and Liabilities relate to periods before or after the Employee Transfer Date (but not including any Costs and Liabilities relating to Pension Benefits in respect of the Transferred Employees relating to periods before the Employee Transfer Date);
(b) all Costs and Liabilities arising out of the termination of employment, whether actual or constructive, of any Transferred Employee, whether those Costs and Liabilities relate to periods before or after the Employee Transfer Date, including, but not limited to, any severance, termination payments or similar obligations (including for the avoidance of doubt any end of service or gratuity payments or notice pay or pay in lieu of notice) payable in accordance with applicable law, contract or any Seller Collective Agreement ; and
(c) a ll Costs and Liabilities relating to the employment and termination of employment of the Former Business Employees payable in accordance with applicable law , contract or any Seller Collective Agreement whether those Costs and Liabilities relate to periods before or after the Closing Date,
shall be borne or discharged by the Purchaser or the relevant member of the Purchaser Group and shall be deemed to be Assumed Liabilities for the purposes of this Agreement. The Purchaser shall pay on demand to the Seller and indemnify and keep indemnified the Seller for Costs and Liabilities incurred by the Seller and which are the Purchaser’s responsibility under this clause 8.16. For the avoidance of doubt,
LON51529424 |
Page 25 |
nothing in this clause 8.16 shall prevent the Target Companies from making a payment to any Transferred Employee in respect of any accruals in relation to the above amounts where required by applicable law.
8.17 Liability for Severance or Termination Payments. Without prejudice to clauses 8.4 and 8.16, the Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser, in relation to any severance, termination payments or similar obligations (including for the avoidance of doubt any end of service or gratuity payments or notice pay or pay in lieu of notice) payable in accordance with applicable law, contract or any Seller Collective Agreement by any member of the Seller Group including for the avoidance of doubt any Target Company, to any employee of the Seller Group including any employee of a Target Company, which becomes payable as a result of the implementation of the Reorganisation.
8.18 International assignees and foreign workers . Where applicable law does not provide for the automatic transfer of employment of any International Assignee who is determined to be a Business Employee in accordance with clause 8.8, such International Assignee will be a Non-Automatic Transferring Employee and be treated as such in accordance with clauses 8.3 or 8.4 as the case may be, noting that terms and conditions for the purposes of this clause shall include the terms and conditions governing their international assignment. Prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that all Employees who require immigration approvals to be employed by a Target Company to work within the Business have obtained all required documentation and approvals (including all necessary work permits and visas) and have (and at the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date will continue to have) the right to work in the Business in the Target Company within the relevant jurisdictions. If the Seller has, despite its reasonable endeavours, not obtained all required documentation and approvals for any such Employee, the Seller and Purchaser shall discuss the issue in good faith with a view to reaching a reasonable resolution to procure the transfer of such Employee to the relevant Target Company.
8.19 Employee Census . Subject to applicable law, and in such timescale as the Parties may agree, but in any event at least four months prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser with a census that is true and accurate in all material respects and which provides a list of the Business Employees and the Target Company Employees together with all key role vacancies in the Business . The list will include the following information in respect of each employee: employment identification number (subject to restrictions under applicable law), job title, division, job location, date of hire, employer, full or part time, active or on long-term approved or statutory leave of absence (and if on leave, the nature of the leave and the expected return date), any visa/work permit requirements, base salary or wage rate and incentive compensation opportunities. Five Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such other date as the Parties may agree), the Seller shall provide the Purchaser with an updated final version of such list. Following Closing, in respect of any Delayed Employees , the Seller shall continue to provide periodical updates to the census in respect of any relevant country on such dates as agreed by the Parties with the final employee census being provided five Business Days prior to the final Delayed Closing. The Seller shall update the Purchaser on the status of the acceptances made by the Non-Automatic Transferring Employees during meetings of the Project Board.
LON51529424 |
Page 26 |
Information and Consultation .
8.20 The Seller shall, and shall procure that the Target Companies and the Seller’s Affiliates (as applicable) shall, inform and / or consult, as applicable, with their respective employees and/or employee representatives, as applicable, regarding the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction in accordance with the requirements of applicable law (including, where applicable, the Transfer Regulations) and any collective bargaining agreements, works council agreements or any agreements with any other employee representative body which is applicable to the Seller Group and/or the Target Companies (whether on an industry level or otherwise) (individually, a Seller Collective Agreement and collectively, the Seller Collective Agreements ). The Seller shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against all Liabilities which the Purchaser or any of the Target Companies may suffer or incur in connection with any failure to carry out any such information and consultation processes in connection with the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction, in accordance with an applicable law or the Seller Collective Agreements, unless such failure to comply is directly or indirectly attributable to any act or omission by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates. Such Liabilities shall be Excluded Liabilities for the purposes of this Agreement.
8.21 The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that its Affiliates (as applicable) shall, inform and / or consult with their respective employees and/or employee representatives as applicable, in connection with the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction in accordance with the requirements of applicable law and any collective bargaining agreements, works council agreements or any agreements with any other employee representative body which is applicable to the Purchaser Group (whether on an industry level or otherwise) (individually, a Purchaser Collective Agreement and collectively, the Purchaser Collective Agreements ) . The Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Seller against all Liabilities which the Seller or any of the Target Companies may suffer or incur in connection with any failure to carry out any such information and consultation processes in accordance with an applicable law or the Purchaser Collective Agreements, unless such failure to comply is directly or indirectly caused by any act or omission by the Seller or any of its Affiliates. Such Liabilities shall be Assumed Liabilities for the purposes of this Agreement.
8.22 The Seller shall, and shall procure that each relevant Seller Affiliate (including the Target Companies) shall, commence any information and / or consultation processes in connection with the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction required under any applicable law and/or Seller Collective Agreements (or if such process has already been commenced, the Seller will continue such process) as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, and use reasonable efforts to complete such processes in a timely manner.
8.23 The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each relevant Purchaser Affiliate shall, commence any information and / or consultation processes in connection with the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction required under any applicable law and/or Purchaser Collective Agreements in relation to the Purchaser’s or Purchaser Affiliate’s employees and/or employee representatives (or if such process has already been commenced, the Purchaser will continue such process) as soon as reasonably
LON51529424 |
Page 27 |
practicable after the date of this Agreement, and use reasonable efforts to complete such processes in a timely manner.
8.24 Each Party shall be entitled to enter into any agreements or arrangements with, or in relation to, their respective employees and/or employee representatives in connection with the relevant information and consultation processes as they consider reasonable and appropriate for the purposes of the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction save that in the event that any Party (including any Target Company) is required to enter into an agreement or arrangement that is binding upon and has a material effect on any Target Company, such Party shall notify the other Party of the material terms of the agreement or arrangement and shall, in good faith and acting reasonably, take account of any reasonable comments or proposals of the other Party in relation to such terms or arrangements .
8.25 Subject to applicable law and the terms of any applicable Seller Collective Agreements and Purchaser Collective Agreements, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, and the Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Target Companies) to, provide the other Party with such information and assistance at such times as that other Party may reasonably request or as may be reasonably necessary for it or any of its Affiliates to complete in due course any formal or informal requirement to inform or consult with their employees, a relevant trade union, a relevant works council, or any other employee representatives in connection with the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction. The Seller and the Purchaser shall update the other Party on a regular basis on the status of such information and consultation processes during meetings of the Project Board.
8.26 The Seller shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against all Costs and Liabilities incurred by the Purchaser or its Affiliates (as appropriate) in respect of any failure by the Seller to provide information and reasonable assistance to the Purchaser in accordance with clause 8.25 above and the Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Seller against all Costs and Liabilities incurred by the Seller or its Affiliates (including the Target Companies) in respect of any failure by the Purchaser to provide information and reasonable assistance to the Seller in accordance with clause 8.25 above or as a result of the Purchaser’s failure to inform the Seller of any measures the Purchaser may consider taking in respect of the Target Companies, to take effect on or after Closing (or take after Closing) in respect of the Transferred Employees.
8.27 Subject to clause 8.4, the Seller and the Purchaser shall not, and shall use reasonable efforts to procure that their respective Affiliates shall not, take any actions to cause the Employees not to become employees of the Target Companies, or not to remain employees of the Target Companies (as applicable), prior to the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date, as applicable.
8.28 I f required in order to comply with any provision of this Agreement or applicable law, the Purchaser Group shall establish and administer new cash bonus plans for the Transferred Employees (the Purchaser Bonus Plans ) on and from the Closing Date or relevant Delayed Closing Date.
LON51529424 |
Page 28 |
8.29 Except to the extent that such amounts have been paid by the Seller (or a member of the Seller Group or a Target Company) in accordance with clause 8.31 below:
(a) the Pro Rated Cash Bonuses (gross of any Employee Taxes required to be withheld or deducted from such Pro Rated Cash Bonuses) in respect of the Transferred Employees shall be accrued in the Closing Statement together with (in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11) any Employer Taxes on such Pro Rated Cash Bonuses. Any Relief arising from such Pro Rated Cash Bonuses shall be taken into account in the Closing Statement in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11;
(b) the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser a list of the amounts payable to each Transferred Employee (gross of any Employee Taxes) , within 60 days after the Closing Date or relevant Delayed Closing Date; and
(c) subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the list referred to in clause 8.29(b) above, the Purchaser shall, or shall procure that a member of the Purchaser Group shall, on or around the first normal bonus payment date under the applicable Seller Bonus Plan following the Closing Date or relevant Delayed Closing Date, pay to each Transferred Employee the amount of the pro rata cash bonus that is due to such Transferred Employee under such list (the Post-Closing Cash Bonus ).
8.30 To the extent a member of the Purchaser Group pays a Post-Closing Cash Bonus to a Transferred Employee pursuant to clause 8.29(c) above, such member of the Purchaser Group shall withhold and deduct from such Post-Closing Cash Bonus any Employee Taxes required by law to be so withheld or deducted in respect of such Post-Closing Cash Bonus and shall account for such amounts (together with any Employer Taxes thereon) to the relevant Tax Authorities when due .
8.31 The Seller may or may procure that the relevant member of the Seller Group or a Target Company may, pay to the Transferred Employees prior to the Closing Date an amount equal to the Pro Rated Cash Bonuses.
8.32 The Seller shall (in the case of Pro Rated Cash Bonuses paid prior to the Closing Date pursuant to clause 8.31 above) procure that the relevant Target Companies account to the relevant Tax Authority for any Employee Taxes and Employer Taxes in respect of such Pro Rated Cash Bonuses to the extent that such Employee Taxes and Employer Taxes are due and payable to a Tax Authority prior to Closing. Any Employer Taxes in respect of such Pro Rated Cash Bonuses which are due and payable to a Tax Authority on or after Closing will be accrued in the Closing Statement in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11. Any Relief arising in respect of Pro Rated Cash Bonuses paid prior to the Closing Date in accordance with clause 8.31 above shall be taken into account in the Closing Statement in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11.
Share-based incentive schemes.
8.33 The Seller shall and shall procure that the relevant members of the Seller Group use all reasonable endeavours to recover any Employee Taxes arising as a result of the grant, cancellation, exercise or vesting of any awards granted by any member of the
LON51529424 |
Page 29 |
Seller Group to a Transferred Employee under the Seller Share Plans from each such Transferred Employee as soon as reasonably practicable after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing, as applicable), including without limitation by withholding from consideration payable to such Transferred Employee in consideration for the sale of any options or shares acquired by him or her under any award. The Seller shall promptly account to the Purchaser for any amounts so recovered and provide prompt details of the grant, cancellation, exercise or vesting of awards granted by any member of the Seller Group to a Transferred Employee under the Seller Share Plans to the Purchaser that are sufficient for a member of the Purchaser Group to report the relevant event through payroll. The Seller’s obligation to recover and account to the Purchaser for amounts under this clause 8.33 shall be subject to the Purchaser co-operating with the Seller to enable the Seller to satisfy that obligation.
8.34 There shall be accrued in the Closing Statement an amount equal to any Employer Taxes arising as a result of the grant, cancellation, exercise or vesting of any such awards granted to a Transferred Employee in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11. Any Reliefs arising from such grant, cancellation, exercise or vesting shall be taken into account in the Closing Statement in accordance with paragraphs 19 and 20 of Part B of Schedule 11.
8.35 The Purchaser shall procure that each relevant Target Company accounts to the relevant Tax Authorities for any Employee Taxes and Employer Taxes arising as a result of the grant, cancellation, exercise or vesting of any awards granted by any member of the Seller Group to a Transferred Employee under the Seller Share Plans which are payable by it to a Tax Authority after Closing (or a relevant Delayed Closing, as applicable) when due.
8.36 The Seller Group shall complete all reporting (excluding payroll reporting for events occurring after Closing) required in relation to events arising under the Seller Share Plans.
8.37 Protection of terms and conditions and termination rights post-Closing . The Purchaser shall procure that for a period of 12 months following the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date (as applicable):
(a) each Transferred Employee will continue to receive at least the same basic salary or wages; and
(b) each Transferred Employee will continue to receive benefits (whether contractual or otherwise), which the Purchaser reasonably consider to be substantially comparable in value, taken as a whole, to the benefits of such Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date.
8.38 If the employment of any Transferred Employee is terminated by reason of redundancy within 12 months following the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall procure that there shall be provided to such Transferred Employee, benefits which are at least equivalent to those provided under such redundancy and severance policies and benefits (and giving due credit to the Transferred Employees for any additional service or earnings from the Employee Transfer Date onwards) as were applicable in respect of the particular Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date.
8.39 Benefit arrangements/service continuity . Save in respect of any Non-Automatic Transferring Employees whose employment as part of the Reorganisation has been
LON51529424 |
Page 30 |
terminated with the applicable member of the Seller Group and has been paid severance (so that their date of continuous employment shall be the Employee Transfer Date at set out in clause 8.4 (unless otherwise provided by applicable law)), each Transferred Employee shall have their service with the Seller Group and their respective predecessors recognised under any employee benefit plans or arrangements of the Purchaser Group for all purposes of eligibility, vesting and accrual of benefits to the extent past service was recognised for such Transferred Employee under a comparable plan or arrangement immediately prior to the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this clause 8.39 shall be construed to require recognition of service for the purposes of calculation of employee benefits where the benefit plan does not allow for such recognition of past service or that would result in:
(b) recognition of service for any purposes under any plan or arrangement for which participation, service and/or benefits accrual is frozen or any post-retirement benefit; or
(c) recognition of service under a newly established plan or arrangement for which prior service is not taken into account for employees of the Purchaser Group generally.
8.40 Retention Agreements . The Parties agree that there is a requirement to incentivise the key Employees of the Business during the Reorganisation and the Proposed Transaction and, as such, it is appropriate to provide such Employees with retention agreements. The Seller agrees to identify the appropriate Employees of the Business to receive such agreements and inform the Purchaser of the roles of such Employees and the proposed terms of the agreement the Seller intends to put in place for such Employees. The Parties agree to discuss the retention arrangements promptly following signing of this Agreement. The Seller shall, acting reasonably and in good faith, listen to and consider any representations that the Purchaser may have in relation to identification of such roles and the terms of any such agreements. The Seller shall not put in place any retention agreements with any Employees which relate to any period of an Employee’s employment after the Closing Date without the consent of the Purchaser in writing. Liabilities in relation to any retention agreements with any Employees shall be borne as follows:
(a) the Seller shall bear and be responsible for all Liabilities and Costs in relation to retention arrangements in so far as they relate to any period of an Employees’ employment before and at the Closing Date, and the Seller shall pay on demand to the Purchaser and indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser in respect of any sums payable by the relevant Target Company to or in relation to any Employee in connection with such retention agreements in respect of such period , including any payroll taxes or social security contributions (or similar Taxes) incurred by any Target Company (and not recoverable from an Employee) in respect of such payments;
(b) subject to the Purchaser having consented to the retention arrangements, the Purchaser shall bear and be responsible for all Liabilities and Costs in relation to retention arrangements in so far as they relate to any period of an
LON51529424 |
Page 31 |
Employee’s employment after the Closing Date, and the Purchaser shall pay on demand to the Seller and indemnify and keep indemnified the Seller in respect of any sums payable by the Seller or any member of the Seller group to or in relation to any Employee in connection with such retention agreements in respect of such period , including any payroll taxes or social security contributions (or similar Taxes) incurred by any member of the Seller Group in respect of such payments.
8.41 Delayed Employees . The Parties intend and agree that:
(a) the employment of the Delayed Employees who are employed in a Delayed Business Interest shall not be transferred by the Seller or another member of the Seller Group to the Target Companies on and from the Employee Transfer Date but shall transfer on and from the Delayed Closing Date which relates to the Delayed Business Interest associated with that Delayed Employee;
(b) notwithstanding the intention at clause 8.41(a), if the contract of employment of any Delayed Employee who is employed in a Delayed Business Interest is found or alleged to have effect at any time prior to the Delayed Closing Date as if originally made with the Target Companies as a consequence of this Agreement, clause 8.12 and 8.13 shall not apply in relation to that Delayed Employee and as a result the Parties shall in good faith seek to agree as soon as reasonably practicable how best to deal with such unintended transfer or allegation of transfer having regard to the reason why the individual’s transfer to the Target Companies was delayed but provided that, if the Parties are unable to reach such agreement within a reasonable period and if it is agreed that such Delayed Employee’s contract of employment has so transferred, then such Delayed Employee shall be treated from the time he actually became so employed as a "Transferred Employee" (and no longer a Delayed Employee) for the purposes of this Agreement;
(c) subject to clauses 8.41(d) and 8.41(e), no provisions in clauses 8.1 or 8.3 shall require the Target Companies to employ, or make an offer to employ, a Delayed Employee, on and from the Employee Transfer Date;
(d) clause 8.1 shall be amended to the extent required so that it applies to Delayed Employees and, in respect of such Delayed Employees, references to the "Employee Transfer Date" shall be replaced with references to the "Delayed Closing Date" which relates to the Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest associated with that Delayed Employee;
(e) clauses 8.3 and 8.4 shall be amended to the extent required so that it applies to Delayed Employees and, in respect of such Delayed Employees, references to the "Employee Transfer Date" shall be replaced with references to the "Delayed Closing Date which relates to the Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest associated with that Delayed Employee; and
(f) clause 8.12 and 8.12 shall be amended to the extent required so that it applies on each Delayed Closing Date in respect of any person who is not at that time a Delayed Employee and any references to the "Employee Transfer Date" shall be replaced with references to that "Delayed Closing Date".
LON51529424 |
Page 32 |
8.42 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.41 above, the Parties agree that each Delayed Employee in relation to any Delayed Jurisdiction which moves to a Delayed Closing shall, with effect from and including the Closing Date, be treated for economic purposes as if he is employed by the Target Companies, and as a consequence will be deemed to be a "Transferred Employee" (meaning that the Purchaser will be economically responsible for all Costs and Liabilities relating to his or her employment (including any payroll taxes and social security contributions) or termination of his or her employment irrespective of whether those Costs and Liabilities relate to periods before or after the Closing Date, and the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller for any such Costs and Liabilities incurred by any member of the Seller Group in respect of the same). Any amounts payable pursuant to this clause 8.42 shall be borne and paid by the Purchaser (the indemnity under this clause 8.42 being the HR Indemnity ) . For the avoidance of doubt, no provision of:
(a) this clause 8.42 shall entitle the Seller or any member of the Seller Group to recover any amount in respect of any Delayed Employee if that would entitle the Seller or member of the Seller Group to recover more than once in respect of the same amount under this Agreement; and
(b) this Agreement, including this clause 8 shall require the Purchaser to indemnify the Seller for any Costs or Liabilities that have been incurred as a result of or in connection with a breach by the Seller of clause 11.2 or Schedule 3 in relation to any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company (pending the relevant Delayed Closing Date).
8.43 Subject to clause 5.5 and save in so far as it is not legally possible in the relevant country to do so, the Parties shall cooperate to make arrangements for the services of any Delayed Employee to be made available on an interim basis and on agreed terms to the Purchaser Group (including but not limited by way of secondment) from the Closing Date until such time as his or her employment is transferred to the Purchaser Group or is terminated (if earlier).
8.44 France Business . From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date (or, if not completed by the Closing Date, until the Delayed Closing Long-stop Date), each of the Seller and the Purchaser will cooperate in good faith to consult with and obtain the opinion of any competent works council(s) in France for the purposes of the Reorganisation in so far as it relates to France and the Proposed Transaction (the French Works Council(s) ). The Seller shall, and shall cause its relevant Affiliates, to comply with any requirement to provide notice to, and engage in any required consultation with, the French Works Council(s). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, before the date of the France Put Option Exercise:
(a) this Agreement shall not constitute a binding agreement to transfer the France Business to the Target Companies or any Delayed Target Companies or otherwise to sell or purchase (directly or indirectly) the France Business;
(b) clauses 1, 5, 6, 8, 9 and 13 shall not apply to or in respect of the France Business;
(c) the term "Assumed Liabilities" shall be deemed to exclude the France Assumed Liabilities;
LON51529424 |
Page 33 |
(d) the terms "Employees", "Target Company Employees" and "Business Employees" shall be deemed to exclude the France Employees; and
(e) the Seller and the Purchaser shall negotiate in good faith to agree to any local agreements as may be required in order to give effect to the principles set out in this clause 8.44.
8.45 Employee consultation in the Netherlands . The Seller undertakes to consult with any competent works council(s) in the Netherlands for the purposes of the Reorganisation in so far as it relates to the Netherlands in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 26.
9. Pension assets and liabilities
9.1 Stand-alone pension plans. The following provisions in clause 9.1 shall apply in relation to a Stand-alone Pension Plan unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Purchaser and the Seller. In the case of the Sweden Pension Plan, clause 9.33 shall apply. In all other cases, the Seller Group will assume sponsorship of and responsibility for each Stand-alone Pension Plan with effect from such date as the Seller determines, which shall be on or before the Closing Date such that the relevant Target Company will have no liability in relation to that Stand-alone Pension Plan. Any Stand-alone Pension Plan shall not increase the level of benefit provision in respect of the Transferring Members except as required by local law or otherwise agreed by the Purchaser. The actions to be taken under this clause are the Stand-alone Pension Plan Transitions and the obligations of the Parties in relation to them are also governed by and subject to clause 9.14. All Stand-alone Pension Plans that a Target Company shall maintain or sponsor as at the Closing Date following the Stand-alone Plan Transitions shall be Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plans .
9.2 Transfers to Retained Seller Pension Plans from Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plans. Unless the Purchaser determines otherwise, the following provisions apply to all Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plans. Where any of the Target Companies will retain responsibility for a Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan at the Closing Date, and, prior to the Closing Date, members and beneficiaries other than Transferring Members have accrued Pension Benefits in that Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan, those Pension Benefits shall be transferred to a Retained Seller Pension Plan and such transfer shall be implemented in a manner which is consistent with the principles set out in clauses 9.4 to 9.11 below, and the discharge in 9.13 shall apply in the same manner. The transfers to be carried out under this clause are the Retained Seller Liability Transfers and the obligations of the Parties in relation to them are also governed by and subject to clause 9.14.
9.3 Transfers to Target Company Pension Arrangements from In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plans. Clauses 9.4 to 9.11 below shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Seller and the Purchaser, apply in relation to each In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan. The actions to be taken under clauses 9.4 to 9.11 below are the Target Company Liability Transfers and the obligations of the Parties in relation to them are also governed by and subject to clause 9.14.
9.4 One or more Target Companies will establish or sponsor Target Company Pension Arrangements which shall meet such legal requirements and satisfy such conditions as are necessary in order to receive tax-favoured status in the jurisdiction of its
LON51529424 |
Page 34 |
administration (where the applicable In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan had such tax-favoured status) and to accept a transfer of Past Service Benefits, and of any underlying plan assets, in respect of the Transferring Members who were members of the in-Scope Retained Seller Pension Plans. The Seller shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement and, in any event, in good time prior to the Employee Transfer Date, provide the Purchaser with details of the defined benefit plans or defined benefit arrangements which it proposes will constitute or form part of the Target Company Pension Arrangements. The Seller shall provide any information reasonably requested by the Purchaser in relation to any defined benefit arrangements under such proposed Target Company Pension Arrangements and the Seller shall, in good faith and acting reasonably, consider any representations made by the Purchaser in relation to the proposed Target Company Pension Arrangements the Seller intends to put in place and the proposed mechanism for the transfer of the Transferring Pension Liabilities. No Target Company Pension Arrangement shall:
(a) provide Pension Benefits in respect of persons other than Transferring Members; and
(b) increase the level of benefit provision in respect of the Transferring Members except as required by local law or otherwise agreed by the Purchaser.
9.5 Subject to clauses 9.6, 9.7 and 9.9 below, and to the extent not already transferred before the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall determine whether and to what extent any underlying plan assets in respect of any transferred Past Service Benefits of Transferring Members (the amount of such assets in respect of each such transfer being the Relevant Transfer Amount in respect of such transfer) shall be transferred from an In-Scope Retained Seller Pension Plan to the relevant receiving Target Company Pension Arrangements.
9.6 When making the determination under clause 9.5 in relation to each Relevant Transfer Amount, but subject to clause 9.7 below, in relation to an In-Scope Retained Seller Pension Plan that is Funded, the Seller will use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Relevant Transfer Amount is at least equal to a proportion of the scheme assets, with that proportion being the same as the percentage of the scheme liabilities that are being transferred.
9.7 If applicable law or governing regulations require that a particular amount of assets be transferred in respect of the transferred Past Service Benefits, or such an amount must be transferred in order to obtain any Third Party Consent, that amount shall be the Relevant Transfer Amount in respect of those Past Service Benefits, and shall accordingly be transferred from the Retained Seller Pension Plan to the receiving Target Company Pension Arrangement on such date as the Seller determines.
9.8 To the extent not already paid prior to the date of this Agreement, each Relevant Transfer Amount will be paid in cash and/or such form of assets held in the Retained Seller Pension Plan as is selected by the Seller’s Actuary and agreed by the Purchaser Actuary, both acting reasonably, or otherwise by the person responsible for the management of the Retained Seller Pension Plan, as a representative selection of the asset portfolio held by the relevant Retained Seller Pension Plan. The Seller shall determine the due date for each payment of the Relevant Transfer Amount.
LON51529424 |
Page 35 |
9.9 No transfer of assets shall be made under clause 9.8 above in respect of the Past Service Benefits of any Transferring Member to the extent that:
(a) applicable law does not permit such transfer; or
(b) the relevant Target Company Pension Arrangement does not assume responsibility for such Past Service Benefits.
9.10 Subject to applicable law and to clause 9.11, each Target Company Pension Arrangement shall provide, for and in respect of each Transferring Member that transfers to it, Pension Benefits in respect of service before the date of their admission to the Target Company Pension Arrangement which in the opinion of the Seller Actuary as at that date are substantially equivalent in value to the Past Service Benefits for and in respect of such Transferring Member (though for the avoidance of doubt defined contribution benefits will not be provided in substitution for defined benefits).
9.11 The Seller shall determine in good faith whether the Past Service Benefits for or in respect of any Transferring Member are to be transferred by consent or on a without consent “bulk transfer” basis. Following Closing, if any relevant transfer has not been implemented, the Purchaser shall make the same determination in respect of any Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan in relation to any Retained Seller Liability Transfer.
9.12 In relation to any Retained Seller Pension Plan which is Funded, the Seller’s obligation to procure that the relevant Target Company Pension Arrangement provides Pension Benefits under clause 9.10 above shall be subject to the receipt of the Relevant Transfer Amount in respect of such Retained Seller Pension Plan by the Target Company Pension Arrangement.
9.13 As a result of and under the terms of each Target Company Liability Transfer, to the extent permitted by law the relevant Target Company Pension Arrangement will assume all liabilities in respect of the Past Service Benefits of the Transferring Members who transfer to it, and the Retained Seller Pension Plan will be discharged in relation to them.
9.14 Obligations of the Parties in relation to the Pension Arrangement Actions.
(a) Timing. The Parties agree to act in accordance with the remainder of this clause 9.14 to achieve the implementation of the Pension Arrangement Actions on or before Closing. If, due to the need to obtain Third Party Consents or other reasons outside the control of the Parties, it is not possible to achieve this in relation to any particular Pension Arrangement Action, the Parties agree to cooperate to ensure that such Pension Arrangement Action is implemented as soon as practicable after Closing.
(b) Late Pension Transfers . If any Target Company Liability Transfer is not implemented on or before the Closing Date (in which case it will be a Late Pension Transfer ), the Seller and the Purchaser will discuss, in good faith, whether any modification of the calculation of the Pension Liability in respect of the assets and liabilities to which the Late Pension Transfer relates will be appropriate.
LON51529424 |
Page 36 |
(c) Other late Pension Arrangement Actions . If any Retained Seller Liability Transfers or Stand-alone Pension Plan Transition is not implemented on or before the Closing Date, the Purchaser will not during the period between the Closing Date and the date on which the relevant Pension Arrangement Action is completed, increase the level of benefit provision under the Stand-alone Pension Plan, except as required by local law or otherwise agreed by the Seller (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If any Target Company Liability Transfer is not implemented on or before the Closing Date, the Seller will not during the period between the Closing Date and the date on which the relevant Pension Arrangement Action is completed, increase the level of benefit provision under the In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan in relation to the Transferring Members, except as required by local law or otherwise agreed by the Purchaser (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(d) Delayed Jurisdictions . If any of the Pension Arrangement Actions need to be implemented in a Delayed Jurisdiction, clauses 9.1-9.14 and 9.17-9.18 will apply in respect of those jurisdictions, but with references to Closing and the Closing Date being taken where appropriate as references to Delayed Closing and the Delayed Closing Date for that jurisdiction.
(e) Pre-Closing obligations . Before Closing, the Seller will take all necessary steps (consistent with applicable law, governing rules and regulatory requirements) and obtain any Third Party Consents that are required to implement the Pension Arrangement Actions on or before Closing. For this purpose, the Seller may procure the provision by any Target Company of any guarantees, other financial support or other comfort that is reasonably required by any third party from whom Third Party Consent is required (a Relevant Third Party ). The Purchaser will provide all reasonable necessary assistance to the Seller, which could include providing the relevant member of the Seller Group or any Relevant Third Party with such information as the Seller or that third party may reasonably request in writing, including any information necessary in order to inform and consult with Employees in relation to the Pension Arrangement Actions , but will not require the Purchaser Group to provide any guarantees, other financial support or other comfort .
(f) Post-Closing obligations. After Closing, the respective obligations of the Seller and the Purchaser in paragraph (e) above will apply jointly to both of the Parties.
9.15 Disclosure of information relating to Pension Arrangements and multi-employer plans . As soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, no later than 120 days of the date of this Agreement, the Seller will provide to the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Actuary:
(a) a list of each Pension Arrangement in which the Employees participate or to which a Target Company has any liability; and
LON51529424 |
Page 37 |
(b) a list of each multi-employer or industry-wide retirement benefit plan in which any Employees participate or to which any Target Company has paid contributions in 2018, and the following information in respect of them:
(i) for each plan, specification of whether the plan benefits are determined on a defined benefit or a defined contribution basis;
(ii) in the case of any plan that provides benefits on a defined benefit basis (a Multi-employer DB Plan ), the following information to the extent applicable and available to the Seller (the Seller having made reasonable efforts to obtain such information):
(A) the details that the Seller has on the benefit accrual formulae of the plan;
(B) the details that the Seller has on how employer contributions to the plan are determined (including whether the Seller is aware of any deficit contributions being paid or payable);
(C) the amount of the contributions that were payable in 2018 by each Target Company participating in the plan;
(D) the total headcount and covered payroll for active plan members employed by a Target Company in 2018.
(E) an estimate or calculation of the Seller's withdrawal liability in relation to the plan;
(F) the overall funded status of the plan (including whether it is on a critical list); and
(G) an estimate of the Seller's potential liability in relation to the plan on a mass withdrawal basis
9.16 Multi-employer DB Plans . When determining the Pension Liability, the Seller Actuarial Basis will be used to value liabilities in respect of Multi-employer DB Plans unless the Purchaser elects to challenge that valuation basis and seek modifications to it (in respect of specified Multi-employer DB Plans only) in accordance with this clause.
(a) If, following the review of the information provided in respect of any Multi-employer DB Plans in accordance with clause 9.15(b)(ii), the Purchaser considers that the Seller Actuarial Basis would not provide a fair value of the liabilities in respect of any Multi-employer DB Plan for the relevant Target Company and that the Seller Actuarial basis should therefore be modified in respect of that plan, it may elect to challenge the valuation basis.
(b) The Purchaser must notify the Seller in writing of its challenge no later than 90 days after having received that information required by clause 9.15(b)(ii). If the Purchaser wishes to challenge the valuation basis in respect of more than one Multi-employer DB Plan all such challenges must be specified in the same notice.
LON51529424 |
Page 38 |
(c) The notice must include a written statement from the Purchaser’s Actuary setting out reasons for the Purchaser’s challenge to the valuation basis and details of the modifications to the Seller Actuarial Basis that the Purchaser’s Actuary considers appropriate in respect of each relevant Multi-employer DB Plan.
(d) The Seller will consider the representations made by the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Actuary in good faith. The Seller and Purchaser and their respective actuaries shall use reasonable endeavours to agree on whether modifications to the Seller Actuarial Basis are appropriate valuation for each such Multi-employer DB Plan, provided that no such modifications may result in a double counting of the liability of any Target Company to contribute to a Multi-employer DB Plan to the extent that the cost is already taken into account in the Pension Liability. If they agree on modifications to the Seller Actuarial Basis, these shall apply in relation to that Multi-employer DB Plan when determining the Pension Liability. However, if the Seller and the Purchaser fail to agree on whether such modifications should be made within 60 days after the Seller receives the notice of the Purchaser’s challenge, the matter will be resolved in accordance with clause 9.27.
9.17 Transitional Periods and Transitional Service. If agreed between the Seller and Purchaser in respect of any Transferring Member who is at the Closing Date a member of a Retained Seller Pension Plan, the Seller shall use its best endeavours to ensure that such Transferring Member shall be permitted to continue as a member of the relevant Retained Seller Pension Plan for a transitional period following the Closing (each such Transferring Member being a Transitional Member and such period being the Transitional Period for such Transitional Member), on such terms as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree. To the extent not already agreed before the date of this Agreement, the Seller and the Purchaser shall use their best endeavours to agree the terms of participation during any Transitional Period as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement. The applicable Target Company shall meet the Ongoing Pensions Costs relating to Transitional Members which it employs in respect of the Transitional Period.
9.18 Where a Transitional Period is agreed in respect of any Transitional Member, all references in clause 9 to “Closing Date” shall so far as necessary be treated as references to the end of the Transitional Period applicable to such Transitional Member.
9.19 Calculation of Pension Liability. On such date after Closing as is agreed between the Seller and the Purchaser which shall be as soon as reasonably practicable after Closing but in any event no later than one year after Closing, the Seller shall instruct the Seller’s Actuary to calculate the Pension Liability, which shall then be determined in accordance with the process set out in clauses 9.20 to 9.27 below .
9.20 The Seller Group and the Purchaser Group shall provide the Seller’s Actuary promptly on written request any data and other information within its possession or control that the Seller’s Actuary reasonably requires in order to calculate the Pension Liability and shall ensure that all information so provided shall be true, complete and accurate in all material respects. The Seller Group and the Purchaser Group shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the calculation is completed promptly.
LON51529424 |
Page 39 |
9.21 The Seller shall procure that the Seller’s Actuary makes the result of his calculation of the Pension Liability available to the Purchaser no later than 120 days of the date on which the Seller’s Actuary receives all information requested under clause 9.20 above.
9.22 The Purchaser's Actuary shall be entitled to review the result under clause 9.21 in relation to:
(a) the scope of the Transferred Pension Liabilities and the Delayed Closing Pension Liabilities;
(b) the actuarial assumptions and methodology used in (i) determining the Seller Actuarial Basis, including whether the assumptions and methodology are reasonably appropriate for the relevant Pension Liabilities in the context of the Business, and (ii) any adjustment to reflect market conditions (including for any Multi-Employer DB Plan);
(c) interpretation of plan provisions; and
(d) for actuarial errors and mistakes.
9.23 The Seller shall provide the Purchaser’s Actuary promptly on written request with any information within its possession and control that the Purchaser’s Actuary reasonably requires for the purposes of reviewing the result under clause 9.21.
9.24 If, following the review in accordance with clause 9.22, the Purchaser’s Actuary’s calculation of the Pension Liability (adjusted for actuarial errors and mistakes and for errors regarding the scope of the Transferred Pension Liabilities pursuant to clause 9.22) differs from that of the Seller's Actuary's calculation of the Pension Liability then the Purchaser shall be entitled to reject the result under clause 9.21 only on the grounds for review under clause 9.22, and must notify the Seller in writing of such rejection no later than 120 days after having received the result and all information the Seller is required to provide pursuant to clause 9.23 above. The rejection notice must include:
(a) a written statement from the Purchaser’s Actuary setting out reasons for not accepting the result; and
(b) a proposed alternative result.
9.25 If the Purchaser does not submit a rejection notice within the required timeframe set out in clause 9.24, the result pursuant to clause 9.21 shall be treated as agreed by the Purchaser and Purchaser’s Actuary and clause 9.28 shall apply.
9.26 After the Seller has received a valid rejection notice, the Seller and Purchaser and their respective actuaries shall use reasonable endeavours to agree to any necessary adjustments to the result and if such agreement is reached clause 9.28 shall apply. However, if the Seller and the Purchaser fail to agree within 60 days after the Seller receives the valid rejection notice, the matter will be resolved in accordance with clause.
9.27 Independent Adjudicator . A matter on which the Seller and the Purchaser are unable to reach agreement under either of clauses 9.16 or 9.26 shall be referred for a determination of the issue to an independent actuary or accountant agreed by the
LON51529424 |
Page 40 |
Seller and Purchaser or, if they do not agree, appointed by the president for the time being of an appropriate recognised independent actuarial or accounting body in the relevant jurisdiction at the request of the party who applies first (in each case, the Independent Adjudicator ). In any such case, the Independent Adjudicator shall be a competent person who has appropriate expertise in relation to the jurisdiction and issues in respect of which the disagreement has arisen. The Seller and the Purchaser shall provide the Independent Adjudicator with:
(a) joint written instructions relating to the issues in dispute (which instructions shall request that a written determination setting out the Independent Adjudicator’s decision should be issued in writing to both the Seller and the Purchaser no later than 3 months after the date of the joint instructions); and
(b) any other information he reasonably requires in order to give his determination.
The Independent Adjudicator shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator. His or her expenses shall be borne equally by the Seller and Purchaser, unless the Independent Adjudicator directs otherwise. In the case of a matter arising under clause 9.16, if the Independent Adjudicator determines that any modifications to the Seller Actuarial Basis are appropriate for any Multi-employer DB Plan, these shall be final and binding on the Seller and the Purchaser and shall apply in relation to that Multi-employer DB Plan when determining the Pension Liability . I n the case of a matter arising under clause 9.26, his or her determination as to the Pension Liability shall be final and binding on the Seller and the Purchaser , and following that determination clause 9.28 shall apply.
9.28 Adjustment in respect of Pension Liability . Subject to clauses 9.25-9.27 (and, if applicable, to clause 9.14(b) in respect of any Late Pension Transfer):
(a) if the aggregate Pension Liability is greater than the Estimated Pension Liability the Seller shall pay an amount equal to the Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion of the difference to the Purchaser by way of adjustment to the Estimated Price; or
(b) if the aggregate Pension Liability is less than the Estimated Pension Liability the Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to the Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion of the difference to the Seller by way of adjustment to the Estimated Price,
any such payment to be made in accordance with paragraphs 6 and 7 of Part D of Schedule 11.
9.29 Specific Provisions for Switzerland . The provisions of this clause 9.29 shall apply to Swiss Pension Arrangements and the Swiss Target Company Pension Arrangements. The provisions of clauses 9.1 to 9.27 above shall apply to Swiss Pension Arrangements and the Swiss Target Company Pension Arrangements to the extent compatible with the following provisions:
(a) No liability relating to Swiss Pension Arrangements or the Swiss Target Company Pension Arrangements, and no asset transferred from or relating to them, including, for the avoidance of doubt, employer contribution reserves
LON51529424 |
Page 41 |
( Arbeitgeberbeitragsreserve ohne Verwendungsverzicht ), shall be taken into account when calculating the Transferring Pension Liabilities, the Pension Liability, the Estimated Pension Liability, the Estimated Price or the Final Price.
(b) The Parties acknowledge that the exit of Transferring Members from the Swiss Pension Arrangements that are Retained Seller Pension Plans will likely trigger a partial liquidation of the respective Swiss Pension Arrangement in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
(c) The Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser for any difference in value between the assets transferred to a Target Company Pension Arrangement as part of the partial liquidation and 100% of the retirement assets of the active employees ( Vorsorgeguthaben ) transferred to a Target Company Pension Arrangement, resulting from an underfunding of ABB Pensionskasse and/or ABB Ergänzungsversicherung, in each case calculated in accordance with Swiss GAAP FER 26 .
9.30 Specific provisions in relation to UK. The Seller shall use reasonable endeavours , in relation to any Employees who are “protected persons” under the Electricity (Protected Persons) (England and Wales) Pension Regulations 1990 (the Protected Employees ), to procure that, prior to Closing the Protected Employee makes a valid election under Regulation 17 of those Regulations, which election takes effect prior to Closing, serves it on his employer, and does not notify his employer of withdrawal of that election within the period specified under Regulation 17(3) of those Regulations and shall procure that prior to Closing, any UK employees of the Business who were active members of a Pension Arrangement are provided with a defined contribution pension arrangement in respect of future service.
9.31 Specific provisions in relation to Finland. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, t he Seller shall procure that, with effect from a time no later than Closing, the Employees who are active members of the Finnish Pension Arrangement (and no other members of the Finnish Pension Arrangement) are placed in a pensions arrangement (the Finland New Pension Plan ) that is fully secured with an insurance company with effect from Closing (the Finland Pension Objective ). The Finland New Pension Plan will provide those Employees with pension benefits in respect of service from Closing and the Seller shall also consider in good faith, and in consultation with the Purchaser, whether the Past Service Benefits of those Employees should be:
(a) retained in the Finnish Pension Arrangement; or
(b) transferred from the Finnish Pension Arrangement to the Finland New Pension Plan under which the Past Service Benefits will be fully secured, in which case clause 9.3 will apply and the Finnish Pension Arrangement shall be included as a Specified Retained Seller Pension Plan (and, therefore, an In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan) from which a Target Company Liability Transfer will be made, and the Finland New Pension Plan shall be treated as a Target Company Pension Arrangement. The obligations of the
LON51529424 |
Page 42 |
parties to achieve the Target Company Liability Transfer (subject to the Finland Pension Objective) will then governed by and subject to clause 9.14.
9.32 Specific provisions in relation to USA
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Seller shall retain all liabilities in respect of any post-retirement medical plans, including, but not limited to the United States Plan FAS106 Plan 01: USABBX.
(b) The Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that prior to Closing any US employees of the Business who were active members of any defined benefit post-retirement medical plans shall cease to accrue defined benefit post-retirement medical benefits (provided that no action should be required in accordance with this sub-clause (b) which the Seller can demonstrate to the Purchaser's reasonable satisfaction, having provided the Purchaser with copies of relevant correspondence, including a document setting out the actions which it is proposing to take, is reasonably likely to be materially disruptive to the Business or the business of the Seller Group due to industrial relations or employee relations concerns).
9.33 Specific provisions in relation to Sweden . The parties agree that the intention in relation to the Sweden Pension Plan is that the Target Companies shall only be liable for the Pension Benefits of the Transferring Members of the Sweden Pension Plan (the Sweden Pension Objective ). The Seller shall consider in good faith, and in consultation with the Purchaser, whether the best approach by which to achieve the Sweden Pension Objective is for the Sweden Pension Plan to:
(a) become a Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan and for there to be a Retained Seller Liability Transfer in accordance with clause 9.2; or
(b) not become a Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan, in which case clause 9.3 will apply and the Sweden Pension Plan shall be included as a Specified Retained Seller Pension Plan (and, therefore, an In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan) from which a Target Company Liability Transfer will be made.
The obligations of the parties to achieve the Sweden Pension Objective are governed by and subject to clause 9.14.
10. Waiver and/or fulfilment of the Conditions
10.1 No Condition (or Delayed Closing Condition) may be unilaterally waived (in whole or in part) by any of the Parties. The Purchaser Closing Condition, any Delayed Closing Condition and the Reorganisation Condition may each be waived (in whole or in part) only by written agreement between the Parties.
10.2 The Purchaser shall notify the Seller promptly (but in any event within two Business Days) upon becoming aware that any Clearance has been obtained (or is deemed to have been obtained) that the Purchaser Closing Condition has been fulfilled and that any Delayed Closing Condition has been fulfilled.
10.3 The first Business Day on or by which all Conditions have been fulfilled (or waived in accordance with clause 10.1) (or such other date as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree in writing) is the Unconditional Date .
LON51529424 |
Page 43 |
10.4 If the Unconditional Date has not occurred on or before 30 June 2021 or such other date as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree in writing (the Long Stop Date ) as a result of the failure of (i) the Purchaser to satisfy the Purchaser Condition otherwise than as a result of the Seller having failed to comply with its obligations in any material respect, or (ii) the Seller to satisfy the Reorganisation Condition otherwise than as a result of the Seller having failed to comply with its obligations in any material respect, the Seller may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Purchaser.
10.5 If the Unconditional Date has not occurred on or before the Long Stop Date as a result of the failure of (i) the Seller to satisfy the Reorganisation Condition otherwise than as a result of the Purchaser having failed to comply with its obligations in any material respect, or (ii) the Purchaser to satisfy the Purchaser Condition otherwise than as a result of the Purchaser having failed to comply with its obligations in any material respect, the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Seller.
10.6 If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with this clause it shall terminate other than in respect of the Surviving Provisions. In such event, none of the Parties (nor any of their Affiliates) shall have any claim under the Transaction Documents of any nature whatsoever against any other Party (or any other Party’s Affiliates) except in respect of any rights and liabilities which have accrued before termination or under any of the Surviving Provisions.
11.1 From the date of this Agreement until Closing, the Purchaser shall not, pursuant to this Agreement, be entitled to :
(a) receive detailed commercially sensitive information about the Business other than the information included in the Data Room or pursuant to appropriate "clean team" arrangements which comply with applicable law ; or
(b) without the prior consent of Seller, which Seller may withhold for any reason, contact any employees of, suppliers to, or customers of the Business or the Seller Group in connection with or with respect to this Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement or the Proposed Transaction, or to otherwise discuss the business or operations of the Seller Group or the Business . For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this clause 11.1 shall prevent the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group from contacting any person in the ordinary course of its business or for any reason unconnected with the Proposed Transaction.
11.2 During the Pre-Closing Period, the Seller shall and shall cause each member of the Seller Group, in relation to the Business and the Target Companies, to:
(a) operate the Business materially in accordance with all applicable law and regulation;
(b) procure that on Closing the Target Companies in aggregate have operating Cash of not less than the Operating Cash Amount and accordingly shall provide to the Purchaser, as soon as reasonably practicable prior to Closing and in any event at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to Closing, in
LON51529424 |
Page 44 |
consultation with the senior management of the Business, a notice in writing setting out its good faith estimate allocation of the Operating Cash Amount to such jurisdictions as may require Cash for operating purposes following Closing (taking into account any Cash balances expected to exist in the Target Companies as at Closing) and the Purchaser shall review in good faith and within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice, notify the Seller of either its consent to the allocations or, if applicable, any reallocations, provided that:
(i) the Seller may allocate up to, and no more than, US$125,000,000 of the Operating Cash Amount to the Restricted Countries, of which in aggregate no more than US$100,000,000 shall be allocated to the People’s Republic of China and India; and
(ii) in respect of the balance of the Operating Cash Amount, the Purchaser shall have the discretion to reallocate any amounts taking into account any reasonable comments of the Seller and the senior management of the Business with regards to any short term cash requirements of the Business;
(c) in relation to the Seller Group Debt, procure that each Target Company pays prior to the Closing Date all Seller Group Debt (excluding the Shareholder Loan) owing by any Target Company to any member of the Seller Group (excluding any Delayed Target Company), whether due for payment or not;
(d) incur capital expenditure materially in accordance with the CAPEX Budget;
(e) continue to implement the Restructuring Plans in the ordinary course of business;
(f) provide the Purchaser with the quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Power Grids division of the Seller Group prepared using the same accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Management Accounts, within 30 days from the final day of each such quarter;
(g) provide Purchaser with the audited combined carve out financial statements of the Business (which shall not include any adjustments for "non-operating items" and "stand-alone adjustments" as described in Schedule 16) as at and for the year ended 31 December 2017 prepared using the Seller Group Accounting Policies as in effect at that date. The following provisions shall apply in respect of such audit:
(i) the Purchaser shall be responsible for 80.1% of all external auditor costs reasonably incurred in connection with the audit;
(ii) the auditor shall be Ernst & Young (provided they are able to act, otherwise the auditor shall be an audit firm agreed by the Parties or, failing agreement, an audit firm selected by the President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants);
LON51529424 |
Page 45 |
(iii) prior to engaging the auditor, Seller shall provide the Purchaser with a copy of the draft engagement letter and a fee estimate for the Purchaser to approve;
(iv) promptly following signing of this Agreement, the Parties shall hold an initial planning meeting with the auditor to discuss the audit, including the approach, scoping and audit procedures (which would be expected to include certain note disclosures in the combined carve out financial statements of the Business for example in respect of non operating items, provisions and other liabilities, pensions, taxes and leases);
(v) the audit shall be completed within seven (7) months of date of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties (acting reasonably and in good faith) taking into account the comments of the auditor in respect of timing to complete the audit; and
(vi) subject to applicable law, the Purchaser and its advisers shall have access to any working papers in connection with the audit;
(h) provide the Purchaser with the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Business as at and for the years ended 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019, prepared using the Seller Group Accounting Policies in effect at the applicable time, as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later than six (6) months following the end of the relevant period;
(i) to the extent permitted by applicable law, provide the Purchaser with the results contained in the Management Accounts on an entity-by-entity basis;
(j) to the extent permitted by applicable law, provide the Purchaser and its Representatives, at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense:
(i) reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the factories (including all manufacturing sites), research and development centres, engineering centres, personnel (for the purpose of future business planning and consideration of the Estimated Closing Statement), books and records (including in respect of Taxation) of the members of the Seller Group and Target Companies to the extent that they relate to the Target Companies and are material to the operation or conduct of the Business; and
(ii) during a single visit, reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the manufacturing sites, research and development centres and large engineering centres (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, administrative offices, sales offices, assembly centres and sales workshops), of the members of the Seller Group and Target Companies to the extent that they relate to the Target Companies and are not material to the operation or conduct of the Business;
in each case, to the extent such access can be provided without material distraction to the Seller Group’s business operations;
LON51529424 |
Page 46 |
(k) except as may be approved by the Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and subject to clause 11.3, ensure that the Business is carried on in all material respects in the ordinary course as carried on in the 12 months prior to the date of this Agreement and to the extent permissible under applicable law and regulation shall comply with the obligations set out in Schedule 3 ; and
(l) in good faith work together with the Purchaser to discuss the Initial Business Plan and Initial Annual Budget (each as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) together with organisational regulations and other Constitutional Documents for the Company . The Purchaser shall take into account the commercially reasonable comments of the Seller in relation to those matters in the Initial Business Plan and Initial Annual Budget that affect the Seller’s liability under the indemnities:
(i) relating to the transformers business, under clause 25 of the Shareholders’ Agreement; or
(ii) at clause 21.1(c) of this Agreement.
For these purposes, commercially reasonable comments shall have the meaning given in clause 12.7 of the Shareholders’ Agreement.
11.3 Nothing in this clause 11 or in clause 5.5(j) or (k) or in Schedule 3 shall restrict or prevent the Seller Group or any Target Company from:
(a) taking any action or omitting to take any action to the extent required by applicable law or required by a regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction;
(b) taking any action to the extent required by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, entering into any of the Transaction Documents and carrying out the Reorganisation in accordance with the provisions of the Reorganisation Steps Plan, as envisaged by clause 5);
(c) taking any action or omitting to take any action in connection with Tax Matters (including any action requested by or the settlement of any dispute with a Tax Authority), provided that if the Seller Group or any Target Company would (ignoring this clause 11.3(c)) be restricted or prevented by clause 11 or Schedule 3 from taking any action in connection with Tax Matters then the Seller shall give the Purchaser reasonable opportunity to comment in respect of any such action , and shall take any reasonable comments received in reasonable time into account in good faith , in each case where such action , if taken, is likely to increase materially the Tax liabilities of any Target Company after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing, in relation to any Delayed Target Companies or Delayed Business Interests) ;
(d) taking any action with respect to the Pre-Closing Restructurings;
(e) taking any actions with respect to the disposal of the Enterprise Software Intelligent Mining Solutions business by the power grid automation business unit of the Seller Group; or
LON51529424 |
Page 47 |
(f) taking any action with respect to the transfer of the transformer service business operated at the date of this Agreement by the Seller Group’s Electrification Products division to one or more members of the Seller Group that will on Closing (or Delayed Closing, as applicable) be Target Companies, in the following locations:
(i) Stoney Creek, Ontario, Canada;
(ii) Stow, Ohio, United States;
(iii) Anaheim, California, United States; and
(iv) Denver, Colorado, United States.
11.4 The Seller undertakes as follows:
(a) to provide the Purchaser with a draft of the Estimated Closing Statement not less than fifteen Business Days prior to Closing;
(b) to consider reasonably and in good faith any adjustment to the amounts in the Estimated Closing Statement proposed by the Purchaser ; and
(c) to provide the Purchaser with the final Estimated Closing Statement not less than five Business Days prior to Closing.
11.5 The Seller and the Purchaser agree that during the Pre-Closing Period the Parties shall work together in good faith to:
(a) review and agree prior to Closing the format and extent of the information referred to in clauses 12.12(c), 12.12(d) and 12.13 of the Shareholders' Agreement; and
(b) confirm that the Company can, on the basis of the financial support the Company receives under the Transitional Services Agreement (or from the Purchaser's finance service), deliver the information and accounts set out in clauses 12.12(c), 12.12(d) and 12.13 of the Shareholders' Agreement in the stated timeframe. If the Company is not able to adhere to such timeframe, the Parties shall work together in good faith to agree a new, appropriate time period.
12. Ancillary Transaction Documents
12.1 Within 90 days of the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser’s solicitors, Baker & McKenzie LLP, long form drafts of each of the Ancillary Transaction Documents.
12.2 From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree and finalise the terms of each of the Ancillary Transaction Documents on the basis of, and consistent with, the terms set out in the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheet.
12.3 If any one or more of the Ancillary Transaction Documents have not been agreed on or before the Closing Date, then the Parties shall continue to negotiate in good faith to agree and finalise the terms of each such Ancillary Transaction Document and the terms of the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheet shall be binding on the relevant parties until the earlier of:
LON51529424 |
Page 48 |
(a) the date on which the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document is entered into; and
(b) if any, the date of expiry or termination of the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document according to the terms set out in the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheet.
12.4 Each Party shall (and shall procure that its respective Affiliates shall) provide any assistance and information reasonably requested by the other Party to enable the Parties to comply with their obligations under this clause 12.
12.5 To the extent that during the Pre-Closing Period any Party (acting reasonably and in good faith) identifies any other ancillary agreement reasonably required to give effect to the Transaction Documents, the Parties shall discuss such matter in good faith.
13.1 Closing shall take place at the London offices of the Seller’s lawyers (or at such other place as the Seller and Purchaser may agree in writing) on the last Business Day of the month in which the Unconditional Date falls (or, if the Unconditional Date falls less than 12 Business Days before the last Business Day of that month, on the last Business Day of the following month) or such other date as the Parties shall agree in writing.
13.2 At Closing, each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver or perform (or ensure that there is delivered or performed) all those documents, items and actions respectively listed in relation to that Party or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be) in Schedule 4.
13.3 If the Seller (on the one hand) or the Purchaser (on the other) fails to comply with any material obligation in Schedule 4, then the Purchaser (in respect of any such default by the Seller) or the Seller (in respect of any such default by the Purchaser) shall be entitled (in each case in addition to and without prejudice to other rights and remedies available) by written notice to the Party in default on the date Closing would otherwise have taken place, to:
(a) require Closing to take place so far as practicable having regard to the default(s) which have occurred;
(b) notify the Party in default of a new date for Closing (being not less than 5 and not more than 10 Business Days after the original date for Closing) in which case the provisions of this clause 13 and Schedule 4 shall apply to Closing as so deferred; or
(i) a failure to agree the terms of any Ancillary Transaction Document; and/or
(ii) a failure by the Seller to comply with its obligations at Part C of Schedule 4 in respect of the Seller Group Receivables only,
if Closing has already been deferred one or more times pursuant to clause 13.3(b), terminate this Agreement (other than the Surviving Provisions).
LON51529424 |
Page 49 |
If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this clause 13.3, none of the Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall have any claim under this Agreement of any nature against any other Party or any other Party’s Affiliates (except in respect of any rights and liabilities which have accrued before termination or under any of the Surviving Provisions). For the purposes of this clause 13.3 and clause 13.4, a material obligation is: (i) in respect of the Seller, its obligations set out in paragraphs (a), (c), (d) and (g) of Part A of Schedule 4, Part C of Schedule 4 and paragraph 1 of Part D of Schedule 4 ; and (ii) in respect of the Purchaser, its obligations set out in paragraphs (c) , (d) and (e) of Part B of Schedule 4 and paragraph 1 of Part D of Schedule 4 .
13.4 If the Seller (on the one hand) or the Purchaser (on the other) complies with all its material obligations in Schedule 4 , but fails to comply with any obligation in Schedule 4 that is not a material obligation, then, subject to clause 13.4, the Purchaser (on the one hand) or the Seller (on the other hand) shall be required to proceed to Closing (without prejudice to the rights of the relevant non-defaulting Party) and, to the extent that any such obligation is not complied with at Closing, the defaulting Party shall (without affecting any other rights and remedies available to any other Party) ensure that such obligation is fulfilled as soon as practicable following Closing .
13.5 Each Party shall, on any Delayed Closing, execute, or procure the execution of, such further documents and take such other actions, in each case, as may be required by law or be necessary to implement and give effect to the relevant Delayed Closing and take such steps as are required by the Purchaser to change the directors of any Delayed Target Company, subject in all cases to compliance with the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement.
14. SPA / Reorganisation Claims
14.1 Without prejudice to clauses 37 and 38 and any mandatory provisions of local applicable law:
(a) the Purchaser undertakes to procure that no claim shall be made by any member of the Purchaser Group; and
(b) the Seller undertakes to procure that no claim shall be made by any member of the Seller Group,
under any of the Reorganisation Agreements (including for breach of any warranty, representation, undertaking, covenant or indemnity relating to the sale of any of the Target Companies and/or the transfer of the Business (or part thereof)). To the extent that any such claim is made (except as referred to above), the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser (if the Seller or its Affiliate made the claim) or the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller (if the Purchaser or its Affiliate made the claim) (as applicable) against all Costs which the Purchaser or Seller (respectively) or any of its Affiliates may suffer through or arising from the bringing of such claim against it or them.
14.2 Without prejudice to clause 37, any SPA / Reorganisation Claim or Claim shall (i) be subject only to the terms of this Agreement; and (ii) be brought only under the terms of this Agreement.
LON51529424 |
Page 50 |
14.3 Any SPA / Reorganisation Claim (other than a Claim for breach of the Seller Warranties, to which clause 17.3 shall apply) shall be subject to the limitations set out in paragraphs 3, 9 to 14(a) (inclusive), 15 and 17 to 18 (inclusive) of Schedule 6 and paragraph 2 of Part H of Schedule 8, save that none of the limitations in Schedule 6 or paragraph 2 of Part H of Schedule 8 shall apply to any claim which arises as a consequence of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.
15. Excluded Assets and Liabilities
15.1 Nothing in this Agreement or any Transaction Document shall operate to transfer any of the Excluded Assets to the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates or any Target Company or make the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates or any Target Company liable for any of the Excluded Liabilities.
15.2 The Purchaser shall from Closing (and, in relation to any Assumed Liabilities that form part of a Delayed Closing, only from the relevant Delayed Closing): (i) procure that the Target Companies assume and discharge when due any and all Assumed Liabilities and (ii) indemnify the Seller against a proportion of any and all Assumed Liabilities and any and all Costs suffered or incurred by any member of the Seller Group as a result of any failure to discharge such Assumed Liabilities equal to the proportion that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the time that such Assumed Liabilities or Costs are incurred bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company.
15.3 After Closing (and, in relation to any Assumed Liabilities that form part of a Delayed Closing, only from the relevant Delayed Closing), the Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each relevant Target Company shall, execute and deliver all such further documents and/or take such other action as the Seller may reasonably request in order to effect the release and discharge in full of the relevant member of the Seller Group from any Assumed Liabilities or the assumption by the relevant Target Company as the primary obligor in respect of any Assumed Liabilities in substitution for the relevant member of the Seller Group (in each case on a non-recourse basis to any member of the Seller Group).
15.4 The Seller shall from Closing (and, in relation to any Excluded Liabilities that form part of a Delayed Closing, until the relevant Delayed Closing): (i) assume and discharge when due any and all Excluded Liabilities and (ii) indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Excluded Liabilities and any and all Costs suffered or incurred by any member of the Purchaser Group as a result of any failure to discharge such Excluded Liabilities. This clause 15.4 shall not apply to any liabilities comprising Tax (in relation to which Schedule 8 shall apply).
16. No Rights of Rescission or Termination
Other than in accordance with clauses 10.4, 10.5 or 13.3(c) no Party shall be entitled to rescind or terminate this Agreement in any circumstances whatsoever (whether before or after Closing).
17.1 The Seller warrants to the Purchaser as at the date of this Agreement in the terms of the Seller Warranties.
LON51529424 |
Page 51 |
17.2 The Repeated Warranties shall be deemed to be repeated immediately before Closing by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing as if references in the Repeated Warranties to the date of this Agreement were references to the Closing Date .
17.3 The Warranties are given subject to the limitations set out in Schedule 6 and paragraph 2 of Part B of Schedule 8 and paragraph 2 of Part H of Schedule 8 (in each case, as applicable), save that none of the limitations in Schedule 6 or paragraph 2 of Part B or paragraph 2 of Part H of Schedule 8 shall apply to any Claim or other claim under this Agreement which arises as a consequence of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation by any director or officer of any member of the Seller Group.
17.4 Each of the Seller Warranties shall be construed separately and independently.
17.5 The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except as set out in this Agreement, no other statement, promise or forecast made by or on behalf of the Seller or any member of the Seller Group or the Target Companies may form the basis of any claim by the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser Group under or in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction Document. In particular, the Seller does not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the truth, accuracy or completeness of any forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or opinion provided to the Purchaser or its Representatives on or before the date of this Agreement (including any documents in the Data Room).
(a) Purchaser agrees and undertakes to the Seller that neither it nor any other member of the Purchaser Group has; and
(b) Seller agrees and undertakes to the Purchaser that neither it nor any other member of the Seller Group has,
in either case, any rights against, and will waive and shall not make any claim against, any employee, director, officer, adviser or agent of:
(i) any of the Target Companies; or
(ii) in the case of the Purchaser, any member of the Seller Group on whom the Purchaser may have relied; and
(iii) in the case of the Seller, any of the Target Companies on whom the Seller may have relied,
in each case before agreeing to any term of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or before entering into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
17.7 Nothing in this Agreement shall exclude any liability for (or remedy in respect of) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.
The Purchaser warrants to the Seller as at the date of this Agreement in the terms of the warranties set out in Schedule 7.
19. Investigations, appeals and insurance claims
LON51529424 |
Page 52 |
19.1 The Seller shall retain sole conduct and control of: (i) all interactions with the European Commission relating to Case 39610 Power Cables; (ii) the Appeal against the General Court judgment in case T-445/14, under the case reference C-593/18 P (the Appeal ), including any such steps as are required to address the outcome of the Appeal; (iii) all other investigations or litigations relating to the Seller Group’s former power cable business divested to NKT Cables Holding AB; and (iv) the Antitrust Matters, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 19.1:
(a) the Seller shall give the Purchaser a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any proposed submissions to be made to any relevant competition authority in connection with any Antitrust Matters;
(b) any submission of statements, documents or other evidence by the Seller to any antitrust agency, administrative body or judicial body in the context of the Antitrust Matters shall require the prior written approval of the Purchaser, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
(c) the Purchaser will not take any decision, adopt any strategy or engage in any other behaviour which is likely to have a direct and appreciable effect on the outcome of, or cooperation obligations relating to the Antitrust Matters other than with the prior consent of Seller;
(d) the Seller shall, subject to any limitations under applicable law, and upon a reasonable request from the Purchaser, give access to the Purchaser, or to any nominated external legal counsel of the Purchaser, to any relevant information, document, statement or other evidence related to the Antitrust Matters;
(e) the Purchaser shall provide the Seller, or any nominated legal counsel to the Seller, (at the Seller’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times, and upon reasonable notice, to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists, project documents, database information, procurement records and all other relevant information as is reasonably necessary in relation to the Antitrust Matters; and
(f) the Purchaser undertakes to cooperate with the Seller to provide all such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in relation to the Antitrust Matters (at the Seller’s cost), including as set out in clause 27.3.
19.2 The Seller will retain conduct and control of the ongoing investigation by the India Antitrust Agency in relation to the Business subject to the limitations set out below.
(a) The Seller will give the Purchaser reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any proposed submissions to be made by the Seller to the India Antitrust Agency in respect of the ongoing investigation in relation to the Business.
(b) Any submission of statements, documents or other evidence by the Seller to the India Antitrust Agency shall require the prior written approval of the Purchaser, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(c) The Purchaser will not take any decision, adopt any strategy or engage in any other behaviour which is likely to have a direct and appreciable effect on the
LON51529424 |
Page 53 |
outcome of, or cooperation obligations relating to the ongoing investigation by the India Antitrust Agency other than with the prior consent of Seller.
(d) The Seller shall, subject to any limitations under law, and upon a reasonable request from the Purchaser, give access to the Purchaser, or to any nominated external legal counsel of the Purchaser, to any relevant information, document, statement or other evidence related to the investigation by the India Antitrust Agency.
(e) The Purchaser shall provide the Seller, or any nominated legal counsel to the Seller, (at the Seller’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times, and upon reasonable notice, to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists, project documents, database information, procurement records and all other relevant information as is reasonably necessary in relation to the investigation by the India Antitrust Agency.
(f) The Purchaser undertakes to cooperate with the Seller to provide all such assistance as is reasonably necessary in relation to this investigation by the India Antitrust Agency.
19.3 To the extent that Kuhlman Electric Corporation and/or KEC Acquisition Corporation are members of the Purchaser Group, in relation to the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim and Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim:
(a) the Purchaser covenants to promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days) pay to the Seller an amount equal to any sum received by Kuhlman Electric Corporation and/or KEC Acquisition Corporation after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing) pursuant to any order or judgement made by a court in connection with the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim whether such order relates to an award for damages, other compensation and/or legal costs;
(b) after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing), the Seller shall, at its sole election, be entitled to elect to take conduct of the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim and/or Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim on behalf of Kuhlman Electric Corporation;
(c) whether the Seller so elects in accordance with clause 19.3(b) above or not, the Purchaser and any relevant members of the Purchaser Group shall give to the Seller, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the Seller’s sole cost and expense, reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to all reasonable information, personnel, premises, documents and records as the Seller requests for the conduct of the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim and/or Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim; and
(d) after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing) the Purchaser agrees to maintain Kuhlman Electric Corporation and KEC Acquisition Corporation as legal entities until, at the earliest, the final resolution of the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim and Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim, and the Purchaser further agrees to take no action which in the opinion of the Purchaser (acting reasonably and in good faith) would be likely to affect the prospects or position of Kuhlman Electric Corporation or any other party in
LON51529424 |
Page 54 |
the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim or Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim, without first consulting with the Seller.
19.4 The Seller shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser from and against all Costs it or any member of the Purchaser Group incur directly in connection with the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim and Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim.
19.5 Any amount payable by one Party to the other pursuant to clause 19.3 or 19.4 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt of a request for payment.
20. Conduct of Purchaser Claims
20.1 The Purchaser will have sole conduct and control of any claim by a third party in respect of which it has given notice to the Seller that such claim might result in a Non-Tax Claim or a SPA / Reorganisation Claim being made by the Purchaser under this Agreement (a Third Party Claim ), subject to clause 20.2 and the limitations set out in clause 20.4.
20.2 The Seller will retain conduct and control of any claim by a third party that has been brought or threatened prior to the date of this Agreement in relation to: (i) the Seller Group’s former power cable business divested to NKT Cables Holding AB; or (ii) the Existing Claim (each an Existing Damages Claim ), and the Purchaser undertakes to cooperate with the Seller to provide all such assistance as is reasonably necessary in relation to the Existing Damages Claims, including as set out in clause 27.3 below.
20.3 If the Purchaser or Seller becomes aware of any claim or potential claim, or of any other matter or circumstance that is reasonably likely to result in a Third Party Claim, other than an Existing Claim, the Purchaser and the Seller shall (without prejudice to the rights of the insurers of the other party and to the extent permitted under applicable law):
(a) promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of becoming aware of it) give notice of the Third Party Claim to the other party and ensure that the other party and its Representatives are given all reasonable information and facilities to investigate it; and
(b) not take any action or omit to do so where that action or omission would amount to or result in: (i) the replacement of any law firm engaged to act in relation to a Third Party Claim (an Engaged Law Firm ) or any amendment to the terms on which an Engaged Law Firm is engaged; and/or (ii) the joinder, addition or substitution of any parties to a Third Party Claim.
20.4 If the Purchaser becomes aware of any claim or potential claim, or of any other matter or circumstance that is reasonably likely to result in a Third Party Claim, the Purchaser shall (without prejudice to the rights of the insurers of the Purchaser Group):
(a) subject to the Purchaser or the relevant member of the Purchaser Group being indemnified by the Seller against all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in respect of that Third Party Claim, and provided that nothing in this clause 20.4(a) (other than sub-clause (iii)) shall require the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group to take or omit to take any action which would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the
LON51529424 |
Page 55 |
bona fide goodwill of the Business, ensure that it and each member of the Purchaser Group shall:
(i) take such action as the Seller may reasonably request to avoid, resist, dispute, appeal, compromise or defend the Third Party Claim;
(ii) promptly provide the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) with copies, or in the case of non-written communications, details, of any development, correspondence or communication in relation to any Third Party Claim;
(iii) not admit liability or make any agreement, settlement or compromise ( Settlement ) in relation to the Third Party Claim, nor make, directly or indirectly, any Settlement proposal in relation to the Third Party Claim, without the prior written approval of the Seller, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
(iv) to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation and unless otherwise directed by a regulatory or judicial body of competent jurisdiction, consult with the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) and take into reasonable account any comments and requests of the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) prior to communicating with any other party to a Third Party Claim or with any court or tribunal (or with any mediator or arbitrator, if applicable) in relation to a Third Party Claim;
(v) to the extent reasonably practicable provide the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) with drafts of all submissions, filings and other communications to any other party to the Third Party Claim or the court or tribunal (or any mediator or arbitrator, if applicable) in relation to a Third Party Claim within a reasonable time so as to allow the Seller (and its appropriate Representatives) a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and for the Purchaser (or its appropriate Representatives) to take account of any reasonable comments of the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) on such drafts prior to their submission;
(vi) promptly provide the Seller (or its appropriate Representatives) with copies of all submissions and filings relating to the Third Party Claim in the form submitted, filed or sent;
(vii) unless the Seller decides otherwise, or if prohibited by a court or tribunal or by applicable law, procure that, persons nominated by the Seller attend all court hearings and all mediations, arbitrations or meetings (and participate in all telephone or other conversations), in such number as is proportionate to the number of attendees from other parties and the scope of the relevant meeting, with the relevant Engaged Law Firm, the parties to the litigation (or their advisers) or the mediator or arbitrator, if applicable, and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure the Seller’s appropriate Representatives are permitted to speak at any such hearings, mediations, arbitrations or meetings (or in telephone or other conversations);
LON51529424 |
Page 56 |
(viii) allow the Seller (if it elects to do so) to take over the conduct of all proceedings and/or negotiations arising in connection with the Third Party Claim;
(ix) pursue any appeals, and make any applications to the court or tribunal, as the Seller may reasonably request in relation to or for the purpose of any interim or final judgment or rulings of the court or tribunal in relation to a Third Party Claim and which the Seller may reasonably request in relation to any appeals or applications relating to a Third Party Claim; and
(x) use all reasonable endeavours to provide any information, documentation, evidence (including witness evidence), and assistance as the Seller may reasonably require in connection with the preparation for and conduct of any proceedings and/or negotiations relating to the Third Party Claim.
20.5 Whilst complying with the obligations under clauses 20.1 to 20.4, the Seller and the Purchaser shall take all reasonable actions to protect attorney-client or legal professional privilege, work product protection or any other privileges or protections applicable to any documents or communications relating to the Third Party Claim and shall agree to consult with the other party (and its appropriate Representatives) regarding the procedures to be adopted for this purpose.
20.6 The failure of the Seller or the Purchaser to comply fully with its obligations under clauses 20.1 to 20.5 shall release the other party from its obligations and any liability with regard to the relevant claim to the extent that such other party has been adversely affected by such failure to comply.
21.1 The Seller shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser from and against:
(a) any Costs suffered or incurred by the Purchaser Group arising from:
(i) the matters described in the document included in the Data Room at document reference 4.1.4.2; and
(ii) the Unaoil Investigation to the extent such investigation relates directly or indirectly to the Business;
(b) any Costs suffered or incurred by the Purchaser Group, other than to the extent such Costs arise from any breach by the Purchaser of its obligations under this Agreement:
(i) arising directly or indirectly from the Seller Group’s and/or Business' involvement in the proceeding before the Competition Commission of India with reference Case No. 12/2016 - InPhase Power Technologies Ltd. versus ABB India Ltd, including in respect of any direct or indirect customer claim that may arise following the ongoing investigation by the India Antitrust Agency;
(ii) arising directly or indirectly from the Seller Group’s and/or Business' involvement in the administrative proceeding before the Brazilian
LON51529424 |
Page 57 |
Administrative Council for Economic Defense (Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica with reference Administrative Proceeding nº 08012.001377/2006-52 (Main Proceeding), which includes for the avoidance of doubt:
(A) The Administrative Proceeding nº 08700.005146/2015-51 (Split Proceeding I);
(B) The Administrative Proceeding nº 08700.004532/2016-14 (Split Proceeding II);
(C) The Administrative Proceeding nº 08700.005299/2016-89 (Split Proceeding III);
(D) The Settlement Agreement (ref. Rivaldo Caram, Simone de Paula, Paulo Vendramini and Giuseppe di Marco) with reference Administrative Proceeding nº 08700.002076/2013-17; and
(E) The Settlement Agreement (ref. Angélica Angelhag and Alexandre Malveiro) with reference Administrative Proceeding nº 08700.004617/2016-94,
together, the Antitrust Investigations ;
(iii) in connection with the cooperation agreements entered into with individuals in connection with the Antitrust Investigations; and
(iv) arising directly or indirectly from the Seller Group’s and/or Business' involvement in the Existing Claim , being:
(A) the Dutch court proceeding before the Gerechtshof Arnhem-Leeuwarden with reference number 200.214.976/01 (ABB B.V. c.s. versus TenneT TSO B.V. c.s);
(B) the consolidated proceedings before the Israeli Central District Court, with reference number Civil Claim 56431-12-13 (Israel Electric Company versus Siemens AG and others) and with reference number Class Action 47768-09-13 (Zuckerman and others versus Israel Electric Company and others); and
(C) the Swiss court proceeding before the Bezirksgericht Zürich with reference number Geschäfts-Nr. CG100260-L/Z11,
including in respect of (i), (ii) and (iv) above for the avoidance of doubt any appeals of such judgements or decisions and any agreements entered into by the parties to settle the above matters;
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) together, the Antitrust Matters ;
(d) all Costs incurred, suffered or sustained by any member of the Purchaser Group or asserted against any of them, relating to, resulting from or arising out of the Seller Group’s former power cable business divested to NKT Cables Holding AB, including the Appeal, any Existing Damages Claim and
LON51529424 |
Page 58 |
all other investigations or litigation relating to the conduct of such business prior to such divestment; and
(i) Environmental Liabilities , subject to clause 21.2 below, incurred by any member of the Purchaser Group as a direct or indirect result of contamination existing at the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) (A) in any soil, groundwater or surface water and associated sediments at or under the Contaminated Sites; or (B) in any other soil, groundwater or surface water and associated sediments resulting from migration from any of the Contaminated Sites, but in each case only to the extent the relevant member of the Purchaser Group is required to take action or make payment in respect of such contamination:
(A) pursuant to an Environmental Requirement; or
(B) as a Reasonable and Prudent Operator in good faith to meet its obligations under Environmental Laws, based on the advice of external legal counsel;
(ii) Environmental Liabilities, subject to clause 21.3 below, incurred by any member of the Purchaser Group as a direct or indirect result of Asbestos which was present at and/or used on the Properties by the Seller Group on or prior to the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) ;
(iii) Costs incurred by any member of the Purchaser Group as a direct result of the Asbestos Product Claims .
21.2 The following terms shall apply to the indemnity given under clause 21.1(e)(i) above:
(a) the Seller shall not be liable under clause 21.1(e)(i) to the extent that the relevant Environmental Liabilities are caused by:
(i) any Investigative Works carried out after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) by or on behalf of a Relevant Person save for those Investigative Works:
(A) commenced, contracted, planned or budgeted by the Seller Group before the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) in relation to the Business;
(B) for which the Seller has given its prior written consent;
(C) which a Relevant Person, acting as a Reasonable and Prudent Operator, considers necessary to comply with an Environmental Requirement;
(D) which a Relevant Person, acting as a Reasonable and Prudent Operator, carries out for the purposes of Routine Maintenance;
LON51529424 |
Page 59 |
(E) which are the minimum necessary to comply with (in accordance with the standards of a Reasonable and Prudent Operator), maintain or renew any Environmental Consent; or
(F) which are the minimum necessary for the purposes of any:
(I) bona fide potential sale to a third party of; or
(II) development or engineering works required for the satisfaction of a genuine and material operational need of the Business at,
any Contaminated Site, in each case to the extent that (i) the Purchaser acts in relation to such Investigative Works as a Reasonable and Prudent Operator using appropriate geophysical, engineering and construction standards, and (ii) a Reasonable and Prudent Operator would not know or expect that, the undertaking of the Investigative Works would reasonably be expected to create or increase any Environmental Liability;
(ii) any disclosure of information by any Relevant Person to any Governmental Entity after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date), unless such disclosure is:
(A) made with the Seller’s prior written consent; or
(B) that which a Relevant Person, acting as a Reasonable and Prudent Operator, considers necessary to comply with an Environmental Requirement or an obligation on the Relevant Person under Environmental Law or other applicable law;
(iii) any failure to carry out material Routine Maintenance other than in accordance with the standards of a Reasonable and Prudent Operator, or such lower standard as has been applied by the Seller Group prior to Closing; or
(iv) any change or intensification of use of any Contaminated Site, or any part thereof, or the whole or part of any building or structure located on or under any Contaminated Site after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date), unless such change or intensification of use is:
(A) commenced, contracted, planned or budgeted by the Seller Group before the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) in relation to the Business;
(B) made with the Seller’s prior written consent;
(C) in respect of building works (including demolition) required to be undertaken by the Business in the ordinary course of business to satisfy the capacity needs of the Business at the relevant site;
LON51529424 |
Page 60 |
(D) in respect of building works required to demolish or repair any buildings, which would be required to be undertaken by a Responsible and Prudent Operator;
(E) in respect of any maintenance or replacement of plant and equipment, which would be required to be undertaken by a Reasonable and Prudent Operator; or
(F) a change of use which does not materially increase the obligations of the Business under Environmental Laws or the obligations of the Seller under clause 21.1(e)(i), in each case in respect of the relevant Contaminated Site;
(b) the Seller shall not be liable for the cost of any Remedial Works undertaken after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) which go beyond the minimum reasonably necessary to:
(i) meet the lawful requirements of any Environmental Requirement;
(ii) achieve the minimum standards that are required under Environmental Laws having regard to the use and operations of the Contaminated Sites ; or
(iii) prevent or address a sudden and catastrophic event that would be likely to result in significant harm to the Environment;
(c) the Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each member of the Purchaser Group shall, use reasonable endeavours to keep the costs of Remedial Works to a minimum and ensure that the Cost of any Remedial Work undertaken is that which is commercially reasonable to satisfy the minimum standards referred to in clause 21.2(b)(ii) above; and
(d) provided that the Seller accepts that any ensuing liability will be indemnified, the Seller shall, at its sole election, be entitled to elect to take conduct of any Remedial Works or any criminal, civil, judicial, administrative or regulatory proceeding, suit or action by any Governmental Entity or third party under Environmental Law in relation to any matter covered by the indemnity at clause 21.1(e)(i) ( Contamination Claims ). If the Seller so elects, the Purchaser and any relevant members of the Purchaser Group shall give to the Seller all reasonable information, assistance and access to personnel, premises, documents and records as the Seller requests for the conduct of such matters.
21.3 The following terms shall apply to the indemnity given under clause 21.1(e)(ii) above:
(a) the Seller shall only be liable for Costs associated with Asbestos Remediation Works that have been actually incurred by the Purchaser and/or any member of the Purchaser Group and which are the minimum reasonably necessary to:
(i) comply with an order or other direction of any Governmental Entity requiring Asbestos Remediation Works; or
LON51529424 |
Page 61 |
(ii) satisfy the minimum requirements of Asbestos Laws;
(b) the Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each member of the Purchaser Group shall, use reasonable endeavours to keep Costs associated with Asbestos Remediation Works to the minimum necessary to:
(i) comply with an order or other direction of any Governmental Entity requiring Asbestos Remediation Works; or
(ii) satisfy the minimum requirements of Asbestos Laws;
(c) the Purchaser shall not be entitled to claim under clause 21.1(e)(ii) and the Seller shall not be liable to the extent that the claim arises by:
(i) any disclosure of information by any Relevant Person after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) to any third party, unless such disclosure is:
(A) made with the Seller’s prior written consent; or
(B) made pursuant to an obligation on the Relevant Person under applicable law;
(ii) the failure to carry out any monitoring or inspection works at the Properties after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) as required by applicable Environmental Law; or
(iii) any breach after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) of Asbestos Laws by the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group, save to the extent that such breach was continuing at Closing;
(d) the Seller shall not be liable under clause 21.1(e)(ii) to the extent that any losses that have been incurred by any Relevant Person in relation to the relevant Environmental Liabilities are recoverable under any applicable worker’s compensation scheme;
(e) the Purchaser shall not be entitled to claim under clause 21.1(e)(ii) and the Seller shall not be liable if the claim would not have arisen but for any refurbishment, extension, development, demolition or closure or part closure of any of the Properties after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date), unless such refurbishment, extension, development, demolition or closure or part closure is:
(i) commenced, contracted, planned or budgeted by the Seller Group before the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date) in relation to the Business;
(ii) made with the Seller’s prior written consent;
(iii) in respect of building works (including demolition) required to be undertaken by the Business in the ordinary course of business to satisfy the capacity needs of the Business at the relevant site;
LON51529424 |
Page 62 |
(iv) in respect of building works required to demolish or repair any buildings, which would be required to be undertaken by a Responsible and Prudent Operator;
(v) in respect of any maintenance or replacement of plant and equipment, which would be required to be undertaken by a Reasonable and Prudent Operator; or
(vi) a change of use which does not materially increase the obligations of the Business under Environmental Laws or the obligations of the Seller under clause 21.1(e)(ii), in each case in respect of the relevant Contaminated Site; and
(f) the Purchaser shall not be entitled to claim under clause 21.1(e)(ii) and the Seller shall not be liable for any Costs relating to asbestos surveys, registers and management plans enacted following Closing.
21.4 With regard to the indemnity given under clause 21.1(e)(iii) above:
(a) the Purchaser shall give the Seller reasonable written notice of any contemplated settlement discussions involving any member of the Purchaser Group and any other party in relation to any Asbestos Product Claim;
(b) the Purchaser shall also give the Seller reasonable written notice if a trial date is set in relation to any Asbestos Product Claim, and, if any such trial takes place, promptly notify the Seller of the verdict and content of any award made by the relevant court, when available;
(c) the Purchaser shall use its best endeavours to respond promptly to any queries addressed to it by the Seller in relation to the Asbestos Product Claims; and
(d) provided that the Seller accepts that any ensuing liability will be indemnified, the Seller shall, at its sole election, be entitled to elect to take conduct of any Asbestos Product Claim on behalf of the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group. If the Seller so elects, the Purchaser and any relevant members of the Purchaser Group shall give to the Seller all reasonable information, assistance and access to personnel, premises, documents and records as the Seller requests for the conduct of such matters.
21.5 With regard to the conduct right given under clause 21.2(d) above:
(a) in relation to any Remedial Works which the Seller has elected to take conduct of, the Seller shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure such Remedial Works are:
(i) commenced and completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Seller’s election to take conduct of the works; and
(ii) effected with minimal disturbance possible to the operations of the Business being carried out at the relevant site; and
(b) in relation to any Contamination Claims the Seller has elected to take conduct of, the Seller shall:
LON51529424 |
Page 63 |
(i) keep the Purchaser fully informed of all material developments in relation thereto; and
(ii) not take any action which may materially adversely affect the goodwill or reputation of the Business or be materially detrimental to the Business’ relations with any Governmental Entity .
21.6 The provisions of Schedule 27 shall come into effect on the date of this Agreement.
22.1 The provisions of Schedule 8 shall apply in relation to Taxation.
22.2 Part B and Part D to Part G (inclusive) of Schedule 8 (other than paragraphs 1.1(a) and 1.4 of Part E of Schedule 8) shall come into effect on Closing. The remaining provisions of Schedule 8 shall come into effect on the date of this Agreement.
23.1 From the date of this Agreement until Closing (or in the case of the Delayed Business Interests and Delayed Target Companies, the relevant Delayed Closing), members of the Seller Group shall maintain all policies of insurance maintained by them in respect of the Business as at the date of this Agreement.
23.2 Upon Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing) all insurance cover arranged in relation to the Business by the Seller Group, other than insurance cover held by any Target Company, (whether under policies maintained with third party insurers or otherwise) shall cease (other than in relation to insured events taking place before Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing) as set out in the provisions of Schedule 9) and no member of the Purchaser Group shall make any claim under any such policies in relation to insured events in respect of the Business arising after Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing). The Seller shall be entitled to make arrangements with its insurers to reflect this clause.
23.3 The provisions of Schedule 9 shall apply in respect of any claims, following the Closing Date, made under any insurance policy maintained by the Seller Group which relates to insured events arising in respect of the Business and occurring prior to Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing) .
23.4 As from Closing (or the relevant Delayed Closing), the Purchaser shall arrange for the benefit of the Target Companies appropriate insurance policies or will insure the Target Companies as part of the coverage provided by the Purchaser Group’s insurance policies, in either case in accordance with good commercial practice as to the scope of insurance for a business of the size and nature of the Business, operating in the same sector as the Business.
24. Payment of Inter‑Company Trading Debt and the Shareholder Loan
24.1 The provisions of Schedule 10 shall apply in respect of the payment of Inter‑Company Trading Debt and the Shareholder Loan.
24.2 The maximum amount of the principal of the Shareholder Loan plus accrued interest shall be in aggregate US$3,020,000,000 (of which a maximum of US$3,000,000,000 may be principal).
25. Guarantees and other Third Party Assurances
LON51529424 |
Page 64 |
25.1 At or before and conditional upon Closing, the Purchaser shall (and the Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to cooperate with the Purchaser in so doing) (i) arrange for substitute letters of credit, Target Company guarantees and other obligations to replace any Third Party Assurances that the Parties become aware of in the Pre-Closing Period (the Pre-Closing Third Party Assurances ), or (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms thereof, cause a Target Company to assume all obligations (solely to the extent relating to the Business) under each Third Party Assurance.
25.2 To the extent that the Seller Group is not released in full at and from Closing from any Pre-Closing Third Party Assurances, the Purchaser shall:
(a) use its reasonable efforts to ensure that as soon as reasonably practicable following Closing each member of the Seller Group is released in full from such Third Party Assurances; and
(b) pending release of such Third Party Assurances, the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs arising to the Seller or any of its Affiliates (excluding any Target Company) after Closing under or by reason of such Third Party Assurance s, taking into account the proportion that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the time that such Costs arose bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company.
25.3 In the event that the Purchaser becomes aware of any other Third Party Assurance at or after Closing, the Purchaser shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that, as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming so aware, each member of the Seller Group is released in full from such Third Party Assurance. Pending release of any Third Party Assurance referred to in this clause, the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs arising to the Seller or any of its Affiliates (excluding any Target Company) after Closing under or by reason of such Third Party Assurance , taking into account the proportion that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the time that such Costs arose bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company.
25.4 Nothing in clauses 25.1, 25.2 or 25.3 shall impose any obligations on the Purchaser in respect of any Third Party Assurances which have been released prior to Closing or which relate to any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability.
26.1 The Purchaser shall procure that, subject to the Corporate Brand Licence Agreement, Shareholders’ Agreement and Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheets:
(a) as soon as reasonably practicable after Closing and in any event within six (6) months after the Closing Date (or, in the case of any Delayed Target Company, within six (6) months after the relevant Delayed Closing Date), the name of any Target Company or (Delayed Target Company) that consists of or includes a Restricted ABB Name in any order is changed to a name which does not include that Restricted ABB Name or any word or name which is confusingly similar;
LON51529424 |
Page 65 |
(b) promptly after Closing (or, in the case of any Delayed Target Company, promptly after the relevant Delayed Closing Date), the Target Companies (or Delayed Target Companies) shall cease to use or display any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name used or held by any member of the Seller Group or any mark, name or logo which is confusingly similar to a Restricted ABB Name . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this sub-paragraph (b) shall require the Purchaser to effect any changes to any products or materials in the possession of Business customers; and
(c) as soon as reasonably practicable after Closing (or, in the case of any Delayed Target Company, as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Delayed Closing Date) and in any event within six (6) months after the Closing Date (or the relevant Delayed Closing Date), the Target Companies (or the relevant Delayed Target Companies) shall not hold themselves out as being part of, or otherwise connected or associated with, the Seller Group.
27. Information, Records and Assistance Post-Closing
27.1 Notwithstanding any additional rights that the Parties may have in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement or any other Transaction Document:
(a) each member of the Purchaser Group shall provide the Seller (at the Seller’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times, and upon reasonable notice, to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists, project documents, database information, procurement records (including purchases of raw materials and leasing of equipment, including vessels), key performance indicators, capacity utilisation records, margin information, research and development information, marketing materials and all other records held by it after Closing to the extent that they relate to the Target Companies or the Business in the period up to Closing, but only:
(i) for 6 years following the Closing Date to the extent necessary for accounting, regulatory or Tax purposes; or
(ii) for 10 years following the Closing Date for the purpose of conducting any issued and/or anticipated proceedings and/or negotiations (including in relation to any Third Party Claim) by or against any member of the Seller Group so far as they relate to the Target Companies or the Business (the Purchaser Records ); and
(b) each member of the Seller Group shall provide the Purchaser (at the Purchaser’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times, and upon reasonable notice, to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists, project documents, database information, procurement records (including purchases of raw materials and leasing of equipment, including vessels), key performance indicators, capacity utilisation records, margin information, research and development information, marketing materials and all other records held by it after Closing to the extent that they relate to the Target Companies or the Business, but only:
(i) for 6 years following the Closing Date to the extent necessary for accounting, regulatory or Tax purposes;
LON51529424 |
Page 66 |
(ii) for 10 years following the Closing Date for the purpose of conducting any issued and/or anticipated proceedings and/or negotiations (including in relation to any Third Party Claim) by or against any member of the Purchaser Group so far as they relate to the Target Companies or the Business (the Seller Records ).
These obligations are subject to the provisions of clause 32.
27.2 Notwithstanding any additional rights that the Parties may have in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement or any other Transaction Document, for ten years following the Closing Date:
(a) no member of the Purchaser Group shall dispose of, or destroy any of, the Purchaser Records without first giving the Seller at least three months’ notice of its intention to do so and giving the Seller a reasonable opportunity to remove and retain any of them (at the Seller’s expense); and
(b) no member of the Seller Group shall dispose of or destroy any of the Seller Records without first giving the Purchaser at least three months’ notice of its intention to do so and giving the Purchaser a reasonable opportunity to remove and retain any of them (at the Purchaser’s expense).
(a) without prejudice to the obligations of clause 20.4, each member of the Purchaser Group shall (at the Seller’s expense) use all reasonable endeavours to provide such information, documentation, evidence (including access to employees with knowledge of the relevant business operations as reasonably necessary pursuant to clause 20.2 above, including but not limited to oral and/or written witness evidence), and assistance to any member of the Seller Group as the Seller may reasonably require in relation to any Antitrust Matters and third party proceedings by or against any member of the Seller Group (including the preparation for and conduct of any proceedings and/or negotiations relating to any Third Party Claim or Existing Damages Claim) so far as they relate to the Target Companies or the Business, including proceedings relating to employee claims or Taxation;
(b) the Seller shall promptly give to the Purchaser all written notices, correspondence, information or enquiries received by it in relation to the Target Companies; and
(c) the Purchaser shall promptly give to the Seller all written notices, correspondence, information or enquiries received by any member of the Purchaser Group in relation to any business of the Seller Group not comprised within the Target Companies .
27.4 Nothing in clause 27.3(a) shall require the Purchaser to take any action or to procure or require that any member of the Purchaser Group take or omit to take any action which would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the bona fide goodwill of the Business.
27.5 Whilst complying with the obligations under this clause 27 the Seller and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable endeavours to protect attorney-client or legal professional privilege, work product protection or any other privileges or protections
LON51529424 |
Page 67 |
applicable to any documents or communications and shall consult with the other Party (and its appropriate Representatives) regarding the procedures to be adopted for this purpose.
28. Post‑Closing Protective Covenant
28.1 The Seller shall ensure that neither it nor any member of the Seller Group shall for the period of three years after the Closing Date, either on its own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, carry on or be engaged, concerned or interested, directly or indirectly, whether as shareholder, director, partner, agent or otherwise, in any Competing Business. For this purpose:
(a) Competing Business means a business that competes with the Business; provided that carrying on or being engaged in any Permitted Business shall not be regarded as a Competing Business; and
(b) Permitted Business means, without prejudice to any other term of this Agreement, any trade or business to the extent carried on at the date of this Agreement by any member of the Seller Group. A list estimated in good faith of such trades or business is provided by the Seller in Schedule 22.
28.2 The Seller shall ensure that neither it nor any member of the Seller Group (excluding any Target Company) shall for the period of two years after the Closing Date, either on its own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, endeavour to entice away, directly or indirectly solicit, employ or offer to employ, or offer to conclude any contract of services with, any Key Manager or any Employee who immediately prior to the date of this Agreement is, or who subsequently after the date of this Agreement becomes, grade 1 to 7 inclusive within the Seller Group or the equivalent grade within any Target Company (whether or not that person would commit a breach of contract by reason of leaving that employment or engagement).
28.3 The provisions of clause 28.2 shall not apply to a recruitment offer made to any Employee (other than a Key Manager) who contacts any member of the Seller Group solely on his or her own initiative, or in response to a bona fide employment advertisement that is not directed at any Key Manager(s) or Employee(s) to whom clause 28.2 relates.
28.4 Nothing in this clause 28 shall prevent, after Closing, the Seller or any of its Affiliates from:
(a) owning and carrying on any Delayed Business Interest or owning any Delayed Target Company in the period from Closing to the relevant Delayed Closing Date;
(b) owning securities, shares or similar interests in any company or partnership that do not exceed 10 per cent. in nominal value of the securities, shares or similar interests of that company or partnership or otherwise grant (directly or indirectly) management functions or any material influence in that company or partnership beyond that of other holders of similar securities;
(c) acquiring and subsequently carrying on or being engaged in any one or more companies and/or businesses (taken together, the Acquired Business ) where at the time of the acquisition the activities of the Acquired Business include a Competing Business (the Acquired Competing Business ), if the turnover
LON51529424 |
Page 68 |
attributed to the Acquired Competing Business in each of the last two financial years before the acquisition was in each case less than 10 per cent. of the turnover of the Acquired Business as a whole; and/or
(d) performing its obligations under the Transaction Documents and/or under any other agreement which it may enter into with a member of the Purchaser Group.
29.1 Any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement by the Purchaser (or any other member of the Purchaser Group) shall be made to the Seller’s Bank Account. The Seller agrees to pay each member of the Seller Group that part of each payment to which it is entitled.
29.2 Any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement by the Seller (or any member of the Seller Group) shall be made to the Purchaser’s Bank Account. The Purchaser agrees to pay each member of the Purchaser Group that part of each payment to which it is entitled.
29.3 Payments under clause 29.1 and 29.2 shall be in immediately available funds by electronic transfer on the due date for payment. Receipt of the amount due shall be an effective discharge of the relevant payment obligation.
29.4 If any sum due for payment in accordance with this Agreement is not paid on the due date for payment, the person in default shall pay Default Interest on that sum from but excluding the due date to and including the date of actual payment calculated on a daily basis.
29.5 Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the amount of any Claim in relation to the Seller Warranties or any claim (other than a Tax Claim) in respect of any breach or performance of the Seller Obligations (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the EPC Indemnities) and the liability of the Seller or its Affiliates in respect of such a claim shall take into account the proportion (expressed as a percentage) that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the time that the loss or shortfall (as applicable) which is the subject of the claim arose, bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company.
30.1 Subject to clause 30.2 and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document), each Party shall be responsible for its own Costs and charges incurred in connection with the Proposed Transaction.
30.2 The Purchaser shall bear all Costs relating to satisfying the Purchaser Condition, and (without prejudice to its rights under Part B and Part C of Schedule 8) all stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax, or other documentary, transfer or registration duties or taxes (including in each case any related interest or penalties) arising as a result of the entry into or implementation of this Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of or in connection with the Reorganisation, which shall be subject to the provisions of clause 5.8 and Schedule 8, and other than any Tax pursuant to any Indirect RETT Law which is subject to the provisions of Part C of Schedule 8).
LON51529424 |
Page 69 |
31.1 Notwithstanding clause 32 and subject to clauses 31.2 and 31.3, from the date of this Agreement until the date falling twelve months after the Closing Date no Party (nor any of their respective Affiliates) shall make any public announcement or issue any communication to shareholders in connection with the existence or subject matter of this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document) without the prior written approval of the Purchaser or the Seller (respectively).
31.2 Subject to clause 31.3, the restriction in clause 31.1 shall not apply:
(a) to the extent that the announcement or communication to shareholders is required by law or by any stock exchange or any regulatory, governmental or antitrust body having applicable jurisdiction (provided that any Party proposing to make the announcement or issue the communication to shareholders shall first inform the other Parties of its intention to do so and take into account the reasonable comments of the other Parties) ; or
(b) to press interviews and other public statements made personally by the Seller Group Chief Executive Officer (the Seller Senior Manager ) or the Purchaser Group Chief Executive Officer (the Purchaser Senior Manager ) and any other person the parties may from time to time agree in writing (consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
31.3 The Parties undertake that they will not, and the Seller will procure that no member of the Seller Group or any of its or their respective directors, officers or employees (including the Seller Senior Manager) will, and the Purchaser will procure that no member of the Purchaser Group or any of its or their respective directors, officers or employees (including the Purchaser Senior Manager) will, make any public announcement, public presentation, public statement or public comment to the extent that such announcement, presentation, statement or comment:
(a) states that the consideration paid for the Shares is less than or more than full and fair value or undervalues or overvalues the Business;
(b) directly criticises, the business, assets, operations, performance, financial position, policies or prospects of any member of the Seller Group or any member of the Purchaser Group;
(c) directly criticises the period of ownership by the Seller Group of the Business or the conduct of the Business as a result of the ownership of it by the Seller Group; or
(d) which relates to the Proposed Transaction and which could reasonably be viewed as intending to cause material harm to the reputation of any member of the Seller Group in its capacity as a prior owner of the Business or any member of the Purchaser Group in its capacity as an owner of the Business.
32.1 For the purposes of this clause 32, Confidential Information means:
(a) information relating to the provisions of, and negotiations leading to, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;
LON51529424 |
Page 70 |
(b) (in relation to the obligations of the Purchaser) any information received, held or inferred by the Purchaser (or its Representatives) relating to the Seller Group (and not relating to the Business) or, before Closing, the Business or any of the Target Companies or, between Closing and any relevant Delayed Closing Date, the relevant Delayed Business Interest and/or Delayed Target Company; and
(c) (in relation to the obligations of the Seller) any information received, held or inferred by the Seller (or any of its Representatives) relating to the Purchaser Group or, following Closing, the Business or any of the Target Companies (other than, until the relevant Delayed Closing, any Delayed Business Interest and/or Delayed Target Company),
in each case including written information and information transferred or obtained orally, visually, electronically or by any other means and any information which the Party has determined from information it has received including any forecasts or projections.
32.2 From the date of this Agreement until the date that is one year after the date on which the Seller and its Affiliates cease to hold any registered shares in the capital of the Company, each of the Parties and their respective Represe n tatives shall maintain the Confidential Information in strict confidence and not disclose Confidential Information to any person except: (i) as permitted by clause 31 or this clause 32; or (ii) either (A) in the case of disclosure of Confidential Information by the Purchaser (or any of its Representatives), if approved in writing by the Seller; or (B) in the case of disclosure of Confidential Information by the Seller (or any of its Representatives), if approved in writing by the Purchaser.
32.3 Subject to clause 32.4, clause 32.2 shall not prevent disclosure by a Party or any of its Representatives to the extent that:
(a) disclosure is required by law or by any stock exchange or any regulatory, governmental or antitrust body having applicable jurisdiction;
(b) disclosure is made to a Tax Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing party or an Affiliate of the disclosing party;
(c) disclosure is of Confidential Information which was lawfully in the possession of that Party or any of its Representatives (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy before its being received or held (in the case of the Seller, excluding any Confidential Information relating to (i) the Business or any of the Target Companies that was in its possession prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) any Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company that was in its possession prior to the relevant Delayed Closing);
(d) disclosure is of Confidential Information which was lawfully received from a third party who does not owe any Party or any Party’s Representatives an obligation of confidence in relation to such information;
(e) disclosure is of Confidential Information which has previously become publicly available other than through that Party’s action or failure to act (or that of its Representatives);
LON51529424 |
Page 71 |
(f) disclosure is required for the purpose of any arbitral or judicial proceedings arising out of this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document) ; or
(g) disclosure is required in order to give effect to the Reorganisation .
32.4 Each of the Parties undertakes that it (and its Representatives) shall only disclose Confidential Information as permitted by this clause 32 if: (i) it is reasonably required; and (ii) such disclosing Party has, as far as it is practicable and lawful to do so, first consulted with the other Parties in order to (a) give the other Parties the opportunity to contest the disclosure, and (b) take into account the other Parties’ reasonable requirements (if any) of the proposed form, timing, nature and context of the disclosure.
32.5 If this Agreement terminates, the Purchaser shall as soon as practicable on request by the Seller:
(a) return to the Seller or destroy all written documents and other materials containing Confidential Information which the Seller (or its Representatives) have provided to the Purchaser (or any of its Representatives) without keeping any copies thereof; and
(b) destroy all information or other documents derived from such Confidential Information (provided that the Purchaser and its Representatives may retain any reports, notes or other material prepared by them or on their respective behalf which incorporates Confidential Information, in each case provided that such information is kept confidential and continues to be subject to the terms of this clause 32) ; and
(c) so far as it is reasonably practicable to do so, expunge such Confidential Information from any computer, word processor or other device.
32.6 The Purchaser shall, at the request of the Seller, certify in writing to the Seller that clause 32.5 has been complied with.
32.7 Each of the Purchaser and its Representatives may retain any Confidential Information:
(a) if it is required to do so by any applicable law or regulation, including the rules of a professional body or under the terms of any of their insurance policies; or
(b) so far as it is contained in any computer, word processor or other device, as part of automated back-up or disaster recovery procedures,
and any Confidential Information retained under this clause 32.7 shall continue to be held in compliance with this Agreement.
32.8 Each Party shall be responsible for any act or omission by any of its Representatives which is, or if done or omitted to be done by the respective Party would be, a breach of this clause 32.
32.9 For the avoidance of doubt, the Confidentiality Agreement entered into between the ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd and Hitachi, Ltd on 22 March 2018 (the Existing Confidentiality Agreement ) shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms. If there is any conflict between this clause 32 and the Existing Confidentiality
LON51529424 |
Page 72 |
Agreement in respect of the confidentiality obligations imposed on the Parties or their respective Representatives under this Agreement and the Existing Confidentiality Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail in respect of such obligations.
33.1 Unless the Seller and the Purchaser specifically agree in writing, neither the Seller nor the Purchaser shall (and the Seller and the Purchaser shall procure that no member of the Seller Group or the Purchaser Group (as applicable) shall) assign, transfer, hold on trust or encumber all or any of its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (as applicable) nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in any of them, save that all or any of the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement may (notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement) be assigned by the Purchaser to any other member of the Purchaser Group (or by any such member to or in favour of any other member of the Purchaser Group), provided that if such assignee ceases to be a member of the Purchaser Group, such assignment shall immediately cease to have effect and be rendered void.
Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 33 shall be void.
33.2 If an assignment is made in accordance with clause 33 or with the specific agreement of the Seller and Purchaser in writing, the liabilities of the non-assigning Party and its Affiliates to the assigning Party and its Affiliates under this Agreement shall be no greater than such liabilities would have been if the assignment had not occurred.
34.1 Each Party shall, from Closing, execute, or procure the execution of, such further documents as may be required by law or be necessary to implement and give effect to the Transaction Documents.
34.2 Each Party shall procure that its Representatives comply with all obligations under the Transaction Documents that are expressed to apply to any such Representatives.
35.1 If at any time from Closing any Target Company owns any interest in (i) any asset not exclusively or predominantly pertaining to the Business (save for any Business Asset and any other asset in respect of which and to the extent that rights are expressly granted in or transferred to the Purchaser or any Target Company pursuant to the Transaction Documents) or (ii) any Excluded Asset (each a Seller Wrong Pocket Asset ) the Seller may give written notice to the Purchaser of the same at any time within 24 months following Closing, upon receipt of which the Purchaser shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such interest in any Seller Wrong Pocket Asset (together with any benefit or sum, net of Tax and other out of pocket expenses, accruing to any member of the Purchaser Group as a result of holding that interest since Closing) is transferred to such member of the Seller Group as the Seller shall specify on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Seller shall provide such assistance to the Purchaser as the Purchaser reasonably requires for the purposes of this transfer and shall indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Costs suffered or incurred by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any Target Company in favour of any third
LON51529424 |
Page 73 |
parties in relation to the transfer or as a result of holding the relevant interest for the period from Closing until it is so transferred .
35.2 If at any time from Closing any Target Company has assumed any Excluded Liability (a Seller Wrong Pocket Liability ), the Purchaser may give written notice to the Seller of the same at any time within 24 months following Closing, upon receipt of which the Seller shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such member of the Seller Group as the Seller shall specify assumes such Seller Wrong Pocket Liability (together with any losses accruing to any member of the Purchaser Group as a result of holding that Seller Wrong Pocket Liability since Closing) on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price . The Purchaser shall provide such assistance to the Seller as the Seller reasonably requires for the purpose of this assumption and the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Costs arising from that Seller Wrong Pocket Liability during the period from Closing until its assumption by the relevant member of the Seller Group.
35.3 If at any time from Closing any member of the Seller Group owns any Business Asset (a) the transfer of which is not subject to any outstanding Third Party Consent and (b) which is not part of a Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company (a Purchaser Wrong Pocket Asset ), the Purchaser may give written notice to the Seller of the same at any time within 24 months following Closing, upon receipt of which the Seller shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such interest in any Purchaser Wrong Pocket Asset (together with any benefit or sum, net of Tax and other out of pocket expenses, accruing to any member of the Seller Group as a result of holding that interest since Closing) is transferred to such member of the Purchaser Group as the Purchaser shall specify on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Purchaser shall provide such assistance to the Seller as the Seller reasonably requires for the purpose of this transfer and shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs suffered or incurred by the Seller or any member of the Seller Group in favour of any third parties in relation to the transfer or as a result of holding the relevant interest for the period from Closing until it is so transferred.
35.4 If at any time from Closing any Target Company has not fully assumed any Assumed Liability, other than (a) on account of a required Third Party Consent not having been obtained or (b) liabilities that form part of a Delayed Business Interest, (a Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability ), the Seller may give written notice to the Purchaser of the same at any time within 24 months following Closing, upon receipt of which the Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, ensure that such member of the Purchaser Group as the Purchaser shall specify assumes the relevant Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability (together with any losses accruing to any member of the Seller Group as a result of holding that Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability since Closing) on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Seller shall provide such assistance to the Purchaser as the Purchaser reasonably requires for the purpose of this transfer and the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs arising from that Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability during the period from Closing until its assumption by the relevant member of the Purchaser Group .
LON51529424 |
Page 74 |
35.5 If at any time from a Delayed Closing the relevant Delayed Target Company owns any interest in (a) any asset not exclusively or predominantly pertaining to the relevant Delayed Business Interest (save for any Business Asset and any other asset in respect of which and to the extent that rights are expressly granted in or transferred to the Purchaser or any Target Company pursuant to the Transaction Documents) or (b) any Excluded Asset (each a Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset ) the Seller may give written notice to the Purchaser of the same at any time within 24 months following the relevant Delayed Closing, upon receipt of which the Purchaser shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such interest in any Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset (together with any benefit or sum, net of Tax and other out of pocket expenses, accruing to any member of the Purchaser Group as a result of holding that interest since the relevant Delayed Closing) is transferred to such member of the Seller Group as the Seller shall specify on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Seller shall provide such assistance to the Purchaser as the Purchaser reasonably requires for the purposes of this transfer and shall indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Costs suffered or incurred by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any Target Company in favour of any third parties in relation to the transfer or as a result of holding the relevant interest for the period from the relevant Delayed Closing until it is so transferred.
35.6 If at any time from a Delayed Closing the relevant Delayed Target Company has assumed any Excluded Liability (a Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability ), the Purchaser may give written notice to the Seller of the same at any time within 24 months following the relevant Delayed Closing, upon receipt of which the Seller shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such member of the Seller Group as the Seller shall specify assumes such Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability (together with any losses accruing to any member of the Purchaser Group as a result of holding that Seller Wrong Pocket Liability since the relevant Delayed Closing) on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price . The Purchaser shall provide such assistance to the Seller as the Seller reasonably requires for the purpose of this assumption and the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Costs arising to the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group from that Seller Wrong Pocket Liability during the period from the relevant Delayed Closing until its assumption by the relevant member of the Seller Group.
35.7 If at any time from a Delayed Closing any member of the Seller Group owns part of the relevant Delayed Business Interest the transfer of which is not subject to any outstanding Third Party Consent (a Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset ), the Purchaser may give written notice to the Seller of the same at any time within 24 months following the relevant Delayed Closing, upon receipt of which the Seller shall, as soon as practicable, ensure that such interest in any Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset (together with any benefit or sum, net of Tax and other out of pocket expenses, accruing to any member of the Seller Group as a result of holding that interest since the relevant Delayed Closing) is transferred to such member of the Purchaser Group as the Purchaser shall specify on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Purchaser shall provide such assistance to the Seller as the Seller reasonably requires for the purpose of this transfer and shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs suffered or
LON51529424 |
Page 75 |
incurred by the Seller or any member of the Seller Group in favour of any third parties in relation to the transfer or as a result of holding the relevant interest for the period from the relevant Delayed Closing until it is so transferred.
35.8 If at any time from a Delayed Closing the relevant Delayed Target Company has not fully assumed any liability which forms part of the relevant Delayed Business Interest other than on account of a required Third Party Consent not having been obtained (a Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability ), the Seller may give written notice to the Purchaser of the same at any time within 24 months following the relevant Delayed Closing, upon receipt of which the Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, ensure that such member of the Purchaser Group as the Purchaser shall specify assumes the relevant Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability (together with any losses accruing to any member of the Seller Group as a result of holding that Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability since the relevant Delayed Closing ) on terms that there will be no payment for doing so and no change to the Initial Price or the Final Price. The Seller shall provide such assistance to the Purchaser as the Purchaser reasonably requires for the purpose of this transfer and the Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller against any and all Costs arising from that Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability during the period from the relevant Delayed Closing until its assumption by the relevant member of the Purchaser Group .
35.9 If, at or after the Closing Date, any member of the Seller Group (other than a Delayed Target Company) receives any payments that are attributable to any member of the Purchaser Group pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Reorganisation Agreements, the Seller shall promptly pay or procure that the relevant member of the Seller Group promptly pays (as applicable) a sum equal to such payment (net of any Tax actually incurred by the Seller Group thereon) to the relevant member of the Purchaser Group.
35.10 If, at or after a Delayed Closing, any member of the Seller Group receives any payments that are attributable to a Delayed Target Company that has become part of the Purchaser Group pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Reorganisation Agreements, the Seller shall promptly pay or procure that the relevant member of the Seller Group promptly pays (as applicable) a sum equal to such payment (net of any Tax actually incurred by the Seller Group thereon) to such Delayed Target Company.
35.11 If, at or after the Closing Date, any member of the Purchaser Group receives any payments that are attributable to any member of the Seller Group (other than a Delayed Target Company) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Reorganisation Agreements, the Purchaser shall promptly pay or procure that the relevant member of the Purchaser Group promptly pays (as applicable) a sum equal to such payment (net of any Tax actually incurred by the Purchaser Group thereon) to the relevant member of the Seller Group.
35.12 If a member of the Seller Group is obliged under applicable law to repay to a third party any payment in respect of which any member of the Seller Group has made a payment to any member of the Purchaser Group pursuant to clause 35.9, the relevant member of the Purchaser Group shall, upon written notice from the relevant member of Seller Group, promptly pay to the relevant member of the Seller Group an amount equal to such payment made pursuant to clause 35.9.
LON51529424 |
Page 76 |
35.13 If a member of the Purchaser Group is obliged under applicable law to repay to a third party any payment in respect of which any member of the Purchaser Group has made a payment to any member of the Seller Group pursuant to clause 35.11, the relevant member of the Seller Group shall, upon written notice from the relevant member of the Purchaser Group, promptly pay to the relevant member of the Purchaser Group an amount equal to such payment made pursuant to clause 35.11.
35.14 The Parties shall consult in good faith in relation to, and shall use reasonable endeavours to mitigate, any Tax liability that may arise in connection with any transfer, assumption, holding, receipt or payment to be made pursuant to this clause 35.
36.1 Any notice to be given by one Party to any other Party in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in English and signed by or on behalf of the Party giving it. It shall be delivered by hand, email (only in case of any notice to be given to the Seller), registered post or courier using an internationally recognised courier company.
36.2 A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received: (i) at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered post or courier; or (ii) at the time of transmission if delivered by email (only in the case of notices delivered to the Seller). Where delivery occurs outside Working Hours, notice shall be deemed to have been received at the start of Working Hours on the next following Business Day.
36.3 The addresses and email addresses of the Parties for the purpose of clause 36.1 are:
Seller |
Address:
c/o
The General Counsel
|
Email: Diane.desaintvictor@ch.abb.com |
For the attention of: |
Diane de Saint Victor, General Counsel |
|
With copies to: |
Piers
Prichard Jones
|
piers.prichardjones@freshfields.com |
Purchaser |
Address:
c/o
The General Counsel
|
kohei.kodama.ut@hitachi.com
|
For the attention of: |
Kohei Kodama, General Counsel |
|
LON51529424 |
Page 77 |
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
David
Allen
|
David.Allen@bakermckenzie.com |
36.4 Each Party shall notify the other Parties in writing of a change to its details in clause 36.3 from time to time.
37. Conflict with other Agreements
If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall prevail (as between the Parties and as between any members of the Seller Group and any members of the Purchaser Group) unless: (i) such other agreement expressly states that it overrides this Agreement in the relevant respect; and (ii) the Seller and the Purchaser are either also parties to that other agreement or otherwise expressly agree in writing that such other agreement shall override this Agreement in that respect.
38.1 This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents together set out the whole agreement between the Parties and their respective Affiliates in respect of the sale and purchase of the Shares, the transfer of the Business to the Target Companies and the Reorganisation and supersede any previous draft, agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether in writing or not, relating to the Proposed Transaction. It is agreed that:
(a) no Party or its respective Affiliates has relied on or shall have any claim or remedy arising under or in connection with any statement, representation, warranty or undertaking made by or on behalf of any other Party (or its respective Connected Persons) in relation to the Proposed Transaction that is not expressly set out in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;
(b) any terms or conditions implied by law in any jurisdiction in relation to the Proposed Transaction are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law or, if incapable of exclusion, any right or remedies in relation to them are irrevocably waived;
(c) the only right or remedy of a Party or its respective Affiliates in relation to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or the Reorganisation, shall be for breach of this Agreement or the relevant Transaction Document ; and
(d) except for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, no Party or its respective Affiliates (or any of their Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other Party or its respective Affiliates (or any of their Connected Persons) in relation to the Proposed Transaction.
LON51529424 |
Page 78 |
38.2 Nothing in this clause 38 shall limit any liability for (or remedy in respect of) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.
38.3 Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 38 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. For the purpose of this clause, Connected Persons means (in relation to a Party) the officers, employees, agents and advisers of that Party or any of its Affiliates.
39. Waivers, Rights and Remedies
Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no failure or delay by any Party or any of its Affiliates in exercising any right or remedy relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents shall affect or operate as a waiver or variation of that right or remedy or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time. No single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise of it or the exercise of any other remedy.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each Party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.
No amendment of this Agreement (or of any other Transaction Document) shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all of the Parties (or in the case of the other Transaction Documents, the parties to the relevant document).
Each of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is severable. If any such provision is held to be or becomes invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction, the Parties (and, in case of the other Transaction Documents, the parties to the relevant document) shall use all reasonable efforts to replace it with a valid and enforceable substitute provision the effect of which is as close to its intended effect as possible.
43. Third Party Enforcement Rights
43.1 The individuals, entities, Representatives and Connected Persons specified in clauses 17.5, 17.6 and 38 shall each have the right to enforce the relevant terms of those respective clauses by reason of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. This right is subject to (i) the rights of the Parties to amend or vary this Agreement without the consent of any such persons, and (ii) the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.
43.2 Except as provided in clause 43.1, a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.
44. Governing Law and Jurisdiction
LON51529424 |
Page 79 |
44.1 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, English law.
44.2 Without prejudice to paragraphs 5 to 8 (inclusive) of Part C of Schedule 11, any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this clause 44.
44.3 The tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The parties to the Dispute shall each nominate one arbitrator, provided that where there are multiple claimants or multiple respondents, the multiple claimants jointly and the multiple respondents jointly shall nominate an arbitrator. The third arbitrator, who shall be the presiding arbitrator on the tribunal, shall be nominated by agreement of the parties to the Dispute or, if the parties fail to agree on a nomination within 20 Business Days of the nomination date of the second arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be selected and appointed by the ICC Court .
44.4 The seat, or legal place, of the arbitration shall be London.
44.5 The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English.
44.6 The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards rendered in the arbitration proceedings, all materials in the arbitration created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings that are not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure is required pursuant to a legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right, or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a state court or other legal authority.
44.7 The tribunal shall seek to resolve any Dispute referred to it as expeditiously as possible, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense, and to that end it shall have the power to dismiss any claim or defence raised in the proceedings by way of a summary procedure if satisfied that the claim or defence is: (a) manifestly outside its jurisdiction; or (b) manifestly without any legal merit. Any such dismissal shall be set out in a reasoned award, and the tribunal shall first give the claimant and respondent parties an opportunity to make written and oral submissions on the relevant substantive issues.
44.8 Notwithstanding the parties’ arbitration agreement in this clause 44, if any party applies to any competent court for the commencement of winding up, administration or other insolvency proceedings in respect of any other party on the basis of an alleged debt claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, that court shall have jurisdiction to make a ruling pertaining to the merits of the debt claim if and to the extent required under applicable law in order for the court to determine such application, and the parties shall not argue to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the making of such an application to court shall not constitute a breach of the parties’ arbitration agreement.
44.9 Nothing in this clause 44 shall prevent any party from seeking interim relief from any competent court in support of the arbitration proceedings at any time, whether before or after the constitution of the tribunal.
LON51529424 |
Page 80 |
44.10 The Seller shall at all times maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents in proceedings in England and Wales or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement. Such agent shall be ABB Limited of Daresbury Park, Daresbury, Warrington, Cheshire WA4 4BT, England (company number 3780764) and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on the Seller if delivered to such agent at its address for the time being. The Seller waives any objection to such service. The Seller irrevocably undertakes not to revoke the authority of this agent and if, for any reason, the Purchaser requests the Seller to do so the Seller shall promptly appoint another such agent with an address in England and advise the Seller. If, following such a request, the Seller fails to appoint another agent within five Business Days, the Purchaser shall be entitled to appoint one on behalf of the Seller at the Seller’s expense. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the Purchaser’s right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
44.11 The Purchaser shall at all times maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents in proceedings in England and Wales or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement. As at the date of this Agreement, such agent is Baker & McKenzie LLP of 100 New Bridge Street, London, EC4V 6JA and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on the Purchaser if delivered to such agent at its address for the time being. The Purchaser waives any objection to such service. The Purchaser irrevocably undertakes not to revoke the authority of this agent and if, (i) for any reason, the Seller requests the Purchaser to do so, or (ii) such agent at any time resigns its appointment, the Purchaser shall promptly appoint another such agent with an address in England and advise the Seller. If, following such a request or resignation, the Purchaser fails to appoint another agent within five Business Days, the Seller shall be entitled to appoint one on behalf of the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s expense. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the Seller’s right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law .
LON51529424 |
Page 81 |
Schedule 28
Definitions and Interpretation
1. Definitions . In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:
Accounts Date means 31 December 2017;
Acquired Business has the meaning given to it in clause 28.4(c);
Acquired Competing Business has the meaning given to it in clause 28.4(c);
Affiliate means, in relation to any Party, any subsidiary or parent company of that Party and any subsidiary of any such parent company, in each case from time to time;
Aggregate Delayed Closing Consideration means, the aggregate Delayed Consideration in respect of all Delayed Jurisdictions;
Agreed Form means, in relation to a document, the form of that document which is initialled for the purpose of identification by or on behalf of the Seller and the Purchaser (in each case with such amendments as may be agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Seller and the Purchaser);
Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheet means, in respect of each Ancillary Transaction Document, the term sheet for that Ancillary Transaction Document in Agreed Form;
Ancillary Transaction Documents means:
(a) the Transitional Services Agreement;
(b) the Mutual Supply Agreement;
(c) the R&D Cooperation Agreement;
(d) the IP Licence Agreement;
(e) the Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;
(f) the Marketing Support Agreement;
(g) the Liaison Service Agreement; and
(h) the Software Agreement,
provided that to the extent any Ancillary Transaction Document has not been entered into by the Closing Date, any reference in this Agreement to such Ancillary Transaction Document (excluded in clause 12.3) shall be deemed to be a reference to the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document Term Sheet until such time as the relevant Ancillary Transaction Document has been entered into;
Anti-Bribery Laws means, in each case to the extent that they are applicable to the Seller Group (as the case may be): (i) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; (ii) the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010; (iii) any applicable law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed on 17 December 1997; and (iv) any other applicable law, rule or regulation of similar purpose and scope in any jurisdiction, including books and records offences relating directly or indirectly to a bribe;
LON51529424 |
Page 246 |
Antitrust Clearances means those Clearances required pursuant to Antitrust Laws set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 20;
Antitrust Investigations has the meaning given in clause 21.1(b);
Antitrust Laws means the HSR Act and any other equivalent laws applicable to the Purchaser and the Seller under any applicable jurisdiction that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade;
Antitrust Matters has the meaning given in clause 21.1(b);
Appeal has the meaning given in clause 19.1;
Asbestos means all or any of the following naturally occurring minerals: crocidolite, amosite, chrysotile, fibrous actinolite, fibrous anthophyllite or fibrous tremolite or any mixture containing any of those minerals;
Asbestos Laws means all international, European Union, national, state, federal, regional or local laws (including common law, statute law, civil, criminal and administrative law), together with all subordinate legislation, which are in force at the date of this Agreement, relating to Asbestos;
Asbestos Product Claims means the legal proceedings described in Schedule 23;
Asbestos Remediation Works means any works that are required under Asbestos Laws to manage, remove or minimise the risk to human health and safety associated with Asbestos (including removal or encapsulation) and any sampling or monitoring in connection with those works;
Assumed Liabilities means all Business Liabilities, all Assumed Pension and Employment
Liabilities and all Liabilities relating to the Properties, in each case excluding the Excluded Liabilities;
Assumed Pension and Employment Liabilities means (i) any Liabilities assumed by the Target Companies or a member of the Purchaser Group as contemplated by clause 8; and (ii) any Liabilities under or in respect of Pension Arrangements which are assumed by the Target Companies as contemplated in clause 9;
Automatic Transferring Employees has the meaning given in clause 8.2;
Business means the development, engineering, manufacturing and sale of products, systems and projects that relate to the businesses of: (a) power grid automation, (b) power grid integration, (c) high voltage products, and (d) transformers, in each case carried on by the Seller Group. The
Business comprises the Business Assets and the Assumed Liabilities, but excludes the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Liabilities;
Business Accounts Receivable means all Trade Debts due or payable to the Seller Group relating exclusively or predominantly to the Business (inclusive of (i) any interest payable on, and (ii) the benefit of all securities, guarantees, indemnities and rights relating to, those amounts);
Business Assets means all the property, undertaking, rights and assets of the Seller Group relating exclusively or predominantly to the Business, including any assets falling into the categories of assets set out in Part A of Schedule 2, but excluding the Excluded Assets;
LON51529424 |
Page 247 |
Business Claims means the benefit of all rights, claims, causes of action and other receivables arising exclusively or predominantly from the carrying on of the Business by the Seller Group (whenever arising and including in respect of insurance), but excluding rights, claims, causes of action and other receivables to the extent that they relate to any of the Excluded Liabilities;
Business Contracts means all contracts, engagements, licences, guarantees and other commitments that relate exclusively or predominantly to the Business entered into by or on behalf of, or the benefit of which is held on trust for or has been assigned to, a member of the Seller Group prior to Closing, (but excluding agreements, leases or other documents recording or creating rights of ownership or occupation of Properties and excluding the Shared Contracts);
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday in England and Wales on which banks are open in Zurich, Tokyo, New York and London for general commercial business;
Business Employees has the meaning given to it in clause 8.8;
Business Goodwill means the goodwill relating to the Business, together with the exclusive right for the Target Companies to represent themselves as carrying on the Business in succession to the Seller Group;
Business Information means all information (whether in hard copy or computer format) in respect of which the Seller Group has a right to transfer possession to a Target Company to the extent that such information relates exclusively or predominantly to the Business;
Business IP means the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Seller (or a member of the Seller Group) and which are used by the Seller Group exclusively or predominantly in relation to the Business or which relate exclusively or predominately to the Business, including all intellectual Property Rights owned by the Seller (or a member of the Seller Group) in (i) the trade marks listed in the Data Room at document reference 8.2.1, and (ii) the patents and patent applications against which “Topaz” is identified in the “Ownership categorization” column of document references 8.1.5.6 and 8.1.5.8 of the Data Room (in the case of each of (i) and (ii), save to the extent that those rights lapse in the ordinary course of Business), but excluding the patents and patent applications against which “Sapphire” is identified in the “Ownership categorization” column of document references 8.1.5.6 and 8.1.5.8 of the Data Room;
Business IP Licence has the meaning given in clause 10.3 of Part A of Schedule 5;
Business IT Equipment means personal computers, computer assets, servers, printers, photocopiers, telephone systems, routers and other telecommunications equipment, including telephones and iPads, relating exclusively or predominantly to the Business;
Business Liabilities means all Liabilities of the Seller Group (including trade creditors) to the extent arising exclusively or predominantly from the Business and/or the Business Assets (excluding any Liabilities relating to any of the Properties already excluded from Assumed Liabilities), including all Liabilities arising under any of the
LON51529424 |
Page 248 |
Business Contracts or the Relevant Part of any Shared Contract and all Environmental Liabilities, and Business Liability means any one of them;
Business Loose Plant and Equipment means all the loose plant, machinery, equipment, tooling, furniture, furnishings, office equipment and vehicles of the Seller Group (not being business fixtures and fittings) used exclusively or predominantly for the purposes of the Business;
Business Prepayments means all amounts paid in respect of future costs (whether by deposit, prepayment or otherwise) by or on behalf of the Seller Group relating exclusively or predominantly to the Business;
Business Seller Local Accounts has the meaning given in clause 1 of Part C of Schedule 3;
Business Stock means all the raw materials, inventory, components, spare parts, stocks, work-in-progress and semi-finished and finished goods of the Seller Group relating exclusively or predominantly to the Business;
CAPEX Budget means the capital expenditure budget included at document reference 5.5.15 in the Data Room, or, in respect of any future calendar year not covered by such budget, a capital expenditure budget of the Power Grids division of the Seller Group (as prepared and approved by the Seller Group in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice) relating to the relevant calendar year;
Carve-out Adjustments means the matters described in Schedule 16;
Cash means cash (in hand or credited to any account with any banking, financial, acceptance credit, lending or other similar institution or organisation, with a maturity of up to 3 months, but excluding any bank acceptance drafts) and (without double counting) any other item required to be included in Cash pursuant to Part B of Schedule 11, including all interest accrued thereon (but excluding all amounts/items included in the calculation of the Closing Working Capital), provided that Cash shall not include any Trapped Cash or Restricted Cash;
CFIUS Condition has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 20;
Claim means any claim for breach of the Seller Warranties or any claim under Part B or Part C of Schedule 8;
Clearances means any consent, approval, authorisation, clearance, confirmation, or licence, and Clearance shall mean any one of them;
Closing means completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
Closing Cash means the aggregate of:
(a) each Target Company’s Cash as at the Effective Time;
(b) each Delayed Target Company’s Cash as at the Effective Time;
(c) the Closing Statement Tax Assets Value; and
(d) current corporate income Tax receivables,
LON51529424 |
Page 249 |
in each case calculated and prepared in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part A of Schedule 11 (or, in the case of the Closing Statement Tax Assets Value, in accordance with Part I of Schedule 8);
Closing Current Receivables means the aggregate of:
(a) each Target Company’s Working Capital Receivables as at the Effective Time;
(b) each Delayed Target Company’s Working Capital Receivables as at the Effective Time; and
(c) all Working Capital Receivables of the Seller Group (excluding the Target Companies and the Delayed Target Companies) as at the Effective Time to the extent that they are a Business Asset;
Closing Date means the date on which Closing occurs; Closing Debt means the aggregate of:
(a) each Target Company’s Debt as at the Effective Time;
(b) each Delayed Target Company’s Debt as at the Effective Time;
(c) all Debt of the Seller Group (other than any Delayed Target Company) as at the Effective Time to the extent an Assumed Liability; and
(d) all Seller Group Debt as at the Effective Time,
in each case calculated and prepared in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part A of Schedule 11;
Closing Liabilities means the aggregate of:
(a) each Target Company’s Working Capital Liabilities as at the Effective Time;
(b) each Delayed Target Company’s Working Capital Liabilities as at the Effective Time; and
(c) all Working Capital Liabilities of the Seller Group (excluding the Target Companies and the Delayed Target Companies) as at the Effective Time to the extent that they are an Assumed Liability;
Closing Payment has the meaning given to it in clause 2.2;
Closing Statement means the statement in the form of Part A of Schedule 13 setting out Closing Cash, Closing Debt and Closing Working Capital and Pension Liability (if applicable), prepared in accordance with Part A of Schedule 11.
Closing Statement Notice has the meaning given in Part C of Schedule 11;
Closing Statement Tax Assets Value has the meaning given in Part I of Schedule 8;
Closing Transferred Employees means the Transferred Employees other than the Delayed Employees;
Closing Working Capital means the aggregate amount of the Closing Current Receivables minus the aggregate amount of the Closing Liabilities, in each case calculated and prepared in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part A of Schedule 11;
LON51529424 |
Page 250 |
Company means ABB Management Holding AG or such other entity as agreed between the Seller and the Purchaser in writing;
Competing Business has the meaning given in clause 28.1(a);
Completion Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter from the Seller to the Purchaser executed and delivered immediately before Closing, setting out certain facts, matters, events or circumstances relating to the Repeated Warranties (other than the Fundamental Warranties), as repeated immediately before Closing;
Conditions means the conditions to Closing set out in clause 3, and Condition means any of them;
Confidential Information has the meaning given in clause 32.1;
Connected Persons has the meaning given in clause 38.3;
Consideration Amount has the meaning given in clause 5.5(d);
Constitutional Documents means with respect to an entity its memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or equivalent constitutional documents;
Contaminated Sites means the sites details of which are set out in Schedule 18;
Contamination Claims has the meaning given in clause 21.2(d);
Corporate Brand Licence Agreement means the corporate brand licence agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
Costs means losses, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs (including reasonable legal costs) and expenses (including Taxation), in each case of any nature whatsoever;
Crystal Springs Insurance Claim means the legal claim currently proceeding in the Circuit Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi, United States, with Case No.
251-07-549-CIV;
Crystal Springs Insurance Claim Counterclaim means the counterclaim issued by the defendants to the Crystal Springs Insurance Claim against the plaintiffs bringing that claim, in the Circuit Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi, United States, with Case No. 251-07-549-CIV;
Data Protection Laws means the following legislation relating to data protection and privacy to the extent applicable to the Business: (a) the General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679) (the GDPR ); (b) the Data Protection Act 2018; (c) the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003 and all other national laws implementing the Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications (2002/58/EC) and (c) any other data protection laws, regulations, or regulatory requirements, and guidelines and codes of practice having force of law, applicable to the processing of Personal Data;
Data Room means the "Documents" tab of the data room hosted by Merrill Corporation, titled "Jewel 2018" and comprising the documents relating to the Business and the Target Companies made available by the Seller as at 23:59 (UK time) on 14 December 2018 and as listed on the data room index in the Agreed Form;
LON51529424 |
Page 251 |
DC Escrow Account means an interest-bearing deposit account to be opened on Closing in the joint names of the Seller and the Purchaser with the DC Escrow Agent into which the Aggregate Delayed Closing Consideration shall be paid;
DC Escrow Agent means a reputable international bank agreed between the Parties, and any successor thereto under the DC Escrow Agreement;
DC Escrow Agreement means the agreement to be agreed and entered into between the DC Escrow Agent, the Purchaser and the Seller, prior to the Closing Date reflecting the terms of Part A of Schedule 19;
DC Escrow Amount means the Aggregate Delayed Closing Consideration (or so much thereof as remains subject to the provisions of the Escrow Agreement from time to time) together with any interest or other amounts earned or accruing thereon;
Debt means (i) Financial Debt (together with any interest accrued thereon) owed to any third party, (ii) accrued current corporate income Tax liabilities, and (iii) any items required to be included in Debt pursuant to Part B of Schedule 11, but in all cases excluding all amounts/items included in the calculation of the Closing Working Capital or the Pension Liability;
Default Interest means interest at LIBOR plus four per cent.;
Delayed Business Interests has the meaning given in clause 5.5(a);
Delayed Closing has the meaning given in clause 5.5(e);
Delayed Closing Condition has the meaning given in clause 5.5(f);
Delayed Closing Date has the meaning given in clause 5.5(e);
Delayed Closing Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter from the Seller to the Purchaser executed and delivered immediately before any Delayed Closing, setting out certain facts, matters, events or circumstances relating to the Repeated Warranties (other than the Fundamental Warranties) as repeated immediately before the relevant Delayed Closing;
Delayed Closing Long-Stop Date has the meaning given in clause 5.5(a);
Delayed Closing Pension Liabilities means (subject to clause 9.29(a)) the total of:
(a) 82% of the net liabilities (being such liabilities minus any assets relating to those benefits and which are anticipated to transfer with them) in respect of Pension Benefits which are expected to transfer to or remain with the Target Companies after the Closing Date in respect of the Delayed Business Interests and Delayed Target Companies; and
(b) 82% of the net liabilities (being such liabilities minus any assets relating to those benefits and which are anticipated to transfer with them) in respect of benefits other than Pension Benefits which are expected to transfer to or remain with the Target Companies after the Closing Date in respect of the Delayed Business Interests and Delayed Target Companies, including but not limited to long service award plans and multi-employer defined benefit plans,
LON51529424 |
Page 252 |
in both cases as determined in accordance with clauses 9.19 to 9.27 on the basis of the Seller Actuarial Basis, adjusted to reflect market conditions as at the Closing Date.
Where the net liability value of an individual pension arrangement for these purposes is negative, the value of that individual arrangement for the purposes of this definition shall be treated as being zero. The Parties acknowledge that the 18 per cent. reduction herein has been made in full and final settlement of the Relief expected by the Parties to arise as a result of such net liabilities;
Delayed Consideration means an amount in U.S. dollars equal to the Estimated Price multiplied by the relevant percentage indicated in Part A of Schedule 24 under the column titled "Delayed Consideration Proportion" in respect of any Delayed Jurisdiction;
Delayed Employees means (i) the Target Company Employees who immediately prior to the Closing Date work in the Delayed Target Companies, (ii) the Business Employees who immediately prior to the Closing Date work in any of the Delayed Business Interests, and (iii) any employees who are appointed to their position (whether by internal or external hire) in a Delayed Target Company or a relevant member of the Seller Group on or after the Closing Date to work wholly or substantially in the Business, and in each case for so long as they are not assigned to work other than wholly or substantially in the Business;
Delayed Jurisdiction means any jurisdiction in which, at Closing, the Reorganisation has not been completed in all material respects in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Agreements and the Reorganisation Principles (in the sole opinion of the Seller acting reasonably and in good faith);
Delayed Target Company means any entity that, pursuant to this Agreement, the Reorganisation and/or the Reorganisation Steps Plan, is intended to be or become a Target Company and that will own and operate (itself or through its subsidiaries) a part of the Business, but that (on account of the relevant elements of the Reorganisation Steps Plan not having been completed prior to or on Closing) has not become a Subsidiary at the Closing Date;
DINABB has the meaning given in clause 5.9;
DINABB Open Offer has the meaning given in clause 5.9;
DINABB Public Shareholders has the meaning given in clause 5.9;
Disclosed means fairly disclosed (with sufficient detail to identify to the Purchaser the nature and scope of the matter disclosed) pursuant to the Disclosed Information;
Disclosed Information means the Disclosure Letter, this Agreement, the Data Room, and in respect of the Repeated Warranties (excluding the Fundamental Warranties) as given pursuant to clause 17.2 only, the Completion Disclosure Letter and any Delayed Closing Disclosure Letter;
Disclosed Matter Tax Claim means any Tax Claim in respect of or in relation to any matter specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Letter against any of the Tax Warranties or any matter that is a contingent liability in note 38 to the financial
LON51529424 |
Page 253 |
statements in the Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2017 for ABB India Limited;
Disclosure Letter means the letter from the Seller to the Purchaser executed and delivered immediately before the signing of this Agreement;
Dispute means a dispute arising between the parties out of or in connection with the Reorganisation, the Reorganisation Agreements or this Agreement, including disputes arising out of or in connection with:
(a) the creation, validity, effect, interpretation, performance or non-performance of, termination, or the legal relationships established by, the Reorganisation, the Reorganisation Agreements or this Agreement;
(b) claims for set-off and counterclaims; and
(c) any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with the Reorganisation, the Reorganisation Agreements or this Agreement;
Division Accounts means the financial results for the Power Grids division of the Seller Group for the year ended 31 December 2017 as set out in the Data Room at document reference 16.110.1;
Division Accounts Balance Sheet means the assets and liabilities positions for the Power Grids division of the Seller Group as at year ended 31 December 2017 as set out in the Data Room at document reference 16.110.2;
Effective Time means immediately prior to Closing on the Closing Date;
Employees means the Target Company Employees and the Business Employees and any other employees of the Seller Group that the Seller and the Purchaser have agreed in writing shall be Employees but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Retained Employees;
Employee Taxes means payroll taxes or employee national insurance or employee social security contributions;
Employee Transfer Date means the date on or before the Closing Date on which an Employee is or becomes employed by a Target Company as a consequence of the Reorganisation whether by offer and acceptance or by any relevant Transfer Regulations in accordance with clause 8;
Employer Taxes means employer national insurance or employer social security contributions;
Engaged Law Firm has the meaning given in clause 20.3(b);
Environment means all organisms (including man) and all or any of the following media, namely air (including the air within buildings or other natural or man-made structures above or below ground), water (including surface or ground water) or land;
Environmental Consents means any material permit, licence, authorisation or consent required under or in relation to Environmental Laws relating to the carrying on of the Business;
Environmental Indemnities means any and each of the indemnities given by the Seller under clause 21.1(e);
LON51529424 |
Page 254 |
Environmental Laws means all international, European Union, national, state, federal, regional or local laws (including common law, statute law, civil, criminal and administrative law), together with all subordinate legislation, which are in force at the date of this Agreement, relating to Environmental Matters;
Environmental Liabilities means all Liabilities and Costs directly or indirectly relating to, arising under or resulting from:
(a) any failure by any member of the Seller Group to comply with Environmental Laws in relation to the Business and/or the terms of Environmental Consents; and
(b) the occurrence or existence of any Environmental Matters arising from or relating to the state or condition of the Properties and/or any acts or omissions committed thereon,
at any time prior to or at Closing or Delayed Closing (as the case may be);
Environmental Matters means all matters relating to the pollution of, or harm to or protection of the Environment;
Environmental Requirement means:
(a) a notice, judgment, order or other requirement:
(i) issued by any Governmental Entity under Environmental Law against the relevant member of the Purchaser Group; or
(ii) obtained by or for a third party under Environmental Law; or
(b) a claim threatening legal action under Environmental Law from a third party, in relation to which the Business receives advice from external legal counsel that it cannot be said that the relevant third party has no real prospect of succeeding on the claim;
Environmental Warranties means the warranties set out in paragraph 12 of Part A of Schedule 5;
EPC Contract means any contract for construction and/or building works (other than de minimis construction and/or building works in the context of such contract as a whole) entered into by any member of the Seller Group or Linxon in respect of the Business on or prior to the date of this Agreement, whether alone or in partnership, joint venture, consortium or other incorporated or unincorporated grouping and whether completed, in the course of execution or the subject of a tender offer which may be accepted by the relevant counterparty, excluding any installation of a mechanical or electrical nature and substation system integration projects;
EPC Escrow Account means an interest-bearing deposit account to be opened on Closing in the joint names of the Seller and the Purchaser with the EPC Escrow Agent into which the EPC Escrow Amount shall be paid;
EPC Escrow Agent means a reputable international bank agreed between the Parties, and any successor thereto under the EPC Escrow Agreement;
LON51529424 |
Page 255 |
EPC Escrow Agreement means the agreement to be agreed and entered into between the EPC Escrow Agent, the Purchaser and the Seller, prior to the Closing Date reflecting the terms of Part B of Schedule 19;
EPC Escrow Amount means US$300,000,000;
EPC Indemnities means any and each of the indemnities given by the Seller under paragraph 1 of Part A of Schedule 27;
Estimated Cash means the Seller’s reasonable estimate calculated in good faith of what the Closing Cash will be;
Estimated Closing Statement means a written statement by the Seller setting out the Estimated Debt, the Estimated Cash, the Estimated Pension Liability, the Estimated Working Capital and the Aggregate Delayed Closing Consideration in the form of Part A of Schedule 13, including its reasonable workings in respect of the calculation of such amounts (including a mapping guide set out in Part B of Schedule 13);
Estimated Debt means the Seller’s reasonable estimate calculated in good faith of what the Closing Debt will be;
Estimated Pension Liability means (subject to clause 9.29(a)) the Seller’s reasonable estimate calculated in good faith of what the Pension Liability will be as at the Effective Time;
Estimated Price has the meaning given in clause 2.2(a);
Estimated Working Capital means the Seller’s reasonable estimate calculated in good faith of what the Closing Working Capital will be;
Estimated Working Capital Adjustment means the amount of the difference between the Estimated Working Capital and the Target Working Capital and, if the Estimated Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital, such amount shall be expressed as a positive number (or, if the Estimated Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital, such amount shall be expressed as a negative number);
Excess Payment means any payment made by the Seller to the Purchaser in respect of an excess amount pursuant to clause 25.4 of the Shareholders’ Agreement and any payment made by the Purchaser to the Seller in accordance with paragraphs 1(c), 1(d), (1)(e)(iii) or 2 of Schedule 9 to the Shareholders’ Agreement;
Exchange Rate means, with respect to a particular currency for a particular day, the spot rate of exchange (the closing mid-point) for that currency into US$ on such date as published in the London edition of the Financial Times first published thereafter or, where no such rate is published in respect of that currency for such date, the rate quoted by Barclays Bank PLC as at the close of business in London on such date;
Excluded Assets means those properties, rights and assets described at Part B of Schedule 2;
Excluded Employees has the meaning given in clause 8.15;
Excluded Employment and Pension Liabilities means (i) any Liabilities retained by the Seller or a member of the Seller Group as contemplated by clause 8; and (ii) any Pension Liabilities other than those which are assumed by the Target Companies as contemplated by clause 9;
LON51529424 |
Page 256 |
Excluded IP Assets means any trade marks, service marks, rights in logos, trade and business names, rights in each of get-up and trade dress and any associated goodwill, rights to sue for passing off and/or for unfair competition and domain names that in each case consist of, include, or that subsist in whole or in part in respect of, the words "ABB", "Ability", "Asea", "Brown" and/or "Boveri";
Excluded Liabilities means the Liabilities described in Part C of Schedule 2;
Existing Claim has the meaning given in clause 21.1(b);
Existing Confidentiality Agreement has the meaning given to it in clause 32.9;
Existing Damages Claim has the meaning given in clause 20.2;
Existing Seller Employees means all of the employees employed by any member of the Seller Group, excluding without limitation the Target Company Employees (other than the Retained Employees) and the Business Employees;
Filing has the meaning given in clause 4.2;
Final Price has the meaning given in clause 2.1;
Financial Debt means borrowings and indebtedness in the nature of borrowing (including by way of acceptance credits, discounting or similar facilities, loan stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, overdrafts or any other similar arrangements the purpose of which is to raise money), obligations under finance, hire purchase agreements, asset or inventory finance or similar arrangements, the fair value of any derivative or hedging arrangements, interest rate swaps (and for the avoidance of doubt any such derivative assets shall reduce Financial Debt), reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, deferred consideration, dividends declared but not paid in each case inclusive of all accrued but unpaid interest and other charges (including prepayment fees, breakage costs, termination, redemption or any other charges or costs which arise on or as a consequence of Closing) and gross of any capitalised debt issue costs or loan arrangement fees;
Finland New Pension Plan has the meaning given in clause 9.31;
Finland Pension Objective has the meaning given in clause 9.31;
Finnish Pension Arrangement means the ABB Compulsory TEL Foundation and the ABB Voluntary Foundation;
FIR Clearances means those Clearances required pursuant to FIR Laws set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 20 as amended from time to time by the Seller and Purchaser in accordance with that Schedule;
FIR Laws means any laws applicable to the Purchaser or the Seller under any applicable jurisdiction that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions by foreigners to acquire interests in domestic equities, securities, entities, assets, land or interests;
Firm has the meaning given in Part C of Schedule 11;
Former Business Employees means all of the employees employed by the Target Companies or Seller Group who were: (i) working wholly or substantially in the Business, and for these purposes "wholly or substantially" means that such employees
LON51529424 |
Page 257 |
spent 50 per cent. or more of their working time in the Business; and/or (ii) were necessary for the proper functioning of the Business, in each case as determined by the Seller acting reasonably, whose employment terminates on or before the Closing Date, or the Delayed Closing Date, as the case may be;
Former Employees means an employee, director or consultant of the Business whose employment or engagement terminates on or before the Closing Date;
Former Non-Business Employees means all of the former employees employed by any member of the Seller Group or any Target Company, excluding without limitation any Former Business Employees;
France Assumed Liabilities means the Assumed Liabilities to the extent they relate to the France Business;
France Business means any part of the Business carried out in France or owned by an entity incorporated in France;
France Closing means completion of the sale and purchase of the France Business;
France Employees means the Employees employed in France immediately prior to the France Closing;
France Option Agreement means the put option agreement in respect of the France Business dated the same date as this Agreement;
France Put Option Exercise has the meaning set forth in the France Option Agreement; Fundamental Warranties means the Seller Warranties set out in Part B of Schedule 5;
Funded in relation to any Retained Seller Pension Plan means that assets are accumulated under or in respect of that arrangement before the corresponding benefits start being paid. For the purposes of this definition, assets shall mean assets which are separate from those of the employer and shall exclude any accounting or internal balance sheet provision;
FY17 Revenue means the relevant proportion of the revenue attributed to the Business for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 as set out in column 4 of the table at Part B of Schedule 24;
Governmental Entity means any supra-national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, instrumentality, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof and including, for the avoidance of doubt, any environmental authority) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, importing, competition, merger control or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;
HR Indemnity has the meaning given in clause 8.42;
HVDC means high voltage direct current;
HVDC Converter Station EPC Projects has the meaning given in Part B of Schedule 27;
ICC means the International Chamber of Commerce;
LON51529424 |
Page 258 |
ICC Court means the ICC International Court of Arbitration;
IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards;
Inactive Non-Automatic Transferring Employees means a Non-Automatic Transferring Employee who is not actively at work and is on an approved or statutory leave of absence;
Inactive Sites means those Properties at:
(a) Cleaboy Road Tycor, Waterford, County Waterford, Ireland;
(b) 2401 Dixie Road, L4Y 2A2 Mississauga, Ontario, Canada;
(c) 1921 Huron Street, N5V5A5 London, Ontario, Canada;
(d) An der Bremecke 1, Brilon, Nordrhein-Westfalen, Germany;
(e) Am Schlangenhorst 7-8, Nauen, Brandenburg, Germany;
(f) 4350 Semple Avenue, 63120-2241 Saint Louis, Missouri, USA;
(g) 1 Gul Crescent, 629517 Singapore; and
(h) any other Property designated as an Inactive Site pursuant to Part D of Schedule 3;
Independent Adjudicator has the meaning given in clause 9.27;
Initial Price has the meaning given in clause 2.1;
In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan means a Retained Seller Pension Plan:
(a) that is subject to a requirement of applicable law to transfer the Past Service Benefits of any Employee to a Target Company Pension Arrangement by reason of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or
(b) that is a Specified Retained Seller Pension Plan;
Intellectual Property Rights or IPR means:
(a) patents, utility models, rights in inventions, supplementary protection certificates;
(b) rights in information (including know-how, confidential information and trade secrets) and the right to use, and protect the confidentiality of, confidential information;
(c) trade marks, service marks, rights in logos, trade and business names, rights in each of get-up and trade dress and all associated goodwill, rights to sue for passing off and/or for unfair competition and domain names;
(d) copyright, moral rights and related rights, rights in computer software, database rights, rights in designs, and semiconductor topography rights;
(e) any other intellectual property rights; and
(f) all rights or forms of protection, subsisting now or in the future, having equivalent or similar effect to the rights referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e) above,
LON51529424 |
Page 259 |
in each case: (i) anywhere in the world; (ii) whether unregistered or registered (including all applications, rights to apply and rights to claim priority); and (iii) including all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, extensions, re-examinations and renewals and the right to sue for damages for past and current infringement in respect of any of the same;
Inter-Company Trading Debt means all amounts owed, outstanding or accrued in the ordinary course of trading, including any VAT arising on such amounts, as between any member of the Seller Group and any Target Company as at Closing (or, where relevant, between any member of the Seller Group and any Delayed Target Company, or between any member of the Seller Group and any Target Company as a result of a Delayed Closing of a Delayed Business Interest, in each case as at the relevant Delayed Closing) in respect of inter-company trading activity and the provision of services, facilities and benefits between them, and:
(a) includes, where applicable, amounts owed in respect of salaries or other employee benefits (including payroll Tax thereon but excluding any bonuses and related Taxes), insurance (including health and motor insurance), pension and retirement benefit payments, management training and car rental payments paid or management services provided between them up to Closing (or, where relevant, the relevant Delayed Closing); but
(b) excludes any Seller Group Debt;
International Assignees means the employees of any member of the Seller Group who as at the Employee Transfer Date are posted to another country from their home country and whose employment is governed by international assignment terms;
Investigative Works means inspections, investigations, assessments, audits, sampling or monitoring;
IP Licence Agreement means the intellectual property licence agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
IT Contract means any third party contract under which an IT System is licensed, leased, supplied maintained or supported;
IT Systems means the material information and communications technologies used exclusively or predominantly by the Business;
Joint Ventures means the entities listed in column C of Schedule 12;
JV Interests means the equity interests in the Joint Ventures held by the Seller Group and/or the Target Companies as set out in column D of Schedule 12;
Key Managers means (i) Achim Braun; (ii) Anders Sjoelin; (iii) Andrew Bright; (iv) Bruno Melles; (v) Claudio Facchin; (vi) Gerhard Salge; (vii) Harmeet Bawa; (viii) Ismo Haka; (ix) JinQuan Zhang; (x) Laurent Favre; (xi) Ludger Althoff; (xii) Markus Heimbach; (xiii) Massimo Danieli; (xiv) Matteo Marini; (xv) Mauricio Quintana; (xvi) Nuguri Venu; (xvii) Noaman Amjad; (xviii) Patrick Fragman; (xix) Roland Sladek;
Late Pension Transfer has the meaning given in clause 9.14(b);
LON51529424 |
Page 260 |
Leakage Tax Claim means a Tax Claim under paragraph 1 of Part B of Schedule 8 for any Tax paid or required to be paid as a result of any Leakage (for which the Seller is liable under paragraph 6 of Part C of Schedule 3 and which is set out in a valid notification to the Seller pursuant to paragraph 8 of Part C of Schedule 3);
Legacy EPC Projects means (a) the Substation EPC Projects and (b) the Legacy Linxon EPC Projects;
Legacy Linxon EPC Projects means the EPC Contracts entered into by Linxon on or prior to the date of this Agreement and the Linxon EPC Projects;
Liabilities means all liabilities, duties and obligations of every description, whether deriving from contract, common law, statute or otherwise, whether present or future, actual or contingent or ascertained or unascertained and whether owed or incurred severally or jointly or as principal or surety;
Liaison Service Agreement means the liaison service agreement to be entered into by the Seller, the Company and the Purchaser, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
LIBOR means the London interbank offered rate per annum for deposits in US$ for a period of one month which is displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters) as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the date on which payment of the relevant sum under this Agreement was due but not paid;
Linxon means Linxon Pvt Ltd;
Linxon EPC Projects has the meaning given in Part B of Schedule 27;
Listed Leases has the meaning given to it in paragraph 11.4 of Part A of Schedule 5;
Listed Properties means those Properties as set out in document 12.1 of the Data Room under the heading ’List of Sites and Properties’.
Long Stop Date has the meaning given to it in clause 10.4;
Management Accounts means the financial results and certain current assets and current liabilities positions for the Power Grids division of the Seller Group for each of the quarterly periods from 1 January 2017 to 30 June 2018 inclusive, as set out in the Data Room at reference 16.110.3;
Management Awareness Group means Ulf Hoof, Natascia Rubinic, Michel Roubert and Robin Cotton;
Marketing Support Agreement means the marketing support agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
Material Contract means any contract or agreement with a member of the Seller Group:
(a) in relation to the Business that:
(i) is a partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement or arrangement, including in respect of the Joint Ventures;
LON51529424 |
Page 261 |
(ii) contains a legal obligation of a member of the Seller Group (with respect to the Business), or a Target Company to purchase goods, products or services from a supplier of the Business that (i) is currently in effect and (ii) has resulted in purchases from such supplier in an aggregate amount that exceeded $35,000,000 in the 2017 fiscal year with respect to the Business;
(iii) contains covenants limiting the ability of any Target Company or the Business in any material respect to engage in any line of business or to compete with any person;
(iv) is a contract with a Material Customer or Material Supplier or their respective Affiliates; and/or
(b) has in respect of the Business, material outstanding obligations (whether contingent or otherwise) relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business, a material amount of the equity holdings or assets of any other person (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);
Material Customers means the largest 10 customers in each region for each of the power grid automation, power grid integration, high voltage products and transformers businesses by net aggregate orders received by each such business during the period from 1 January 2016 and ending 15 June 2018, as set out in Part A of Schedule 17;
Material Employment Jurisdictions means Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, Germany, India, Italy, Norway, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Russia, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom and the United States;
Material Suppliers means the largest 5 direct and raw materials suppliers for each of the power grid automation, power grid integration, high voltage products and transformers businesses by net aggregate invoice value from the Business (taken as a whole) during the fiscal year ended 31 December 2017 as set out in Part B of Schedule 17;
Minority Joint Ventures means the Joint Ventures in respect of which:
(a) the members of the Seller Group hold in aggregate less than 50% of the equity interests; and
(b) are not consolidated in the audited year-end accounts of the Seller Group for the financial year ended on 31 December 2017;
Multi-employer DB Plan has the meaning given in clause 9.15(b)(ii);
Mutual Supply Agreement means the mutual supply agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
Non-Automatic Transferring Employees has the meaning given in clause 8.3; Non-Core Businesses means:
LON51529424 |
Page 262 |
(a) the sale and execution of offshore wind connection engineering, procurement,
construction projects;
(b) the sale and execution of substations engineering, procurement, construction projects (other than (i) to be carried out by Linxon (ii) the sale and execution of substation system integration projects and (iii) the Substation EPC Projects);
(c) the sale and execution of electrical balance of plant projects; and
(d) the engineering, manufacturing and sale of high-voltage cables;
Non-Core Liabilities means all Liabilities to the extent that they relate to or arise from the Non-Core Businesses;
Non-Tax Claim means a Claim other than a Tax Claim;
Nuclear Business means the Business as related to any nuclear facility; Nuclear Warranties means the set out in paragraph 15 of Part A of Schedule 5;
Ongoing Pensions Costs : means:
(a) reasonable administration costs and expenses (including reasonable third party administration costs and expenses) incurred by a Retained Seller Pension Plan connected with any Transitional Members during the Transitional Period); and
(b) the ongoing employer contributions payable to a Retained Seller Pension Plan in relation to the future service costs of any Transitional Members.
Operating Cash Amount means US$300,000,000;
parent company means any company that in relation to another company (its ’ subsidiary ’):
(a) holds a majority of the voting rights in the subsidiary;
(b) is a member of the subsidiary and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors;
(c) is a member of the subsidiary and controls a majority of the voting rights in it under an agreement with the other members;
(d) has the right to exercise a dominant influence over the subsidiary under the subsidiary’s articles or a contract authorised by them; or
(e) consolidates the financial performance of the subsidiary or whose financial performance is consolidated with that of the subsidiary in the relevant group's year-end accounts (other than in respect of a Delayed Target Company prior to the relevant Delayed Closing),
in each case whether directly or indirectly through one or more companies or other entities;
Past Service Benefits means all Pension Benefits which are prospectively or contingently payable under a Pension Arrangement to or in respect of any Transferring Members in respect of service with any member of the Seller Group or the Target Companies before the Closing Date;
LON51529424 |
Page 263 |
Pension Arrangement means any plan, scheme, arrangement or agreement under which any Pension Benefits are provided;
Pension Arrangement Actions means:
(a) the Stand-alone Pension Plan Transitions;
(b) the Retained Seller Liability Transfers; and
(c) the Target Company Liability Transfers;
Pension Benefits means any defined benefit pension, lump sum, gratuity or similar benefit prospectively or contingently payable on or following retirement, leaving service, invalidity or death and any benefits under any post-retirement health and welfare plans including without limitation post-retirement medical plans;
Pension Liability means (subject to clause 9.29(a)) the total, as at Closing, of:
(a) the Transferring Pension Liabilities;
(b) the Delayed Closing Pension Liabilities; and
(c) 82% of the net liabilities (being such liabilities minus any assets relating to those benefits and which transfer with them) in respect of benefits other than Pension Benefits that entail obligations to Target Companies other than Delayed Target Companies, including but not limited to long service award plans and multi-employer defined benefit plans, as determined in accordance with clauses 9.19 to 9.27 on the basis of the Seller Actuarial Basis adjusted to reflect market conditions as at the Closing Date.
Where the net liability value of an individual pension arrangement for these purposes is negative, the value of that individual arrangement for the purposes of this definition shall be treated as being zero. The Parties acknowledge that the 18 per cent. reduction herein has been made in full and final settlement of the Relief expected by the Parties to arise as a result of such net liabilities;
Permits means all licenses, consents, permissions, permits, authorisations, approvals, registrations, concessions, grants, certificates, exemptions and waivers issued by any Governmental Entity under applicable law;
Permitted Business has the meaning given to it in clause 28.1(b);
Personal Data has the meaning given in Article 4(1) of the GDPR;
Post-Closing Cash Bonus has the meaning given to it in clause 8.28;
Pre-Closing Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement up to Closing or, in the case of a Delayed Business Interest or Delayed Target Company, up to the relevant Delayed Closing;
Pre-Closing Restructurings means the transactions described in the document set out at document reference 16.104 of the Data Room;
Pre-Closing Third Party Assurance has the meaning given in clause 25.1;
Project Board has the meaning given in Part B of Schedule 3;
Project Specific Insurance Policies has the meaning given in paragraph 6 of Part A of Schedule 5;
LON51529424 |
Page 264 |
Properties means the properties which are owned, leased or controlled by a member of the Seller Group or a Target Company and used by the Business, including the Transferring Properties and the Shared Properties;
Proposed Transaction means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, for the avoidance of doubt including the Reorganisation;
Pro Rated Cash Bonuses means an amount equal to the pro-rated cash bonus in respect of each Transferred Employee who participates in any Seller Bonus Plans, such amount to be determined at “target” level and pro-rated on a daily basis to the Closing Date (in respect of the Closing Transferred Employees) or Delayed Closing Date (in respect of the Delayed Employees), as applicable;
Purchaser Closing Condition has the meaning given to it in clause 3(b);
Purchaser Collective Agreement has the meaning given to it in clause 8.21;
Purchaser Condition has the meaning given to it in clause 3(b);
Purchaser Group means the Purchaser and its Affiliates from time to time, which shall include from Closing, the Target Companies (and, from any Delayed Closing, the relevant Delayed Target Company);
Purchaser Local Accounts has the meaning given in clause 1 of Part C of Schedule 3;
Purchaser Obligation means any representation, covenant, warranty or undertaking to indemnify given by the Purchaser to the Seller under this Agreement;
Purchaser Records has the meaning given to it in clause 28.1(a);
Purchaser’s Actuary means an actuary or firm of actuaries nominated by the Purchaser for the purposes of this Agreement;
Purchaser Senior Manager has the meaning given to it in clause 31.2(b);
Purchaser’s Bank Account means the Purchaser’s bank account with such account details as the Purchaser shall notify to the Seller by the date falling no later than 15 Business Days prior to the date of the relevant payment (and/or such other account(s) as the Purchaser and Seller may agree in writing);
Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset has the meaning given in clause 35.7;
Purchaser Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability has the meaning given in clause 35.8;
Purchaser’s Ownership Proportion means 80.1%;
Purchaser Wrong Pocket Asset has the meaning given in clause 35.3;
Purchaser Wrong Pocket Liability has the meaning given in clause 35.4;
R&D Cooperation Agreement means the R&D agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
Reasonable and Prudent Operator means a person exercising that degree of skill, diligence, prudence and foresight which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a skilled and experienced operator in substantial compliance with all applicable
LON51529424 |
Page 265 |
Environmental Law engaged in the same type of undertaking in the same locality and under the same or similar circumstances and conditions as the Business;
Registered Business IP means Business IP which has been or is in the process of being registered with any national or international registry (including all renewals, extensions and applications for registration);
Relevant Part means the part of a Shared Contract that is exclusively or predominantly related to the Business;
Relevant Person means the Purchaser, any member of the Purchaser Group and those entities’ respective directors, employees and agents;
Relevant Proportion means:
(a) in relation to a liability or receipt or saving by a Target Company that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company as at Closing (or in relation to a Delayed Target Company, as at Delayed Closing), the proportion that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the relevant time that such liability is incurred or receipt is received or saving is realised bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company;
(b) in relation to a liability or a receipt or saving by any other Target Company, the percentage of the shares issued by such Target Company that are held (directly or indirectly) by the Company as at Closing (or in relation to a Delayed Target Company, as at Delayed Closing) multiplied by the proportion that the number of registered shares in the capital of the Company held by members of the Purchaser Group at the relevant time that such liability is incurred or receipt is received or saving is realised bears to the total number of registered shares in the capital of the Company; and
(c) in relation to a liability or a receipt by a member of the Purchaser’s Tax Group, 100 per cent.;
Relevant Third Party has the meaning given in clause 9.14(e);
Relevant Transfer Amount has the meaning given to it in clause 9.5;
Relief has the meaning given in Part J of Schedule 8;
Remedial Works means any works (including Investigative Works) undertaken for the purpose of preventing, removing, remedying, cleaning up, abating, containing or ameliorating any contamination of the Environment at the Contaminated Sites or for the purpose of rectifying any failure to comply with Environmental Law;
Remedies means any requirement, condition, understanding, agreement or order to sell, to hold separate or otherwise dispose of, or to conduct, restrict, operate, invest in or otherwise change, or any other structural or conduct relief;
Remedies In-Scope Business has the meaning given in clause 4.4(a);
Reorganisation means the transfer of the Business to the Target Companies as a going concern and the Reverse Carve Out Transactions, in each case in accordance with applicable law and regulation, this Agreement, the Reorganisation Steps Plan, the Reorganisation Principles and the Reorganisation Agreements;
LON51529424 |
Page 266 |
Reorganisation Agreements means the local sale and purchase agreements to be entered into by relevant members of the Seller Group and relevant Target Companies and Delayed Target Companies to implement the Reorganisation;
Reorganisation Condition has the meaning given in clause 3(a);
Reorganisation Costs means all Costs incurred by the Purchaser, the Target Companies, the Delayed Target Companies and Delayed Business Interests and their respective Representatives in connection with the Reorganisation, other than any Costs which are or are on account of Tax;
Reorganisation Principles means the principles pursuant to which the Seller will implement the Reorganisation as set out in Schedule 21;
Reorganisation Steps Plan means the reorganisation steps plan setting out the steps required to implement the Reorganisation at document reference 1.4.4 in the Data Room (as may be amended from time to time in accordance with clause 5.3);
Repeated Warranties means the Seller Warranties set out in paragraphs 3, 4, 5.1, 10.1, 10.2, 13.6 and 15.1, and 12.5 and 12.6 (in so far as they relate to the Shared Properties only), of Part A of Schedule 5 and the Fundamental Warranties;
Representatives means, in relation to a Party or any other person (as applicable), such person’s respective Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers, accountants and consultants of that person and/or of its respective Affiliates;
Restricted ABB Name means any name or mark that is used by the Seller which consists of or includes one or more of the words "ABB", "Asea", "Brown", "Boveri" and/or "Ability";
Restricted Cash means (a) any cash paid or held as a deposit in respect of any Properties or otherwise; and (b) any cash that is or is required to be held as collateral or escrowed funds as a result of law, contract or otherwise;
Restricted Countries means the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China,
Colombia, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Iraq, Jordan, Kenya, Malaysia, Namibia, Pakistan, Russia, Peru, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, Ukraine, Vietnam;
Restructuring Plans means the restructuring plans in respect of the Business prepared or commenced by the Seller prior to the date of this Agreement, including the powerup programme and the white collar programme;
Retained Business Contractors means any independent contractors, apprentices, workers and consultants engaged in a Target Company who are not Business Contractors;
Retained Employees has the meaning given to it in clause 8.9;
Retained Properties means properties held by a company that is (or will on the Closing Date be) a Target Company and exclusively used by the Seller Group (other than for the Business), provided that de minimis use of any such property for the Business shall not affect that property’s treatment as a Retained Property;
Retained Seller Liability Transfers has the meaning given in clause 9.2;
LON51529424 |
Page 267 |
Retained Seller Pension Plan means each Pension Arrangement which is maintained or sponsored by any member of the Seller Group which is not a Stand-alone Pension Plan;
Reverse Carve Out Transaction means the transfer of any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability from any Target Company to members of the Seller Group in accordance with the Reorganisation Steps Plan;
Routine Maintenance means any routine or recurring works required for the maintenance of any plant and equipment used in the operation of the Business in the ordinary course;
SEBI (SAST) Regulations means Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, as amended;
Seller Actuarial Basis means US GAAP assumptions and methodology that are consistent: (i) with those used in preparing the audited financial information of the Seller Group for the year ended 31 December 2017; and (ii) with the accounting policies applied to the preparation of the financial statements of the Seller Group. However, this will be subject to any modifications that may be agreed or determined in respect of any Multi-employer DB Plan in accordance with clauses 9.16 and/or 9.27;
Seller’s Actuary means an actuary or firm of actuaries nominated by the Seller for the purposes of this Agreement;
Seller Bonus Plans means any annual cash bonus plan operated by the Seller Group or the Target Companies for the bonus year as at the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any annual sales incentive plan operated by any Target Company or member of the Seller Group in respect of any Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date or Delayed Closing Date;
Seller Collective Agreement has the meaning given to it in clause 8.20;
Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Asset has the meaning given to it in clause 35.5;
Seller Delayed Wrong Pocket Liability has the meaning given to it in clause 35.6;
Seller Group means the Seller and its Affiliates from time to time, but excluding the Target Companies and, from any Delayed Closing, excluding any Delayed Target Companies that have become Subsidiaries;
Seller Group Accounting Policies means the Seller’s accounting policy manual as applicable as at the time of the relevant financial period for the accounts being prepared;
Seller Group Accounting Policies 2018 means the Seller's accounting policy manual as set out in the Data Room at reference 5.1.4;
Seller Group Debt means all amounts owing (including any associated interest and costs) by any Target Company (or, where relevant, any Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest) to any member of the Seller Group (other than a Delayed Target Company) as at the Effective Time, including the Shareholder Loan and excluding Inter-Company Trading Debt;
LON51529424 |
Page 268 |
Seller Group Insurance Policy has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1 of Schedule 9;
Seller Group Receivables means all amounts owing (including any associated interest and costs) by any member of the Seller Group (excluding any Delayed Target Company) to any Target Company (or, if relevant, Delayed Target Company or Delayed Business Interest), excluding Inter-Company Trading Debt;
Seller Obligation means any representation, covenant, warranty or undertaking to indemnify given by the Seller to the Purchaser under this Agreement;
Seller Payment has the meaning given to it in paragraph 12 of Schedule 6;
Seller Records has the meaning given to it in clause 27.1(b);
Seller’s Bank Account means the Seller’s bank account with such account details as the Seller shall notify to the Purchaser by the date falling no later than 15 Business Days prior to the date of the relevant payment (and/or such other account(s) as the Seller and Purchaser may agree in writing);
Seller Senior Manager has the meaning given to it in clause 31.2(b);
Seller Share Plans means the Management Incentive Programs, Long Term Incentive Plans and the ABB Employee Share Acquisition Plan as set out in folder 3.3 of the Data Room and folders 1.1, 1.5, 1.7 and 5.3 of the "HR Restricted" section of the Data Room;
Seller Warranties means the warranties given pursuant to clause 17.1 and 17.2 and set out in Schedule 5 and Part A of Schedule 8;
Seller Wrong Pocket Asset has the meaning given in clause 35;
Seller Wrong Pocket Liability has the meaning given in clause 35.2;
Settlement has the meaning given in clause 20.4(a)(iii);
Shared Contract means any contract, engagement, licence, guarantee or other commitment which is held by the Seller (or a member of the Seller Group) and relates both:
(a) to the Business or any part of the Business; and
(b) to any other business conducted by the Seller Group;
Shared Properties means those Properties currently used by both the Seller Group (other than for the Business) and the Business, but excluding any Inactive Site;
Shareholder Loan means the amount to be lent by a member or members of the Seller Group to one or more of the Target Companies in accordance with one or more loan agreement(s) to be entered into prior to Closing (together with accrued interest thereon);
Shareholder Loan Amount means the amount outstanding as at the Effective Time which represents principal and interest arising under the Shareholder Loan;
Shareholders’ Agreement means the agreement between the Seller, the Purchaser and the Company in the Agreed Form, to be executed on or about the Closing Date;
Shared Property Separation Agreement has the meaning given in paragraph 2 of Part B of Schedule 14;
LON51529424 |
Page 269 |
Shared Property Solution has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Part B of Schedule 14;
Shares means the shares set out in column 3 of Part A of Schedule 1;
SNC Lavalin means SNC-Lavalin (GB) Limited;
Software Agreement means the software agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
SPA / Reorganisation Claim means a claim (i) brought under this Agreement for breach of this
Agreement or (ii) in respect of the Reorganisation (other than any Tax Claim);
Specific Accounting Treatments has the meaning given in Schedule 11;
Specified Retained Seller Pension Plan means any of the following Pension Arrangements:
(a) Switzerland:
(i) Switzerland Plan 01: PK
(ii) Switzerland Plan 01: EV
(b) Germany:
(i) Germany Plan 01: DEABB
(ii) Germany Plan 06: Deferred Compensation
(c) USA : United States Plan 02: Represented Cash Balance Plan,
provided that, in addition, the Finnish Pension Arrangement and/or the Sweden Pension Plan shall be a Specified Retained Seller Pension Plan, if applicable in accordance with clauses 9.31 and 9.33 respectively.
Stand-alone Financials unaudited financial position and financial results of the Business on a stand-alone basis as at and for the period ended 31 December 2017, as set out in the Data Room at document reference 16.110.5;
Stand-alone Pension Plan means each Pension Arrangement which is as at the date of this Agreement maintained or sponsored by any Target Company;
Stand-alone Pension Plan Transitions has the meaning given in clause 9.1;
Subsidiaries means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company at the Closing Date together with (from any Delayed Closing Date) the Delayed Target Companies which become (directly or indirectly) subsidiaries of the Company from that Delayed Closing Date;
Substation EPC Projects has the meaning given in Part B of Schedule 27;
Surviving Provisions means clauses 30.1 and 30.2 ( Costs ), 31 ( Announcements ), 32 ( Confidentiality ), 33 ( Assignment ), 36 ( Notices ), 37 ( Conflict with other Agreements ), 38 ( Whole Agreement ), 39 ( Waivers, Rights and Remedies ), 41 ( Variations ), 42 ( Invalidity ), 43 ( Third Party Enforcement Rights ), 44 ( Governing Law and Jurisdiction ), Schedule 6 ( Limitations on Liability ) and Schedule 28 ( Definitions and Interpretation );
LON51529424 |
Page 270 |
Sweden Pension Plan means the Sweden Plan 01: ABB AB;
Swiss Pension Arrangements means Pension Arrangements established and maintained in Switzerland and subject to Swiss legal requirements;
Swiss Target Company Pensions Arrangements means Target Company Pension
Arrangements that are Swiss Pension Arrangements;
Target Companies means the Company and the Subsidiaries, and Target Company means any of them;
Target Company Employees means the current employees of the Target Companies from time to time excluding the Retained Employees;
Target Company Pension Arrangement means each Pension Arrangement which is or will be established or maintained or sponsored by any Target Company, or for which any Target Company has any liability, for the purposes of providing Pension Benefits;
Target Company Liability Transfers has the meaning given in clause 9.3;
Target Working Capital means US$900,000,000;
Tax and Taxation have the meanings given in Part J of Schedule 8;
Tax Authority has the meaning given in Part J of Schedule 8;
Tax Claim means a claim for a breach of any of the Tax Warranties or under paragraph 1 of Part B of Schedule 8 or paragraph 1 of Part C of Schedule 8;
Tax Matters means Taxation or any related claims, liabilities or other matters;
Tax Warranties means the warranties given pursuant to clause 17.1 and as set out in Part A of Schedule 8;
Third Party Assurances means all guarantees, indemnities, counter indemnities and letters of comfort of any nature given (i) to a third party by a Target Company or Delayed Target Company or otherwise by the Business in respect of any obligation of a member of the Seller Group; and/or (as the context may require) (ii) to a third party by a member of the Seller Group in respect of any obligation of a Target Company or Delayed Target Company (excluding as contemplated by, and pursuant to, Part A of Schedule 14) or a member of the Seller Group which relates to the Business;
Third Party Claim has the meaning given in clause 19.4;
Third Party Consents means all consents, approvals, clearances, confirmations, licenses or any other actions of any third party (including agreements with any third party and waivers of objection rights of, or lapses of objection periods for, any third party);
Third Party Right means any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or conversion) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention or any other security agreement or arrangement or any agreement to create any of the above;
Trade Debts means amounts owing from third parties in the ordinary course of trading as a result of goods or services supplied;
LON51529424 |
Page 271 |
Transaction Documents means this Agreement, the Disclosure Letter, the Completion Disclosure Letter, any Delayed Closing Disclosure Letter, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Transitional Services Agreement, the Mutual Supply Agreement, the Corporate Brand Licence Agreement, the IP Licence Agreement, the R&D Cooperation Agreement, the Marketing Support Agreement, the Liaison Service Agreement, the Software Agreement and the Reorganisation Agreements;
Transfer Regulations means the relevant national measure by which the employment of a Business Employee automatically transfers to the Target Companies;
Transferred Business Employees means (i) the Business Employees to whom the Target Companies offer employment and who accept such employment and become employed by the Target Companies in accordance with clause 8; and (ii) any Business Employees who transfer to the Target Companies by operation of the Transfer Regulations and do not object to such transfer (to the extent permitted by the Transfer Regulations) in accordance with clause 8; and Transferred Business Employee means any one of them;
Transferred Employees means (i) the Target Company Employees; and (ii) the Transferred Business Employees;
Transferring Member means any Employee who was accruing Pension Benefits under the Sweden Pension Plan, a Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan or an In-scope Retained Seller Pension Plan immediately prior to the earlier of their admission to a Target Company Pension Arrangement and the Closing Date;
Transferring Pension Liabilities means, in any jurisdiction, subject to clause 9.29(a), the total of 82 per cent. of ((A-B) + (C-D)) (and the Parties acknowledge that such 18 per cent. reduction has been made in full and final settlement of the Relief expected by the Parties to arise as a result of this net liability amount) where:
A means the total projected benefit obligations in relation to all the Transferring Standalone Pension Plans as at the Closing Date as determined in accordance with clauses 9.19 to 9.27 on the basis of the Seller Actuarial Basis, adjusted to reflect market conditions as at the Closing Date; and
B means the total fair market value of the underlying assets of all the Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plans as at the Closing Date; plus
C means the total projected benefit obligations in relation to all the Target Company Pension Arrangements as at the Closing Date as determined in accordance with clauses 9.19 to 9.27 on the basis of the Seller Actuarial Basis, adjusted to reflect market conditions as at the Closing Date; and
D means the total fair market value of the underlying assets of all the Target Company Pension Arrangements as at the Closing Date,
provided that where the value of A-B in respect of a Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan or C-D in respect of a Target Company Pension Arrangement is negative, the value of A-B or CD as applicable in respect of that individual arrangement for the purposes of this definition shall be treated as being zero;
Transferring Properties means Properties held by the Seller Group and used exclusively for the Business, provided that de minimis use of any such Property other
LON51529424 |
Page 272 |
than for the Business shall not affect that Property’s treatment as a Transferring Property;
Transferring Stand-alone Pension Plan has the meaning given in clause 9.1;
Transitional Member has the meaning given in clause 9.15;
Transitional Period has the meaning given in clause 9.15;
Transitional Services Agreement means the transitional services agreement to be entered into by a member of the Seller Group and the Company, the term sheet for which is in Agreed Form;
Trapped Cash means any Cash which is in a Restricted Country and which exceeds the Operating Cash Amount allocated to that Restricted Country pursuant to clause 11.2(b);
TSA Employee means those employees of the Seller Group who are not Target Company Employees and who the Seller reasonably intends will provide services pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement;
Unaoil Investigation means any investigation into the activities of Unaoil and its affiliates carried out by the UK Serious Fraud Office, the US Department of Justice and Securities and Exchange Commission, and any equivalent authority elsewhere in the world;
Unconditional Date has the meaning given in clause 10.3;
US GAAP means the generally accepted accounting principles adopted by the United States of America including standards and interpretations issued or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
VAT means value added tax and any similar sales or turnover tax;
Working Capital Adjustment means the amount of the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Target Working Capital, calculated in accordance with Schedule 11, and, if the Closing Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital, such amount shall be expressed as a positive number (or, if the Closing Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital, such amount shall be expressed as a negative number);
Working Capital Liabilities means liabilities including Inter-Company Trading Debt, trade payables, invoices to come (trade), billings in excess of sales, advances from customers, nontrade payables, deferred income, accrued expenses, deferred software revenues, provision for loss orders, provision for warranties, provisions for work due, provisions for penalties, asset retirement obligations, other provisions, other liabilities and other employee related benefits, together with any items required to be included in Working Capital Liabilities pursuant to Part B of Schedule 11 such Working Capital Liabilities being the aggregate of the line items set out as "Working Capital Liabilities" in Part B of Schedule 13 each calculated and prepared in accordance with Part A of Schedule 11, but excluding Debt, Seller Group Debt and the Pension Liability;
Working Capital Receivables means current receivables including trade receivables, bank acceptance drafts, accrued revenues, sales in excess of invoicing, advances to
LON51529424 |
Page 273 |
suppliers, material, work in progress, finished goods, short term loans granted, prepaid expenses, accrued income, other assets current, deferred software costs, together with any items required to be included in Working Capital Receivables pursuant to Part B of Schedule 11 such Working Capital Receivables being the aggregate of the line items set out as "Working Capital Receivables" in Part B of Schedule 13 each calculated and prepared in accordance with Part A of Schedule 11, but excluding Cash, Seller Group Receivables, Restricted Cash and Trapped Cash, the Pension Liability, loans, investment and finance lease receivables; and
Working Hours means 9.30a.m. to 5.30p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt of a notice.
2. Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) references to a person include any individual, firm, body corporate (wherever incorporated), government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association, partnership, works council or employee representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality);
(b) references to a paragraph, clause or Schedule shall refer to those of this Agreement unless stated otherwise;
(c) references to folders and documents in the Data Room shall refer to folders and documents in the “Jewel VDR” section of the Data Room unless stated otherwise;
(d) headings do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement; the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and references to one gender include all genders;
(e) references to any English law legal term or concept shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England and Wales, be construed as references to the term or concept which most nearly corresponds to it in that jurisdiction;
(f) references to applicable law include any applicable regulation, rule, order, decree or directive which has the force of law;
(g) references to the ordinary course of business mean in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in the 12 months prior to the date of this Agreement;
(h) references to US$, $, USD, or US Dollar are references to the lawful currency of the United States of America ;
(i) for the purposes of applying a reference to a monetary sum expressed in US$, an amount in a different currency shall be deemed to be an amount in US$ translated at the Exchange Rate at the relevant date (which, in relation to a Claim, shall be the date of the receipt of notice of that Claim under Schedule 6);
(j) any statement in this Agreement qualified by the expression so far as the Seller is aware or any similar or analogous expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this Agreement, of:
LON51529424 |
Page 274 |
(i) Claudio Facchin;
(ii) Ismo Haka;
(iii) Bruno Melles;
(iv) Massimo Danieli;
(v) Patrick Fragman;
(vi) Gerhard Salge;
(vii) Achim Braun;
(viii) Giandomenico Rivetti;
(ix) Markus Heimbach;
(x) Ulf Hoof;
(xi) Natascia Rubinic;
(xii) Michel Roubert;
(xiii) Sascha Schumacher;
(xiv) Michael Cooke;
(xv) Adrienne Williams;
(xvi) David Onuscheck;
(xvii) Helena Kazamaki;
(xviii) Andrew Halsey;
(xix) Willi Paul;
(xx) Bazmi Hussain; and
(xxi) Bruce Schelkopf,
having made due and careful enquiry of the persons reporting directly to them in the ordinary course of business;
(k) any statement in this Agreement qualified by the expression so far as the Purchaser is aware or any similar or analogous expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this Agreement, of the following persons, having made due and careful enquiry of the persons reporting directly to them in the ordinary course of business:
(i) Mamoru Morita;
(ii) Kohei Kodama;
(iii) Satoshi Sekigawa;
(iv) Kazuyoshi Yamamoto;
(v) Kazuhiko Takahashi;
(vi) Yukiyoshi Yanagisawa;
(vii) Shinya Nakata;
LON51529424 |
Page 275 |
(viii) Atsuyuki Fujii;
(ix) Yoshitaka Komiya;
(x) Chikara Tanaka;
(xi) Takashi Tonooka;
(xii) Shinji Hara;
(xiii) Koji Egawa;
(xiv) Yoshiharu Ishida;
(xv) Akira Kanou;
(xvi) Katsuyuki Uchiyama;
(xvii) Hiroyuki Sera;
(xviii) Kiyoshi Mizuniwa;
(xix) Masaaki Nomoto; and
(xx) Stephen Pierce; and
(l) any phrase introduced by the terms including, include, in particular or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.
3. Enactments . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any express reference to an enactment (which includes any legislation in any jurisdiction) includes references to (i) that enactment as amended, consolidated or re-enacted by or under any other enactment before or after the date of this Agreement; (ii) any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and (iii) any subordinate legislation (including regulations) made (before or after the date of this Agreement) under that enactment, as amended, consolidated or re-enacted as described at (i) or (ii) above, except to the extent that any of the matters referred to in (i) to (iii) occurs after the date of this Agreement and increases or alters the liability of the Seller or the Purchaser under this Agreement.
4. Schedules . The Schedules comprise schedules to this Agreement and form part of this Agreement.
5. Inconsistencies . Where there is any inconsistency between the definitions set out in this Schedule 28 and the definitions set out in any clause or any other Schedule, then, for the purposes of construing such clause or Schedule, the definitions set out in such clause or Schedule shall prevail.
LON51529424 |
Page 276 |
SIGNATURE
This Agreement is signed by duly authorised representatives of the Parties on the date first written above:
SIGNED ) SIGNATURE: /s/ Ulrich Spiesshofer____
)
for and on behalf of )
ABB LTD
) NAME:
_Ulrich
Spiesshofer _____
Chief Executive Officer
) SIGNATURE: /s/ Diane de Saint Victor__
)
)
) NAME: Diane de Saint Victor
General Counsel
[Signature page to the Sale and Purchase Agreement]
SIGNED ) SIGNATURE: /s/ Toshiaki Higashihara __
)
for and on behalf of )
HITACHI, LTD.
) NAME: Toshiaki Higashihara
Representative Executive Officer
President & CEO
[Signature page to the Sale and Purchase Agreement]
|
Exhibit 8.1 |
|
|
|
|
ABB Ltd, Consolidated subsidiaries (excluding dormant subsidiaries) as per December 31, 2018 |
||
Country |
Name |
ABB Interest % |
Algeria |
ABB Algeria SpA Asea Brown Boveri |
99.94 |
Algeria |
ABB Algerie Produits SpA |
69.46 |
Angola |
Asea Brown Boveri Electrica SGPS (Angola) Limitada |
100.00 |
Argentina |
ABB S.A. |
100.00 |
Argentina |
Lineage Power (Argentina) S.R.L. |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Australia Pty Limited |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Enterprise Software Pty Ltd |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Finance (Australia) Pty Limited |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Group Holdings Pty. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Group Investment Management Pty. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Australia |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Australia) Pty Ltd |
100.00 |
Australia |
Ventyx International Pty Ltd |
100.00 |
Austria |
ABB AG |
100.00 |
Austria |
B&R Holding GmbH |
100.00 |
Austria |
B&R Industrial Automation GmbH |
100.00 |
Austria |
Industrial C&S GmbH |
100.00 |
Bahrain |
ABB Technologies W.L.L. |
100.00 |
Bangladesh |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
Belarus |
Asea Brown Boveri LLC |
100.00 |
Belgium |
ABB N.V. |
100.00 |
Belgium |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Belgium) BVBA |
100.00 |
Belgium |
Thomas & Betts European Centre S.A. |
100.00 |
Belgium |
Intrimmo BVBA |
100.00 |
Belgium |
Intrion NV |
100.00 |
Belgium |
Presize NV |
100.00 |
Bolivia, Plurinational State of |
Asea Brown Boveri Ltda. |
99.99 |
Botswana |
ABB (Pty) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Brazil |
ABB Ltda. |
100.00 |
Brazil |
B&R Automação Industrial Ltda. |
100.00 |
Brazil |
ABB Industrial Connections and Solutions Produtos, Equipamentos e Servicos para Eletrificacao Ltda. |
100.00 |
Bulgaria |
ABB Bulgaria EOOD |
100.00 |
Cameroon |
Asea Brown Boveri S.A. |
99.99 |
Canada |
1924116 Alberta ULC |
100.00 |
Canada |
ABB Canada Holding Limited Partnership |
100.00 |
Canada |
ABB Inc. |
100.00 |
Canada |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Canada) Inc. |
100.00 |
Canada |
ABB Motors & Mechanical (Canada) Inc. |
100.00 |
Canada |
B&R Industrial Automation Inc. |
100.00 |
Canada |
ABB Installation Products Ltd. |
100.00 |
Chile |
ABB S.A. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB (China) Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Bailey Beijing Engineering Co. Ltd. |
51.00 |
China |
ABB Beijing Drive Systems Co. Ltd. |
90.00 |
China |
ABB Chongqing Transformer Company Ltd. |
62.20 |
China |
ABB DATONG Traction Transformers Co., Ltd. |
50.00 |
China |
ABB Electrical Machines Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Engineering (Shanghai) Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Generators Ltd. |
85.30 |
China |
ABB Genway Xiamen Electrical Equipment Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Guangdong Sihui Instrument Transformer Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Hangzhou Winmation Automation Company Limited |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Hefei Transformer Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB High Voltage Switchgear (Xiamen) Company Ltd. |
66.00 |
China |
ABB High Voltage Switchgear Co., Ltd. Beijing |
60.00 |
China |
ABB Jiangjin Turbo Systems Company Limited |
61.00 |
China |
ABB Jiangsu Jingke Instrument Transformer Co., Ltd. |
70.00 |
China |
ABB LV Installation Materials Co. Ltd. Beijing |
85.70 |
China |
ABB Electrical Equipment (Xiamen) Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Robotics (Zhuhai) Ltd |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Shanghai Free Trade Zone Industrial Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Shanghai Motors Co. Ltd. |
75.00 |
China |
ABB Shanghai Power System Engineering Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Shanghai Transformer Co. Ltd. |
51.00 |
China |
ABB Sifang Power System Co. Ltd. |
50.00 |
China |
ABB Silver Star Shenzhen Surge Arrestor Co., Ltd. |
65.33 |
China |
ABB Tianjin Switchgear Co., Ltd. |
60.00 |
China |
ABB Xiamen Corporation Management Service Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Xiamen Electrical Controlgear Co. Ltd. |
80.00 |
China |
ABB Xiamen Low Voltage Equipment Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Xiamen Switchgear Co. Ltd. |
64.30 |
China |
ABB Xi'an Power Capacitor Company Limited |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Xinhui Low Voltage Switchgear Co. Ltd. |
90.00 |
China |
ABB Zhongshan Transformer Company Ltd. |
51.00 |
China |
B&R Industrial Automation (China) Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Electrical Products (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
ABB Electrical Products (Shanghai) Co., Ltd |
100.00 |
China |
Lineage Power China Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
Shanghai ABB Power Transmission Company Ltd. |
100.00 |
China |
Shanghai ABB Breakers Co., Ltd. |
60.00 |
China |
Shanghai ABB Guangdian Electric Co., Ltd. |
60.00 |
China |
Shantou Winride Switchgear Co., Ltd. |
70.00 |
China |
Yangzhou SAC Switchgear Co., Ltd |
55.00 |
Colombia |
ABB Ltda. |
100.00 |
Congo, Democratic Republic of the |
ABB SARL |
100.00 |
Cote d'Ivoire |
ABB Technology SA |
99.40 |
Croatia |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Czech Republic |
ABB s.r.o. |
100.00 |
Czech Republic |
B+R automatizace, spol. s.r.o. |
100.00 |
Denmark |
ABB A/S |
100.00 |
Denmark |
B&R Industriautomatisering A/S |
100.00 |
Ecuador |
ABB Ecuador S.A. |
96.87 |
Egypt |
ABB Construction (ABACON) S.A.E. |
100.00 |
Egypt |
ABB for Electrical Industries (ABB ARAB) S.A.E. |
100.00 |
Egypt |
ABB For Feeding Industries SAE |
100.00 |
Egypt |
ABB Transformers S.A.E. |
65.00 |
Egypt |
ABB Turbochargers S.A.E. |
100.00 |
Egypt |
Asea Brown Boveri S.A.E. |
100.00 |
El Salvador |
ABB S.A. de CV |
100.00 |
Estonia |
ABB AS |
100.00 |
Finland |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Finland) Oy |
100.00 |
Finland |
ABB Oy |
100.00 |
Finland |
ABB Technology Oy |
100.00 |
France |
ABB France |
99.83 |
France |
ABB SAS |
100.00 |
France |
B+R Automation Industrielle SARL |
100.00 |
France |
Drilling Technical Supply S.A. |
100.00 |
France |
ABB Industrial Solutions (France) SAS |
99.83 |
France |
Kaufel S.A. |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB AG |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Ausbildungszentrum Berlin gGmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Automation GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Automation Products GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Beteiligungs- und Verwaltungsges. mbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Beteiligungs-Management GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Business Services GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB gomtec GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Immobilien und Projekte GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Kaufel GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Logistics Center Europe GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Solar GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Stotz-Kontakt GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Striebel & John GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Training Center GmbH & Co. KG |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Wirtschaftsbetriebe GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
B + R Industrie-Elektronik GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
Busch-Jaeger Elektro GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
ABB Power Electronics (Germany) GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
Hartmann & Braun Grundstücksverwaltungs GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
IMV (Deutschland) GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
Industrial C&S Germany GmbH |
100.00 |
Germany |
Pucaro Elektro-Isolierstoffe GmbH |
100.00 |
Ghana |
ABB Power & Automation Limited |
100.00 |
Greece |
Asea Brown Boveri Industrial, Technical & Commercial Company of Imports – Exports S.A. |
100.00 |
Hong Kong |
ABB (Hong Kong) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Hong Kong |
ABB Turbo Systems (Hong Kong) Limited |
61.00 |
Hungary |
ABB Engineering Trading and Service Ltd. |
100.00 |
Hungary |
Industrial C&S Hungary Kft. |
100.00 |
Hungary |
ABB Installációs Készülékek Kft. |
100.00 |
India |
ABB Global Industries and Services Private Limited |
100.00 |
India |
ABB India Limited |
75.00 |
India |
ABB Substations Contracting India Private Limited |
100.00 |
India |
B&R Industrial Automation Pvt. Ltd. |
100.00 |
India |
Cherokee India Pvt. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Indonesia |
PT ABB Sakti Industri |
60.00 |
Iran, Islamic Republic of |
ABB (P.J.S.C.) |
100.00 |
Iraq |
Iraq Technology for Advanced Energy LLC |
100.00 |
Ireland |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
Israel |
ABB Technologies Ltd. |
99.99 |
Israel |
Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Israel Ltd. |
99.99 |
Italy |
ABB S.p.A. |
100.00 |
Italy |
B & R Automazione Industriale S.r.l. |
100.00 |
Italy |
Industrial C&S Italy S.r.l. |
100.00 |
Italy |
Intermagnetics Srl |
100.00 |
Italy |
Power-One Italy S.p.A. |
100.00 |
Japan |
ABB Bailey Japan Limited |
51.00 |
Japan |
ABB K.K. |
100.00 |
Japan |
B&R Industrial Automation K.K. |
100.00 |
Japan |
Turbo Systems United Co. Ltd. |
60.00 |
Jordan |
ABB Limited/Jordan LLC. |
100.00 |
Jordan |
ABB Near East Trading Ltd. |
95.00 |
Kazakhstan |
ABB LLP. |
100.00 |
Kenya |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
Korea, Republic of |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Korea, Republic of |
B&R Industrial Automation Co., Ltd. |
100.00 |
Kuwait |
ABB Engg. Technologies Co. (KSCC) |
49.00 |
Lao People's Democratic Republic |
ABB Sole Company Limited |
100.00 |
Latvia |
ABB SIA |
100.00 |
Lithuania |
ABB UAB |
100.00 |
Luxembourg |
Lineage Power (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L. |
100.00 |
Malaysia |
ABB Holdings Sdn. Bhd. |
100.00 |
Malaysia |
ABB Malaysia Sdn Bhd. |
100.00 |
Mauritius |
Asea Brown Boveri Ltd. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Mexico S.A. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Tecnologias S.A. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
Asea Brown Boveri S.A. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Electrical Control Systems S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Equipo de Control Y Distribucion S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Lineage Power Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
Lineage Power Matamoros, S.A. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
Productos de Control S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Installation Products Division Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Installation Products Monterrey, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Mexico |
ABB Installation Products Procesos De Manufactura, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
100.00 |
Morocco |
ABB S.A. |
99.97 |
Mozambique |
ABB Limitada |
100.00 |
Namibia |
ABB (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Namibia |
ABB LAFRENZE PROPERTY (PROPERTY) LIMITED |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB Capital B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB Equity Ventures B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB Finance B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB Holdings B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB International Holding C.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
ABB Investments B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
B&R Industriële Automatisering B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
IMV Nederlands B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
Intrion BV |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
Odink & Koenderink B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
Power-One Renewable Energy International, B.V. |
100.00 |
Netherlands |
PWO Holdings B.V. |
100.00 |
New Caledonia |
ABB SAS |
100.00 |
New Zealand |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
Nigeria |
ABBNG Limited |
60.00 |
Norway |
ABB AS |
100.00 |
Norway |
ABB Holding AS |
100.00 |
Norway |
EIE 2 AS |
100.00 |
Oman |
ABB LLC, |
65.00 |
Pakistan |
ABB (Pvt) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Pakistan |
ABB Power & Automation (Private) Limited |
99.99 |
Panama |
ABB S.A. |
100.00 |
Panama |
Sucursal Panama de ABB SA |
100.00 |
Peru |
ABB S.A. |
99.14 |
Philippines |
ABB, Inc. |
100.00 |
Poland |
ABB Business Services Sp. z o.o. |
99.93 |
Poland |
ABB Sp. z o.o. |
99.93 |
Poland |
B&R Automatyka Przemyslowa Sp.z.o.o. |
100.00 |
Poland |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Klodzko) Sp.z.o.o. |
99.99 |
Poland |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Lodz) S.A. |
99.93 |
Poland |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Bielsko-Biala) Sp. z o.o. |
99.99 |
Portugal |
ABB (Asea Brown Boveri), S.A. |
100.00 |
Puerto Rico |
Industrial C&S of P.R. LLC |
100.00 |
Puerto Rico |
ABB Installation Products Caribe LLC |
100.00 |
Qatar |
ABB LLC |
49.00 |
Qatar |
ABB Oryx Motors and Generators Service LLC |
49.00 |
Romania |
ABB SRL |
100.00 |
Russian Federation |
ABB Electrical Equipment Ltd. |
100.00 |
Russian Federation |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Russian Federation |
ABB Operations Center Ltd. |
100.00 |
Russian Federation |
ABB Power and Automation Systems Ltd. |
76.20 |
Russian Federation |
B+R Industrial Automation, OOO |
100.00 |
Saudi Arabia |
ABB Contracting Company Ltd. |
95.00 |
Saudi Arabia |
ABB Electrical Industries Co. Ltd. |
65.00 |
Saudi Arabia |
Saudi Industrial Solutions Ltd. |
65.00 |
Saudi Arabia |
Thomas & Betts Saudi Arabia Limited Liability Co. |
100.00 |
Senegal |
ABB Technologies S.A. |
99.99 |
Serbia |
ABB d.o.o. |
100.00 |
Singapore |
ABB Holdings Pte. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Singapore |
ABB Pte. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Singapore |
B&R Industrial Automation Pte. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Singapore |
ABB Power Electronics (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Singapore |
Thomas & Betts Asia (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
100.00 |
Slovakia |
ABB, s.r.o. |
100.00 |
Slovenia |
ABB Inzeniring d.o.o. |
100.00 |
South Africa |
ABB Holdings (Pty) Ltd. |
100.00 |
South Africa |
ABB Investments (Pty) Ltd |
51.00 |
South Africa |
ABB South Africa (Pty) Ltd. |
74.91 |
South Africa |
Industrial Connections of SA Pty. Ltd. |
74.91 |
Spain |
Asea Brown Boveri S.A. |
100.00 |
Spain |
B&R Industrial Automation Iberica S.L. |
100.00 |
Spain |
ABB Electrification Solutions, S.L.U. |
100.00 |
Sri Lanka |
Asea Brown Boveri Lanka (Private) Limited |
100.00 |
Sweden |
ABB AB |
100.00 |
Sweden |
ABB Financial Services AB |
100.00 |
Sweden |
ABB Norden Holding AB |
100.00 |
Sweden |
Aktiebolaget Rotech |
100.00 |
Sweden |
B&R Industriautomation AB |
100.00 |
Sweden |
SynerLeap powered by ABB AB |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Equity Limited |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Finanz AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Immobilien AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Information Systems Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Intra AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Investment Holding GmbH |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Management Holding Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Management Services Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Power Protection SA |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Reinsurance AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Research Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Schweiz AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Sécheron S.A. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Supply Operations Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB TBC88 Ltd |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Turbo Systems AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Turbo Systems Holding Ltd. |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Verwaltungs AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
B&R Industrie-Automation AG |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
ABB Industrial Solutions (Switzerland) SA |
100.00 |
Switzerland |
Trasfor SA |
100.00 |
Taiwan, Province of China |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Tanzania, United Republic of |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
Thailand |
ABB LIMITED |
100.00 |
Thailand |
ABB Robotics Machine Tending Limited |
100.00 |
Thailand |
ABB Substations Contracting (Thailand) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Thailand |
Asea Brown Boveri Holding Ltd. |
100.00 |
Thailand |
Kent Meters (Thailand) Ltd. |
100.00 |
Tunisia |
ABB Maghreb Services S.A. |
99.93 |
Turkey |
ABB Elektrik Sanayi A.S. |
99.99 |
Turkey |
ABB Ihracat Ticaret Ve Elektrik Sanayi AS |
99.99 |
Turkey |
BR Endüstriyel Otomasyon Sanayi ve Ticaret Limited Sirketi |
100.00 |
Turkey |
Rotek Robotik ve Otomasyon Teknolojileri Sanayi ve Ticaret Anonim Sirketi |
99.99 |
Uganda |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Ukraine |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
United Arab Emirates |
ABB FZ-LLC |
100.00 |
United Arab Emirates |
ABB Global Marketing FZ LLC |
100.00 |
United Arab Emirates |
ABB Industries (L.L.C.) |
49.00 |
United Arab Emirates |
ABB Industries FZ |
100.00 |
United Arab Emirates |
ABB Transmission & Distribution Limited LLC |
49.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Enterprise Software UK Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Holdings Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Investments Ltd. |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Service Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
B & R Industrial Automation Ltd. |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Cable Management Product Ltd |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
Dynamotive Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
IMV Invertomatic Victron UK Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
ABB Installation Products Limited |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
Ventyx Pty Ltd |
100.00 |
United Kingdom |
W.J. Furse & Co. Ltd. |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Dutch L.P. Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Enterprise Software Inc. (Georgia) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Finance (USA) Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Holdings Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Installation Products Caribe Corp. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Installation Products Europe Inc (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Installation Products Inc (Tennessee) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Installation Products International LLC. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Motors and Mechanical Inc (Missouri) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Power Protection II LLC. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Power Protection LLC (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Susa Inc. (New York) |
100.00 |
United States |
ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
B&R Industrial Automation Corp. (Georgia) |
100.00 |
United States |
Combustion Engineering Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Edison Holding Corporation (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
GE Power Electronics, Inc. (Nevada) |
100.00 |
United States |
GE Zenith Controls, Inc. (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Industrial Connections & Solutions LLC (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
KEC Acquisition Corporation (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Kuhlman Electric Corporation (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Asia Pacific LLC (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions LLC (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Power-One, Inc (Delaware) |
100.00 |
United States |
Verdi Holding Corporation (Delaware) |
100.00 |
Viet Nam |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Zambia |
ABB Ltd. |
100.00 |
Zimbabwe |
ABB (Private) Ltd. |
100.00 |
CERTIFICATION
I, Ulrich Spiesshofer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20‑F of ABB Ltd;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the Company and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 27, 2019 |
By: |
/s/ Ulrich Spiesshofer
Ulrich Spiesshofer
|
CERTIFICATION
I, Timo Ihamuotila, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20‑F of ABB Ltd;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the Company and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 27, 2019 |
By: |
/s/ Timo Ihamuotila
Timo Ihamuotila
|
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF ABB LTD, PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20‑F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 of ABB Ltd (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, I, Ulrich Spiesshofer, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, that, to my knowledge:
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 27, 2019
|
By: |
/s/ Ulrich Spiesshofer
Ulrich Spiesshofer
|
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF ABB LTD, PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20‑F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 of ABB Ltd (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, I, Timo Ihamuotila, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, that, to my knowledge:
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 27, 2019
|
By: |
/s/ Timo Ihamuotila
Timo Ihamuotila
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors
ABB Ltd
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 333‑190180, 333‑181583, 333‑179472, 333‑171971, 333‑129271) of ABB Ltd and on Form F-3 of ABB Ltd and ABB Finance (USA) Inc. (Registration Nos. 333‑223907-01 and 333‑223907) of our reports dated March 27, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of ABB Ltd (the Company) as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated income statement, statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which reports appear in the December 31, 2018, annual report on Form 20-F of the Company.
Our report dated March 27, 2019, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, expresses our opinion that ABB Ltd did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, because of the effect of a material weakness on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria and contains an explanatory paragraph that states:
A material weakness has been identified in the Company’s information technology general controls (ITGCs) based on deficiencies in selection, development, and monitoring of control activities in ITGCs. The Company did not maintain sufficient user access or segregation of duties controls in certain applications in North America as well as for select Group applications. As a result of these deficiencies, the process level controls dependent on the affected applications, could not be relied upon.
Our report dated March 27, 2019, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, contains an explanatory paragraph that states:
The Company acquired General Electric Industrial Solutions (GEIS) during 2018, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, GEIS’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $3.9 billion and total revenues of $1.3 billion included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of GEIS.
/s/ KPMG AG
Zurich, Switzerland
March 27, 2019
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-190180) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Power-One, Inc., Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, Power-One, Inc., Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,
2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-181583) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Thomas & Betts Corporation 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, Thomas & Betts Corporation Equity Compensation Plan, Thomas & Betts Corporation 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and Thomas & Betts Corporation 1993 Management Stock Ownership Plan,
3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-179472) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Baldor Electric Company Employees Profit Sharing and Savings Plan,
4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-171971) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Baldor Electric Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Baldor Electric Company 1994 Incentive Stock Plan,
5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-129271) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the ABB Employee Share Acquisition Plan – U.S. Share Acquisition Sub-Plan, and
6) Registration Statement (Form F-3 Nos. 333-223907 and 333-223907-01) of ABB Ltd and ABB Finance (USA) Inc. pertaining to the registration of debt securities offered by ABB Finance (USA) Inc.;
of our report dated February 22, 2018, except for Note 3, as to which the date is March 27, 2019, with respect to the 2017 consolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd included in its Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2018.
/s/ Ernst & Young AG
Zurich, Switzerland
March 27, 2019
|
|
Securities and Exchange Commission 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, DC 20549 United States of America |
Zurich, March 27, 2019 |
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have read Item 16F of Form 20-F dated March 27, 2019, of ABB Ltd and are in agreement with the statements contained in the second, third and fifth paragraphs on page 144 therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.
Regarding the registrant's statement concerning the lack of internal control to prepare financial statements, included in the third paragraph on page 144 therein, we had considered such matter in determining the nature, timing and extent of procedures performed in our audit of the registrant's 2016 financial statements.
Sincerely yours
/s/ Ernst & Young AG
Zurich, Switzerland